Publicly accessible
URL: http://nzetc.victoria.ac.nz/collections.html
copyright 2012, by the Victoria University of Wellington Library
All unambiguous end-of-line hyphens have been removed and the trailing part of a word has been joined to the preceding line, except in the case of those words that break over a page.
Some keywords in the header are a local Electronic Text Collection scheme to aid in establishing analytical groupings.
The Robert Stout Pamphlet collection has been encoded to represent it's physical form in the J.C. Beaglehole room as a collection of pamphlets bound into volumes.
Gentlemen,—It is now nearly 14 years since I had the honour of addressing you at the annual meeting of the Institute in
Railways.—The Lyttelton tunnel, which was in progress at the date of my last address (and which forms the key to the whole system of Canterbury railways), has long since been completed, and the extension of the railway system has proceeded with rapid strides until the aggregate length of the Canterbury Railways alone reaches to between 300 and 400 miles. I cannot but regret as an unfortunate circumstance, the change of gauge from 5ft 3in to 3ft 6in, a change, the heavy cost of which as regards the alteration of the lines constructed on the wider gauge, is trifling compared with the blow inflicted upon the future efficiency of the railway system throughout the Colony, an injury which, although at present scarcely felt, except in the increased cost of the maintenance and working of the narrower gauge, will be found productive of great difficulty whenever the traffic begins to exceed the limited carrying-capacity of a single narrow-gauge line. The popular feeling in favour of narrow gauge railways excited some ten years back by the persistent advocacy of the promoters of the Fairlie engine, would appear to have subsided under the crucial test of experience. It is now clearly understood that the constructive cost of a railway depends on the width of the rolling stock, the weight to be carried on each axle, and the speed at which the load is to be moved, and that the width between the rails is a matter which has little effect on the cost of first construction, whilst that of maintenance is inversely as the gauge, the cost of keeping in order a line of 3ft 6in gauge being greatly in excess of that of the maintenance of a line on the 5ft 3in gauge, the amount of traffic being the same. Further, it is easy to understand that the reduction of the gauge renders it necessary to lower the centre of gravity of the engine, which involves a corresponding reduction in the diameter of the driving wheels. It is self-evident that in an engine with 30 inch driving wheels, the number of strokes per minute made by the piston, must be double that required in an engine with 5ft driving wheels to travel at the same rate. But as with the reduction of the gauge, we have also a reduction in the width of the fire grate and the diameter of the boiler, the steam generating power is also reduced, and hence a reduction of gauge means practically a reduc-
Roads.—Turning from railways to ordinary cart roads, it is gratifying to observe how efficiently the country has been opened up during the last few years, the mileage of metalled roads and the number of important bridges constructed under the management of the Road Boards being very considerable. A caution may here not be out of place with regard to the system ordinarily pursued of road-making on the plains. First, the ground is ploughed over, breaking up the natural crust and leaving the surface both rough and loose. Next, this loose stuff is dragged with scoops and harrows from the sides to the centre, leaving on each side an irregular water-table; and,
Geodetic Survey.—There are few things which in a scientific point of view it is more satisfactory to record than the establishment of the survey of geodetic survey initiated by the late Surveyor General, which may be succinctly described as the division of the country into circuits of such extent that within their limits the spherical form of the earth may be disregarded, the bearings of the sides of the minor triangulations being referred to a central meridian and the whole of the work calculated by plane trigonometry. It has been objected to this system that it is only a compromise, but such must be every system of projection on which it is proposed to represent a curved by a plane surface; and it has the great advantages of simplicity and efficiency, the theoretical errors arising from neglecting the [sphericity of the earth's surface being less than thos of actual measurement in ordinary work. I have always had a strong feeling in favour of using the conical projection for the working surveys of a new country, treating the latitude comprised in each map as the width of a frustrum of a cone. This system of plotting is, however, a scientific refinement, which is perhaps more a matter of sentiment than of practical utility, and it may be fairly said that the system set on foot by Mr Thomson leaves nothing to be desired with regard to the objects for which it is especially designed, namely, the correct description of all lands purchased from the Crown; whilst its simplicity commends it to all who are practically acquainted with the difficulties attending the establishment of boundaries which have been original fixed, without reference to a sound system of geodetic survey. In connection with the subject of geodetic survey, I cannot but refer with great satisfaction to the work now being carried on of determining the alignment of the roads through Christchurch and its suburbs, by fixing stone blocks at the intersections of the streets, by reference to which all future disputes as to frontage can be decided without difficulty. It would be a great boon to the public if the levels of these blocks above high water mark j were ascertained, and marked on the skeleton maps on which their positions are recorded.
Determination of Altitudes.—A much wanted work, which might be carried on with advantage in connection with the geodetic survey, is the determination over the whole country of a series of permanent bench marks, referred to high water mark at Port Lyttelton. The establishment of these bench marks would enable the Surveyors of the several road districts to refer levels taken by them to a common datum, so that the information recorded from time to time on the maps of the Road Board districts, would be at once available in the consideration of any extended scheme of drainage or irrigation. The cost of this work would not be great, whilst it would be difficult to over-estimate the value of the assistance which would be thus afforded in the development of the resources of the country.
Barometer Levels.—Some years ago I had the honour of submitting a paper to this Institution on the use of the aneroid barometer, accompanied by a set of tables, which have since been published, showing the altitudes in feet, corresponding to each 100th of an inch of mercurial pressure, calculated for a mean temperature of 32° Fahr.. and a mercurial pressure of 30in. at the sea level. It has been with much interest that I have subsequently learnt that the Prussian Government have made use of the aneroid in an extensive series of levelling operations, observers at bench marks determined by the spirit level, recording at short intervals throughout the day the variations from the normal atmospheric pressure due to the altitudes of the bench marks, these variations being applied as corrections to the field notes, which were afterwards completed by adding the altitudes corresponding to the corrected barometer readings. I need scarcely remind you that the great drawback to the use of barometer observa-
Irrigation.—The irrigation of the Canterbury Plains has for a long time occupied public attention. It is now several years since works were started by the Provincial Government of Canterbury for the irrigation of the district between the Waimakariri and the Selwyn, and the headworks near Malvern, on the Kowai (from which the water is to be taken), have been completed for some time, and contracts are in hand under the Selwyn County Council for the completion of a portion of the race above Sheffield, but no plan has yet been adopted for the continuation of the race to the plains, or for the distribution of the water to consumers. The Selwyn County Council have also put in hand a plan for supplying water from the Hororata, one of the tributaries of the Selwyn, to a district comprising 70,000 acres between the Selwyn and Rakaia rivers, the head works of which are now being set out for contract. The system decided on is to take the water down the sides of the principal roads in small wooden flumes, the distribution being effected by branch races through the private properties, the control of the water being managed by upright shutters in the main and branch races. Going further south, the Ash-burton County Council is occupied with the consideration of the best means of watering the country between the Rakaia and Ashburton, but the engineering details are not yet before the public. The Canterbury Plains are remarkable for characteristics which can be best described by putting them in opposition with each other. Their fall seawards is very great, ranging from 20 to 40 feet per mile; yet the shingly soil is so absorbent, that the ordinary rainfall rapidly sinks into the ground. The summer droughts are often severe, yet from time to time there are excessive rainfalls which cover large districts with a sheet of water, the force of which is sufficient to carry away substantial fences and to scour deep gullies on the lines of the field-ditches and along the roads where the natural surface has been broken up in the process of road formation; and, lastly, whilst the principal rivers, which rise in the alpine chain, carry most water in the summer, when the snow is melting from the ranges, I the minor streams which rise in the gullies of the foothills are nearly dry at this season, although near their source they carry considerable streams which sink lower down into the loose shingle which forms their beds. The construction of water-races through a loose, porous soil on such a fall is a matter of serious difficulty. It was orginally proposed to construct the Malvern water-race on a serpentine plan, so as to reduce the gradient below the scouring point; but however desirable this may have been, the work remained in abeyance until the scheme was rendered impossible by the purchase of the lands I through which the race must have passed. The cost of either earthenware or iron pipes is simply prohibitive, considering the quantity of water to be delivered. Unlined open ditches would soon be scoured into gullies of great depth (the shingle becoming rapidly disintegrated be hydrostatic pressure), unless cut in a series of level pools with falls of timber or masonry at the changes of level. The plan recommended to the Selwyn County Council by the engineers called in to report upon the continuation of the works of the Malvern water-race (the first portion of which was constructed in level pools with concrete falls), was to construct the main races on the direct fall of the country, simply as open ditches lined with concrete, the branch races being merely timber flumes. Whatever system of construction be ultimately employed for the Malvern water-race, the importance of its object, and the great additional value which it will confer on the lands along which it passes, will lead to the works being watched with great interest, as their successful completion will be the signal for the initiation of
River Conservation.—From the irrigation of the plains, the transition is natural to the consideration of the best means of keeping the rivers from changing their channels, and converting valuable estates into worthless shingle banks. Without any attempt to estimate the loss which has taken place from this cause, and speaking merely of cases coming within my personal knowledge, I may refer to the scouring away of several thousand acres in the vahey of the Rakaia, and the destruction of much valuable land on the Ashburton, whilst in the neighbourhood of Kaiapoi many rich farms have been ruined by the Waimakariri having taken a new course through Kaiapoi Island, which appears likely to become the permanent main channel, whilst the North Branch, which 13 years ago was carrying the great bulk of the water, is now silted up, and in many parts fenced and under crop. Only very recently the Selwyn County Council had made preparations for building a bridge over the Hororata, when the project had to be abandoned from the fact that the shingle brought down by freshes raised its bed in places above the level of the road on which the bridge was intended to be built. This is not the time to discuss the merits of different systems of river protection, and whether it is best to use groins, as employed by the South Waimakariri Board of Conservators; or training walls, as adopted on the plains of Lombardy by the Italian engineers; or the combination of groins and embankments now being tried in the Rhine Valley above Lake Constance; but I would call attention to two important axioms, which are of universal application:—1st. That no encroachment can be made upon the area of discharge of any river without an alteration being produced in its regime, either by the widening of its channel or the deepening of its bed; and 2nd. That no works of river improvement can be undertaken with the probability of a successful result, unless they are based on complete hydrographic surveys extending over the whole width of the stream to be dealt with. Bearing these two axioms in mind, I think it will be conceded, on the principle of prevention being better than cure, that the system to be pursued should be rather to regulate the regime of the rivers by placing each one in its entire course under the control of a River Commission, than to establish separate Boards of Conservators, acting independently of each other for the protection of the lands lying on the river banks; and I cannot better wind up these remarks on river conservation than by quoting a passage from a report on the state of the Waimakariri river recently made to the Kaiapoi Borough Council, in which the writer expresses himself as follows:—" It is very desirable that in future the whole of the river from bank to bank should be under one management, the object of which should be, not the protection of any particular district, but the establishment of a permanent channel, which shall carry down the flood water from the back country to the sea without injury to its banks, and without flooding the low-lying lands on the coast, and at the same time to concentrate the whole of the drainage of these districts in such a manner as to assist the navigation of the Estuary, and to do this without in any way reducing the area of the tidal backwater."
Water Supply of Towns.—Since I last addressed you the port town of Lyttelton has been reticulated and supplied with water from artesian wells at Heathcote, the water being pumped into a reservoir on a spur of the Port Hills, from which it flows by gravitation to the town through a main laid in the railway tunnel. Works are also in hand for supplying Timaru with water from the Pareora, several miles distant. The town of Christchurch is now well supplied with water for domestic purposes, very few houses being without artesian wells, the water from which rises several feet above the ground throughout the greater part of the town. Water is, however, urgently required for the extinction of fires, the supply for this purpose being limited to public tanks, also fed by artesian wells, but which are neither sufficiently large or numerous. If the streets were reticulated, the water now running to waste could be utilised to supply more than is required for the flushing of the street channels and the extinction of fires, and an ample supply for either of these purposes could be obtained at any part of the town by simply opening the nearest fire-plug. Considering the security to property and the reduction in the rates of insurance, which would naturally follow the making of ample provision for fire extinction, it is to be hoped that the City Council will before long put in hand this very necessary work.
Town Sewerage.—I have to record the establishment of a Drainage Board for the Christchurch district, which has already effected great improvements in the surface drainage of the town by the construction of storm-water sewers. The principal work, however, undertaken by the Board is the establishment of a complete system of deep sewera for removing the house slops and the excreta from the closets, it being proposed to pump up the sewage and discharge it on the sandhills to the east of the town. I may remind you that the opinions of experts at home run strongly both for and against this system. The advocates of water carriage for the excreta extol the cleanliness of that system, whilst their opponents point out the waste of water involved, the difficulty of keeping in order the most simple machinery in the houses inhabited by the working class, the amount of disease which usually attends the connections of the house drains with the sewers from the poisoning of the dwellings with sewer gas, and the difficulty of providing proper outfalls for the sewage without polluting the rivers and water-courses, or establishing disgusting nuisances in the shape of sewage irrigation works. It is unfortunately notorious that one of the largest and most successful schemes of
"les remuemens des terres." Whilst, however, a costly and comprehensive system of drainage is being carried out by the Drainage Board, there are many improvements which might be effected at little expense, and the neglect of which is most prejudicial to the public health, yet which receive no attention from the local authorities. Amongst these may be mentioned; the compulsory abolition of cesspits throughout the town and suburbs; the improvement of the surface drainage in those blocks where the street channels are laid at too high a level to take off the water from the adjoining properties; the laying down of proper channels to take the overflow from the artesian wells instead of allowing it to saturate the ground round the dwellings; the compulsory periodical removal of offal and refuse from the back yards, and the provision of proper soil pans for the closets, which should be taken away and cleansed instead of being merely emptied into the scavengers' carts. If these essentials were carried out throughout the city, and the artesian water distributed through the streets by a network of pipes connected with the public tanks, few cities would equal Christchurch in the completeness of its sanitary arrangements.
Street Tramways.—As connected with the subject of town improvement, I may mention that the first street tramway in Canterbury was opened for traffic in Christchurch on
Gas Lighting.—Gasworks are now established at Ashburton, Dunedin, and Lyttelton, as well as in Christchurch, but the price of gas has not yet been reduced sufficiently low to lead to its being generally used for cooking as in the neighbouring Colony of Victoria.
Harbour Works.—The successful completion of the Lyttelton harbour works under the direction of the Lyttelton Harbour Board, which has been little more than three years in existence, is one of the most gratifying instances of progress which I have to record. The two breakwaters, which separate the inner from the outer harbour, enclose a sheltered basin having an area of 110 acres, which has been dredged out to a depth of from 16 to 23 feet at low water, the rise of tide being about 7 feet. The whole length of wharfage provided by the breakwaters and jetties is about 11,000 feet, which gives ample room for berthing 20 ocean-going ships and steamers, as well as accommodating the intercolonial steam marine and the vessels engaged in the coasting trade. Rails are laid along the wharves, so that they form an extension of the railway station, the site of which has been obtained by reclaiming from the sea a largo area immediately in front of the town. The facilities thus given for discharging and loading vessels are very great; the large intercolonial steamers come direct to the jetties at all times of the tide, and English ships embark their passengers, and haul off from the wharves for a voyage half round the world at the hour previously advertised, with the punctuality of a river steamer. The Harbour Board have recently let a contract for the construction of a graving dock, capable of docking a first-class ironclad, which will have an entrance 62 feet wide, with a depth of 23 feet on the sill at high water. At Timaru a concrete breakwater is in course of construction, alongside which it is proposed to load and discharge shipping of large tonnage, when the work has been sufficiently advanced to give the requisite depth of water. This is an interesting engineering experiment, as the check given to the northerly set of the shingle is likely to lead to considerable hydro-graphic changes along the coast line; but it would be premature to express any opinion as to the ultimate success of the work.
Agricultural Machinery.—The introduction of agricultural machinery has attained a remarkable development amongst us, the moral effect of which is beginning to make itself felt in all directions. There is now no difficulty experienced for want of harvest hands; the crops are gathered in far more quickly and cheaply than could be done by manual labour alone; the farmers have a larger wages fund at their disposal for carrying on the ordinary work of the farm and the improvement of their lands; and men are beginning to look forward to steady employment throughout the year at tolerably uniform wages, instead of idling for weeks together in anticipation of harvest work at an extravagant rate of remuneration, which simply goes to swell the profits of the tavern-keeper.
There are many interesting details connected with my subject which I am obliged to pass over or to note with but a brief word of comment. In connection with harbour works, I may advert to the numerous lighthouses established on the New Zealand coasts, which enable our harbours to be approached night or day with equal facility. It is pleasant to record that full use is made by our Telegraph Department of the recent discoveries in telegraphy and telephony, and we have the satisfaction of knowing that the Christchurch Museum has become a "household word," not only in the Australasian Colonies, but in the mouths of European scientists; and that whilst Canterbury maintains the high place which from its first foundation it has taken amongst the neighbouring settlements, New Zealand itself is coming to the front amongst other nations in a manner which is remarkable, when we take into consideration the short term of years which has elapsed since its colonisation by a generation of pioneers of which the advanced guard is only now beginning to pass away from our midst. And lastly, in concluding these remarks, I wish to impress on your minds that the success which, under God's blessing, has attended the colonisation of New Zealand, has been in a great measure due to the scientific element which has pervaded the councils of its rulers. In spite of many mistakes and shortcomings, who can say how much of the prosperity and social well-being of the Canterbury settlers has not been due to the able administration of the Departments of Lands and Works in the Canterbury Province? And I think it important that this fact should be both recognised and publicly acknowledged, in order that in the development of our educational institutions, scientific training may receive its full share of attention, instead of being simply tolerated, or altogether set aside in favour of the study of dead languages, which the classicists of the old school deem the principal element in a so-called liberal education.
The study of Greek and Latin, however valuable as a system of mental training; as affording models for the expression of thought, and as a foundation for a thorough knowledge of the languages of western Europe, has no further result as a preparation for the active duties of life in that world into which man has been sent "to eat his bread in the sweat of his brow," nor can it for a moment be seriously contended that the study of the licentious obscenities of the Roman poets can have other than a degrading influence on the minds of our youths entering upon manhood.
The excellence of the literature of the Greeks and Romans was the natural reflexion of their national greatness. Their orators did not rise to fame through writing nonsense verses, nor did their authors perfect their style by translating unmeaning common-places into the disused languages of fallen nations. They spoke and wrote out of the fullness of their hearts of the stirring events passing before their eyes and of the national life in which they played no unimportant parts, and hence the nervous simplicity of the language they employed. If the Greeks as poets and historians have left us in their writings models of compositions which have never been surpassed, they were also the greatest sculptors and architects that the world has produced, as well, as being consummate geometricians, whilst they also excelled in astronomical and medical science. The heroes of the Iliad, those especially who had been liberally educated, according to the standard of that day, were not mere fighting men, but skilful mechanics, who prided themselves on the excellence of their work, and spared no pains to bring it to perfection. In that episode in the wanderings of Ulysses which is related in the sixth and seventh books of the Odyssey, and which will be always read with delight on account of the exquisite description of the well ordered home in Corfu, of which the fair Nausicaa was the brightest ornament; Ulysses is described as being struck with admiration at the sight of the well piled entrance to the harbour, and we have allusions to the systematic division of the waste lands amongst the first settlers in Corfu, the erection of houses and temples for the use of the new arrivals, and the supply of water to the port town, whilst Nausicaa extols her father's thoughtfulness for his household in bringing through the domestic offices a stream of water by means of pipes laid from the springs in his allotment. Even Nausicaa herself shows her mechanical instinct when she asks her father for the loan of the mule cart with "high" wheels, that she may lose no time whilst taking the family washing to the public washing troughs, erected by the municipal authorities near the beach, at some distance from the town. So again, amongst the ruins of Ephesus, recently laid open by the excavations made under the direction of Mr Wood; whilst we are struck with the richness of the sculptured decorations of the temple of the great Di and of the Ephesians, we are brought face to face with evidences of the attention paid to geodesy as shown by the boundary stones fixing the widths of the roads and watercourses, and by a decree recorded in one of the inscriptions, that in the division of an estate on the foreclosure of a mortgage, roads must be set out to the homesteads, the temples and the springs of water. What does all this mean, but that science and
And when we turn from Greece to Rome in her palmiest days, we find the same state of things to prevail, except that the art was less pure, and that there was a greater development in the direction of mechanical science. At the bottom of the success of the Romans as conquerors and colonisers, lay the broad fact that they were the greatest engineers of the time. Their harbours, their aqueducts, their bridges, their lines of road through Europe and the public buildings erected wherever their dominion extended, are simply so many illustrations of applied science in a high state of development. If Virgil wrote his æneid to the delight of Emperors and the torment of school boys, he wrote also on sowing and reaping, the breeding of stock and the keeping of bees. Cæsar's commentaries would never have been handed down to us as models of précis writing, if Cæsar himself had not been an able engineer officer, whose writings are marked by the clearness of arrangement and precision of detail which characterised his movements for the reduction of the Gaulish fortresses; and Cicero's attack upon the tribune Clodius, in which the latter is accused of desecrating the ashes of his Alban forefathers, had for its immediate occasion, the laying out of the road through Alba Longa, near Rome, when the engineers employed on its alignment cut through the ancient necropolis, which even at that remote date, had been buried for unknown ages under the tufas of the long extinct volcano of Mont Albano. If then we would truly follow the example left us by the Greeks and Romans, we shall, like them give due prominence in our educational course to scientific studies, bearing in mind that science is but another name for the knowledge of God's works and of His will as expressed in what we term natural laws, and that the better we; understand these laws, and the more we live in accordance with them, so in proportion will be not only our material prosperity, but our success in battling with the ignorance, disease, and misery, which must ever be present in this world whilst it is inhabited by sinful men.
And what work can be more noble than this? or how can we pay too much honour to those men who devote their lives to the advancement of science, casting as it were their bread on the waters of public opinion, and content to take for their reward the satisfaction of having worked for the benefit of their fellow men. Let this then be the spirit in which the work of this and of kindred institutions shall be carried on, each of its members, in his own special sphere of action, carefully recording facts and collecting data for future reference, on all points of scientific interest that come within his observation, without thought of personal distinction or consideration of pecuniary gain; and so by our separate, yet united endeavours, we may be able to assist in laying broad and deep, the solid foundations of a national life, greater and more noble than was that of the classical nations of antiquity, and in fostering the growth of a national literature, which shall continue to bear fruit after the very nanus of Greece and Rome have faded into oblivion.
Printed at the "Times" Office, Christchurch,
Causes which have made technical education a necessity, viz.: I. Introduction of machinery. 2. Sub-division of labour. 3. System of competitive contracts.—Masters indifferent to taking apprentices.—Breaking down of the apprenticeship system as an efficient sole means of training skilled workmen.—Description of the work of the Industrial Society of Mulhouse.—What is the function of the technical school?—The education of the artisan divided under three heads, viz.: 1. Pure science. 2. Applied science. 3. Manipulation of tools.—Pure science distinct from technical teaching.—Manipulation of tools not to be learned from lectures, but by the training of the workshop.—Workmen trained in technical schools only, deficient in practical knowledge of work.—Advantages of apprenticeship.—Suggestions for combining to the greatest advantage class-room teaching and workshop training.—Special course of study recommended for pupils in connection with the building trades.
Two leading forms, viz.: The circle and the rectangle.—The circular-domed hut the original type of domestic habitation throughout Western Europe.—Models of the early house used as cinerary urns of a very early date in Italy and Germany.—Connection of Germanic races with the early dwellers in Troy.—Survival of the domed form in the snow huts of the Esquimaux.—Domed tombs of the early Greeks.—The "sepulchral couch" of Danaë at Mycenæ.—The modem Turkish hut a typical example of rectangular construction.—Flat timber roofs of Persia and Assyria.—Flat stone roofs of Egyptian temples and of cities in the Lejah.—Lycian tombs simply marble copies of rectangular wooden framing.—Domed roofs of Grecian tombs built in horizontal courses; same system employed in Etruscan tombs and in the vaulted roofs of Central America.—Fçades of stone in imitation of upright posts and trellis-work.—Type of early Central American hut, with sloping roof.—Flat roof of Circe's palace mentioned by Homer.—Rectangular types of building in the cliff fortresses of Arizona.—Terraced roofs of the towns of the Pueblo Indians.—Plans of ancient Peruvian cities built under Inca rule.—Marble plan of Rome in the time of Nero.—Arched corridors at Nakhon Wat, in Cambodia, built in horizontal courses.—Indian domes built in horizontal, not radiating, courses.—The true arch brought into general use as a constructive feature by the Romans.—Substitution of the arch for the architrave.—The abandonment of the lintel as a constructive feature, the key to the origin of the arched styles respectively known as Gothic, Lombardic, Moorish, and Saracenic.—Tunnel vaulting.—Intersection of cross vaults.—Twisted groins.—Methods of striking an ellipse not known to the Romans.—Ribbed vaulting: its principles.—Introduction of the equilateral triangle as a canon of proportion.—Scientific construction, as distinguished from mere building, first introduced by the Romans.—Collapse of the constructive art in Britain on the departure of the Romans.—Revival of art in England about the tenth century.—Development of Gothic architecture in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries.—Collapse of Gothic art with the Reformation.—Revival of classical forms in later times, the architrave again taking the place of the arch as a constructive feature.
The masonry of the temples of Greece and Egypt, and the ribbed vaulting of the mediæval cathedrals, not surpassed by any work of the present day.—Admirable design and workmanship of the old English timbered roofs, as Westminster Hall, Hampton Court, and Eltham Palace.—Constructive use of iron limited in early times.—Bituminous cement used in the East from the earliest times.—Concreted rubble masonry made with hydraulic lime greatly used by the Romans.—Three distinctive
Conclusion.—List of subjects to be dealt with in the following twelve Lectures
Sun-dried bricks.—Sod walling.—Cob walls.—Clay chimneys.—Bricks: Composition of brick earth—Mixtures often dsirable—Alumina, sand, fluxes—Refractory clays—Fusible earths—Bricks of two classes, viz.: baked and burnt—Colour—Red, white, and yellow bricks—white bricks a desideratum.—Principal operations: Tempering, moulding, burning.—Hollow beds—Mortar joints, timber bond objectionable.—Building stone.—Masonry of three classes: Ashlar, block-in-course, and rubble.—Use of mortar in bedding.—Masonry without mortar.—Moss used for bedding.—Concrete: Artificial stone—Beton—Lime concrete—Pozzuolana—Caissons lined with waterproof cloth—Differences in concrete—Round pebbles—More sand—Broken pebbles—Broken stone—Ramming essential—Proportion of stone to mortar—Cement—Specification for—Proportion of cement required—Concrete vaulting—Concrete dam at Stony Creek—Extended use of concrete—Tensile strength.—Timber: Hard and soft woods—structure of timber—Strength of beams—Mechanical effect of a given load under varying circumstances—Practical application—Cross-strain—Formula for sectional strength—Experiments should be made on whole timbers—Round versus square piles—Trussed beams.—Iron: Cast iron, wrought iron, steel—Table of comparative compressive and tensile strength—Flanged beams—Formulaæ for strength of cast iron girders—Proportions of flanges reversed in wrought iron girders—Formulæ for strength of wrought iron girders—Difference between wrought iron and steel—Continuous girders not a suitable construction in cast iron—Allowance to be made for contraction and expansion.
Natural and artificial foundations.—Two leading causes of failure—Treatment of a rock bottom.—Sand a good foundation under certain circumstances.—Foundations of Eddystone, Bell Rock, and Skerryvore lighthouses.—Danger of building on inclined strata.—Expansion of clay soils.—Disintegration of shale when exposed to the air.—Sand piling.—How to fix a gatepost.—Pile driving.—Screw piles.—Iron cylinders.—Hard crust overlying a soft stratum.—Sand.—Peat.—Foundations of buildings in Moorfields, London.—Foundations under Water: Three leading cases—Pile foundations—Timber—Screw piles—Cylinders—Hughes' pneumatic process—Solid foundations—Random work—Concrete in caissons—Masonry in caissons—Caissons laid on the natural bottom—Caissons on Beton foundations—Caissons on pile foundations—Caissons on sand bottom—Caissons with air chambers—St. Louis bridge over the Mississipi—Difficulties encountered at the Alexander II. bridge over the Neva—Indian system of sinking brick cylinders by divers.
Advantages of coffer-dams.—Various forms of coffer-dams.—Half-tide dams.—New Eddystone lighthouse.—Rubble coffer-dam.—Coffer-dams of ordinary construction,—Underpinning dam at Trent Bridge.—St. Katherine's Docks dam.—Houses of Parliament dam.—Grimsby Docks dam.—Puddle.—Portable dams.—Pile driving.—Ringing engine.—Crab engine.—Horse power.—Steam power.—Signals requisite.—Endless chain.—Atmospheric engine.—Nasmyth's steam pile-driver.—Calculation of force of blow.—Table of velocities.—Practical deductions.—Ringing and shoeing.—Sheet-pile shoes.—Grooving and tongueing.—Whole balks best.—Desirability of ascertaining nature of ground by boring before commencing pile-driving.
Walling, what is included in the term?—Two leading considerations.—-Solid materials classed under three heads.—Cementitious material.—Lime mortar.—Hydraulic limes.—Cements.—Summary of qualities of above.—Use and abuse of cement.—Cement mortar to be used when backing stonework.—How to build a Wall: Footings—Difference of level—Bond—Varieties of English and Flemish bond—Facings—Three principles to be kept in view—Uniformity of construction—Bond timber—Hoop iron bond—Distribution of the load—Tile floors—Arrangement of openings—Cast iron lintels—Wood bricks—Stone work to be built solid—Different rates of expansion—Mortar beds—Cornices.—Retaining Walls: Two kinds of failure—Failure of retaining-wall at Birmingham, Bristol, and Thames Junction Railway—Failure of Hunt's bank wall—Failures in tunnel walls—Provision for back drainage—Precautions against sliding of courses—Toe of wall to be protected—Expansion of London clay—Gonerby tunnel—Consideration of best section—Amount and direction of thrust—Minimum thrust—Maximum thrust—Resistance of the wall.—Breast walls—Harbour walls.—Four direct actions to be resisted: I. Direct blow from the sea. 2. Action from within the wall; monolithic work; failure of Wick pier. 3. Vertical rise of waves; Stonehaven; Eddystone lighthouse. 4. Vertical downward force.—Reservoir walls.
Definition of an arch.—Definition of terms.—Curve of equilibrium.—Equilibrated arch with convex voussoirs.—Curve of equilibrium a catenary—Two modes of proceeding in designing an arch—Gothic vaulting.—Curve of arch governed by circumstances of locality.—Practical method of equilibrating an arch.—Minimum thickness of arch stones.—Depth of voussoirs must be as the pressure on them.—Brick arches—Arched beams of wood and iron.—Laminated beams.—Wrought iron beams.—Skew arches.—Centreing.—Three principal points for consideration.—Centres on piles.—Roman centreing.—Striking arrangements.—Abutments.—Wing walls.—Vaulting: Cylindrical vaults—Horizontal domes—Arch little used before the Roman age—Plain ribbed vaulting—Lierne vaulting—Fan vaulting—Germany and the Netherlands—Abandonment of ribbed vaulting—Works on stone-cutting.—Piers: Size of columns—Crushing strength.—Weak ground.—Hollow piers—Tunnel observatories.
Lectures, text-books, and class lessons, their separate uses.—Difference between a beam and an arch.—Untrussed beams of great size formerly used in roofing.—Means of stiffening a long purlin.—Trussed bressummers.—Under-trussed bridge beams.—Smite bridge.—Failure of Avon bridge.—Falls bridge, Melbourne.—Double-trussed beams.—Queen-truss bridges.—Standard N.Z. bridge designs.—American bridges.—Utica and Syracuse Railway—Bridges in Otira Gorge.—Example of Howe truss.—Boiler plate girders.—English practice.—American practice.—General remarks on bridge-building.—Fink truss.—Bollman truss.—Howe truss.—Murphy-Whipple truss.—Post truss.—Warren girder.—Linville truss.—Lattice girders.—Comparison of trusses.—Bowstring girders.—Inverted bowstring girder.—Double bowstring.—Saltash bridge.—Calculation of strains.
Three great classes, viz.: flat, arched, and ridged.—Flat roofs: Eastern types—Stone roofs of the Lejah—Roofs of Egyptian temples—Flat timber roofs of Assyria and Persia—Present construction of flat roofs in India—Tile terrace roofs much used in London—This principle might be greatly extended—Flat terraced roofs of Ycatan—How to lay a lead flat.—Arched roofs: Early British huts—Esquimaux huts—Lycian tombs—Bhuddist caves—Modern Bengal roofs—Roman vaulted roofs—Domes—Church at Mousta, Malta—Indian system of bracketing—Indian horizontal domes—Principles of Indian dome-vaulting—System of construction—Dome decoration—Vaulted corridors in Cambodia.—Ridged roofs: Stone ridged roofs—Gothic roofs—Principles of Gothic timber roofs—Hampton Court, Westminster Hall, Eltham Palace—Timber roofs on the principle of the arch—Philibert de I'Orme, Halle au Blé, Paris—Pantheon Bazaar—Emy's laminated rib—King's Cross Station roof, Gt. Northern Railway.
Trussed roofs.—Collar roofs.—King-post truss.—King and queen-post truss.—Iron trussed roofs.—Various examples.—Mansard roof.—Morality of "la Mansarde."—Roof of Houses of Parliament—Charing Cross Station roof.—Albert Hall roof.—Vienna Exhibition dome.—Arched iron roofs.—Difference between stone arches, trussed bridges, and roofs.—Crystal Palace roof.—Derby Market Hall roof.—St. Pancras Station, Midland Railway.—Covering Materials: Thatch: danger from birds—Boarded roofs—Weather boarding—Upright boarding—Painting to be done when dry—Stone should be dry before being oiled.—Tarring bridge planking—Cementitious coverings—Expansion and contraction to be provided for—Cement unsuitable—Asphalte and tar concrete recommended—Hydraulic mortar—Felt—Metallic coverings: lead, tin, zinc, copper, galvanised corrugated iron.—Tiling—Definitions—Principles of tiling and slating—Shingles—Sandstone slabs—Structure of slate—Origin of cleavage—Curved tiles—Greek form—Roman form—Pan-tiling—Hips and ridges—Valleys and gutters—Practical suggestions.
Floors difficult to classify.—Different kinds of flooring.—Different purposes of flooring.—Fire-proof floors.—Danger of ironwork in fireproof construction.—Floors divided into three classes, viz.: dwelling, warehouse, and factory floors.—Specialities of flooring.—Paving included under road-making.—Dwelling-house floors: Basement floor—Concrete floors—Cement floors—Floors above the ground line—Floors classed as single, double, and double framed—Single flooring—Double flooring—Binding joists—Bridging joists—Ceiling joists—Double-framed flooring—Plaster floors—Hearths—Concrete arches—Tile floors.—Warehouse floors: Fireproof floors—New warehouses at Marseilles—Roads in Melbourne parks—St. Pancras Station, Midland Railway.—Factory Floors: Three leading considerations.—Paving: Laying out roads—Difference between town and country—Paving classed under three heads, viz.: Pervious, impervious, and partly pervious—Two other modes of classification, viz.: Homogenous and with a permanent foundation covered by a crust to be renewed from time to time—Camber unsuited for tramways—Telford and Macadam—Bituminous Macadam—Canterbury streets—Shingle roads—Stone and wood pavements—Comparative cost of stone paving and Macadam—Noise of stone pavements—Wood paving in Chicago—Side channels—Duncdin side channels—Expense and annoyance caused by breaking up of street pavement—Remedy for same—Practical suggestions.
Important to understand the history of the subject.—May be considered historically, constructively, or materialistically.—Timber Bridges: Piling not understood at Babylon—Pons Sublicius at Rome—Cæsar's timber bridge on the Rhine—Trojans' bridge over the Danube—Romans good carpenters—Roman stone bridges built on framed centreing—Early British timber bridge over the Thames—Swiss timber bridges with elaborate systems of trussing—Schafthausen and Wittingen—American timber arched bridges—Schuylkill bridge—Laminated arch bridges—Danger of fire—Indian system of bracketting—Bridge over the Chundra, in the Himalayas—American trussed timber bridges—Examples of the Howe truss—Height of piers—McCallum truss—Objections to timber bridges—Timber construction specially applicable to bridges over Canterbury rivers.—Stone Bridges: The Romans great bridge builders—Italy has taken the lead in bridge building in modern times—Bridge building at a low ebb in England until the last century—Sketch of the rise of modern bridge building in England—Rubble arches—Pon-y-tu-Prydd bridge—Claix bridge over the Dac, built in sections—Comparison of bridges built in ashlar masonry and in concrete—St. Lucens, built of masonry, cost. £140 per foot run.; Vevey, built of concrete, cost £26 per foot run.—Suggestions for concrete bridge building—Stone bridges in Cambodia built on the Eastern system of bracketting.
Classification of Iron Bridges.—Cast iron arches: Coalbrook Dale bridge, Cast iron girder bridges: Much used from Wrought iron boiler-plate girders.—Wrought iron arches: New Westminster bridge—Victoria bridge; difference in principle of construction in the first and second portions of this bridge—St. Louis bridge, built American trussed bridges: Leading principles of construction—Cincinatti bridge over the Ohio, 515 feet span—Description of mode of erection—Kentucky River bridge, three spans of 375 feet each, built without scaffolding—Mode of erection.—Suspension bridges: Different systems of construction—English and American practice.
Special types of construction.—Difference of pressures on tunnel and bridge arches.—Tunnel inverts.—Side walls.—Slow setting cement to be used for tunnel arches.—Shingle concrete may be substituted in some cases for brickwork.—Tunnelling in Japan under rivers.—Harbour walls should meet the sea obliquely.—Advantage and disadvantage of parapets.—Effect of form of section on the rising wave.—Jetty Floors: Lifting action of the sea—Oamaru jetty.—Towers: Factory chimneys and lighthouse towers—Factory chimneys, two considerations: design and construction—Calculation of draft—How to build a wash-house chimney—Practical rules for apportioning height and sectional area—Foundations—Fire-brick lining—Chimney at Invercargill gasworks—Force of the wind—Bursting action of hurricanes—Particulars of celebrated chimneys—Lighthouse towers—Different from chimneys in conditions of stability—Combined action of wind and sea—Form of tower now recognised as the best—Defects of old Eddystone tower—Wolf Rock lighthouse—New Eddystone lighthouse—Cost per cubic foot of old and new Eddystone towers—Suggestions for substituting concrete for masonry in future work.
General considerations.—When designing, consider both the nature of the material and the mode of execution.—Study ornamented construction rather than constructed ornament.—Guard against inequality of settlement—Make full provision for contraction and expansion.—Design foundations with reference to the nature of the ground and the weight of the proposed structure.—Have a clear idea where to use lime mortar and where cement.—Suggestions for building concrete arches.—Extended use of cement concrete.—Caution to be used in selecting building stone from the older rocks.—Iron bark piles and wrought iron girders recommended for New Zealand bridge construction.—False bearings to be avoided.—Short bearings recommended in floor construction.—Advantages of flat roofs in towns.—Importance of husbanding our natural resources.—Destruction of native timber.—Wrought iron in trusses or arches the future material for bridges of large span.—Importance of native manufacture of cement.—Concluding remarks: The desirability of establishing technical schools to supplement the training of the workshop.
An Act to advance, learning, the arts and sciences, and to promote the public welfare by providing for the conveyance, holding and protection of property, and the creation of trusts for the founding, endowment, erection and maintenance within this State of universities, colleges, schools, seminaries of learning, mechanical institutes, museums and galleries of art. (Approved
The people of the State of California, represented in Senate and Assembly, do enact as follows:
provided, however, that upon the death of such person or his surviving wife, as the case may be, such powers and duties shall devolve upon and shall be exercised by the trustees named in the grant and their successors.provided, nothing in this section contained shall be construed to affect, mechanics' or laborers' liens.provided, that no wish, direction, act or condition, expressed, made or given by any grantor or grantors, under or by virtue of this act, as to religious instruction to be given in such school, college, seminary, mechanical institute, museum or gallery of art, or in respect to the exercise of religious belief on the part of any pupil or pupils of such school or institution of learning, shall be binding upon the State; nor shall the State enforce or permit to be enforced, or carried out, any such wish, direction, act or condition.
We, Leland Stanford and Jane Lathrop Stanford, husband and wife, grantors, desiring to promote the public welfare by founding, endowing and having maintained upon our estate known as the Palo Alto farm, and situated in the counties of San Mateo and Santa Clara, State of California, United States of America, a university for both sexes, with the colleges, schools, seminaries of learning, mechanical institutes, museums, galleries of art, and all other things necessary and appropriate to a university of high degree, to that end and for that purpose do hereby grant, bargain, sell and convey to Lorenzo Sawyer, James McM. Shafter, Charles Good all, Alfred L. Tubbs, Francis E. Spencer., Henry Vrooman, Charles F. Crocker, Timothy Hopkins, Henry L. Dodge, Irving M. Scott, William Ashburner, H. W. Harkness, Josiah Stanford, Horace Davis, John F. Miller, John Boggs, T. B. McFarland, Isaac S. Belcher, John Q. Brown, George E. Gray, N. W. Spaulding, of California; Mathew P. Deady, of Oregon; William M. Stewart,
That certain tract of land situated in the county of Butte, State of California, and now commonly known and designated as Stanford's Gridley Farm.
Also, that certain tract of land situated partly in the said county of Butte and partly in the county of Tehama, in said State, and now commonly known and designated as Stanford's Vina Farm.
And, also, that certain tract of land situated partly in the county of Santa Clara and partly in the county of San Mateo, and now commonly known and designated as the Palo Alto Farm.
Together with all the tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto belonging, with the water rights, water ditches, pipes, flumes, canals, aqueducts and reservoirs now used in connection with either of said tracts of land; said tracts of land being more particularly described by metes and bounds in the paper hereto attached, marked "Schedule A," and made part hereof.
To have and to hold said property and all other property, real and personal, which we, or either of us, may hereafter convey or devise to them or their successors, upon the trust that it shall constitute the foundation and endowment for the University herein provided, and upon the trust that the principal thereof shall forever remain intact, and that the rents, issues
Now, therefore, further, in pursuance of said desire, and that the trust hereby created may be executed according to the wishes of the grantors and each of them, they do hereby, as it is provided may be done by the act of the Legislature of the State of California, approved
Its nature, that of a University, with such seminaries of learning as shall make it of the highest grade, including mechanical institutes, museums, galleries of art, laboratories and conservatories, together with all things necessary for the study of agriculture in all its branches, and for mechanical training, and the studies and exercises directed to the cultivation and enlargement of the mind.
Its object, to qualify students for personal success and direct usefulness in life.
And its purposes, to promote the public welfare by exercising an influence in behalf of humanity and civilization, teaching the blessings of liberty regulated by law, and inculcating love and reverence for the great principles of government as derived from the inalienable rights of man to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.
Since the idea of establishing an institution of this kind for the benefit of mankind came directly and largely from our son and only child Leland, and in the belief that had he been spared to advise as to the is-position of our estate, he would have desired the devotion of a large portion thereof to this purpose, we will that for all time to come the institution hereby founded shall bear his name, and shall be known as "The Leland Stanford, Junior, University."
The number of Trustees shall be twenty-four, and fifteen thereof shall constitute a quorum, but the assent of not less than a majority of the whole, to wit, thirteen, shall be necessary for affirmative action in the execution of the trusts herein contained.
The Trustees herein named, and their successors, in their collective capacity, shall be known and designated as "The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford, Junior, University."
It shall be the duty of the Trustees to give to the President of the University the following powers:
justly be held responsible for the course of study therein, and for the good conduct and capacity of the professors and teachers.
The Trustees shall constitute the President and professors the Faculty of the University, and prescribe their powers and duties as such.
The Board of Trustees shall annually report all their proceedings to the person who, for the time being, shall fill the office of Governor of the State of California, and shall accompany such report with a full account of their financial operations for the preceding year, and with a statement of the financial affairs of the institution.
Any Trustee named in this grant, or the successor to any Trustee, may for good cause be removed by a proper court of equity jurisdiction, after notice to him, and upon the application of the grantors herein, or either of them, or upon the application of the Board of Trustees.
Any Trustee named in this grant, or the successor of any such Trustee, may, in writing, addressed and delivered to the Board of Trustees, resign his office as
The trustees shall:
The Trustees shall have power, and it shall be their duty:
The grantors, and each of them, do hereby, in accordance with the provisions of the aforesaid act of the Legislature, elect:
The grantors hereby reserve to themselves, during their lives, and hereby reserve and grant to the one who shall survive the other, during his or her life, the right to alter, amend or modify the terms and conditions of this grant, and the trusts therein created, in respect to the nature, object and purposes of the institution founded, the powers and duties of the Trustees; the manner in which and to whom they shall account; the mode and manner, and by whom, their successors shall be appointed; the rules and regulations for the management of the property conveyed; the time when, and the character and extent of, the buildings which shall be erected; the right to provide for trades and professions which shall be taught in the institution, and the terms upon which scholarships shall be founded.
The grantors hereby reserve to themselves during their lives, and hereby reserve and grant to the one who shall survive the other, during his or her life:
All these rights, and all other rights reserved by and all powers and privileges given, or duties imposed upon, the grantors, or either of them, by the terms of this grant, shall be exercised, enjoyed and performed by said grantors, or either of them, as the case may be, without let or hinderance, and free from all interference from any source whatever, and from all duty to report their action, and from all liability to account in any manner therefor, and from all liability for waste, loss, misappropriation, or for any act or deed whatever, by them, or either of them, done or permitted.
And further, in pursuance of said desire, the grantors hereby provide that the Trustees named in this grant, and their successors, may, in the name of the institution, become the custodian of the persons of minors, taking such custody in the manner, and for the time, and in accordance with the provisions of sections 264 to 276, inclusive, of the Civil Code of the State of California.
The grantors hereby declare:
In testimony whereof, the said Leland Stanford, and Jane Lathrop Stanford, his beloved wife, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, at the city and county of San Francisco, State of California,
In the presence of Stephen T. Gage, E. H. Miller, Jr., Nicholas T. Smith, Herbert C. Nash, and Creed Haymond.
On this fourteenth day of November, a. d. one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, before me, Holland Smith, a Notary Public in and for said city and county, duly qualified and acting as such, personally appeared Leland Stanford, known to me to be one of the persons whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, at my office, in the city and county of San Francisco, the day and year last above written.
On this fourteenth day of November, a. d. one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five, before me, Holland Smith, a Notary Public in and for said city and county, duly qualified and acting as such, personally
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, at my office in the city and county of San Francisco, the day and year last above written.
Note.—" Schedule A," referred to in the foregoing grant, is annexed thereto and contains a complete description by metes, and bounds and legal subdivisions of all the property granted.
The undersigned Trustees named in the foregoing grant do hereby accept the trust thereby created.
In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this fourteenth day of November, in the year of our Lord and Savior one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five:
Lorenzo Sawyer,James McM. Shafter,Chas. Goodall,Alfred L. Tubbs,Francis E. Spencer,Henry Vrooman,Chas. F. Crocker,Timothy Hopkins,Henry L. Dodge,Irving M. Scott,Wm, Ashburner,Matthew P. Deady,By Lorenzo Sawyer, His Attorney in fact.H. W. Harkness,Josiah Stanford,Horace Davis,John F. Miller,John Boggs,T. B. McFarland,Isaac S. Belcher,John Q. Brown,George E. Gray,N. W. Spaulding,Wm. M. Stewart,Stephen J. Field,By Lorenzo Sawyer, His Attorney in fact.
Following is the text of the address of Leland Stanford to the Trustees, at their first meeting,
In the trust deed providing for the endowment and organization of the University, the nature, objects and purposes of the endowment are very generally stated. We deem it appropriate, however, to enlarge somewhat upon what is therein set forth.
The reasons hat impelled us to select the Palo Alto estate as the location for the University, are its personal associations, which are most dear to us, the excellence of its climate, and its accessibility.
The deed of trust conveys, and at once irrevocably vests in you the title to all the real property described therein.
The endowment of lands is made because they are in themselves of great value, and their proper management will insure to the University an income much greater than would be realized were their value to be invested in any reliable, interest-bearing security; again, they can never be alienated, and will, therefore, be an
As a further assurance that the endowment will be ample to establish and maintain a University of the highest grade, we have, by last will and testament, devised to you and your successors additional property. We have done this as a security against the uncertainties of life, and in the hope that during our lives the full endowment may go to you. With this in view, we have provided in this grant that you may take such other property as we may give to more fully carry out the objects of this trust.
The Palo Alto farm furnishes a sufficiently diversified soil, with a topography which admirably fits it as a place for agricultural education. In time, also, a handsome income will be derived from the rental of desirable residences to parents and others who will choose the place as a residence on account of its social, intellectual and climatic advantages. Of course, the Trustees will see to it that no objectionable people are allowed to reside upon the estate, and that no drinking saloons shall be opened upon any part of the premises.
It should be the aim of the institution to entertain and inculcate broad and general ideas of progress and of the capacity of mankind for advancement in civilization. It is clear that to insure the steady advancement of civilization great care must be exercised in the matter of the general development of the great body of the people. They need education in the fundamental principles of government, and we know of no text so plain
A government founded on such principles commands for the support and protection of individual rights the force of the whole people. With these principles fully recognized, agrarianism and communism can have only an ephemeral existence.
The merely physical wants of civilized man are not much greater than those of the savage, but his intellectual wants are bounded only by his capacity to conceive. His wants, therefore, will always depend upon his advancement in civilization, and the demand for labor will be measured accordingly. The rapidity of the communication of modern thought and the facilities for transportation make the civilized world one great neighborhood, in whose markets all producers meet in competition. The relative compensation to the producer must depend upon his powers of production.
When we consider the endless variety of the wants and the desires of civilized society, we must fully appreciate the value of labor-aiding machinery and the necessity for having this of the best character. Too much attention, therefore, cannot be given to technical and mechanical instruction, to the end that from our institution may go out educators in every field of production.
Hence it is that we have provided for thorough instruction in the principles of co-operation. We would have it early instilled into the student's mind that no greater blow can be struck at labor than that which makes its products insecure.
While the articles of endowment prohibit sectarianism, they direct that there shall be taught that there is an all-wise, benevolent God, and that the soul is immortal. It seems to us that the welfare of man on earth depends on the belief in immortality, and that the advantages of every good act and the disadvantages of every evil one follow man from this life into the next, there attaching to him as certainly as individuality is maintained.
As to the manner in which this shall be taught and whence the confirmations shall be derived, we are not prepared to advance any thought other than that they may be sought from every available source that tends to throw light upon the subject.
While it is our desire that there shall be no sectarian teaching in this institution, it is very far from our thoughts to exclude divine service. We have provided that a suitable building be erected wherein the professors of the various religious denominations shall, from time to time, be invited to deliver discourses not sectarian in character.
We deem it of the first importance that the education of both sexes shall be equally full and complete, varied only as nature dictates. The rights of one sex, political and otherwise, are the same as those of the other sex, and this equality of rights ought to be fully recognized.
We have sought to place the free scholarships upon the basis of right to the student. We think this important, in order that his dignity and self-respect shall be maintained, and that he may understand that in his political relations he is entitled to nothing he does not earn.
With respect to the expenses of the students of the University, we desire that the Trustees shall fix them as low as possible.
The articles of endowment are intended to be in the nature of a constitution for the government and guidance of the Board of Trustees, in a general manner, not in detail. We hope that this institution will endure through long ages. Provisions regarding details of
In the deed of trust we have designated the purpases of this University. The object is not alone to give the student a technical education, fitting him for a successful business life, but it is also to instill into his mind an appreciation of the blessings of this government, a reverence for its institutions, and a love for God and humanity, to the end that he may go forth and by precept and example spread the great truths by the light of which his fellow-man will be elevated and taught how to attain happiness in this world and in the life eternal.
We do not expect to establish a University and fill it with students at once. It must be the growth of time and experience. Our idea is that in the first instance we shall require the establishment of colleges for both sexes; then of primary schools, as they may be needed, and out of all these will grow the great central institution for more advanced study.
We have fixed the number of Trustees as twenty-four, that the institution may have the strength which comes from numbers. There is little danger of divided counsels, for the Educational Department will be under the control of the President of the University, who will have and exercise all the power necessary to make him responsible for his successful management. In order that he may have the assistance of a competent staff of professors we have provided that the best talent obtain-
We are impressed with the deep responsibilities of this undertaking, and invoke at all times your aid and the Divine help and blessing. During our lives we hope that we shall be compelled to make little draft upon the time of you, gentlemen, members of the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford, Junior, University, yet we trust that you will be ever ready to assist us with your counsel.
Pursuant to the invitation of the grantors, a meeting of the Trustees of the Leland Stanford, Junior, University was held at the time and place above mentioned, in the library of the residence of Leland Stanford, in the city and county of San Francisco, State of California.
There were present of such Trustees:
Lorenzo Sawyer,Charles Goodall,Alfred L. Tubbs,Francis E. Spencer,Henry Vrooman,Charles F. Crocker,Timothy Hopkins,Henry L. Dodge,Irving M. Scott,William Ashburner,H. W. Harkness,Josiah Stanford,Horace Davis,John Boggs,T. B. McFarland,Isaac S. Belcher,John Q. Brown,George E. Gray,N. W. Spaulding,W. M. Stewart.
The meeting was called to order, and upon motion, Lorenzo Sawyer was chosen Chairman of the Board of Trustees, and H. C. Nash, Secretary, pro tern.
Leland Stanford, and his wife, Jane Lathrop Stanford, were then presented to the members of the Board of Trustees, and thereupon they delivered to the Trustees the grant made by them, duly executed and acknowledged, founding and endowing the Leland Stanford, Junior, University.
Upon motion of Mr. Spencer, the following resolution was adopted:
"Resolved, That the Trustees receive said grant, "and accept for themselves and their associates the "trusts therein imposed."
On motion of the Chairman, the following resolution was adopted:
"Resolved, That the Secretary be authorized for and "as the act and deed of the Trustees to have the grant "herein properly recorded on the records of the coun" ties of Tehama, Butte, San Mateo, and Santa Clara, "State of California."
On motion of Mr. Vrooman, the Trustees adjourned to meet at the call of the Chairman.
The Trustees of the Leland Stanford, Junior, University are as follows:
Lorenzo Sawyer, one of the presiding Judges of the United States Circuit Court, San Francisco.
James McM. Shafter, San Francisco, lawyer, formerly State Senator, and ex-President of the State Agricultural Society.
Charles Goodall, San Francisco, of the Pacific Coast Steamship Company, formerly a representative of San Francisco in the Legislature.
Alfred L. Tubbs, merchant, St. Helena, Napa County, formerly a State Senator from San Francisco.
Francis E. Spencer, Judge of the Superior Court, San José, and formerly a Representative from Santa Clara County in the Assembly.
Henry Vrooman, lawyer and State Senator from Alameda County.
Charles F. Crocker, San Francisco, Vice President of the Southern Pacific Company.
Timothy Hopkins, San Francisco, Treasurer of the Southern Pacific Company.
Henry L. Dodge, San Francisco, merchant, formerly a State Senator from San Francisco and ex-Superintendent of the Mint.
Irving M. Scott, San Francisco, of the Union Iron Works.
William Ashburner, San Francisco, Regent of the State University.
Dr. H. W. Harkness, San Francisco, of the Academy of Sciences of San Francisco.
Josiah Stanford, viniculturist, Warn Springs, Alameda County.
Horace Davis, merchant, San Francisco, ex-Member of Congress from San Francisco.
John F. Miller, Napa, United States Senator from California.
John Boggs, farmer, Colusa, formerly State Senator from Colusa, a Director of the State Agricultural Society and of the Board of Prison Directors of the State.
Hon. T. B. McFarland, Sacramento, formerly in the Legislature of the State from Nevada County, and at present a Judge of the Superior Court of Sacramento.
Isaac S. Belcher, Marysville, formerly of the Supreme Bench of California.
John Q. Brown, Sacramento, Mayor of Sacramento.
George E. Gray, San Francisco, ex-Chief Engineer of the Southern Pacific Kail road Company.
N. W. Spaulding, manufacturer, Oakland, ex-United States Sub-Treasurer, and Grand Treasurer of the Grand Lodge of Free and Accepted Masons of California.
Matthew P. Deady, Portland, presiding Judge United States Circuit Court of Oregon.
William M. Stewart, Virginia City, ex-United States Senator from Nevada.
Stephen J. Field, Washington, Justice of the Supreme Court of the United States at Washington, D. C.
The Academic, Agricultural, Normal and Engineering Schools will open the Monday (10th) of
The departments of instruction are—
These Schools of the University are open to young men and to young
Board in private families, $3.00 to $4.50, and in the clubs at about two-
In the means of instruction and illustration, none of
Send for catalogue to Librarian, Missouri State University, Columbia,
By an act of the General Assembly approved
In the reports which follow, made by the President of the Institution, and the Professors having charge of the different departments, including the School of Mines and Metallurgy at Rolla, you will find the information required by the Statute.
The University is in a prosperous condition, and the work accomplished during the year about to close has been entirely satisfactory to its friends and patrons, and in all respects creditable to those who have had charge of its instructions and internal government.
Good order and a spirit of emulation for improvement have prevailed throughout the year, and the progress of the students, male and female, has been fully equal to that of any preceding year.
It is only those who have been engaged in the work who can realize, and who lave any just conception of the labor, toil, and expense it requires to place upon a solid foundation, and to build up, a first class Literary, Scientific and Practical Institution, commensurate with the absolute wants of the age, and of the reasonable demands of a great commonweath like the State of Missouri.
But this is the work we have set out to perform, and in the labor of which we have been engaged many years, at times under the most discouraging circumstances, requiring courage, energy and patience to go on steadily with the enterprise.
To the accomplishment of this important task, alike involving the
In the experiment of Free Government, which is being tried in our
In the performance of its part of the work the State of Missouri has
The attention of the authorities and of the people of the State cannot be
The number of students in attendance upon the various departments of the university during the last year has reached six hundred, the largest number that entered the University in any one year, and representing between eighty and counties in the State, so that gradually, but certainly, the University is
The passage of the law by the recent General Assembly, making a liberal
The further suggestion contained in your far-seeing message, that the State should provide a permanent Endowment Fund, the annual interest thereon to be forever appropriated for the support of the Institution and its various departments, was founded in deep wisdom. Such an endowment has been provided for the common schools constituting the other part of our excellent Public School System as recognized in the Constitution.
Why not make a similar provision for the University? Thus assuring its permanent independence and lasting success, and placing it beyond the biennial wrangles and controversies which must ever occur in the General Assembly when appropriations are asked.
Other States have pursued this policy with great success to their colleges. Only very recently the legislature of Indi and passed? a law for this purpose, levying a very small tax to run a given number of years, and at the end of the period named would secure a permanent endowment for her State University of upwards of 8600,000.
Possessing, as Missouri does, one of the best Public School Systems of any State in the Union, planted from the beginning, by the wisdom of our fathers, in the Constitution of the State, and even ante-dating the adoption of this instrument in the articles presented by Congress for the acceptance of the people before the admission of Missouri into the Federal Union, we have everything to encourage us in giving a warm and generous support to this admirable system. We should look; upon it as the very embodiment of wisdom and enlightened statesmanship; we should cherish and cling to it as the sheet-anchor by which in the coming future the people of the State, aided by other educational agencies that may be established, will reach that high degree of intelligence, refinement and culture which will enable them thoroughly to comprehend the blessings of free government; the enjoyment of civil and religious liberty, and at the same time inspire them with the high and patriotic purpose of transmitting unimpaired these inestimable privileges even unto the latest generation!
In your liberal course as a public man, and in your efforts to serve the people of Missouri acceptably in the high office to which they have elected you, we have every guarantee that they will have your earnest co-operation in all enlightened schemes to advance the intelligence, happiness and better education of the people.
The report of the Board of Curators of the University of the State of Misson having this day been submitted to me, exhibiting the condition of the several departments of instruction in the University, the course of study, etc., and a catalogue! the officers and students, it is ordered, that an edition of twelve thousand copies printed, to be distributed according to law.
From "An act donating lands to the several States and Territories," etc.
Sec. 5. An annual report shall be made regarding the progress of each college, recording any improvements and experiments made, with their cost and results, and such other matters, including State, industrial and economical statistics, as may be supposed useful, copy of which shall be transmitted, by mail, free, by each, to all other colleges which may endowed under the provisions of this act, and also one copy to the Secretary of the Inter Laws of the United States (Chap. cxxx.
From "An act to locate and dispose of the Congressional land grant, etc." approved Feb. 24
Sec. 15. At the close of each University year, the Hoard of Curators shall make a report in detail, to the Governor, exhibiting the progress, condition and wants of the several college or departments of instruction in the University, the course of study in each, and the number and names of the officers and students, the amount of receipts and disbursements, together with the nature, cost and results of all important experiments and investigations, and send other matters, including State, industrial and economical statistics, as may be thought useful. The Governor shall cause the same to be printed for the use of the General Assembly and the people of the State, and shall cause one copy of the same to be transmitted, free of expend to all the colleges which may be endowed under the provisions of the act of Congress, an proved Laws of the State Missouri.
The Missouri University was founded by a grant of two townships (46,080 acres of land to the State for that purpose, when it was organized and admitted into the Union. The policy of the General Government to aid the States in the work of education, by land grants, was established by the ordinance of
"And for extending the fundamental principles of civil and religious liberty, which form the basis whereon these republics, their laws and constitutions are erected, etc., etc.
"It is hereby enacted and declared, by the authority aforesaid, (i. e., of the United States in Congress assembled,) that the following articles shall be considered as articles of compact between the original States and the people in the said Territory (northwest of the river Ohio,) and forever remain unalterable, unless by common consent, to-wit:
* * * * * * * * *
Article 3. Religion, morality and knowledge being necessary to good government and the happiness of mankind, schools and the means of education shall forever be encouraged."
In the act of Congress of
"Religion, morality and knowledge being necessary to good government and the happiness of mankind, schools and the means of education shall be encouraged and provided for from the public lands of the United States in said Territory, in such manner as Congress may deem expedient."
When the State of Missouri was organized out of this Territory, Congress deemed it expedient, as above stated, to devote two townships of land to "a University," and one thirty-sixth of the entire public domain, together with saline and swamp lands to "township (now district) schools."
The higher education was thus identified with the lower, as co-ordinate and constituent parts of the public school work of Missouri upon the original organization of the State. Let us look at this matter a moment, for we often hear the most erroneous and pernicious views advanced on this subject—views steeped in ignorance and fraught with untold evil to the State.
The University is an integral part of the public school organization established by law, and imbedded in the successive Constitutions of this State; and it is the traditional and established policy of this State, however imperfectly realized hitherto, to support the University as the crown and glory of the public school system. This is an indisputable state of fact; this fact is conspicuous, not by inference, but by the following explicit utterances in the first and second sections of the sixth article of the first Constitution of the State, adopted in St. Louis,
"The General Assembly shall take measures for the improvement of such lands, etc., to support "A University for the promotion of literature and the arts and sciences; and it shall be the duty of the General Assembly, as soon as may be, to provide effectual means * * * for the improvement and permanent security of the funds and endowments of such institution." Nothing could be more explicit and unequivocal than this incorporation of the policy and duty of maintaining "a University," as an integral part of the school organization of the State, into the organic law by which the State was originally constituted. It needs no argument to prove that there clings to the State, as an organized commonwealth, an inalienable obligation to "improve," as well as to secure the funds and endowments of its University for the promotion of science, art and literature. The higher education, even its promotion or advancement by the University, is indissolubly coupled with the lower education; and he who undertakes to sever them is false to his constitutional obligation as a citizen. In order to promote or move forward the sciences, art and literature, as stipulated and covenanted by Missouri in her original organization, her University must
The maintenance of the University, as well as of the public school was, therefore a covenant obligation, deliberately and solemnly assumed by Missouri, as one of the organic conditions on which she was constituted a State, and united with her
The munificent land grant, by act of Congress in patron of education. The several States are both patrons
It should be said, therefore, to the honor of those who founded the State of A University for the promotion of literature and the arts and sciences, "was no after-thought. It is incorporated in the Enabling Act Congress, and in the subsequent ordinance acquiescing therein, prior to the
A sound logic and a sound educational and political philosophy, therefore,
In the course of this week the 31st General Assembly will have made up its a University for the promotion of the arts, sciences and literature." The word promote means to move forward; hence the only kind of a University which answers to this language of the original bond, is one which stands in the front rank and is taking its part in moving forward the educational work of the age. And why should not the youth of Missouri enjoy educational advantages of the first rank?
When the first Constitution of the State of Missouri was adopted, a solemn engagement founded on the antecedent "enabling act," was incorporated into it; and the common schools and the University have been embodied in every Constitution of the State from that one to the present one, nor is it in the power of the people to take either the common school or the University out of the Constitution without the consent of the United States.
The educational policy of Missouri, therefore, as embracing the University with the same tenacity as the common school, is no new thing, no after thought, no post-bellum discovery, nor importation from other sections of the country, but a policy conceived and born with the State itself. The obligation of each General Assembly to support this educational work in the two departments indicated is not an open question, but a matter settled by those who have gone before us, be it said to their honor as the founders of the commonwealth of Missouri. The work of the Normal schools is incidental to the common school and wholly subservient to the raising up of the teachers therefor. That was the legislative purpose of their establishment in Missouri, as it has been of their establishment throughout the land.
Sometimes it becomes very apparent from the course of members on the floor of the General Assembly that they have never given this matter any particular attention, for they assume that the whole educational policy of the State is unsettled and that they are called on to deal with it as an open and original question. At almost every meeting of the Legislature some ignorant buffoon disgraces himself in connection with educational matters; fortunately it can't disgrace the State, whose early record is most honorable, and its study is the best corrective of such brawling and rampant ignorance.
It should then be forever understood, as admitting of neither question nor controversy, that Missouri is truly bound to the maintenance of her University and common schools. The only thing left to the discretion of the General Assembly is the measure of support. But if it is a settled matter, as it undoubtedly is, that we are to have a State University, then doubtless all will agree that it should be so liberally and
One morning last week during the sojourn in Columbia of Dr. J. E. Tefft, of Springfield, Mo., he attended a chapel exercise in the State University, and,
When I visited the chapel last week, I was much interested in a
If the proposition be conceded that the allotment of lands by the United States
The new State is the trustee. Funds are supplied by the allotment of lands for the maintenance of a university, and placed in charge of the trustee. Now the legal and moral duties of the trustee have been thoroughly demonstrated by Dr. Laws. But I propose to introduce a proposition which seems to be fairly a corollary to the main idea.
For whose benefit is this trust created? Who is the cestuy que trust? Who are the beneficiaries? The last question is the one to which I particularly ask your attention, and I have formulated the proposition made by your honored president for the sole purpose of arriving at this point. To answer this question, we must keep steadily in view the purpose of the United States in creating the trust.
Obviously it was not for the sake of favoring or benefiting any particular persons or class of persons. Nor was it for the advantage of the inhabitants of only the particular State. It was for the purpose of making it sure that the people of the new State should be sufficiently moral, intelligent and capable to be safe, not only to govern themselves, but to assist in governing the whole country. Who, then, is to be benefited by the proper administration of this trust? Not you alone who are here. Not the citizens of this State alone. The benefit is to accrue to the whole people of the United States. Your advantage is quite incidental. You are the recipients this advantage in order that the State may be benefited through you. The advantage to the State is incidental. It is made a recipient, in order that through the State the whole people of the whole country may be preserved and made secure.
This, then, is the state of the case. The United States creates a trust, the State being trustee for its own benefit.
What relation do you sustain to this great trust?
Just this: The State, in the administration of the trust, has created subordinate ones, and you are the trustees of these subordinate trusts.
The subject matter is the moral integrity, mental capacity, mental power, discipline, knowledge, skill and general culture which are to be acquired at this great seat of learning. The creator of these subordinate trusts is the State, and to it you are responsible for their faithful administration. Who is the All the great questions which agitate and interest society, and upon the solution of which the progress of cultivation and the welfare of the people depend, are to be discussed, considered and finally decided by thinking men and women, by educated men and women. In a few years you are to control the destinies of this people. One hundred graduates of the University of Missouri will have more influence upon the course of public thought and action and bear a weightier responsibility than ten thousand of the lowest order of intelligences.cestuy que trust here? Who are the beneficiaries? Not yourselves, it is the State, the whole people of the State. What duties then are imposed upon you? Several:
It was claimed in the debates of Congress in
This fundamental doctrine which underlies our organized school work as a has been too long overlooked.
Selecting the Site for the State University.By an act of the Legislature of Missouri, approved
February 8, 1839 , five commissioners were appointed to select a site for the State University. The act provide that the site should contain at least fifty acres of land, in a compact form, within miles of the county seat of the county of Cole, Cooper, Saline, Howard, Boon Callaway.It was made the duty of the commissioners to meet in the City of Jefferson on first Monday of
June, 1839 , and thereafter at such times as they might appoint, a county seat of each county mentioned, to receive conveyances of land and substations of money—to be void if the University was not located at the county seat o county in which they were made.After visiting all the county seats, and receiving bids as aforesaid, the commissioners were to return to the seat of government and open the bids, "and the presenting the most advantages to be derived to said University, keeping in view amount subscribed, and locality and general advantages, shall be entitled to its location.
On the
24th of June, 1839 , the commissioners met in Jefferson City, opened the bids, and located the University of Missouri at Columbia, Boone county, following is the language of the award."The commissioners, appointed by law to select a site for the University, have are unanimously in the choice of Boone county for its location. Given under our hands at City of 'Jefferson, this 24th day of June, in the year
1839 .(Signed,) , John Gano Bryan, Ch. Durkee, Archibald Gamble, John S. PhelpsPeter H. Burnett."
The organization of the State University and the erection of the main
The Board of Curators endorses most fully the well expressed views and
"The educational interests of the State are fixed upon a firm foundation, should be sacredly guarded ami wisely fostered. Parsimony towards The common school law provides for the separate education of the colored people, and the provisions of the law are the same for both classes, excepting some clauses favoring the colored people. The higher education is also provided for them by the State. The XXXth General Assembly passed an appropriation bill which not only provided for the current expenses of the Normal Department of the Lincoln Institute, but also for the payment of the debt resting on that institution. However, as up to that time the Lincoln Institute had been a private property, and as our present Constitution forbids appropriations to private enterprises, Governor Phelps very properly withheld his signature from the bill till the Lincoln Institute was conveyed to the State. This was done, and the State now owns and has entire control of this property. The Lincoln Institute, therefore, now stands as an institution of the higher education, crowning the provisions of law in this State for the separate education of the colored people. This completes, in a very satisfactory manner, the solution of this educational problem which has vexed so many of the States.
"The University is hereby incorporated and created a body politic, and shall be known by the name of
The Curators of the University of the State of Missouri."
The members of the Board residing in Phelps county, with one curator from the First or Second Congressional District, shall constitute an executive committee of the Mining School with similar powers and responsibilities with those of the executive committee of the University, at Columbia; shall keep a record of their proceedings, and submit the same to the Board at the annual meeting.—By-law of Board of Curators,
Number.—Const. XI, Sec. 5. The government of the State University shall be vested in a Board of Curators, to consist of nine members, to be appointed by the Governor by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
University Curator Law,
Quorum.—Sec. 1. At all meetings of the Board of Curators, seven members shall be-necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
Residence.—Sec. 3. The Board of Curators of the State University shall hereafter consist of nine members, who shall be appointed by the Governor, by and with the consent of the Senate, three of whom shall be residents of the county of Boone, two of the county of Phelps, two of the part of the State north of the Missouri River, and outside of the county of Boone, and two of that part of the State south of the Missouri River, and outside of the county of Phelps, and no person shall be appointed a curator who shall not have attained the age of twenty-one years, or who shall not be a citizen of the United States and a resident of the State of Missouri two years next prior to his appointment.
Term of Office.—Sec. 4. As soon as said Curators qualify, they shall divide themselves into three classes of three members each, one of which classes shall hold their office for two years, from
Filling Vacancies.—Sec. 5. During the session of the General Assembly in
Sec. 16. Inasmuch as all trust funds committed to the management of the State are to be deemed a sacred deposit and to be vigilantly guarded from perversion, waste or wrongful use, it is provided that a Board of Visitors, to consist of five persons, three at least of whom shall be citizens eminent in the agricultural and mechanic arts, and not less than two graduates of the University, shall be appointed by the Governor. It shall be the duty of the visitors to make personal examination into the condition of the University, in all its departments, once at least each year, and report the result to the Governor, suggesting such improvements and recommendations as they may consider important,'which report shall be published with the annual report of the Curators. The visitors shall receive no per diem, but they, together with the Curators, shall have their actual expenses paid, and upon the certificate of the Secretary of the Board of Curators, the Auditor shall draw his warrant upon the Treasurer of the State, who shall pay the same out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated.
The visitorial power holds a conspicuous and important place in European universities and its faithful exercise with us would doubtless exert a wholesome influence.
Mining School.
"The Curators shall have power to appoint and remove, at discretion, the
presides lessors and tutors of the University, to define and assign their powers and duties, ant their compensation."
"Neither the General Assembly nor any county, city, town, township, school district other municipal corporation, shall ever make an appropriation, or pay from any public whatever, anything in aid of any religious creed, church or sectarian purpose; or, to he support or maintain any private or public school, academy, seminary, college, university other institution of learning, controlled by any religious creed, church or sectarian destination whatever; nor shall any grant or donation of personal property or real estate made by the State, or any county, city, town or other municipal corporation, for any red creed, church or sectarian purpose whatever."
"Neither the president nor professors are permitted to exercise the function a minister of the gospel, or any other learned profession, during their continue in office," etc. The statute on which this interdict rested was repealed in Hence, in the Law and Medical Schools, for example, members of Faculty are required to abstain from the exercise of the functions of those learned profess nor is it at all desirable that they should do so: provided, always, that University duties held paramount and of this the Curators judge.
N. B. Students from other States are admitted on the same terms as those the State of Missouri. There is no occasion for them to change their places of dence. The change of residence has hitherto occasioned an undue increase) number hailing from Boone county, Mo. The students, male and female, ait comed from all parts of the world on equal footing.
Academic students and Graduates of the University from
In the year
Thursday Evening, March 29—Commencement of Law School.
Saturday, May 5.—Annual Examination of all Students on
Monday, May 28 to Wednesday, June 6.—Closing Examinations of all
Sunday, June 3.—Baccalaureate Discourse by Right. Rev. C. F.
D. D., Bishop of the Protestant Episcopal Church of Missouri, St. Louis, Mo.
Thursday, June 7—University Commencement.
Two Academic and three Professional classes in Physics are formed each year, the Professional classes coming from the Medical, Normal, and Agricultural Colleges.
The first Academic class enters upon its work at the beginning of the Sophomore year, and continues through the year, using Atkinson's Ganot's Physics, supplemented by lectures, extempore problems and references. A grade in Algebra and Plane Geometry, from the Professor of Mathematics, is required for entrance to the class. This course is required of all candidates for Academic degrees.
The second Academic class is formed of students in the Science course, who have completed the first year's work in Physics, together with others who are qualified, and can be accommodated. They devote the second semester of the Junior Year to physical laboratory work and special lectures. For this work a special laboratory fee of five dollars is charged. The apparatus at command does not yet allow the offering of a full and well-arranged course in the physical laboratory. Additions are being made as rapidly as possible, and it is hoped that we may soon be able to offer as great facilities in this important branch of work as can be found in eastern laboratories. The work now being done by students in the laboratory, includes the following: Testing divided scales and circles; testing levels and determination of value in are, of 1 level division; testing telescopes, quality of lenses, magnifying power, etc. Use of the chemical balance in determinations of weight and density with the various corrections; use of the microscope; use of the spectroscope in examination, mapping, and comparison of the spectra of artificial lights and sunlight; use of the spectrometer in spectrum work as above, and in measurement of angles and indices of refraction of crystals and prisms, comparison of prismatic and diffraction spectra, and measurements of wave lengths of light; use of electric instruments, including the setting up and management of batteries, methods of connecting batteries and instruments, determinations of E. M. F., R., and C.; of instrumental constants, etc., etc.
The Medical, Normal and Agricultural classes receive, during the first semester, special instruction in those branches of Physics which are deemed of most probable value to them in their future work. Applicants for admission to the Normal class are required to present a grade in Algebra.
In addition to the work outlined above, special lectures and demonstrations have been given in connection with the work of other departments.
The department now has a very fair collection of apparatus, with which a liberal course in Physics may be well illustrated. Many of the pieces are of special excellence, including a rotary air pump, (Ritchie's best), a set of Koenig's tuning forks on their resonant oases, purchased from Professor A. M. Mayer of the Stevens Institute of Technology, a Ritchie-Holtz machine with 27 inch plate, which has been so modified as to work powerfully when the plates are wet, a Ritchie induction coil giving 10-inch spark, a delicate Melloni thermo-multiplier, a full set of the latest telephonie apparatus, a Grove battery of sixty cells, and Bunsen, Daniel, Gravity and LeClauche batteries, with two Clark standard cells, a Shepard screw cutting
There are available for use with these lanterns in this and other
The telescopes of the spectrometer have been fitted with a Rutherford
Lack of funds has prevented the addition of any noteworthy apparatus loaned for driving the Edison machine. We have also to thank the Brush Co., of Missouri, for the use of two Brush lamps, Messrs. Jas. W. Queen, for
It is expected that some of the most pressing wants of the department will
Requirements for Admission: English Grammar, Arithmetic, Geography,
Instruction in this school is given in the following distinct courses of study:
This is an elementary course in chemistry, following some suitable text-book, and consists mainly in recitations, illustrated, as far as practicable, by experiments and diagrams. The writing of reactions, calculating of quantities by weight and volume, determining of changes in the volume of gases through changes in temperature and pressure and the establishing of formulas upon proper physical facts accompany the work throughout. The course is designed to be complete within itself, and while giving the student the facts and formal principles of the science, to serve, at the same time, as an introduction to the study of rational chemistry, taught later. All students of the University, excepting those in law, must complete this course before they can receive a diploma or certificate, or before they can be admitted to other classes in this department.—First Semester, daily, from 11-12.
The course in rational chemistry is a continuation of the former on a broader basis, and is by lectures and recitations, reviews and discussions; but while that is mainly descriptive of the phenomena presented to our senses, this is inductive, leading to their explanation through modern philosophical theory and speculation. Toward the end of the semester select topics from the domain of organic and applied chemistry are discussed, selections being made from the following list:
Food and Drink—Cereals, starch, bread, meat, sugar, preservation of food, water, milk, tea, coffee, fermentation of wine, beer, spirits, vinegar, tobacco, etc.Oils, Fats, Soaps, Glycerine.Illumination—Candles, oils and lamps, petroleum, gas and its products.Fuel and its application.Disinfectants and Antiseptics—Preservation of wood, etc.Limes, Mortars, Cements, etc.Glass, Porcelain, Pottery, etc.Chemical Manufactures.
The collection of specimens to illustrate these lectures is yearly increasing, and embraces a complete set of Knapp's Technological Diagrams, which greatly facilitate instruction in this department. All students working for an academic degree, as also those in Medicine and Civil Engineering, must complete this course.—Second Semester, daily, from 11-12.
A course of lectures on domestic chemistry is given to students who intend to graduate in the girl's course in arts; it is intended to teach the principles of household science, a right understanding of which determines so largely the health, comfort and happiness of the human family, and over which primarily woman is placed to watch and to care. The following topics will present an outline of the work in hand:
Air: Respiration, vitiated air and ventilation, heating of houses, clothing for protection against cold and against taking cold, infection, contagion, germ theory of disease.Water: Potable water, hard and soft; impurities in it, such as lead and sewage matters, and their effects upon health and life; mineral waters, pond and sea bathing.Food: Composition and general properties, boiling, roasting, Cosmetics: Face powders and washes, enamels, hair dyes and
A course of lectures on agricultural chemistry is delivered to students in Agriculture.
The physiological structure of the green cell is elucidated, and its office,
The chemical and physical properties of the soil are fully treated of, by
The different fertilizers in use, their relative value, and their employment extensive and intensive cultivation, as a paying investment, are discussed finally. One-half of Second Semester, daily, from 10-11.
A special course of lectures and recitations on toxicology, based on
There has been given, the past year, a course of five lectures to the senior
Qualitative analysis is taught by lectures and blackboard exercises, and
When the student, upon written and experimental examination, proves to sufficiently familiar with qualitative analysis, he passes to the study of
If, after pursuing this course, the student desires to engage in any special investigation, either scientific or practical, every facility of the University and the special attention of the professor will be given him.
The full course in qualitative analysis is required of all students who propose to graduate in science, civil engineering and medicine, and in a somewhat modified and abbreviated form, including, however, the recognition of simple substances, of all candidates for other academic degrees.
Suitable hand-books for reference are recommended and accessible to all students.
These subjects extend through the first semester of the Senior year. For
There is also a special course in these subjects, covering half a semester,
These subjects cover daily lectures for the second semester of the Senior
The course of instruction is by lectures, illustrated by charts, lantern
This course is intended especially for the Engineering and Agricultural
The entire geological collections of Dr. Swallow and Dr. Norwood,
A collection of metamorphic rocks with microscopic sections of the same,
A collection of about 250 species of marine zoological specimens, obtained
Instruction in botany is given during two semesters. The second semester of
For admission to the class in structural botany students must have completed
During the second semester of the Sophomore year the subject of Economic
During the present year several compound microscopes and a large number of
Instruction in Entomology is given almost entirely by means of lectures, for which the large collection of insects in the University Museum affords a valuable
Students in the course in Agriculture receive instruction in Bee-keeping by a
Preceding this subject there is a course of instruction in Human Anatomy and
For admission of Academic students to the class of Zoology, they must have
The studies in this department are pursued in the following order:
First Semester.—Arithmetic, beginning at decimal fractions.
Second Semester.—Advanced arithmetic.
First Semester.—Elements of Algebra.
Second Semester.—Elements of Algebra and Plane Geometry.
First Semester—Plane Trigonometry and Geometry of Space.
Second Semester—Spherical Trigonometry and Spherical Astronomy.
First Semester—Higher Algebra.
Second Semester—Analytical Geometry.
First Semester.—Calculus.
First Semester.—Spherical and Physical Astronomy.
During February and
The old dome was found to be too small for the Equatorial recently purchased,
The Equatorial room (A) is in the form of a regular octagonal prism surmounted
The dome revolves upon six grooved wheels of cast iron, which run on a circular
The aperture in the dome, which is 22 inches wide, and extends a little beyond
The pier for the support of the Telescope is built of hard brick laid in hydraulic
The Alt-azimuth room (C) is 13½ feet long from east to west, 13 1-5 feet wide,
The aperture in this dome, which is 15 inches wide, is closed by two shutters.
The transit room (B) is situated between the Equatorial room and the
All these rooms are now lighted by gas.
The instrumental equipment consists of a Telescope, a Meridian Circle, an Altitude Azimuth Instrument, a Transit Theodolite, a Sextant and Mercurial Horizon, a Side-Clock, a Solar Clock, and a Twenty-inch Celestial Globe.
The Telescope (1) is an equatorial refractor of 7½ inches clear aperture and 10 feet
The finder was made by Alyan Clark & Sons, of Cambridgeport, Mass. It has an
This telescope has an interesting history. It was ordered in
"The great Telescope belonging to Shelby College was temporarily loaned to of,
In
In
This cut is taken, by consent of the publishers, Messrs. Harper & Brothers, of
The Meridian Circle (4) was made by Brunner of Paris. The object glass has a
The Alt-azimuth Instrument. (7) was made by E. & G. W. Blunt, of New York, The object glass has a clear aperture of 2 1/8 inches, and a focal length of 22 inches. The circles are 12 inches in diameter, and graduated to 10 minutes. The horizontal circles has four verniers with microscopes, and the vertical circle two; and each reads to ten seconds. This instrument is furnished with direct and reflecting eye-pieces, a collimating eye-piece and sunshades. The system of wires and the arrangement of the levels are the same as in the transit instrument. The illumination of the wires is effected by means of a silvered mirror placed in the axis.
In the old observatory this instrument was mounted under an opening in the roof which allowed motion only in or near the meridian. It is now mounted under the dome at the west end of the new building. In this position it can be directed to any point above the horizon, and thus be made more serviceable than it could be in its old position.
The Transit Theodolite (3) was made by Gregg & Rupp, of New York. The
The Sextant was made by E. & G. W. Blunt, of New York. The are is
The Sidereal Clock (5), which was made by Gregg & Rupp, of New York, has a mercurial pendulum.:
The Solar Clock (6) was made by Riggs, of Philadelphia.
The sidereal clock stands upon an isolated brick pier in the southwest corner of the transit room. The solar clock hangs on the pier which supports the alt-azimuth instrument.
The Observatory is connected by a loop with the lines of the Western Union Telegraph Company, thus furnishing the means for illustrating the method of finding the longitude by electric signals.
The present greatly improved condition of the observatory is due to the liberal-By of the President, Dr. S. S. Laws, who, for the advancement of astronomical science, has given to the University more than two thousand dollars in order to procure the Telescope and put it in complete working order, and to move and enlarge the Observatory Building.
In view of this liberalty on the part of Dr. Laws, the Board of Curators is decided that the Observatory shall hereafter be known as "The Laws Obsertort," and the Telescope as "
During the past year, in addition to the usual drill given to students of
Observations on sun spots, comets, and the usual observations for time
Extensive preparations were made for observing the transit of Venus,
Telegraphic announcements of astronomical discoveries are now sent
Psychology—Bain, Hamilton's Metaphysics, Lectures.
Logic—Jevon's, Hamilton, Mill, Lectures.
Ethics—Paley, Wayland, Alexander, Lieber's Political Ethics, Lectures.
Social Science—Lieber's Civil Liberty, Spencer's Sociology, Lectures.
Ontology—(Natural Theology)—Paley, Buchanan, Chadbourne, Lectures.
The History of Philosophy—Schwegler, Lectures.
Notes on all lectures are required, cr ticised and graded for literary
æsthetics and Political Economy are taught in the English School.
Constitutional and International Law—The academic students join the law in these subjects, and receive from that department instruction in the law of tracts.
First Semester—Language Lessons, Dictations and Composition (Swinton, Harvey).
Second Semester—English Grammar (Harvey), Blackboard Exercises, Dictations. Composition, Word Studies.
First Semester—Analysis (Green), Rhetoricals, Forms of English Composition, Notes on the Origin of Language, Word Studies from Trench.
Second Semester—Analysis Continued and Rhetoric (Hart), Study of Synonyms (Crabbe), Composition and Themes, Trench's Lectures.
First Semester—United States History (Swinton.) References: I. Settlement I (Bancroft, Prescott). 2. Revolution (Bancroft, Hildreth). 3. Political Development (Johnstone, Statesman's Manual, Benton's Thirty Years).
Second Semester—Rhetoric concluded, Historical Essays, Elocution, Lectures and Note-taking, History of English. References: "English Past and Present" I (Trench), "Select Glossary" (Trench), "Study of Language" (March), "Principles of Rhetoric" (Whately), "Kame's Elements of Criticism," "Blair's Lectures."
First Semester—English History (Smith's Hume). References: Celtic and Roman Periods (Knight's Pictorial History, Hume, Smollett), Anglo-Saxon Period (Turner), Norman Period (Guizot's History of Civilization, Taine's History of English Literature), Constitutional Period (Hallam, Macaulay, Collier, Lodge, I Agnes Strickland).
Second Semester—Political History and Science (Townsend's Analysis of the United States Constitution). References: Johnstone's Manual, Statesman's Manual, Blackstone, Kent.
The subjects chiefly taught in this Department are German and French.
The object of the Professor in this Department is to give the students a
First Semester—Otto's grammar, exercises, conversations and composition
Second Semester.—Same continued; reading in prose and poetry.
First Semester.—Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Maria Stuart, lectures, convert and translations into German of short stories.
Second Semester.—Nathan der Weise, Egmont, lectures, conversations translations continued.
First Semester.—Joynes' Otto's Introductory lessons, Joynes' reader,
Second Semester.—Racine's Athalie, Le Cid de Corneille, Le
Spanish grammar—Las Lecturas de Knapp.
Italian grammar—Select readings in Italian Authors.
The following is the report of the Department of Modern Languages
The character of the students in this department has been of the best,
Harkness' Introductory Latin book; the Three Pronunciations of Latin; grammar, reader, composition through part I.
first Semester—Nepos, Harkness' Ca)sar, composition to lesson 51, grammar.
Second Semester—Virgil's æneid (Greenough's), Cicero's Orations (Harkness), composition to lesson 71, prosody and scanning, Classical Geography, (Ginn and Heath).
First Semester.—Cicero (pro Archia), Lincoln's Livy, composition to lesson 89, mythology.
Second Semester.—Anthon's Horace (Odes and Epodes) Cicero (De Senectute), I Harkness' Composition completed, prosody, Latin at sight, antiquities.
First Semester.—Anthon's Horace (Satires and Epistles), Agricola of Tacitus, Arnold's Composition part 2d, Latin at sight, Roman History.
Second Semester.—Cicero's Tuseulan Disputations, Latin at sight, original composition in Latin, Roman History.
First Semester—Plautus Pliny's Letters, exercises in Latin (oral and written), I Latin literature, lectures (in Latin).
Second Semester.—Frieze's Quintilian, Histories of Tacitus, exercises (oral and written), review of the whole grammar, lectures (in Latin).
Conversation and recitation in Latin in all the University classes.
Candidates for the Freshman class, who have pursued their preparatory studies In other institutions, will be examined in the following books or their equivalents:
Latin Grammar (including Prosody), Harkness' Latin Composition to lesson 71, Nepost Cæsar, Cicero (four orations), Virgil's æneid (including scanning), Classical Geography.
It is suggested to teachers to connect simple exercises in making Latin either oral or written, with all the Latin studies of pupils in their preparatory training.
Harper's Latin Dictionary; Anthon's Classical Dictionary; Smith's
The English pronunciation is carefully taught and strictly followed in the
The subjects taught in this Department are the Greek Language and
In the preparatory classes the student is thoroughly drilled in the
In the translation of the classic authors, a close and critical examination is of the text assigned for reading, the peculiarities of the author's style are
The requirements for entrance into the Freshman class, are as follows: vice versa; Hadley's Grammar, used especially with reference to the
Second Semester.—Harkness' First Greek Book to Syntax.
First Semester.—Xenophon's Anabasis, Hadley's Greek Grammar. Jones' Greek Prose Composition.
Second Semester.—Xenophon's Anabasis, Hadley's Greek Grammar, Jones' Greek Prose Composition, Classical Geography.
First Semester.—Lysias, Prose Composition, Grammar, History.
Second Semester.—Herodotus, Prose Composition,"Grammar. History.
First Semester,—Homer (Iliad) Translations into Greek, Lectures on Grammar; Gladstone's Homer.
Second Semester.—Plato, Translations into Greek, Lectures on Grammar. Antiquities.
First Semester.—Sophocles, Translations into Greek, Lectures, Comparative Philology.
Second Semester—Thucydides, Translations into Greek. Lectures, Greek Literature.
Harkness' First Greek Book; Kuehner's Elementary and Hadley's Grammars; Jones' Greek Prose Composition; Baird's Classical Manual; Goodwin's Moods and Tenses; Tozer's Classical Geography; Fyffe's History of Greece: Mahaffy's Old Greek Life; Jebb's Greek Literature; Peile's Comparative Philology; Long's Classical Atlas; Yonge's English-Greek Lexicon; Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon.
The number of students in the Department of Greek and Comparative Philology during the year
This department is concerned with the study of the Hebrew Language and erature, as a means of exploring the origin, and tracing the development of main civilization, of the sciences of government, law and ethics. The Hebrew, as taining the oldest remains of a literature which is the heritage of humanity chiefly considered. The course is arranged as follows:
First Semester.—Hebrew Grammar, including translations from English Hebrew, and Hebrew into English, both oral and written; Histories of Chaldea. Babylonia, and of the Medo-Persian Empire. Text-books: Elementary Grammar, and Rawlinson's Ancient History.
Second Semester.—Reading and Analysis of the Hebrew language, including selections from Genesis, Joshua, Chronicles, the Psalms, Isaiah and Ezekieh Hebrew accent and prosody; the growth, limit, style and purpose of Hebrey creature. Text-books: Green's Larger Grammar, or Deutsch's, and Ges Lexicon.
Attention will be given to the later complex development of the He language, as exemplified in the Talmuds, the Targums, Maimonides, and Rabbinical texts.
Other Semitic tongues belonging to this Department, in which instruction be had, are the following:
Candidates for admission to this Department must pass a satisfactory emanation in English Grammar.
The following is the report of the Department of Hebrew and Semitic
The number of students who entered into the work of this department
The Board of Curators of Missouri State University recognizing the justness and the national importance of the higher education of woman, opened to her in
In submitting to you my report for
It is desirable, for many reasons, that the dress of the young women be simple and inexpensive. Simplicity in dress, right in itself, is peculiarly becoming in a student, for it saves time, money and thought to be consecrated to higher uses. Again, it is desirable that the young women identified with the University be distinguished from all others. By the adoption of a uniform this can be readily and effectively accomplished. Therefore, to avoid extravagance and to disarm criticism. all young ladies attending the University are required to adopt, as their daily attire, (the weekly and special holidays excepted), the following uniform: A walking suit of black alpaca or cashmere with trimmings of the same color. During the first four weeks of the first semester, and the last four weeks of the second semester, a white waist or basque may be substituted for the black waist or basque. The style of the fall and winter hat will be announced at the opening of the first semester of each I collegiate year; the style of the spring and summer hat will be announced the first or second week in April of each year. In order to secure perfect uniformity, the order for all hats required will be given by the principal, and one order being given for all, the cost of each will be diminished. The hats for the entire collegiate year will not cost more than 84, possibly they will cost less.
Each young woman must be provided with a water-proof cloak, with
The above regulation dress is prescribed by the Faculty, and made a
Believing that the physical deformity and degeneracy of the American
That gymnastic and calisthenic exercises are good only to produce the
This year we have been without the delightful stimulus of music in our
The young women have only one literary society—the Philalethean.
The Philalethean Hall is not large, but it is the most artistic in the
To all students who have desired to study music—vocal and instrumental—
The following is a statistical report of the classes of the English Department that have been under my instruction during the year:
Each of these, except Literary Criticism, was only one division of a class, the other division being under Prof. McAnally's instruction.
The uniformly polite attention of my classes in the recitation room, and my pleasant association and harmonious working with the courteous Principal of the English Department, I deem worthy of record here.
This course is equivalent to any one of the other academic courses, yet is identical with none. In this way it is intended to avoid the fallacy of confounding co-education with identical education. This course is made up substantially of studies selected from the various academic courses previously established, with additional work in literature, composition and criticism, and diversified by studies peculiarly adapted to the culture of woman, such as calisthenics, music, physiology, domestic chemistry and economy.
Believing that women are able to meet the demands of the case, the Girls' Course in Arts is made co-ordinate in rank with the other academic courses, their equivalent in acquisition and their equal in honor, and it takes its place by them in the Synchronistic Table.
The degree of A. D. B. (Artium Domesticarum Baecalaurea) is conferred on those students who complete successfully the studies prescribed in this course, and its graduates will have all the privileges and immunities extended to the graduates in the other academic courses. Only young ladies are admitted to this course and degree.
This Girls' Course in Arts is optional, but thus far its history is that of similar I courses in other institutions; that is, it is more popular with the young ladies than any other of the academic courses. Of the whole number of girls enrolled this; year for the various academic courses, a large per cent, were enrolled for the Girls' Course in Arts. This year there are two candidates for graduation in the A. D. B. Course.
The establishment of a special course for girls has tended to increase their number in the University, and this tendency will necessarily strengthen as the merits of the new course become better known. Last vacation I received a larger number of letters of inquiry than I received during any previous vacation. The number of young ladies attending the University this year is seventy-five.
Through the appropriation recently made by our Legislature, we will increased facilities in the direction of Chapel, class rooms, society halls and halls. In these improved facilities our girl students will participate; and they be especially encouraged in having an enlarged society hall and study hall. State has done nobly; but let her next General Assembly make an
The primary aim of the Academic Schools of Science and Language (I—XI) is culture; that of the Professional Schools (XII—XX) is practice. Self is the end of culture, but self is the instrument of practice. The academic training views man himself as the end; but the professional training views the man as the means, and the calling, (as farming, teaching, law, medicine, mining, engineering, art, etc.,) as the end or business for the pursuit for which he is to be fitted. The academic or general training, fits for no line of business in particular, but it furnishes culture as the condition of the highest attainment in any special vocation. The man, cultured, has more fullness and strength, as a specialist, than the same man uncultured.
But as all kinds of culture have not an equally important bearing on every line of activity in life, there is occasion for discrimination and choice, as to the subjects to be pursued in the Academic Schools, when anyone of the professional courses is in contemplation. Hence, there are arranged, as will be seen in the Synchronistic, Table, several under-graduate academic courses, or curricula, for the convenience of students in conforming their efforts to this natural principle of selection. As a matter of fact and of experience, it is found that a student usually accomplishes very little till a settled and definite purpose presides over his movements. The energies of youth are limited; and hence, to qualify them for life's work, which is the great aim of scholastic education, as much definiteness as is practicable should be given to their efforts
It is important to note that the word science, here used respecting the is a systematic classification of the laics of phenomena.
Progress in science, according to this definition, can only be effected,
There are two thoughts which seem to be entitled to preside over the
As the languages pre-suppose their subject matter in the sciences, so the
It will be observed that our group of professional schools, and their
Disposition, therefore, is to apologize for these unique characteristics, not by
The Missouri Legislature, for the year
The Agricultural and Mechanical College has organized a strictly
While the central aim is not to educate the man, but the specialist, very
In the prosecution of the design of the course of studies, both the science
Under their appropriate headings the facilities of the college for
Candidates for admission must pass satisfactory examinations in
Candidates for advanced standing must pass examinations in those
Examinations will occur whenever a subject is completed and at the end of each semester.
The degree of B. A. S. (Bachelor of Agricultural Science) will be conferred upon those who complete the course and pass the final examinations.
All students receiving a degree must prepare a thesis on some agricultural, subject to be presented by the college.
The expense of the course is very moderate and within the means of any
Museums, Apparatus and Farm Library.—A small but valuable library of
Museum.—An Agricultural museum is being organized that will be of
Chemical and Physical Laboratories—Laboratories in each of these
Club Houses.—A group of club-houses on the farm will accommodate a
Greenhouse.—A greenhouse is connected with the Horticultural
Farm.—The farm is divided into two departments—Farm and Horticultural,
Experiments will be constantly carried on for the farming interests of the
The Horticultural Department will stand in the same relation to the lecture
The Horticultural Department is provided with two greenhouses—one
As an experiment station, the farm has organized many experiments in
The Farm Superintendent, Levi Chubbuck, B. Ag., is a graduate of the
The following is the report of the Normal Department of the University for the session of
Enrolled by semesters:
As in former years, I desire to commend very heartily the earnestness
No student shall be admitted to any class of the Normal College until he
Students may, upon satisfactory examination, be admitted to advanced
Students are graduated in two distinct Normal courses, one academic, and
The "Section 7077 (Revised Statutes of Missouri Public School Laws of Missouri: "No person shall be granted a certificate to teach in the Public Schools established under the provisions of this chapter, who is not of good moral character, and qualified to teach Orthography, Reading, Penmanship, Arithmetic, English Grammar, Modern Geography, the History of the United States and Civil Government. "No certificate shall be granted for a longer period than one year, unless the person examined, in addition to the above, is found capable to impart instruction in the elements of the Natural Sciences and Physiology." The work to be done in the common school is thus provided for by law.Elementary Normal Degree (Pe. P.) is conferred upon those students who successfully complete the "Public School" Normal course, which extends over two years, and which is arranged to meet the requirements of the School Law of the State
The higher degree, that of Bachelor of Pedagogics, is conferred upon regular graduates of the University in any one of the four academic courses who supplement their academic work by two semesters of Normal Instruction. Students graduating from this course are qualified by the accurate and extended study upon which their professional work rests, to take positions in the secondary and higher schools of the
The work in Pedagogics corresponds with that laid down for the Senior Year
The conditions of entrance to Normal classes, so far as the passing grade
The third degree granted by the Normal College is that of Master of
A practical business advantage is afforded to graduates of the Normal Department of the University in their receiving from the State Superintendent of Public Schools, State Certificates, entitling them to teach, upon proper contract with the local board, in any county of the State without re-examination. The language of the State Superintendent on this point is as follows:
"To graduates from your full course. I will issue State Certificates (on parchment and permanent). To those from your lower course (the Pe. P's), a special for three years."
This secures to all our graduates, about to enter upon their professional duties, legal certificates, upon which valid contracts may be made with Boards of
While we are unable to promise positions to our graduates, we make every
Fully three-fourths of all graduates of the department, since it has been
With the purpose of placing Boards of Directors in communication with
Among the Books used in the Department for study or reference are the
Instruction in the Normal Department is given principally in the form of leetures, upon which are based discussions by the class of the points presented; the comparative maturity of mind shown by our students of advanced standing and their earnestness, render these discussions of the greatest value. They cover the practical as well as the theoretical side of pedagogy. A primary aim of all work in this department is the development of independent thought, and students are encouraged to advance frankly and freely their own opinions, even where differing materially from those ordinarily held. Incorrect views and crude opinions are rectified with comparative ease through such discussions.
Rosenkranz's "Pedagogics as a System," has been used with success as the basis of discussion in scientific pedagogy.
The following is a Synopsis of the work in Pedagogics. It will be observed that the work of the Senior Year is required of all candidates for graduation.
School Economy—Opening and closing School, Seating Pupils, Signals, Filing, Order during Recitation. General order of School—Whispering, other Communication, Prompting, Absence, Tardiness, Recesses, Supervision of Pupils on the play ground. Care of Pupils in going to, and returning from, school. Cooperation of Teachers and Parents. Arrangement of programme. Time given to differ-
Abstracts of lectures will be required, also two essays on assigned topics.
General Principles governing the presentation of Subjects of Instruction.
School Law: Legal Qualifications, Duties and Rights of Teachers,
There will be required monthly essays on assigned topics.
The students will prepare abstracts of all lectures given during the Semester
One Teaching exercise will be required of each student at sometime in the
Review of School Economy, Lectures on the School Law, Methods of
Mental and Moral Philosophy taught in a course of Lectures by the President
Exhaustive notes will be required on all topics discussed in the presence of
A Thesis on some assigned topic will be prepared by each student, and
One Teaching Exercise will be required of each student in the course of
The general arrangement of topics is essentially that of Rosenkranz, whose work is made the basis of instruction.Education as a Science
History of Education—Particular Systems and standpoints illustrated. Education in China, India, Thibet, Persia, Egypt, Phoenicia, Greece, Rome. Education among Northern Barbarians, among the Jews, Education in Middle Ages as affected by Feudal System, by Chivalry, by the Crusades, by the Free Cities, Modern Ideal in Education.
Individuals who have influenced Educational Thought: Beacon, Comenius, Locke, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Dr. Arnold, Horace Mann, etc., etc.
National systems of education (modern) Russia, Germany, England, France, Switzerland, America, etc.
Special study of American system, in its relation to State and Federal Government. Necessity for supervision. Duties and qualifications of supervisors.
Notes will be required on all special topics and discussions, where not treated at length in the text book in use.
One teaching exercise will be required of each student. Students must be ready to give their exercises by the first Tuesday in April.
During this semester the theses required for graduation will be prepared. All such theses will be due on the first Tuesday in May; they must be on some educational topic and of such length as to occupy about fifteen minutes in their public reading.
At the Law commencement,
Fox Spragins, Esq., a diligent student and a very promising young
For admission to the Junior class, no special examination is required;
The Law term commences on the second Monday of September and
No one will be admitted to the Senior class, as candidate for a degree
The Junior class will take an elementary course in common law, will
The instruction in international and constitutional law, logic and ethics
The Senior class will study the Law of Evidence, of Pleadings, of
Students who do not wish to take the full course, and who are not
Logic and Ethics are taught by the President of the University, the other branches named above by the Professors of Law, and, in addition, the non-resident (lecturers will give courses of lectures upon special subjects.
The members of the Junior class will be examined upon the topics above named to be studied by them, and will also be examined by the Professor of English upon English Grammar and Prose Composition, if successful they will be entitled to admission to the Senior Class. A knowledge of Book-keeping is so essential to the practical life of the lawyer, that its study, here or elsewhere, will be insisted on before graduation. An opportunity is given for its study under Professor Royall, and a certificate from him will be required.
The classes are favored at times with lectures upon special subjects by gentlemen not connected with the school.
The additional studies of the Junior year will compel ordinary students, although they enter with some preparation, to take the full two years course. The Law Faculty have seen, with pain, the labors of bright and promising young men in cramming themselves for examination by substantially one year's study. Their success is their greatest misfortune. They must have time before daring to think of themselves as lawyers, to grow into the habits of thought, the language, the spirit of the profession; this is, can only be, the work of years. A writer in the May number of the American Law Review, in speaking of those who successfully pass examination after one year's study, says: "Their rapidly acquired knowledge will not stay by them; they have eaten but not digested. They have, however, gained the title of lawyers, they are admitted to the bar, they have no longer the stimulus to study, and careful observation shows that their studies practically cease. On the other hand, had a definite time of pupilage been required, these same students would have lost none of their ambition and zeal, and by taking their studies more slowly, would have called other faculties than memory into constant play. Their studies would have been spread over three or five years instead of one; they would have had time to review their work, to comprehend its full bearing, to discern 'the reason whereof' without which 'the law is unknown,' and for which time and spontaneous thinking are requisite. They would imbibe and digest principles instead of cramming facts, and could see these principles applied to actual cases, and thus get some understanding of the practical side of their profession, of the discipline and habits of business, while responsible to no client for their errors. In the end such students would be apt to become sound lawyers, instead of dwarfing their prospects at the very outset."
Is held every Monday, and is made to represent some actual court, with its clerk and sheriff; and every matter discussed arises in some supposed cause. Regular pleadings are required—many of them drawn according to the Common Law and Equity system—and, when the cause is supposed to be in the Supreme Court, in addition to the pleadings, papers are prepared, necessary in actual practice, as the writ of error, assignment of errors, bill of exceptions embodying the instructions to the jury, rulings upon the admission or exclusion of evidence, motions for new trial, or in arrest, etc. Briefs of points and authorities must also be filed, and no one will be permitted to argue a cause, if in default in any particular. A member of the Senior class is called to sit as special judge in each cause, who, the next week, gives
Those of the Senior class, who, at the close of their term, sustain an
Every candidate for this degree is required to file with the faculty a
All who receive the degree are by law admitted, without further
Tuition for the Term is $40.00, payable in advance. An extra fee of ten
The success of the College of Law has been such, that with continued
For further information address P. Bliss, Dean of Law Faculty,
For catalogue address J. H. Drummond, Librarian of the University.
The twenty-first course of instruction will begin on the second Monday of
The course is as full and complete as is given in any school in this visiting patients with the members of the Faculty, and reading other works than text-books, The Juniors are not advised to see patients, simply from the fact that they are not prepared to appreciate them; but the more advanced students, who are now able to discriminate between diseases, enjoy most excellent clinical advantages.
The clinical material is obtained from a population of from 1,000 to 1,500 of the poorer class of people of the city and county, who are willing and anxious to obtain the free advice and treatment of the Medical Faculty and students. The physicians of the city give valuable assistance by turning over their pauper patients to the school. Besides, the County Poor-house, to which the Faculty have free access, contains constantly from 50 to 60 inmates. A student is taken directly to the bedside of a patient and the case is placed under his special care.
Experience has demonstrated the practicability of the above plan for obtaining clinical material, and also that the association and relation of the student with the patient is so intimate, that what is not possible in hospital clinics, he becomes familiar with the peculiarities of family practice, which he is to meet in his professional life. The professor of Surgery requires every Senior student to perform on the cadaver, before the members of the clase, all the more common operations; and it is a fact, worthy of notice, that hardly a student has graduated from this school, who did not have under his charge during his senior year, a case of labor.
Instruction in this school is given by lectures, recitations and clinical teaching.
It has been the custom of the Faculty for several years to invite, with the approval of the Local Board, gentlemen from a distance other than the Special Lectures, to visit the College and severally give a series of lectures on some medical subject, that each may select. This has proven to be a great assistance to the Faculty, and of marked benefit to the students. In accordance with this custom, Dr. F. J. Lutz, of St. Louis, Mo., gave a very excellent course of lectures on "Regional Surgery" during the session of
It is expected that these gentlemen will continue their connection with the College.
It has occurred, in an instance of marked interest, that the Diploma of our Missouri University Medical School has been recognized by one of the leading German Universities after careful inquiry, and its holder was, without examination, honored as Doctor of Medicine.
The length of the session, Nine Months, renders it practicable to distribute the different branches among the teachers in the most satisfactory manner, and in their natural order and succession. The student is thoroughly drilled each day by examinations upon the lectures of the previous day, and by recitations from the text-books.
By this method of teaching, it is claimed that we avoid the process of
The duties of the school are so distributed as to allow of the study of
Besides the ordinary instruction in Chemistry, a special course is given to
The students are also taught the use of the microscope, both in relation to
Among the advantages offered by this school, is the privilege granted
A full course of lectures is given on Medical Jurisprudence, to the
This department is equipped with models in clastic and papier mache,
Among the many valuable preparations for demonstrating anatomy and
Also, Auzoux's female pelvis, with the external organs of generation, the
Also, his collection illustrating ovology. These models are on an
In addition to the above, are eight uteri, in clastic, containing the
Another model, to which we deem it proper to call special attention, is
The models of the Eye and Ear are greatly enlarged and very accurate, showing the complete gross structure of these organs, as described by modern anatomists.
The preparation of the Head is most admirably executed. The bones are disarticulated, and mounted according to the method of Beauchene.
Besides these invaluable models and preparations, we have a complete set of the German anatomical models, in plastic, made at Leipsic.
No physician can truthfully claim to be cultivated in his profession who is ignorant of the history of its rise and progress, and of the grounds upon which rests its claims to rank among the sciences. Nor is any man thoroughly qualified to practice medicine, who is ignorant of the science of Psychology. The lectures on psychological medicine are illustrated by models and drawings, of the most accurate and artistic construction. An epitome of the Science of Psychology, in a course of twelve lectures, will be given to the class next year by Dr. Laws.
Every facility is afforded the student for the study of practical anatomy. Adequate provision is made for a supply of subjects amply sufficient for the number of students. The dissecting rooms are large and well ventilated, and will be open during the whole winter season, where, under the guidance of the Demonstrator, the student must, by dissection, acquire a practical knowledge of the human body in all its parts.
It is only at the dissecting table that its anatomy and its physiology can be understood. Hence, students who are applicants for graduation are required to perform all the principal operations on the cadaver, in the presence of the class, and to explain, minutely and accurately, the anatomy of the parts involved, each step of the operation, and the method of dressing.
President Laws has placed at the service of the Medical School, his rare lecture room helps, including a complete set of Marshall's Plates, large and small, last edition; the entire collection of over one hundred colored plates used by the late Dr. Crosby in his lectures and prepared at an expense of about #1,500; also, the plates of Hirschfeld, Rudinger and others, together with over 400 projections, etc., etc.
Instead of the customary oral examinations for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine, a series of written examinations are held during the course by the different members of the Faculty; and the degree of M. D. is conferred upon such students as prove their fitness to receive it. These examinations are preliminary to the final examination by
This Board consists of Physicians, selected from different Medical Districts, who are eminent in their profession, and possess the confidence of their brethren and of the public, and who have no other relation to the school. Their appointment is for four years, and is made by the Curators of the University. They may be nominated by the different District Medical Societies, and their names sent to the Board of Curators for confirmation.
The duty of this Board consists in examining the candidates for the Degree of Doctor in Medicine, on all the branches embraced in the curriculum of the school.
They subject to examination all students whose names are presented by the
Candidates for graduation must have a standing of 85 per cent, in Anatomy
It is the aim of this department to make its honors testimonials of merit,
Medical students are required to take a prescribed course in Analytical
The next session will begin on the 2d Monday in both are payable at the time of matriculation, and required of every student. No deductions are made, for students entering after the beginning of the session.
A preliminary examination in English is required of those students who
All students, before entering the Senior class, must pass a satisfactory
The students will be taught, during the session, the metric system of
The metric system is now almost universally used, and it is of the most
Any student who has a good common school education, ought to pass such their Junior year, to pursue, in the academic department, any of the above without extra cost.
These literary and scientific examinations are conducted by the Professors of
No student is allowed to attend both courses the same year. Before he is permitted to present himself before the Board of Examiners, he must either have attended two (2) courses of eight or nine months in this institution, or present tickets showing that he has attended at least one course in some regular reputable Medical College; and in any event must pass a satisfactory examination in the subjects embraced in the Junior course, previous to his entering the Senior class.
The following shows the studies of the two classes for the entire college year.
Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Materia Medical, Medical Botany, Surgery, Physics, Metric System of Weights and Measures, Laboratory Work, Dissecting and Medical Jurisprudence.
Anatomy, Toxicology. Surgery, Obstetrics, Practice of Medicine, Lectures by Special Professors, Laboratory Work, (optional), Dissecting and Medical Jurisprudence.
Every student should provide himself with a medical dictionary (Dunglison's is suggested). The text-books are designated by italics.
For flagrant violation of the rules and laws, established for the government of
The candidates for graduation must select, on or prior to April 8th of each
All works used as text-books in the school, as well as books of reference, can
For any further information, in relation to the school, address
The work of the School is done in two departments: Preparatory and Technical.
For the benefit of persons who have not enjoyed such facilities elsewhere, a Preparatory Department has been established. The School of Mines does not undertake to do the work of the Common Schools, therefore all candidates for admission will be examined as follows:
Arithmetic: Fundamental rules; fractions, common and decimal; denominate numbers; percentage including interest.
Grammar: Orthography; principles of punctuation; use of capitals; etymology; construction of easy sentences.
Geography: Descriptive, with special reference to Europe and the United States.
Composition: Two pages on an assigned topic, written in the presence of the examiner.
Rhetorical exercises (compositions, readings, etc.,) weekly throughout the
The satisfactory completion of this course shall admit to the Technical
For the benefit of those who may find it impossible to enter at the opening
Open only to those who have completed satisfactorily all the work of the
Candidates for admission will be examined in all the studies of the preparatory course.
The courts of study will be rigidly enforced upon all students, candidates for
Certificates and diplomas are issued only at the public commencement.
Inasmuch as the Student of Engineering can scarcely read the primers of his
While special attention is given to the mental discipline of the student in the logical development of the Mathematical processes as arguments, the great practical end of preparing him to attack the problems of physical science by the Mathematical method with its enormous advantages is never for a moment lost sight of.
The attention of those contemplating entering upon the studies of the first year is called to a remark of Prof. Ficklin, found in another part of this report, in which he says: "Imperfect preparation in Algebra is so common as to compel the conviction that sufficient attention is not given to this branch of mathematics in many of the preparatory schools of the State. Its importance cannot well be over-estimated."
It is especially desirable that the pupil have well defined notions of the nature and signification of exponents of every form, and that he be able to give a logical reason for every process involving their use.
The studies of this department are as follows:
1. Arithmetic (completed), Barnes' National by Ficklin, 5 hours per week.
2. Algebra (c, beginning), Olney's Complete, 5 hours per week.
3. Algebra (b), five hours per week.
4. Geometry (b) (Plane), Olney, five hours per week.
5. Algebra (a) (book completed), four hours per week,
6. Geometry (a), Solid and Spherical, four hours per week.
7. Trigonometry, Olney, five hours per week.
8. Univ. Alg. (from Part III) Olney, four hours per week.
9. Descriptive Geometry, Church, four hours per week.
10. General Geometry and Calculus, Olney, four hours per week.
11. Spherical and Isometric Projections, Shades and Shadows, four hours per week.
12. General Geometry and Calculus, four hours per week.
13. Rational Mechanics, Dana, four hours per week.
14. (14 a) Advanced Gen. Geometry and Calculus) four hours per week.
14. (14 b) or, Applied Mechanics. four hours per week.
Studies must be taken in the order indicated above, except that course 8
Course (14 b) will embrace the more important applications of the
As elementary Algebra and Geometry lie at the basis of any substantial
Information in regard to advanced work for graduate students may be had
Instruction in this department is given to two classes—the Preparatory, and First class.
In this class, chemistry is commenced with the second term, and is
(Text-Books), Chemical Philosophy (Cooke), Chemical Technology (Wagner).
The duties of this class continue throughout the year; there are four recitations each week. Chemical philosophy is first introduced and continued through the first term. The application of arithmetic to chemistry is given a prominent place in this class. Students are required to perform numerical examples, thereby fitting themselves for the solution of many questions constantly occurring in the advanced department of analytical chemistry.
The second term is given to a course in Chemical Technology. Among the subjects discussed in this course are: Products of Chemical industry; Glass; Mortars: Cements; Paper; Sugar; Wine making: Oils; Paints; Dyeing and Printing; Bleaching; Gas: Fuel, etc., etc.
First Year.—Blow-pipe Analysis (Elderhorst's Manual); Qualitative Analysis (Fresenius).
Second Year—Quantitative Analysis (Fresenius); Quantitative Analysis (Fresenius).
Third Year—Quantitative Analysis (Fresenius); Assaying (Mitchell).
Instruction in this Department is thoroughly practical, and extends throughout the first, second and third years. There is a commodious laboratory, supplied with gas and necessary apparatus, also balance room and mineral collection. In the basement are furnaces, which are used in the assay of ores.
The students in this class spend four hours each day at practical work; each one is provided with a working table, apparatus and chemical reagents.
The course is begun with blow-pipe work; the student is made acquainted with the reaction of known bodies, and he is then required to perform the experiments for himself, thus becoming familiar with the behavior of such bodies before the blow pipe, and enabling him to detect the composition of substances given to him for identification.
Qualitative analysis is also taken up, and is taught by lectures and experiments: the student being required to repeat at his working table, the tests for bases and acids which have been shown to him. After passing through a systematic course of qualitative analysis, he is required to analyze and report upon substances given to him, including mixtures of salts, also alloys, ores of lead, copper, zinc, antimony, Iron, etc., etc., soils, insoluble silicates and mineral waters.
Quantitative analysis constitutes the work of these classes. Those students who have completed satisfactorily the work given to them during the first year, and who have passed a practical examination, lasting one week, are allowed to commence quantitative analysis.
The quantitative course includes analyses, either partial or complete, of
( Those in italics are partial analyses.Zinc Sulphate; (2) Barium Chloride; (3) Alum; (4) Chrome Alum; (5) sulphate of Iron and Amonia; (6)
Besides this course, there is the usual practice in the lire assay of the ores of
A short course in quantitative blow-pipe analysis is required. Also a course
Special students may pursue, at their discretion, the study and analysis of
The instruction in this department is given by lectures, supplemented by
In the second year, the students have recitations, lectures and laboratory exercises, in the determination of a series of fifty-five well selected mineral species, with special reference to the ores of the metals and their associated gangues. These exercises are followed by lectures and recitations (based on Dana's Manual) on dynamical and historical geology. The lectures on Lithology, and on mineral veins and ore deposits, together with an account of the chief geological features and modes of occurrence in the principal mining districts, complete the course.
In this department, practical work in the field forms a prominent, and, as we believe, a somewhat distinctive feature. The use of instruments in the field, by all the students of Civil Engineering, begins with the second term of the first year, and is continued throughout the course. A complete familiarity with the manipulation of all the instruments in common use by engineers and land surveyors, is taught to the students by systematic practice, in the room and in the field. He is made familiar with the chain and all its capabilities; the needle compass, the solar compass, the transit instruments, the leveling instrument, the sextant, the barometer, and the various tools used in drawing and plotting. Saturday and Monday of each week, are devoted to practice in the field, and where necessary, a long time is taken for excursions to the mines, furnaces, bridges and railroad constructions of the country.
The field practice consists of land and railroad surveying, by all the methods in use, or described in the books. Tracts of land, roads and streams are surveyed and plotted; contours of the adjacent country are made with the leveling instrument, the barometer, etc.; railway curves are calculated and set out upon the ground; earthwork is measured and estimated from the embankments and excavations of the railroad. A general system of triangulation of the country about Rolla, is begun from a baseline carefully laid by the students, which will be extended from time to time for their instruction.
Such parts of astronomy as relate to land surveying or engineering, are carefully studied, and are illustrated by stellar and solar observations.
A general course of descriptive engineering, on the basis of Mahan's Civil Engineering, revised by Professor Wood, runs through the second term of the second year.
Gillespie's treatise upon Roads and Railroads, forms one of the studies of the Engineering course.
During the preparatory year, the students are instructed in the elements of drawing, with pen and pencil, according to the principles contained in Chapman's Drawing-book. They are also practiced in freehand drawing. These exercises develop the special tendencies of the student, and enable the Professor to judge in what direction his greatest strength lies, and where his weak points most need to be reinforced.
During the first year the practice is in topographical drawing, with pen and India ink, representing the lines of contour of the earth's surface, showing the bounding curves which would limit the surface in case of a gradual rise of water; taken at every 5, 10 or x feet. The hatching lines of declivity are drawn; also, the various conventional, representations of surface. The students are exercised in a carefully organized method of drill in printing, in order to acquire a rapid system of lettering—of essential importance in finishing maps, problems, title pages and mechanical drawings. There is also a careful study of the true standards of the three colors, with their secondary and ternary combinations, simultaneous contrasts, harmonies, unisons, aerial perspective, and the important practical application of laying on fiat tints. This is followed by applications to colored topography, etc.
In the second year exercises are given in the construction of problems in descriptive geometry, and in shades, shadows and perspective. The problems are drawn with pen and India ink on demy drawing paper, and are constructed on mathematical principles, displaying all the difficult problems of the intersection of curved surfaces, and the representations of warped surfaces having two or three directrices.
There are also required drawings of bridges, furnaces, machines, their shadows and perspective, as they would appear to the eye, at a finite distance from the perspective plane, mathematically constructed and properly colored.
Those who possess the requisite taste for such subjects, may be exercised in pen, India ink and color drawings of landscapes, figures, etc. and be led to apply their acquirements to natural history.
This is taught entirely by lectures. The subjects of systems and attack and exploitation of mineral deposits; of shafts, adits and levels; timbering of mines; subterranean transportation, hoisting, pumping, surface transportation, and mechanical concentration, are considered in elaborate detail.
The course is fully supplemented by extended field practice, the important pails of the civil engineering course, and by extended instruction in assaying and analytical chemistry, and in drawing plans and sections of mines, and practical work.
An extended series of lectures is given upon this important subject, which is intended to be a descriptive epitome of the principles which govern, and the forms and mode of construction of machines used in all industrial pursuits, embracing prime movers, machines of transmission, and as much as is possible in the course of applied machinery.
A series of lectures is given, historical, descriptive and theoretical, of the steam engine, embracing all the varieties in use, and their special applications.
Instruction in these departments, in the past, has been distributed among the members of the Faculty. The Chair of Physics and Natural History was created last June. Some progress has been made towards systematic work.
In Physics, instruction is given by recitations, lectures on special topics, experiments, illustrations and practical problems.
The school has quite a large supply of Physical Apparatus but much repair is needed. We hope soon to have it in such a condition that a due proportion of time may be given to Physical Laboratory work.
The Natural History, at present, includes Physical Geography, Botany and Anatomy, Physiology and Hygiene. In each branch, special attention is given to those parts bearing directly upon the technical work of the school.
The fees for instruction, etc., at the School of Mines and Metallurgy, are the same as at the other departments of the University, viz: An annual entrance fee of §10, besides an assessment of $5 per term for incidentals and for the use of the library. Special students are subject to the same charges; all laboratory students furnish their own blow pipes, platinum, crucibles and apparatus, silver and gold solutions, and pay for gas and fuel consumed and for apparatus damaged or broken.
A deposit of $5 per term covering the value of the apparatus and chemicals issued, is required to be placed in the hands of the Treasurer by each laboratory student. This deposit less the value of material consumed, is returned at the close of the year.
The exercises of the drawing room require also a small expenditure, annually, for materials. Text-books and all requisite materials for students can be procured in Rolla, either from dealers, or, in the case of chemical apparatus, from the school, at the usual rates.
A fee of $5 must be paid, before graduation, for the degree; a fee of $1 for the preparatory certificate.
Good boarding at places approved by the Faculty can be obtained at from $3.50 to $4.00 per week.
A convenient and commodious boarding-house has been provided for, where accommodations are furnished to students at cost. A member of the Faculty, with his family, resides in the house, thus furnishing the advantage of a pleasant home at the minimum expense, the average monthly expense for the last year for board, room, fuel and light having been $10.60.
The following is a careful estimate of necessary expenses for a college year:
For requirements, see Courses of Study.
Before matriculation or entrance upon the duties of the school, the treasurer's receipt for entrance fee and for the incidentals of the term must be shown to the Director, who will endorse the same and assign the student to his examinations. Before the student shall be entitled to place his signature on the Secretary's book he must present to the Secretary the Treasurer's receipt, properly endorsed by the Director, [or a statement from the Director that the time of payment has been extended], and also certificates of examination giving the grade made in each study, and signed by the instructor conducting the examination. No student shall be entitled to have his name enrolled on the class register of any instructor, nor be admitted to any class as a member, until he shall have signed his name on the Secretary's book and received a certificate to that effect, stating the course for which he has entered.
Entrance Examinations will be held Monday and Tuesday,
The collegiate year opens on the third Monday in September. There is no suspension of exercises other than for examination between the two terms of the year.
The School of Mines and Metallurgy—a department of the University of the State of Missouri—is located at Rolla, Phelps county, on the line of the St. Louis and San Francisco Railroad, one hundred and thirteen miles southwesterly from St. Louis. The locality is pre-eminently healthful, is in the midst of an extensive and rapidly developing iron section, with districts abounding in lead and zinc deposits, within easy access, and thus affords excellent opportunities for the field study of some of the modes of occurrence of the ores of these metals, as well as for the practical investigation of their methods of treatment. Excursions for such purposes will constitute a prominent feature in the instruction of the advanced classes.
The institution was created by the legislative act of
The design of the School of Mines and Metallurgy, in connection with the Agricultural College, is to carry out, to its amplest extent, the intention of the act of Congress, providing for education in the Industrial arts. This has been kept prominently in view in arranging the curriculum of the school, in the selection of its apparatus, in providing its equipment and in the organization of its Faculty. It is a school of Technology, with Civil and Mine Engineering and Metallurgy, as specialties.
The school is furnished with apparatus, instruments, and other appliances for practical instruction and demonstration. It has a supply of excellent surveying, engineering and drawing instruments, physical apparatus, embodying the newest forms for illustration and research, together with diagrams and models for the illustration of metallurgic processes and engineering constructions. The laboratories for analyses and assaying have been increased in working capacity, and are amply furnished with apparatus and reagents necessary for practical instruction, and for any line of chemical and metallurgical research. The library has been selected with special reference to supplementing the labors of the class and lecture rooms, and consists, therefore, largely of standard reference works on the physical sciences, mathematics and technology.
The class and other rooms of the building are comfortably furnished, well lighted and well ventilated. The first floor is occupied by the analytical laboratory, the chemical lecture room, and the room of the professor of geology. On the second floor are the public hall, library, engineering rooms; and in the third story are the rooms of the professor of mathematics, and rooms with ample accommodations for the Preparatory Department. The basement contains the assay furnaces and other appliances for metallurgical work. The laboratory is supplied with gas for the heat required in chemical analysis.
Note—These important announcements are made by permission.
The School of Engineering is designed to furnish the students the means of acquiring a thorough knowledge, theoretical and practical, of those sciences and arts which are playing the most important parts in the development of the material resources of our country, and the advancement of our civilization.
Besides the application of the higher analysis to engineering investigation, the professional preparation of the students comprises the following subjects: The location and construction roads, railroads, canals and water-works; the surveys and improvements of coasts, harbors, rivers and lakes; the determination of astronomical and geographical co-ordinates on land and at sea; the design and construction of roofs and trusses, girders and suspension bridges; drawing and constructing the various kinds of arches; the design, application and construction of wind and hydraulic motors, air and steam engines; blow-pipe analyses of minerals, and economic geology, mineralogy, chemistry, elementary and applied; the art of war; the preparation of the various kinds of projections and drawings used by the military, topographical, civil and mine engineer, and the selection, tests and application of materials used in constructions, and papers and essays on professional subjects.'
The sphere of the engineer is so broad and diversified that it is impossible for any one to become proficient in all the various specialties into which the profession has been subdivided. To meet the demands for special engineering studies and training, from the end of the fourth year of the course in science, three parallel courses have been arranged, so as to allow of option and diversity of special studies. In addition to the studies laid down in the engineering synchronistic table on page 108, the engineering students will be required to take the following studies belonging to the first four years of the course in science: All of the Mathematics and Physics, three semesters of Drawing, and either three semesters of French, or three semesters of German. This department will thus foster the development of special fitness in each student, by offering him work in the line of his preferences. These courses are:
The great subdivisions of engineering, which are embodied in these courses, are road and railroad engineering, hydraulic engineering, bridge architecture and construction, topographical engineering, and, as prerequisite to and auxiliaries of these, engineering eodesy and practical astronomy.
The course in civil engineering is designed for those who wish to make either road and railroad engineering, bridge construction, or river improvement, a specialty.
The course in topographical engineering is arranged for those students who find distasteful the application of the higher mechanics to civil constructions, and who may show, instead, special aptitude for geodetic work, and hydraulic engineering, viz: Trigonometrical, topographical and geological surveying, practical astronomy on land, and the surveys and improvements of rivers, lakes, bays and coasts. Since the U. S. Government began the geodetic, topographical and geological surveys of
We especially ask the attention of those young men who desire to fit themselves for the duties of county surveyor and of government land surveyor, to the fact, that every effort will be made to enable them to accomplish this within a short time. To this end, at the beginning of each year, a class will be organized and instructed (theoretically and practically) in land surveying, with compass, theodolite and solar compass; in the surveys for, and location and construction of, roads; and in the surveys for and location of, and in the designs for, and construction of wooden bridges, and in locating and surveying base lines, meridians, and township and section lines, and in retracing old government, township and section lines-This class will also be instructed in drawing. This course can be completed in thirty-eight weeks; and the degree of surveyor (with its diploma) will be conferred upon those who complete this course.
The Professor of Engineering is the sworn deputy of the county surveyor of Boone for the corporate limits of the city of Columbia, and hence the surveys he here makes are legal—they are accurately made, carefully computed and plotted, and properly recorded on the records of the county. The fees received for the work are regulated by statute (see General Statutes of Missouri).
These surveys not only serve as means of instruction for the Surveying and Engineering classes, but they are also a source of financial aid to the students. The students assisting in these surveys will receive the fees provided by law for such work.
The methods of instruction embrace the use of text-books, which are changed from time to time, lectures (ilustrated by diagrams of the great engineering and surveying operations and results of the present age) and actual field and observatory practice. And recognizing the truth of what Dr. Laws so well expresses, that "the primary aim of the academic schools of science and language is culture; that of the professional schools is practice; that self is the end of culture, but self is the instrument of practice," the field and observatory practice and work in the chart room are made to bear a large proportion to the theoretical instruction. The data thus obtained, by actual field surveys and practice in the observatory, serve both to elucidate the principles and formula, and insure their ready and accurate application in professional life.
In addition to the field, class room, observatory and chart room work, the engineering students have access from 8 a. m. to 6 p. m., each day, except Sunday, to the University Library, and also to the private library of the Professor of Engineering,
We desire to call special attention to the increased facilities which this University now enjoys for teaching astronomy. It offers facilities for instruction in theoretical and practical observatory and sextant astronomy, equal to any in the United States. The most refined astronomical methods of the U. S. Engineer Corps and the U. S. Coast Survey, are taught by the head of the mathematical department, assisted by those who have had years of instruction and training at West Point and on the Coast Survey. With these facilities, young men can prepare themselves for efficient service on the astronomical parties of the great geodetic surveys of our States and nation; and can also acquire the nautical astronomy required in navigating a ship.
The attention of those interested in engineering and astronomy, is specially asked to the reports of Professors Schweitzer and Ficklin (in this catalogue).
Our present professional force, and the increased facilities in apparatus and room furnished the departments of Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, Astronomy and Engineering, by the enlightened liberality of the Thirty-second General Assembly, will be such that we can now offer a complete theoretical and practical treatment of the above great subdivisions of Engineering, Surveying and Astronomy.
During the summer of
The following is the report of the Engineering Department for the year ending
In addition to the regular professional work with the above classes, I taught, during the second semester, the class in elementary mechanics through statics, consisting of four academic students.
The classes in topographical surveying and engineering have, by frequent practice in the field, familiarized themselves with the use of the theodolite, sextant, spirit and water levels, leveling-rods, chain and compass and plane-table. And the class in surveying, by frequent practice in the field, have familiarized themselves
The energy, enthusiasm, painstaking care and accuracy displayed by these classes, have confirmed me in the opinion previously formed from observations and experience of seven years with field officers of the U. S. Coast Survey and Navy, that the American mind possesses a fertility of resources, a power of adapting means to ends, and an acuteness of perception which peculiarly fits it for an observer in the exact arts.
The engineering classes of
My colleague, Prof. Jno. J. Haden, has instructed the class in descriptive geometry during the entire session, and with great success. Of this class he makes the following report; "For instruction in Descriptive Geometry, 'Church's Descriptive Geometry' has been used as a text. Each member of the class has been required to construct graphically, on paper, and submit for correction in the classroom, all problems relating to Orthographic and Spherical Projections, and Shades and Shadows and Linear Perspective, given or suggested in the text. Besides, a number of practical problems like the following: In Spherical Projections each student was required to construct an outline map of the State of Missouri: in Linear Perspective, to construct the perspective of the Scientific building of the University, etc. I have endeavored to make the work very thorough and to see that each member of the class understood the principles involved and their practical application to the construction of projections in Engineering work, to map drawing, perspective, etc."
During this session my colleague, Prof. J. W. Spencer, who is a graduate of the Engineering Department of his University, has delivered to the Senior Engineering class an admirable course of lectures on Economic Geology and Geological Surveying.
Prof. George C. Pratt, Railroad Commissioner State of Missouri, furnished in manuscript, two admirable lectures on railroad engineering, which were read to the engineering classes. Subsequently Prof. Pratt visited the University and delivered to the Senior Engineering class two most excellent and practical lectures on the subjects—"How to Make a Reconnaissance for a Railroad," and "How to Make a Preliminary Survey for a Railroad."
Drawing has been made a more prominent feature of the course; and Warren's entire series of engineering drawing books is now used as the text. MacCord on Mechanical Drawing, and Smith on Topographical Drawing are also used as texts. The progress of the class in this subject is highly gratifying.
The course in Topographical Engineering has been strengthened by giving greater prominence to the subjects of Hydrographic Surveying and Hydraulic Engineering.
The fact that we have been able to secure positions (on the surveys and improvements of the Mississippi and Missouri rivers, on the coast survey, on railroad sur-
The conditions attached to entrance in this department, are continuance in the department during the scholastic year, attendance to be regulated as in the other departments, and finally the purchase of a uniform and a copy of Upton's Infantry Tactics. The price paid for uniforms during the past year has been $19.
The course of instruction includes recitation in the school of the soldier in Infantry Tactics, with practical instruction in the schools of the soldier and company, skirmish drill and target practice; artillery drill in the service of foot batteries.
In appointing Cadet officers, other things being equal, preference will be given those who take the course in Military Engineering.
Instruction will also be given by lectures on the Operations of War.
The total number of Cadets for the past year has been forty-seven (47) The progress made by them has been satisfactory.
There is open to students of the University a course in Military Engineering, which is included in the Curricula of the School of Engineering.
1.—Recognition, naming, and representation of all surface-forms by which regular solids are bounded. 2.—Laying out of the superficies of solids (development), and folding of the same. 3.—Carving of solids out of soft substance. 4.—The four free curves of ornamentation. 5—The drawing of these through fixed points. 6.—Color sensations produced by the mixture of pigments. 7—Projected shadows of objects. 8.—Action of Light upon solids. 9.—Pictorial representation by the students of objects at home—one each week.
1.—Representation of all the measures of solids by plan drawing. 2.—Plane-cuts through them (sections). 3.—The most important problems of geometric construction. 4.—Representation of projecting and inverted surfaces by gradations of light, in light, shade and shadows. 5.—The finishing forms of architecture. 6.—Sur-face-decoration. 7.—Manifestations of the law of symmetry. 8—The laws of the beautiful. 9.—Pictorial representation of objects at home—one each week.
1.—The vanishing points and lines of perspective. 2.—The various means employed for reproducing or multiplying a unit of ornament. 3.—Application of design. 5.—Style in ornament. 6—Orders of Greek architecture. 7.—Gothic tracery. 8.—Anomalous vagaries harmonized by art. 9—The line, considered as the only means for the portrayal of motion and emotion. 10.—Pictorial representation of objects at home—one per week.
The expenses incident to this study are:
The book and paper will, when properly used, last one year; the water-colors from two to three years.
It may be well to repeat a few statements made in the last Report, for general information:
"Every student that is qualified to enter upon the University course—whether he bring to the work of the Art Department a conscious predilection (natural talent) or not—will make a progress in the study of Form and Art, that is fully commensurate with his efforts." The most faithful student in this as in any branch of study, will ever achieve the best results.
By the supply of moveable blackboards, blackboard compasses and straightedges, this Department has been enabled to give the students of the Normal Department special training in blackboard work.
The Engineering students received a course of instruction in Lettering, by which they have become competent critics in that subject. They have also been given practice in the use of instruments and the drawing of curves (free-hand) through fixed points, and general instructions in the use of pigments, of all of which they are now prepared to make intelligent application.
The assistance which this Department is now giving the classes in Botany in verifying their weekly lessons, every Saturday in the Green-house is highly appreciated by the students and their Professor. Drawing, in connection with this, as with other scientific pursuits, cannot be over-estimated, as nowhere does the utterance of Peter Paul Rubens: "To see, to understand, to remember—is to know," more pertinently apply.
The number of students in attendance in the Art Department during the present year was 179, exclusive of the classes in Botany.
This department has been in successful operation during the past three years in charge of Prof. J. P. Royall, a practical accountant and an experienced teacher of book-keeping. During this period it has steadily increased in efficiency and grown in favor with its patrons.
As the appropriation by the State Legislature is inadequate to meet all the expenses of the University, it is necessary for the student taking this branch, to pay an extra charge for his instruction.
The grade obtained in this department is accepted by the Faculty as part of the student's school work.
The course of instruction embraces single-entry and double-entry book-keeping as applied to wholesale and retail merchandising, jobbing, importing, shipping, commission, manufacturing, farming, company accounts, the opening and closing of books, partnership settlements, and mercantile forms, including drafts, notes, bills of exchange, accounts-current, accounts-sales, etc., together with the most modern and approved forms of books in their adaptation to the various kinds of business.
Oral and individual instruction is given each day. No text-book, from which a student may copy his work, is used, no elaborate treatise to study, but he is given a pamphlet containing the fundamental rules, definitions and principles; and he is furnished a concise history of a series of business transactions, such as occur in a mercantile house, simple at first and gradually becoming more intricate, so that the student is placed in the actual work of keeping books; and, after a few weeks of class work, each is required to keep books as if he were alone and the only one doing the work, so that his time is employed in learning the art of keeping books rather than in studying the science of book-keeping.
The student is not assisted in work that he can accomplish without aid. Thus his efforts are not superseded by the work of the teacher, but he is encouraged and stimulated to habits of self-reliance, and, when these are attained, he readily becomes a competent book-keeper. The actual work of the counting house being thus introduced into the school room.
An opportunity is here offered the students, both ladies and gentlemen, while pursuing their other studies, to acquire, incidentally as it were, a thorough knowledge of this important branch of a practical business education.
By diligence the average student may accomplish this work in one semester.
Persons who desire to do so, may enter as special students in this department without joining other classes in the University, and, by devoting their whole attention to the subject, may acquire, in a very short time, a thorough knowledge of book-keeping.
The following is the report of the Department of Book-Keeping for the year ending
Students were enrolled as follows:
Twenty-six students are pursuing the condensed course required in their curricula. Certificates are awarded to those who complete Che prescribed course and obtain a grade of eighty-live. Forty-two have already been awarded certificates as competent book-keepers; thirty-six others will probably be entitled to certificates before the close of the current semester.
The following is a list of those who earned certificates prior to
The following is a list of candidates who will be entitled to certificates at the close of the current semester:
The following is submitted as the seventh annual report of the Librarian of the University:
(Presented by publishers.)
The greater number of accessions for the past year have been from the Departments at Washington. The sets of the different official documents published by the government have nearly all been filled and brought down to date, making, perhaps, as complete a collection of this kind as will be found in the State.
The latest and most valuable accessions are Rees's Cyclopedia, forty-five volumes (quarto), and Harper's Pictorial History of the Great Rebellion in two large quarto volumes, both donated by Hon. James S. Rollins. The following additions were made through J. W. Sanborn, Dean of the Agricultural College: A full set of the "American Short-Horn Breeders Herd Book" (for the purchase of which J. H. Parker contributed 820.00 and the Association 812.00), "Dutch Friesian Herd Book," "Vermont Merino Breeders Herd Book," and the "Berkshire Breeders Herd Book." The last three sets were donated by their respective Associations.
The list of periodicals for the past year is larger and embraces better matter than that of any previous year. It is the intention to continue the subsciption list from year to year, and to preserve all old files for reference.
Four more plates of the "Bilder Zur Geschichte" series have been added during the year. These helps are all placed in the appropriate departments, and are used daily as a means of instruction.
The following are the rules in regard to the drawing of books:
Members of the faculty, students of the University and members of the Columbia Library Association are allowed to draw books for use in the room from any of the collections.
Members of the faculty alone are allowed to draw books and periodicals from the University Library collection for use outside of the room—each member being entitled to six books for two weeks.
Members of the Columbia Library Association alone, including those who pay a monthly fee (to students 20c) or an annual fee ($3.00), are allowed to draw books from this collection for use outside of the room.
Only the active members of the societies are allowed to draw from their respective collections, for use outside of the room.
Each member is entitled to two volumes at one time and no more.
Books must be returned within two weeks from their withdrawal.
A fine of five cents will be charged on each volume for each day after it is due.
Fines shall be paid to the Librarian before other books can be drawn.
Marking, turning down leaves, tearing, soiling or otherwise injuring any book is in violation of Library rules, and the borrower will be held responsible.
The Reading Room is open every day of the year, Sundays and legal holidays excepted, from 8 A. M. to 6 P. M. It is not closed during vacations. Students,
Certain books of reference are kept on tables set apart for this purpose, to afford the greatest convenience in consultation.
The Law Library, consisting of 745 vols., forms a part of the General Library, but is in a separate room, adjacent to the Law Lecture room. Members of the Law classes have free access to the books in this library during library hours.
The work of getting up a printed catalogue of the whole collection of books, was undertaken last vacation but not finished before the opening of the school year; and since the library room is also used as a study room, no further progress can be made until the coming vacation, when, it is hoped, the work will be completed.
In view of the fact that an enlargement of the library room will be made in the near future, some attention should be paid to its arrangement in order to secure every convenience. It is the opinion of those having immediate control of the library room, that the best interests of all concerned would be subserved by having a distinct and separate apartment for a study room.
Since the last report nearly one thousand volumes (duplicates) have been taken from the shelves, any one of which will be exchanged for a volume (not a duplicate) of equal value. These books are all in good condition, and many contain the choicest matter. It is the desire of the Librarian to exchange lists with parties having similar collections.
This is a time-table and programme of the class room work for both students and Faculty.
1. It exhibits to the eye four Academic courses of study, taught simultaneously, each of which is crowned with a degree and attested by a diploma.
2. It does not embrace the Law, Medical, Agricultural, Normal, Engineering and Art School courses, as each of these has its independent curiculum; each also awards its appropriate degree, attested by a diploma. For information respecting these schools, see the respective portions of this catalogue.
3. The four Academic courses and degrees are—
Arts; degree A. B., Artium Baccalaureus-a. This is the old fashioned college or classical course, only slightly modified. Latin and Greek complete.Science; degree S. B., Bachelor in Science, or Scientific Bachelor. This course gives modern languages the place of the classics, and makes the sciences more prominent. The mathematical course is here complete.Literature; degree L. B., Literary Bachelor or Bachelor of Literature. This course is such that the sciences yield the pre-eminence to the languages, as the languages yield to the Sciences in the S. B. course. English course entire.Fine and Domestic Arts for young ladies; degree A. D. B. Artium Domesticarum Baccalaurea. Only young ladies will be graduated with this degree. The course in form-study (drawing) is here complete; Anatomy, Physiology and Hygiene, and Music, are more prominent; Italian and Laboratory work with domestic economy are distinctive. Into certain of its classes only young ladies are admitted. This course is intended to avoid the fallacy of confounding co-education with identical education, by giving the young ladies a more elegant and useful culture for their allotted spheres than is provided in either of the other courses.
The course in instrumental music, embraced by the degree A. D. B., is optional, but ample provision is made for it by giving up a corresponding amount of time from other subjects to the extent of a single semester each, and in the following order, viz: (1.) Chemistry. (2.) Modern Languages (German and French). (3.) Latin. (4.) Mathematics.
It should be observed that the English word Bachelor, as a degree word, like the word author or poet, has no reference to sex. Hence, in the Latin of the heading of the first three curricula both genders of the adjective are given, as girls may take any of those degrees; but the degree of the fourth course (A. D. B.) is reserved to them alone. The degree itself points to home life as the destined sphere of woman as distinguished from the public, professional and business life of man. In this course, whose distinctive and valuable features the diverse resources of our Faculty enable us fully to realize, the general and liberal culture is fully equal to either of the other courses, and the special culture, with reference to the practical aims of a true education of woman, excels them.
4. The Academic Bachelor degrees, (A. B., S. B., L. B., A. D. B.) are not compliments or favors, but acquisitions. They are conferred by the Curators as an award for having successfully completed a given line of work. The recommendation on which the awards are made is that of the Faculty. 'The diploma is delivered as a sufficient and documentary evidence of such award. Hence the propriety of the professors who teach, and endorse the work of the student by recommending for graduation, signing the diploma, and also the propriety of the diploma bearing the seal of the corporation. The value of these degrees and diplomas will correspond with the standing of the University.
5. These four Academic courses and degrees severally embrace the same time and amount of work, and are equivalent in culture and equal in honor, but have distinctive adaptations to diverse aims in life.
6. No student shall be allowed to graduate in any one of the four Academic courses, who shall deviate from the prescribed work as laid down in the Synchronistic
time-table, except by permission of the Faculty, obtained prior to making the contemplated change.
7. Elective courses are permitted to all the students, but subject to certain necessary regulations, such as that—
synchronistic table; students cannot "get up" classes, except upon this programme of work as laid down.
8. It is left to the head of each department to arrange the special cases arising in his department, with former students, on account of changes in courses of study made
9. In the professional schools, it will be noted that the medical course has been graded, and for the Senior class an entrance examination is required. The Normal course is re-shaped and graded with three distinct and fitting degrees and diplomas. The degree of Pe.M. (Master of Pedagogics) is the highest and most scholarly degree of the University. Professors of colleges and general scholars may reasonably be expected to aspire to its difficult attainment. The agricultural course is recast, and the Engineering Department is complete.
10.
The University is situated near the centre of the State, at Columbia, Boone county, in a beautiful and picturesque limestone region, on the elevated rolling tableland, a few miles back from the north side of the Missouri river. Were the selection of the sight to be made anew (p. 12,) perhaps no spot in the State could be found combining so many desirable elements as the seat of the State University. The town contains four thousand inhabitants, and the county is the fifth of the State in population; and in its healthfulness and scenery, and especially in those social, moral and religious influences which tend to preserve the character of youth, and promote among them gentlemanly and lady-like conduct, good order and studious habits, it can hardly anywhere be surpassed.
There are located here two highly popular colleges for female education—Christian College and Stephens College—so that Columbia is peculiarly an educational centre, and for fifty years schools have been encouraged at this place.
When an applicant for admission into the University has been connected with any other institution, he or she must present satisfactory evidence to the Faculty of an honorable standing in the institution from which he or she comes. The applicant must be of good character and qualified to enter organized classes.
Classes are retained in their class rooms by the Professors until the tap of the bell; five minutes are allowed for transitions of classes after the tap of the bell. This rule applies also to the Library as a study room.
Whereas, The interests of the Literary Societies of the Missouri University are by the Faculty felt to be of great importance to our students, and the influence of College Secret Societies, so-called, is believed to be prejudicial to them, and harmful to the institution; and,
Whereas, It is deemed of vital consequence that only such societies should be allowed to claim the attention of the students as are recognized and approved by the Faculty; therefore, be it
Resolved, 1. That all our students should be discouraged from joining such secret societies.
2. That as a means of protecting the students against this evil or of relieving them therefrom, the following pledge shall be hereafter taken from each student upon matriculation, to wit: I, the undersigned, do hereby pledge my word and honor that I will not, so long as a student of the University of the State of Missouri, unite with any so-called secret society or club; that is to say any society or club not known and approved by the Faculty of said University; or, if already a member of any such society or club, I, the undersigned, do hereby pledge my word and honor
The fourth thing which I wish now to mention, is this: By law, the government and control of this University are lodged in the Board of Curators. The Curators have lodged the exercise of government and discipline in the Faculty. In my acceptance, it is made a condition, and by the explicit acquiescence therein by the Board, it has become an agreement, that there is to be no appeal by the students from any action of government or discipline on the part of the Faculty to the Curators. If the Faculty, as a body, is incompetent for the work assigned to it, of government and discipline as well as teaching, then clear the decks and man the vessel with a crew that understands, and can be trusted to perform, its duties. This is the accepted and existing state of things. I am pleased that it is so. The Curators are thereby wisely exempted from a needless and incompetent responsibility, and nothing unreasonable is developed or demanded of the Faculty.
This point lifts to view the whole subject of college government, which is conceded to be one of great delicacy and difficulty. It is not meant to go into that subject at this time, farther than simply to enunciate the general principle which seems to underlie and to pervade it, and by a proper appreciation of which, we probably have one of the best guarantees of efficiency and harmony.
This matter of college government is esteemed the opprobrium of our higher institutions of learning, and yet there does not appear to be any good reason why, if the students and authorities of a college understand themselves clearly, there should be any trouble. It is conceived that there is a principle which presides over this subject, and that it is obvious on enunciation and all-comprehensive in its application. That principle is simply this: The authority of government in a school is not derived from the pupils, nor is it dependent on them, in any sense whatever. This holds true, whether it be a private school or a public school, an academy, a college, or a university. In no case is the authority of the schoolmaster derived from his pupils. In the private school, it is an extension of parental authority; in the public schools of all grades, including the university, it is an extension of the authority of the State. But in no case is the authority of the school house derived from the scholars. It is not from below; it is from above. Scholars, then, do not come to a school to govern it, nor to take any part in the government. They come to obey and to be governed, by submitting to the rules and regulations which they find in force. A proper understanding of this very simple and comprehensive principle of action, takes all the windy conceit and swollen importance out of the self-constituted leaders of college broils and rebellions. The only alternative, to a pupil in school, is to obey or leave, willingly or by constraint.
Any other theory works its own inevitable destruction. Take the popular, but utterly fallacious and pernicious alternative, that young gentlemen, in an institution of learning, are to be thrown upon and guided by a sense of honor. The question at once arises, whose sense of honor? Is each to be a law to himself? Hardly any two, in many cases, can be expected to agree. Most flagrant misbehavior, not infrequently, has the sanction of the guilty party's sense of honor. By the operation of this principle, every one would do that which was right in his own eyes, which is a natural description of a state of barbarous anarchy. Between the loyal and orderly subordination of the pupils to the constituted authorities of the school house, and the lawless and disgraceful subordination of a Faculty to their own scholars, no sound, well-informed and unprejudiced judgment can hesitate, in its choice, for a moment. Whatever the college or the school house laws, they are entitled to vindication by enforcement, till altered or repealed by the proper authorities in a proper way. The school in its organization and operation, is not a democracy, nor a republic, any more than is the family. The authority in the family
In its measure, this enunciation holds good of the professsional schools, just the same as of the under-graduate schools. Underneath all their freedom of personal action and exemption from surveillance, there are certain established rules which are not established nor changed at their bidding and to which the professional or proper University students must conform, as a condition of pupilage and recognition-It may be truly said of them, as of the contestants in the Grecian games—" If a man also strive for masteries, yet he is not crowned, except he strive lawfully." A student is not entitled to the benefits nor to any of the honors of an institution of learning, except upon the condition of loyal compliance with its requirements.—From the Inaugural Address of President Laws.
The attention of students is especially called to the foregoing rules, and they will not be permitted to plead ignorance of them, when called to account for delinquency.
The discipline of the University is intended to be mild and suasive, as far as circumstances will permit. If, however, students manifest such moral obliquities, or such idleness, as render them unworthy members of the body collegiate, they are returned to their friends without exposure, when it is practicable so to do; and it is only in cardinal offenses that the Faculty resort to Public and Exemplary punishment.
When a student enters the University, the discipline of the Institution allows him a credit of one hundred merit marks; and he is charged on the record with such demerit marks as arise from misconduct and neglect of college duties. When it is ascertained that his demerits reach fifty, a letter of notification is sent to his parent or guardian; and when the number reaches one hundred, he is excluded from the Institution by the operation of law, which is rendered effective by an announcement of the fact by the President, or by an official communication by the Secrecary of the Faculty to the individual, and to the parent or guardian.
These are few, and are designed to promote the good order and welfare of the University community, and the best interests of the individual student.
The president shall be the chief executive officer of the University; he shall preside in the meetings of the general Faculty, and when present in those of special faculties, also at the Commencement and on other public occasions of the University.
It shall be his duty to be present at the meetings of the Board of Curators when required.
He shall see that the laws and regulations of the University, and the plans in relation thereto as adopted by the Board of Curators are faithfully executed; and that all rules or orders of the board for the general government of the University or any of its departments shall be fully carried into effect.
He shall, at each annual meeting of the Board of Curators, make a report, presenting the progress, condition and wants of the University, and recommend such measures as in his judgment will promote its interests.
He shall at the other meetings of the board, as may be required, or as he may deem expedient, make report touching the interests of the University, or any special matter pertaining thereto.
It shall be the duty of the president to superintend and direct the care and management of the Institution and its grounds.
He shall have power to grant leave of absence to students, or with the assent of the Faculty, to excuse from any particular class, and to transfer to a different class.
He shall keep himself duly informed in regard to all departments of the University, its property and workings, and shall have the right to make such examinations and enquiries as may be necessary to furnish him full information.
He shall be present at daily prayers, or when necessarily absent, shall inform the oldest professor in commission, who shall in that case preside in the chapel.
He is in general terms charged with the superintendence of the interests of the University, with its good order and the maintenance of its reputation at home and abroad, and also with the general oversight of its property.
The University Faculty shall consist of the professors in the several departments of the University, and of assistant professors representing complete departments.
The assistant professors and instructors shall attend the Faculty meetings, shall participate in the consultations of the Faculty and give their opinions, but not vote.
All professors, assistant professors and instructors shall be members of the Faculties of the departments to which they respectively belong, and they may be members of as many different Faculties as the departments in which they may be giving instruction.
The University Faculty shall meet each week; other Faculties when called together by their dean or by the president of the University for consultation in regard to their special departments.
A majority in all cases shall constitute a quorum.
It is the duty of the professors and instructors to use their best efforts to carry into complete effect the laws of the Institution and the plan of management and organization, as adopted by the board or Legislature. They are constituted officers both of discipline and instruction. They are, in the recitation room and out of it, to use their influence and authority to preserve order and good conduct among the students, to bear a just proportion of such systems of visitation and moral influence as may be adopted in the Faculty for the benefit of students, and by all the means in their power to promote the reputation and welfare of the University.
The business of the Faculty at their meetings shall be, to consider the order and condition of the University, the conduct and progress of the students, to review the rolls, to administer discipline in cases which may be deemed worthy of Faculty notice, to make rules for the government of the students not inconsistent with those of the board, to consult in regard to advancing the interests of the University, to discuss questions of educational policy, or to hear and debate papers which may be presented by any of the instructional corps as may be agreed upon and thought best.
Professors are required to be punctually present at the daily convocation for worship in the chapel, and so far as in their power to give their aid in rendering the religious services appropriate and solemn.
The Faculty shall appoint a secretary who shall be a professor or teacher in the University, and who shall keep a faithful record of the members of the Faculty present and of the proceedings of each meeting of the Faculty, and enter the same in a permanent book, which shall be laid before the board for examination at each stated meeting, and he shall do such other business as properly pertains to his office.
The special or professional Faculties shall first pass upon all degrees, certificates or honors to be conferred in the respective departments, and report the same for the consideration and action of the University Faculty.
It is the duty of students to obey the laws and rules which may be made by the Board of Curators or by the Faculty, for the government of the University.
Whenever the Faculty are satisfied that a student is not fulfilling, or likely to fulfill, the purposes of his residence at the University, or is for any cause an unfit member thereof, his parents or guardians shall be notified, that they may have opportunity to withdraw him, and if not withdrawn within a reasonable time, he shall be peremptorily dismissed. This rule is not intended to prevent instant dismission for those graver offences which may require it.
Students must comply with the rules of the Library and the rules relating to the Chemical Laboratory, on penalty of being debarred their use.
The presenting of petitions or other papers to the Board of Curators in regard to the government of the University, or to the appointment or dismissal of professors or officers, or the holding of meetings to criticise the government of the University, is regarded as improper and disorderly, and any student engaging in such practices may be dismissed by the Faculty.
Presents to officers of the University from the students or any class of them are prohibited, and officers are required to decline their acceptance, if tendered.
Meetings of the students, or of a class or section of students, are not to be called without the knowledge and consent of the President.
No society or association, or club is permitted to meet after night in the University building except under such rules as may be adopted by the Faculty for the safety of the building and property, and in such manner that due accountability shall be secured. The President is particularly enjoined to see that rules are made and enforced for the safety and preservation of the University property, and if this cannot be done without the exclusion of the regular society meetings, or other minor associations; or if the societies manifest an unwillingness to comply with these rules or do not observe them, night meetings must be wholly prohibited, and the Faculty is authorized and required to issue an order to that effect and enforce it.
In case of injury, accidental or otherwise, done to the University property, the damage shall be paid for by the student who has done it, or by the occupants of the room in which the injury occurs, or if done to a building by the occupants of the building. All rooms are rented upon this express condition.
The business agent is required to assess the damages and immediately to cause the injury to be repaired.
If a student is expelled from a boarding club by the action of the club, he is immediately to leave his room in the club house, and no part of his rent will be remitted.
In general terms students are held responsible for good order and the diligent use of their time. The University is no place for idlers, for the disorderly, or those who do not propose to give their whole time to the work allotted them by the Faculty. The loss of a single recitation not only injures the student, but all connected with him.
Leave of absence will pot be granted but in cases of absolute necessity, and the student should not apply for it, nor the parents or guardian in his behalf, except in such cases.
Students and Faculty are assembled daily for prayers fifteen minutes before the hour for morning recitations. At this time all public announcements are made, and the President also gives directions and instruction in regard to all their general duties as members of the University.
No candidate for any of the degrees of this University shall be permitted, in any public exercise, to deliver an address or oration which is either sectarian or partisan in character; and a violation of this rule shall debar the offender from any honor of this institution.
All students, unless sick or absent, are earnestly requested to attend public worship, at least, once on the Sabbath, at such places as they, their parents or guardians may designate, and all practices inconsistent with the due observance of the Lord's day are expressly prohibited;
The diploma fee shall be five dollars to be paid to the Treasurer of the University, whose receipt shall be presented before delivery of the diploma, which shall be prepared by the Faculty.
Certificates of proficiency shall be conferred in the same manner, and the fee shall be one dollar, to be paid in same manner. If the student shall have attained extraordinary excellence in a particular branch, that excellence shall be noted in his certificate as the Faculty may determine.
The proficients as well as graduates shall, when required, perform public exercises on commencement day under such rules as may be made by the Faculty.
When a student wishes to leave the University eitber temporarily or permanently, he should confer with the President, in order that charges of absence may not accumulate against him on the record of demerit. But it is hoped that absences from the Institution for the purpose of visiting friends, etc., will be discouraged by parents and guardians, because such absences interrupt a student's progress, and greatly diminish the pleasure and profit of his literary pursuits.
In case of withdrawal, written authority from the parent or guardian maybe required. Parents and guardians are again urged not to encourage withdrawals, nor to permit them, save for controlling reasons.
The Faculty would add emphasis to this statement by the declaration that they consider the evil of withdrawing before examination, and prior to the close of the session, to be so injurious, both to the individual student and to the good order of the University, that they cannot advise students, having such intentions, to enter the University at all. It should be understood that the student, by withdrawal, not only loses the benefit of the closing exercises in his studies—the most important of them all in fixing them in his mind—but escapes the responsibility of final examinations, and loses the incentives which the contests and aspirations of a public institution present.
There are three kinds of absence marks—those from chapel, from town and from class room.
The absence from chapel, indicated by the unoccupied numbers on the seats shall be noted every morning by monitors, appointed by the Faculty, and the slips
The presiding officer alone shall excuse absences from chapel and from town.
The several Professors shall excuse from their class room exercises, with the exception that an excuse for absence from town shall operate as an excuse from chapel, and from all class rooms, during the time for which it is granted.
The absence marks on class rolls are of three kinds:
Class room absences of the first kind, (a.,) i. e., when cancelled, shall be reported as excused absences, and recorded with the reason for cancellation; absence of the second kind (b.,) shall be reported as unexcused absences, and entered on the roll of demerit; and all undetermined absence marks shall be determined, i. e., converted into either excused or unexcused absences, before they are reported to the Secretary of the Faculty.
All excused and unexcused absence marks shall be reported to the Secretary of the Faculty, at every regular Faculty meeting. At the end of the semester all undetermined absence marks are reported as unexcused.
Careful note shall be taken of all absences before entering upon class room exercises.
All class room excuses shall be called for, and given in the presence of the entire class, except in extraordinary cases.
Every student, against whose name there is entered upon his class roll an absence mark, shall be called on for the reason of absence, upon first appearing in class room after its entry.
When, upon the calling of the roll, it shall appear that a student is absent for a reason unknown to the Professor, due diligence shall be exercised to learn the probable reason, by inquiry of the class; whether the absence be due to sickness or other cause, that proper attention may be directed to each case as it arises.
Students must account for their absences from chapel every Tuesday morning. The reason of absence from chapel must be given, and it is delivered to the Secretary of the Faculty in the lists signed by the President.
In making their reports to the Secretary of the Faculty, the Professors shall use a prescribed blank.
Unexcused absences, once reported, can only be excused by Faculty action.
Every unexcused absence from chapel or from class rooms, counts two demerit marks.
Students admitted to standing in any of the classes, shall be graded in the several subjects of study, according to the system of marking proficiency, on the scale of 10 adopted in this University, and said standing shall be placed on the record.
No evidence of proficiency in any study, pursued outside of this University, shall be accepted by any professor, in lieu of his own examination.
All professional students who enter regular academic classes, shall be dealt with in those classes, as other academic students, in grading and in marking absences.
The standing of all students shall be reported by the Professor to the Secretary of the Faculty, at the end of each semester, indicating whether it is given after examination, or is merely class standing, and for how long a time; in the latter case it shall not entitle the student to a claim involving future graduation.
Students who fail to reach a respectable standing in their classes:
Whenever a student, is dropped from two departments within the same semester, his connection with the University shall cease, and the Secretary shall give notice of the fact to his parent or guardian; and whenever a student is dropped from any department, or from a higher to a lower class in the same department, it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Faculty to inform the parent or guardian, as the case may be, of the fact.
The patrons of the University will please note the following explanations and suggestions:
There are three examinations in the University:
1. An examination of the new students is held at the beginning of the session, for the purpose of ascertaining their scholarship, and assigning them to the classes for which they may be qualified.
In order to meet the deficiencies in the the requirements in English, it has been resolved—
On the occasion of these examinations, the Faculty generally recommend a full course of study to students whose age and means render such a course advisable*
Special students, in any department, may be admitted without previous examination; but no students are accounted special students unless recognized and entered as such by the Faculty.
2. An intermediate examination of all the classes, partly oral and partly in writing, is held at the close of the first semester. There is no suspension of exercises, other than for examination between the two semesters of the year, and during the holidays.
3. A general examination of all the classes is held during the ten days preceding commencement, for the purpose of ascertaining the progress of the students, and of deciding what students shall graduate or be promoted to higher classes.
Students cannot be examined privately, but must pass the public examination of their classes, or lose their class standing.
No student who has been absent from his class for more than a third of the time, shall be admitted to the regular class examination for the purpose of obtaining his final grade; such student may, however, on petition to the Faculty, be granted a special written examination, to cover the whole subject gone over, and the Secretary shall keep and preserve the examination paper, graded and signed by the Professor in charge.
The mathematical department was exempted from the operation of this rule.
Each candidate for graduation is required to prepare a thesis, oration or essay, which may be delivered or not, at the discretion of the Faculty, and a copy of the same, on thesis paper, must be filed with the University Librarian, to be kept in the archives.
Students in the course in science will hereafter be required to present, instead of an oration, an inaugural thesis or essay upon a scientific topic for graduation.
Whereas, Cheating in recitation or in examination, by using helps of any kind forbidden, or not allowed in common to all the members of a class, results in gaining dishonorable advantage over class-mates, and in deceiving instructors and is ruinous to the character and scholarship of such as resort to such reprehensible practices, and hence, should not be tolerated in any institution of learning; therefore, in order to guard the students of this University against this grave evil, the following rule is hereby enacted:
Part I.—For the first offense of cheating it is hereby ordered:
Part II.—For the second offense of cheating it is hereby ordered:
That the fact of any student thus cheating in any recitation or examination shall operate as a dismissal from the University, and as a barrier to the re-admission of the guilty party to the University.
Part III.—The written statement of the fact of cheating aforesaid, giving the name of the guilty student, the subject, recitation or examination, the time and place of the same, and the names of at least two who are cognizant of the same, one of whom may be the guilty party, presented to the Faculty at any regular meeting by the head, or Professor in charge of the department in which the offense occurred, shall, with the approval of the Faculty, be entered on the minutes, and have the effect of adjudging the penalties as defined under parts I and II of this rule; and a copy of the minute shall be sent to the parent or guardian, and a duplicate may be given to the offender.
Degrees are conferred by the Curators, on the recommendation of the University Faculty. The regular Academic degrees are: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Letters and Bachelor of Domestic Art, according to the particular course of study which the student has pursued. Each of these courses, entire, occupies six years, and is intended to be of equal honor and educational value. The professional degrees correspond to the several courses pursued.
The degree of master is conferred three years or more after graduation, upon such Bachelors as pursue a professional or literary career.
The Curators may, of course, in addition to these, confer any of the usual honorary degrees and titles.
On the subject of students who desire certificates to show their attainments, it has been decided instead of individual members of the Faculty giving testimonials—
Annual entrance fee $10, Library and incidental fee, per semester, $5—that is, the student who enters the first semester pays §15, and for the second semester only $5, having paid his entrance fees, for the year, upon admission. If he enters the second semester, he pays $15—t. e., entrance and semester fees. These charges are so low as properly to be considered merely nominal.
Law, medical and engineering students are charged $40 for the session, to be
The fee for diplomas is $5. This must be paid to the Treasurer of the University, and his receipt handed to the Secretary of the Faculty before commencement day.
Board in private families, with lodging, washing and fuel, may be obtained for from three to four and a half dollars a week. By entering clubs, this amount may be reduced to two dollars and a quarter.
The allowance for clothing, books and pocket money, will vary with the character of the student. It is hoped that parents will bear in mind that too liberal an allowance of money exposes a youth to temptation, interferes with his habits of study, and adds nothing to his happiness or respectability. No student should spend ever two hundred dollars a year, including everything, except clothing and traveling expenses to and from Columbia. In every case where a student exceeds this amount, it may be set down that there is something wrong, which compromises both usefulness and respectability.
Young men working on the College farm, or in the garden, will be allowed from ten to fifteen cents per hour, according to their skill, fidelity and industry, to be determined by the Dean of the Agricultural College.
The University does not provide boarding for students, nor oblige them to adopt any particular plan, but to insure cheap boarding, and preventany sudden or excessive rise in the price of boarding in private families, the University has erected two groups of cottages, or club buildings, with dining halls, about a third of a mile apart, sufficient to accommodate two clubs of forty each.
The students who board themselves in the cottages, form themselves into clubs, appoint their own commissaries and other officers, establish and keep up their own police, punish members by fine and expulsion, and, on each Monday, meet to hear reports, and consider the welfare of the clubs, and generally to attend to their business affairs. The weekly expense of board, including a small admission fee to keep up the furniture, also rent payable to the University, has not exceeded $2.25 per week.
There are two club organizations in which are enjoyed all the accommodations of a plain private family at the actual cost of living. A genteel white woman has charge of each, who is paid an agreed-on sum of money, and is allowed the board of her children and of a certain number of servants, for the following service, viz: To clean up the rooms daily, wash the sheets, pillow slips, and towels; wash clothing; cook and serve the food provided. Under this management, the clubs are like private families. The members of the club have their own organization—captain, commissary and secretary. They assess themselves, collect the same, and buy their own provisions, so that if insufficient or not of the right sort, they can only blame themselves. The matron is only responsible for the cooking and serving. The husband in each case pays his board the same as one of the students. Formerly the clubs were a nuisance, but this plan works admirably, and below is presented a perfectly reliable statement from one of the students, prepared by request:
Dear Sir:—At the request of parties interested in the boarding clubs of the University, I hereby hand you, for the benefit of those seeking such information, an estimate of all necessary expenses of a student availing himself of the advantages of the present club system. This estimate will perhaps possess no additional value to similar ones, other than that it is based on several years actual experience, and, consequently, is more reliable and satisfactory than a mere approximation.
The following is for the benefit of those desiring an itemized account:
Furniture for room:
The maximum price of furniture is given, the cost of which is borne equally by two persons, the rooms being sufficiently large for their accommodation. The only item of cost omitted, worthy of mention, is that of bed-clothing, which maybe brought from home. As to other items of expense not connected with the club, such as tuition, incidental fees, etc., etc., they may be found in the University catalogue. It would, perhaps, be more satisfactory to state that we know the expenses of several of our most studious members to have been no more than $150.00 for the last year including all expenses, excepting neither clothing nor railroad fare. There are many cases where students succeed on less, but economy itself would dictate the above amount.
Although the club buildings are under the immediate control of the University management, as is also the appointment of the matron, the entire business of the club is conducted by the members themselves, they being formed for the purpose into an organization which has, in addition to a commissary, all the officers necessary to a deliberative body.
The present system, as perfected in the last two years, has solved the question of cheap boarding, and at the same time has given the club the advantages which were formerly found only in private families.
Each student furnishes his own room, which may be done at cheap rates. If convenient, he may bring furniture, at least in part, from home. All may bring bed-clothing, and had better do so.
Very young students, or those incapable of taking care of themselves, ought not to enter the boarding clubs. While the President and Professors frequently visit the rooms of the clubs the police duty devolves mainly upon the young men themselves, and is more effectively carried out than it could be by the Faculty. The rules are strict, and students of known shiftless ways or noisy habits are not admitted; or, if admitted, are soon cut off. Good behavior and quiet habits are indispensable, and none other than those possessing these characteristics can enter or continue members of the clubs.
It ought to be remarked that the health of the members of the clubs has been the average of the students of the University.
In many cases, it is best that boarding should be obtained in good private families.
Students, in order to rent rooms at the cottages, or any other building belonging to the University, must apply to the Proctor, and receive them upon the following conditions, viz.:
The Proctor shall in all cases, be the judge of the violation of these rules, and have full power to remove a student therefor; and in case of such removal, there shall be no re-payment of rent.
Item 7. Having felt the great disadvantage of poverty in the acquisition of my own education, it is my will that my executors, hereinafter named, shall, as early after my death as they may deem most expedient, raise the sum of ten thousand dollars, and by the sale of any lands of which I may die seized, and which I have not specifically bequeathed in any of the foregoing items, which sum of ten thousand dollars, I desire may be set apart for the education of such poor and indigent youths of Boone county, both male and female, as are unable to educate themselves.
Items 8. When my executors shall have raised the sum often thousand dollars, in the manner specified above, it is my will that they pay over the same to Alexander Persinger, Gilpin s. Tuttle and James W. Daily, justices of the county court of Boone county, or their successors in office, who may compose the county court of Boone at the time, and that said fund shall remain with, and be vested in said courts as a permanent fund, for the promotion of the object specified in the seventh item of this will above.
Item 9. It is my will that the judges of the county court shall loan out the fund, thus vested in them, at an annual interest of ten per centum per annum, and in every instance upon good personal security, with mortgage upon real estate, at least equal in value to the Sum loaned, and in such manner as will insure the payment of the interest thereon at the expiration of each year; it is my will, further, that three-fourths of the interest thus annually accruing shall be set apart, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to pay the tuition of such
Item 10. It is my will that the President of the State University of Missouri, and the Principal of the Columbia Female Academy, shall in each year visit the common schools of the different neighborhoods of Boone county, and select from among the indigent boys and girls of the different schools or neighborhoods, such of them as are inclined to avail themselves of the advantages of the fund set apart as above, always having reference in their selection to the moral and intellectual qualities of the youths above; and further, that the President, at each annual commencement of the University, shall direct the public attention to this subject, invite the citizens, who may be present, to subscribe by way of enlarging the fund from year to year, thus appropriated to the education of the poor; and further, that in selecting boys as above, preference may be given to such as evince an inclination to preach the gospel.
Note that—
This fund is held by the county court of Boone county and invested in Boone county 8 per cent, bonds. About sixteen hundred dollars a year are available for aiding students.
As the Columbia Female Academy is defunct, it is the duty of the President of the University to "select" the beneficiaries as students of the University. (Item 10.) This choice is regulated by several circumstances, as that—
The beneficiaries must belong to Boone county, in good faith, and not merely nominally. (Items 7 and 10.) They may be "both male and female," but must be needy, i. e., "unable to educate themselves." (Item 7.) Regard must be had to "moral and intellectual qualities." (Item 10.) Hence (a) preference will be given to such as show superior capacity, whether in the University classes or in the schools; and, perhaps, a system of examinations might aid in the wise and impartial determination of the choice. Hence, also, (b) aid from this fund will, in all cases, be withdrawn from students who incur College discipline, or who fail to maintain a reputation for exemplary conduct and scholarship. The incurring of marks of demerit may be considered such discipline, and falling below the required standard of scholarship, in any study, such failure. Disorderliness is aggravated by being a beneficiary, and any part of an apportionment not paid may, on that account, be recalled at any time. Other things being equal, "in selecting boys as above, preference may be given to such as evince an inclination to preach the gospel." (Item 10.) Whilst aid is not limited to tuition (Item 7), it is plainly first in the contemplation of the benefactor. (Item 9.) This fund, therefore has in it the virtue of strengthening the University, whilst it provides for the specific and legitimate exercise of its educational functions, in the interest of the needy, in its own immediate locality. The will does not provide at whose direction, nor in what sums, the money is to be apportioned, and this, therefore, is left to the good understanding of the county court and the President of the University. In order to aid as large a number as possible, it is ordered by the court that not more than the sum of $60 per annum shall be appropriated to any one pupil; and, in some cases, it is found that only part of the tuition and contingent fees is needed, so that the aid which has been extended to over forty-during the past year, has ranged from $10 to $60—those receiving the largest sums being exceptional.
The provision that the one-fourth of the interest must annually be added to the principal of this fund, may ultimately become a question of great magnitude, which will require judicial determination.
Applications for aid from the Rollins fund, must, here after, be in writing; a blank form will be furnished, embracing the points presented above, and when filled, it will be considered and placed on file, for open inspection and preservation. Should any mistake or misrepresentation, of consequence, be brought to light, at anytime, proper steps will be promptly taken. The applicants must appear in person at the opening of the first semester, September 10th, as no reservations will be made.
It is very desirable that those who receive aid from this fund, according to the provisions of the will, should not feel themselves humiliated nor compromised in any respect. The money belongs to the worthy beneficiaries, and they are morally and legally entitled to it, just as if so much of the estate, out of which it has arisen, had been set apart and left to them by name in the will. It is the desire that none, except those entitled to it shall, by mistake or otherwise, appropriate any of it; and, also, that the lawful beneficiaries shall themselves receive, severally, only their just apportionments.
Dr. Anthony W. Rollins, who founded this aid fund, was the father of the Hon. James S-Rollins, who is President of the Board of Curators, and who, when a young man (
It is hereby resolved, by the Board of Curators, That hereafter all regular graduates in any department of the University, and every regular graduate of the Normal Schools, established by law within this State; also, all regular graduates of "Christian Female College," and "Stephens Female College," located in Columbia, and the graduates of all other regularly chartered literary and scientific colleges in this State, with regular college classes established therein, and that are authorized by law to confer degrees and to grant diplomas to their students, shall be entitled to enter all the departments of the State University, including the Mining Department at Rolla, as Post Graduates—free of the payment of tuition fees, and to receive instruction in the same manner as other students, in the Practical, Literary and Scientific Departments or classes and all studies taught in the University), and which they may choose to enter: Provided, however, that neither Law nor Medical students are included in this resolution; and, also, that they may have full access to the Library of the University, with all other students, on such terms, and under such rules as may be prescribed by the Executive Committee.
By an act of the Board of Curators,
Resolved—First, That this memorandum of the aforesaid state of fact be spread on the minutes of the Faculty for convenience of reference; and
Second, That it is the understanding of the Faculty, that whilst resident graduates, thus admitted, are to be allowed optional attendance on the classes, without being required to recite, unless it be as a condition of acquiring a class standing; yet, otherwise, they are to be subject to all the rules of behavior and discipline of under-graduates
The statute by which the county courts were entitled to appoint students, equal to the number of representatives from the county, to be free from tuition fees, was abolished by the Legislature,
There are two societies of young men connected with the University, viz: The "Athenian," and the "Union Literary." These societies have spacious and well furnished halls in the University edifice, and hold weekly meetings for improvement in debate, declamations, oratory and composition.
These societies are in a flourishing condition, and form a most important means of culture, especially in speaking and writing.
An address is delivered before them, united, during commencement week, and diplomas are given to such members as belong to the graduating class.
On night meetings, and the Faculty granted permission on the following conditions, viz:
The young women also have a literary society. (See Ladies Department, page 62.)
Whereas, The Faculty of this University is entrusted with the guardianship and care of the students; and
Whereas, The public holds them responsible for the intelligence and general worthiness of all speakers on public occasions; and
Whereas, The exercise of power corresponding to this responsibility, is thereby rendered a duty, to be discharged in the interest of the authorities and patrons of this institution and of the public, whose educational interest it represents; therefore
Resolved, That no person shall appear on any public occasion before the societies or students of this University, to deliver an address, oration, or in any other literary performance, without the previous approval of the Faculty.
The said approval may be of a list of names before choice, or all choices of persons not thus previously approved, shall be subject to said approval.
All students appointed to appear in any public entertainment, shall present their orations, declamations, or other exercises to the Professor of English, at least ten days before the appointed day of such public appearance.
If a student has incurred twenty-live demerits, or fails to submit his exercise to previous supervision, he is not permitted to appear and take part in any public exercise in the University, on penalty of expulsion from the Institution for so doing and forfeiture of all claims to any honors or prizes; and the same penalty of expulsion and forfeiture shall attach to taking part in the publication of any college paper without compliance with the regulation of the Faculty respecting a like previous supervision of the final proof sheets of the same.
The academic class, and each professional class, chooses its own valedictorian.
Rule for election of academic valedictorian, and class representation:
Whereas, Uniformity of pronunciation is extremely necessary among the co-workers in an an educational institution; and
Whereas, This uniformity can be secured only by the adoption of some standard authority and strict adherence to its teachings; therefore,
Resolved, That the standard of pronunciation in the University of Missouri, shall be Webster's Unabridged Dictionary of any edition not earlier than that of
In Oratory—Founded by lion. James L. Stephens, a retired merchant of Columbia, and annually awarded for the best oration of Senior Class.
A book in defense of the Christian Religion and a Gold Medal, for the purchase of which the annual interest on $500 is available.
In Declamation—The Literary Societies, to best speakers in declamation contest.
In Physics.—$10 in money, by Charles Dachsel, engineer, Jefferson City, Mo., for best Thesis on Steam Engine.
Subject for "English Medal,"
The heads of the several departments dispense prizes and distinctions in their discretion.
Since
The theory of the case may be enunciated thus:
Conceding that the work of education is a legitimate function of the State, and also, that the right of the girls to an education is as valid as that of the boys—then, either the State should provide for the girls the means of a separate education, relatively equal or equivalent to that provided for the boys, or else, admit them, on equal footing, to the same advantages. No question can be successfully raised over the competence of the State as an educator; nor, over the rights of the young women to educational provisions in their behalf, comporting with those made for the young men; and hence, it becomes the plain practical question: Whether the State is likely to provide such advantages separately? As there is no likelihood of this being done, we are shut up to the alternative of co-education in our State institutions, unless experience be adverse to the policy of it. However, as a matter of fact, experience favors it—15 years of experience here, in the Missouri University, favors it; not to speak of a like favorable experience on the part of others.
It is urged on parents, in placing their children at the University, sons and daughters, to come with them and to arrange with private families for a suitable domestic oversight and care. It is believed to be a great misfortune for youth of either sex to be isolated from proper domestic supervision, whilst in a course of education. May not reliance be placed on private families to provide accommodation for the students, equal to the growing demands of the University? The whole community thereby become the University community, and all prosper together. (For further information, see Ladies' Department, page 61.)
The Academic Faculty meets regularly every Tuesday, at 4 p. m. The special Faculties meet upon the call of the President or of the respective Deans.
A committee from the Board of Curators called upon the Faculty
Resolved by the Faculty, That we have heard with pleasure the remarks of the Committee of the Board of Curators, in reference to making known the claims of the University among the people of the State, and promise hearty co-operation in the common effort to build up and make known the State University—some systematic plan to be decided on before the Faculty leave for the summer.
In pursuance of this idea, the congressional districts of the State are, by lot, distributed among the members of the Faculty as follows:
Those educators wishing the co-operation of the Faculty, will best accomplish their purpose, by communicating with the individual professor to whom is allotted their particular district.
The Alumni Association is composed of graduates of the University. It holds an annual meeting on Wednesday and Thursday of commencement week, and is addressed in the University chapel by an orator previously selected from its own body.
The objects of this society are the promotion of education, especially in the halls of the Alma Mater, the reunion of early friends and co-laborers in literary pursuits, and the revival of those pleasing associations which entwine themselves about academic life.
The fee for membership is $2. This is added to the permanent fund, the interest of which, only, is used. It is hoped that all graduates of the University, whether academic or professional, will become members of the Association. The Librarian solicits aid in securing facts for the next triennial, and will be thankful for published notices of, or books, or pamphlets and articles, published by officers and graduates.
Information is also asked for, touching all who have held offices in the University, especially those who are deceased. Before the issue of the next triennial, it is hoped information will be collected for a biographical sketch of each of the deceased officers and graduates.
The officers of the Association are: Col. A. T. Alexander, Pres.; E. W. Stephens, 1st V. P.; C. B. Rollins, Sec., and J. S. Clarkson, Treas.
In the progress of events, and in obedience to the voice of the people, the Missouri University has been established upon a broader and firmer basis than ever before, and is fast coming up to the full idea of an American University. Her every department now bristles with life and living science. She now furnishes, through her academic and associated professional schools, the kinds of education which correspond at once to the spirit of our Republic and the wants of the people at large. These merits of our University were shown, and her aims and wants made known to the 32d General Assembly, and that able body responded with an enlightened liberality, an open-handed generosity at once encouraging and phenomenal. The members, in largely controlling numbers, rising above all adverse prejudices and distracting partisan influences, vied with each other in helping the University on her prosperous way.
The productive endowment funds of the University—including the Agricultural College—have, within the last two years, by the sale of Agricultural College lands, been more than doubled, and now amount to nearly five hundred thousand dollars. Four-fifths of the whole of this productive endowment fund is from the United States. The whole property of the University may be set down at nearly one mil-
Here are indications of a growth most vigorous and healthy. A broad and firm foundation is laid, and a good beginning is made. The perpetuity of the University is guaranteed; and the kind of a University that the State desires and will have, is settled; and the great concern at the present time is to provide for the continued growth of the University and to avert the calamity of an arrest of her development. So that now the only question is how long shall we be in building up our Alma Mater till she becomes to this great empire State of the Mississippi valley what Ann Arbor is to Michigan, or Virginia University to the Old Dominion? and the answer to this question depends largely upon the united exertions of the Alumni. We Alumni now number 1000, dispersed throughout the West. Almost every county in Missouri has in it one or more representatives. And these graduates, from their influence and positions, are the moulders of public thought on higher education—yes, gentlemen, to-day you have to a large extent the future of this University in your own hands.
We are aware that heretofore the Alumni, upon going out into the world, have too often maintained a masterly inactivity and profound silence in regard to the University. Now let us arouse from our lethargy, and co-operate. Go-operation is the charm-word—United we are strong. Graduates of the University! Come one, come all, to the reunion of the Alumni, Alma Mater, inform yourselves thoroughly as to what the University Is, and what she should be. Then, upon your return home, keep before the people the merits, the aims and the wants of your Alma Mater, and you will soon see her still more deeply rooted in the confidence and affections of the people, swept along on the wave of a swelling population and growing wealth, till her sun is full high in the heavens—till she be indeed the great throbbing heart of our State educational system, sending the life-blood of learning, virtue and patriotism coursing through all its arteries and veins—till she becomes the pride and the glory of the Mississippi Valley.
[The great difficulty with persons benevolently inclined to make such donations heretofore, was, that they knew not how to make such investments perfectly safe. The following law remedies this difficulty. It is drawn precisely in accordance with Sec. 6, Art. 11 of the Constitution of the State of Missouri, and any person desiring to make provision for the benefit of any district school connected with the public school system of the State, or to establish scholarships or additional professorships, or departments, or permanent prizes in connection with the State University, to stimulate and encourage ambitious and meritorious youths, male and female, can do so by granting, giving or devising any money or property of whatever kind, which they may desire to dedicate to such objects, by turning over and delivering the same to the Treasurer of the State, to be disposed of by him according to the terms of the law.
The State of Missourilis constituted the custodian and trustee of all such funds, and pledges herself for the safe keeping, investment and due application of the same, in carrying out the purposes and wishes of such grantor, donor, devisor or testator, according to the instrument of writing making such grant, gift, devise or bequest. The fact that the University has about half a million Endowment gives assurance of its permanency.]
Ax Act to encourage and increase the public school fund of the State, by grant, gift or devise, as provided for in section six (6), article eleven (11), of the Constitution of Missouri, and to provide for its safe and permanent investment.
Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Missouri, as follows:
Approved
An Act to provide for the permanent investment of any moneys remaining in the State Treasury and belonging to either the "Public School Fund" or "Seminary Fund" of the State or that may hereafter be paid into the State Treasury, to be added to either of said funds, and to provide for cancelling any Missouri State bonds now held by any educational institution under the control of the State by issuing therefor certificates of indebtedness of the State bearing five per centum interest per annum, payable semi-annually.
Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Missouri, as follows:
The following is an official copy of the bill, certified to be correct by the Secretary of State:
An Act to appropriate money for the purpose of enlarging, repairing and furnishing the main edifice of the University building of the State of Missouri at Columbia.
Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the State of Missouri as follows:
Approved
We have met to-night to inaugurate the New Zealand Manufacturers' Association—a Society that has been formed for the promotion of Colonial Industries and the development of the natural resources of New Zealand. Every colonist that has the interests of his adopted country at heart must cordially endorse the objects of the Association. What are the best means of attaining these objects is a debateable question; but there can be no diversity of opinion on the general proposition that it is desirable to foster and encourage, in this far-off isle of the sea, those arts and industries that are the principal factors in building up a nation.
The Committee of the Association has done me the honour of inviting me to introduce the Society to public notice in a lecture or address dealing with its objects and aims. I entered on the task with many misgivings, for even in its commonest aspects the subject is by no means an easy one, and it frequently leads into far more intricate paths than I have been accustomed to follow.
The title of my paper is "The Industries of New Zealand," and I purpose to treat generally of the pro
There is not at the present moment a more popular subject than Colonial Industries, still there is no subject more difficult to treat in a popular manner. It is essentially a thing of facts and figures, and these are formidable obstacles to rhetoric. The facts cannot well be set aside, but I shall endeavour to lighten your burden by collecting the figures as much as possible into tables, which can be absorbed by inspection should the lecture appear in print.
With the view of presenting the subject to you in an intelligible manner I shall consider it under three distinct heads:—First, Industrial History and Present Position; Second, Resources; and Third, Future Prospects.
The histories of New Zealand that have hitherto been written, voluminous though they be, give a very imperfect idea of the progress of the country. They consist, for the most part, of Maori traditions and chronicles of Native wars—intrigues and feuds and bloodshed—the last struggles of a dying race that has had little influence on the present or future of the world. The history of New Zealand, from a colonizing point of view—the annals of the "coming race"—is not yet written. The only authentic record we have on the subject is the volume of statistics published annually by the Registrar-General. This is probably the most valuable book issued from the Government press; at
The progress of settlement and trade in New Zealand is divided into regular epochs, each a condition precedent to the next one, and a necessary link in the evolutionary chain. First we have a guerilla warfare between civilisation and savagedom in the irregular trade that was for some years carried on between English adventurers from the neighbouring Colonies and the Natives of the North Island. Beyond extending our knowledge of the country, these preliminary skirmishes in colonization were of little benefit. The second stage, which is really the first step in settlement, is the pastoral age, during which the whole country was well explored and partially opened up. Next comes with a rush the great tide of gold-seekers, penetrating into every nook and corner of the land, and achieving the progress of a generation in a single stride. After the gold fever has subsided we settle down to the steady work of colonization in the time-honoured old-fashioned way, the tilling of the soil. The last stage, the one on which we are now entering, is the age of manufactures, and, as I hope to shew, it is probably the most important of all.
The sequence of these periods in the settlement of New Zealand and other countries is very remarkable. It seems as if nature had fixed a plan for carrying out the work. The gold-seeker could scarcely penetrate the wilds of an extensive country unless the squatter
Kauri Timber.—Until the advent of the New Zealand Company, and indeed for many years afterwards, the trade of the Colony was exceedingly small. The principal imports were tomahawks, red blankets, and other articles used in barter with the Natives, and Jamaica rum, the favourite beverage of the whalers. It is not, however, clear that the "popular spirit" was exclusively used as a corrective to blubber. Tradition hints that it occasionally became the lubricant, if not the actual circulating medium, in land transactions with the unsuspecting savage.
One of the first exports was timber—kauri spars taken to England for the use of the navy. The trade, which is still in existence, was initiated by special expeditions sent out from the Admiralty long before the settlers had got a proper foothold in the country.
The trade in spars was the precursor of the general timber trade of the Colony. Notwithstanding the immense quantities of this material imported from all parts of the world, and the large home consumption, the exports are of considerable magnitude. During the eight years from
This was caused by the Australian gold rush, which gave all New Zealand products a considerable impetus; but the trade was not permanent, for in
Phormium.—The next indigenous export is phormium tenax—the native flax, or as it is now more appropriately called "hemp." Some of you will remember the flax mania which occurred some twelve years ago, when so many expected to make their fortunes and so few made them. The export of phormium has been in existence since the first traders touched the shores of New Zealand. The first tomahawk or pannikin of rum was probably given in exchange for a few bales of the fibre, with a square mile or two of good country thrown in.
The industry was up till
There are 40 hemp mills and 18 rope and twine works in the Colony, employing upwards of 400 hands. Of course the latter are not exclusively engaged in working
Whale Oil.—Although the feeble commerce of the Colony in the early days was considerably augmented by the whale fishing, the industry was not in reality a New Zealand one; nearly all the ships hailed from England or America—none of them belonged to the Colony. The only benefit therefore that we derived from the industry was the small trade it created. The business is now, however, in the hands of Auckland and Otago ship owners, so it is in every respect a Colonial industry. Since
Kauri Gum.—Another indigenous export that figures largely in the earlier returns is kauri gum. Although it has acquired large proportions and is generally on the increase, the trade is somewhat irregular and fluctuating. In
Fungus.—Another forest product of unique character which has appeared of late years in the exports is a
Wool.—Timber and the other indigenous exports to which I have referred are not properly speaking the off springs of colonization—they belong to the class of products that nature has provided ready made in every country. The first fruits of settlement in New Zealand are the wool exports. According to information furnished by Mr. Seed, the first direct shipment to England took place in
In dealing with the progress of the pastoral industries a correct result is not obtained by taking the values only of the exports, as the price of wool fluctuates so much. For instance: 59,853,454 pounds exported in
Tallow, Hides, and Sheepskins.—Although the principal one, wool is by no means the only product of our flocks and herds, tallow, hides, and sheepskins have long figured largely in our exports, and meat of all kinds, together with dairy produce, are of considerable proportions. With some slight fluctuations the exports of tallow have risen from £1,865 in
The trade in hides and sheepskins is more irregular; it has within the last ten years varied from £25,810 to £77,105, the amount at which it stood in
Meats and Dairy Produce.—The low price of beef and mutton in
Frozen meat, on which at present hangs the hopes of pastoral New Zealand, appears in the
There is no more fluctuating trade in the Colony than the export of ordinary cured meats and dairy produce. It goes up and down in fits and starts without apparent cause. Although it has been in existence for upwards of twenty years it is not yet upon a permanent basis. The exports in
Rabbitskins.—Under the pastoral exports there has of late years appeared an item which might, with advantage to the Colony, be absent, viz., rabbitskins.
Wheat—Next to the pastoral industry, and following close in its wake in every respect, comes the various branches of agriculture. Although the trade did not continue long, the Australian gold rush is to be credited with giving this industry a considerable impetus. This is specially pointed out in the first report by the Registrar-General for the four years ending nil, and in one of those years,
There is no more striking circumstance in the industrial history of New Zealand than the rapidity with which its bread producing resources were developed. In Times, against the Public Works Scheme of Sir Julius Vogel, was that New Zealand could not grow its own wheat. How quickly and effectually has this reproach been removed. After amply providing for our own wants we had in
Oats.—After wheat the most important agricultural
Potatoes.—Like cured meats and dairy produce the export trade in potatoes is exceedingly fluctuating and uncertain. In lapsus linguœ, of a well-known public man who suggested the export of frozen potatoes. While admitting that the popular vegetable would not be palatable as an ice, I have no doubt the exportation of potatoes in a fresh state would be greatly facilitated by sending a current of cold air among them in the ship's hold.
Coming now to gold-mining, one of the four distinctly marked epochs in the colonization of New Zealand, we find that the production of the precious metal went up with a bound during
The extent to which the gold-mining industry has benefited New Zealand is a debatable point. Some go so far as to aver that it would have been better had the precious metal never been discovered—that it would
impetus it gave every other branch of settlement are incalculable. It is the lever that starts the engine—the train that fires the mine. Taking the rate of progress for the last twelve years as determined by the exports, and starting from the level of
Preliminary.—I have now given a sketch of the industries that have hitherto contributed most to the sea-borne commerce of New Zealand. So far my task has been an easy one, for the statistics show plainly their rise and progress as well as the struggle for supremacy between the native and imported products; but it is different with those industries that have not reached the exporting point, there being no such direct means of arriving at their true history or present condition. An idea can however be formed by calculating the amount per head of imports and exports for each class or article at different times. I have had a statement (Appendix No. 1) prepared on this basis, which gives general deductions, and from which results in an particular case can be worked out.
A few Colonial manufactures are exported, but, with two exceptions, they have not in reality reached the exporting stage, the imports being still greatly in excess. Six items appear in the last statistics, but three only are manufactures in the popular sense, viz., biscuits, soap, and leather. The two former are fairly established as Colonial industries, for there are practically no imports of these articles. Leather has been exported since
The statement just referred to is divided into ten classes under the conventional headings of—A. Food and Fodder; B. Drinkables, and Materials for making them; C. Clothing and Clothing Materials; D. Household Requisites; E. Luxuries, Literature, and Science; F. Building Requisites; G. Requisites for Settlement and Trade; H. Machinery and Manufacturing Requisites; I. Natural Products. I shall follow this classification in further considering our home trade and throughout the other parts of the lecture.
Food and Fodder.—After the staff of life, in its various forms, the other eatables that we now produce in the Colony are confectioneries and jams. During the last ten years the imports of confectionery have decreased from £19,178 to £10,190. It does not follow that the taste for lollies in the rising generation is dying out, it merely shews that two-thirds of the quantity consumed is made in the country.
The manufacture of jams has only become an
In the matter of the necessaries of life generally, food and fodder, our imports per head of the population are now £1 19s 2d, and exports, £2 10s 2¼d. In
Drinkables and Materials for Making them.—After food comes drinkables and materials for making them. Under this head our only native manufactures are beer and aerated waters. In
Taken altogether the materials for making beer have fairly reached the exporting stage, the balance last year having been £23,700 in favour of the local industries. Hops is the only article in which the balance is on the other side the imports last year, being £18,138 as against £11,049, the value of the exports. The position will however soon be reversed, for hop growing is fast becoming an extensive industry in Nelson and Marlborough.
The import trade in aerated waters and cordials seems to be no older than the home manufactures. The statistics show that there are 79 factories, employing
Clothing and Clothing Materials.—Next to food the greatest essential of civilized life is clothing, and some of our most successful efforts have been made in providing it for ourselves. In the various industries connected with manufacturing and making up leather and cloth no fewer than 3,400 hands are employed, and the capital invested in plant and buildings is estimated at £294,711.
I have already referred to leather in connection with Colonial manufactures that are exported. In
There is no industry in New Zealand of which the colonists are prouder than the woollen manufactures, and they undoubtedly merit the estimation in which they are held, whether as regards the success they have achieved or the excellence of the products. Four mills have been in active operation for some years—three in the vicinity of Dunedin and one at Kaiapoi, near Christchurch. Another is just beginning work at Oamaru, and two are in course of erection, or about to be erected at Ashburton and Wellington. A small carpet factory of seven looms has also been recently established at Woolston, near Christchurch.
The four mills already in full operation work up annually about 2,150,000 pounds of wool, the value of which is £75,000. The cloth produced is worth £150,000, and the value of the clothing into which it is made is £450,000. If these manufactures took only the
Household Requisites.—We now come to household requisites, and, taken as a whole, the import trade is little affected by the home manufactures, the value per head of the imports being practically the same in
The manufactures of soap and candles are generally carried on together. As already stated, Colonial soap now commands the market, there being practically no imports except of fancy kinds. The imports of candles in
Luxuries, Literature, and Science.—My next class is Luxuries, Literature, and Science; but I have little to
The manufacture of paper comes under this head. There are two mills in operation, one at the Mataura and the other at Dunedin. Hitherto they have only produced brown and grey wrapping paper; but the Mataura mill is now beginning to make white paper for printing purposes. The paper is manufactured chiefly from native grasses, with the addition of such rags and waste paper as are procurable in the Colony.
The mills have not been sufficiently long at work to materially affect the imports, but the value of paper put on the market last year is estimated at from £6,000 to £8,000.
Building Requisites.—In building requisites the principal Colonial product is timber, which has been already referred to. According to the last returns there are 4,238 hands employed in sawmills and wood factories, nearly a fourth of the manufacturing labour of the Colony. The capital invested in machinery, plant, and buildings, is estimated at £773,628.
After timber comes brick and tile works, stone quarrying, and lime burning, which give employment to about 900 men, and in which £131,000 is invested. In
The drain pipes and stoneware made from the native clays are of particularly good quality, and the manufactures have been a complete success in every way. The attempts made to establish potteries to manufacture the finer classes of earthen and china-ware have not been so successful; but a more satisfactory
Hydraulic lime, equal to Portland cement for most purposes, is now produced in Auckland by four or five kilns, and getting into general use throughout the North Island. The output of the Mahurangi kiln alone is upwards of 1,000 bushels a-week.
Nelson and Auckland each has haematite paint factories, and there is also a glass works at the latter place. Their products are of excellent quality, but they have not yet come into general use.
Requisites for Settlement and Trade.—The principal Colonial industries under this head are the manufacture of gunpowder and artificial manure, the building of carriages and other vehicles of all kinds, ship and boatbuilding, and the manufacture of agricultural implements.
A mill for the manufacture of blasting powder has lately been established at Owake, Catlin's River. With the exception of saltpetre all the raw materials are found in the country. I understand, however, that there is a difficulty in getting a regular supply of sulphur, which comes from White Island. The charcoal is made chiefly from Hini-hini, a soft wood of little value for any other purpose. The blasting powder made at the Owake mill is of excellent quality. There is, apparently, no difference between it and the imported article.
On account of the fertility of the soil there was little demand for manure of any kind until of late years. The item does not appear in the imports till
The building of carriages and other vehicles has of late years attained considerable proportions, about 400 men being employed in the various establishments throughout the Colony. Vehicles of all kinds are manufactured regularly in large numbers, from mail coaches and private carriages to six-horse waggons and farm carts, and in all the vagaries of shape and style so much affected by colonials. Whether as regards design, workmanship, or price, the New Zealand made vehicle compares favourably with the imported article. In
About 140 men are regularly employed in the building of wooden steamers, sailing vessels, and boats. The industry is confined almost entirely to Auckland, where there is an abundant supply of suitable timber. Trading vessels up to 500 or 600 tons are built, and the Auckland yachts have acquired a high reputation all over the Southern Seas.
In the statistics of industries and manufactures for
The local manufactures are by no means confined to the commoner agricultural implements, but embrace high class machinery of the most scientific kind, with the very latest improvements. A peculiarity of this industry is the continual change in the fashion of the articles produced. There is no class of appliances which has of late years undergone more alterations and improvements than those connected with agriculture, and the colonists of New Zealand are always ready to adopt any invention that will save labour or otherwise cheapen the cost of production. The latest improvement in agricultural machinery is generally in full swing at the Antipodes long before it has gained a footing in the Old Country. The success of the local industries is probably due in a great measure to the alacrity with which those engaged in them accept and adopt these improvements. Although the Colonial manufacture of agricultural appliances is so great, it has not kept pace with the spread of agricultural settlement; not including hand tools, we still import £100,000 worth of plant for tilling the soil and gathering in its fruits.
Machinery and Manufacturing Requisites.—The industries just referred to merge naturally into those under the head of Machinery and Manufacturing Requisites, and the only ones not yet considered are the general mechanical and metal trades. According to the statistics of
Looked at from an English point of view our essays in iron ship-building have been insignificant, but as a colonial industry they are well worthy of notice. Eighty-three steamers, of sufficient importance to be put on the register of shipping, have from first to last been built in New Zealand, and, with a few exceptions, their engines were also made in the Colony. Fifty-six have been built in the Province of Auckland—15 of them being iron, 35 wood, and 6 composite. Otago has built 20—16 of them being iron and 4 wood, and the other Provinces 7—5 iron and 2 wood. These steamers are of course very small, compared to those we are now accustomed to travel in. Among the more important are the "Golden Crown," wooden paddle steamer, built in Auckland, 330 tons burden, and, 140 horse-power; the "Macgregor," iron screw steamer, built in Auckland, 256 tons, and 60 horse-power; the "Oreti," iron screw steamer, built in Dunedin, 188 tons, and 50 horse-power; and the "Port Jackson," a steel screw steamer, built in Dunedin, 107 tons, and 50 horse-power.
Eight iron steam dredgers have also been built and engined in Dunedin—the largest being the "Vulcan," 70 horse-power. Dunedin has also acquired a high reputation throughout the Colony for the manufacture of heavy cranes. The 40-ton travelling jib crane at the Oamaru Harbour Works was in its day the largest of the kind in the world.
With the view of giving local industry a fair trial Government lately called for tenders for a large iron bridge, to be manufactured entirely in the Colony. The result has been highly satisfactory. There was good competition in tendering, and a con-
In brass and copper works New Zealand seems to have fairly taken the lead of the Australian colonies, all the principal prizes at the Sydney and Melbourne Exhibitions having come to Dunedin. Several large orders for brewery plant and other special manufactures have followed those prizes, and many of the ordinary wares find their way to the Australian market. The local manufacture of lead piping has now complete hold of the home trade, none being imported. A remarkable feature of this trade is the large quantity of small articles manufactured—steam, water, and gas fittings, and the thousand and one metal nick-nacks that seem to constitute the stock and trade of an ironmonger. On making inquiries I find that in every instance the question of importing versus manufacturing has been carefully considered, and nothing is made that it would pay better to import. Among other advantages in making those stock articles is that it enables the manufacturers to keep around them a good supply of skilled workmen.
Natural Products and other Raw Materials.—The principal item under this head not already referred to is coal. A few years back we depended almost entirely on other countries for our coal supply, but since
A small export trade with the Australian Colonies is also springing up; during the five years referred to 30,354 tons have been exported. On account of its superiority for gas purposes, the West Coast coals can even now compete with the Australian ones on their own ground, and the market for
Trade.—A sketch of the present position of the trade of New Zealand is practically a recapitulation of the statements already made; so, instead of re-producing them here, I have prepared a series of tables and diagrams (Appendices 2 to 4) shewing the leading facts and figures. A few points brought out by them are worthy of remark.
Taking the whole trade for the last 15 years, it is found that the imports generally exceed the exports by from 20 to 35 per cent., the only exceptions being in
At present about 21 per cent, of our imports are eatables and drinkables, and 38 per cent, clothing and household requisites. Of the exports 71 per cent, are pastoral and agricultural products, and 14 per cent, come from the mines.
The diagrams show extraordinary fluctuations in the import trade. Leaving out the goldfields years, when it went up £5,476,341 in a single bound, which is easily accounted for, there have since then been several ups and downs—the rise from
Interchange.—About 75 per cent, of the trade of New Zealand is with the United Kingdom, and, as might be expected, there is more reciprocity between her and the mother country than in any other case. During the last ten years we have—at the value in the Colony of both exports and imports—sent £94 worth of goods to England for every £100 worth we get back. But if the value of each is taken in the country that produces it the balance is on the other side, for we have sent £94 worth for every £91 worth sent us. The English portion is, to all intents and purposes, a reflex of the whole trade of the Colony; practically the fluctuations just referred to are all borne by it.
Our next largest transactions are with Victoria, which gets upwards of 15 per cent, of our trade; but in
The trade with New South Wales is less than half that with Victoria, but there is more interchange of commodities.
For eight out of the last ten years our imports from Tasmania have ranged from £100,384 to £148,843, and for nine out of the same ten years our exports thereto have only ranged from £1,334 to £7,945.
The trade with Western Australia and Mauritius is almost one sided; but in all other cases there is a fair amount of reciprocity.
Home Industries.—The only way to get a general idea of the extent of our home industries is to summarise the occupations of the producers and makers in the population, the total of which, according to the return of
This concludes my sketch of the history and present position of the trade and industries of New Zealand, and I claim to have shewn that the handful of people
In considering the resources of New Zealand I shall first refer to a subject to which I have on a previous occasion directed public attention—the necessity for a thorough investigation into the resources of the Colony and the want of a systematic arrangement of the information already collected. Although several excellent sketches have appeared, a comprehensive treatise on the Economic Geology and Botany of New Zealand, like Buller's "Book of Birds," or Hector's "Grasses," has never been attempted, and the large amount of valuable information we have on the subject is so mixed up with the general literature of the country as to be comparatively useless.
Scenery.—The first and by no means the least of the resources of New Zealand are its natural amenities. Someone has said that we cannot discount climate. As an abstract proposition this is probably correct, but in actual practise it is nearly as fallacious as the assertion that we could not grow our own wheat. Although they may not be scheduled as such, fine scenery and blue skies are valuable collateral security, with fertile plains and rich mines in the money market. Grand mountains, rivers, and lakes, are tangible assets in a nation's balance-sheet; and in some countries they are, indirectly, the main source of revenue. Even in Great
Although the tourist traffic is only in its infancy, it is beginning to affect the commerce of the country. The geysers of the North and the glaciers of the South are already contributing their quota to the dividends of the Union Company, and the main stay of the Wakatipu district is the scenery of the Lake. As there is nothing in the Southern Seas to compete with her scenery, New Zealand must always be the recreation ground of Australasia; and the healing waters of the North Island have appropriately been called "the World's Bethesda." The protective policy of the Victorians may keep our oats and potatoes out of their market, but it cannot keep the money in their own country when the commodities to be bought are the health-giving pleasures of the Hot Springs and the mountains. It is impossible to estimate the possibilities of the tourist traffic of New Zealand, for it depends very little on the home demand, and the outside market is unlimited.
Climate.—The climatic endowments are greatly enhanced by their diversity. Taken in connection with her other varied resources this makes new Zealand what may be termed a self-contained country. We grow maize and oranges in the north, and barley and turnips in the south; grapes in the interior of Otago, and red currants on the sea-board. The diversity of climate is attributable to the configuration and geographical position of the islands—a long narrow strip lying north and south close to the tropics, but separated from this and other heat centres by unbroken seas that modify the temperature. There is no country in the world of so small a size that extends over so many degrees of latitude.
Water.—Another natural endowment in New Zealand, which is not appraised at its proper value, is the
Gold.—Coming now to less ethereal resources, we have first to deal with those under the earth, and of these the most important hitherto has been gold. As shown in our historical sketch, gold-mining made one great effort to advance the colonization of New Zealand, and having fulfilled its mission sank into comparative insignificance. The country has now been well prospected, consequently there is little chance of further discoveries of alluvial diggings of an extensive character. The ordinary river workings are rapidly coming to an end, but the hydraulic workings in gravel and cement terraces will last many years, and quartz-mining is supposed to be only in its infancy. We cannot, however, calculate on any material increase on the present yield of gold; the decrease in alluvial diggings will balance any increase that may take place in quartz-mining, for the alluvial mines are still yielding two-thirds of the gold obtained in the Colony.
Silver.—Up till
Goal.—Until the predicted revolution in mechanical science takes place, coal will undoubtedly be the most important mineral in the Colony in the future, so it is satisfactory to know that the supply is practically inexhaustible. Coal of various kinds occurs all over the country at short intervals—the geological maps are bristling with black marks indicative of its presence. Instead of being a boon, this superabundance of fuel has hitherto been a real difficulty and cause of expense, not only to the Colony as a whole, but to private individuals, for the industry is being developed in all directions much in advance of our requirements.
The portions of the Collingwood, Buller, and Grey Coalfields that have been surveyed are estimated to contain 200,000,000 tons of the best bituminous coal, a quantity equal to the present consumption of the Colony for nearly 400 years, assuming that nothing but this class of coal was burned. The area of the Kaitangata and Tokomairiro field, which yields the best class of non-bituminous coal, is about 60 square miles, and the estimated quantity, 768,000,000 tons. With the exception of the Collingwood field, which has water communication, all those just mentioned are opened up by railways. They are all in accesible situations, and, except at the Grey, nearly all the coal is procurable without sinking. Railways have also been constructed into other extensive coalfields in Auckland, Canterbury, and Otago. For example: the Night-caps field, in Southland, estimated to contain 100,000,000 tons of
Oil Shales and Oil.—Lighting comes naturally after fuel, and to provide it nature has supplied us with the raw materials in the form of oil shales and mineral oils. Shales have been discovered in Auckland, Nelson, and Otago. They are of good quality, and the deposits are believed to be of considerable extent. In addition to oils of various kinds, these shales are rich in gas. I have no doubt the deposits at Orepuki will be utilised for this purpose as soon as the railway is opened. The mineral oils have been found in Taranaki and Auckland, some of them are of good quality, but a steady supply has not been obtained.
Iron.—In conjunction with coal, the most important mineral to have in any country is iron, and New Zealand seems to be well supplied. Iron ores of various kinds have been found all over the country; but the information with reference to them is not very complete, no attempt having been made to work any of them, except the iron sand. The extent of some of the deposits has, however, been ascertained. The quantity of haematite ore, exposed at the Parapara River, in Nelson, is estimated at about 53,000,000 tons, and there is another bed in the same locality 60 feet thick. Veins of somewhat similar ore, 6 feet thick, occur in Canterbury and the Wakatipu district. Black band and clay ironstones, which are the ores most easily reduced by the common methods, have been discovered at various places in both Islands. In most cases coal and lime, the materials required in smelting iron, are found in close proximity to the ores.
Copper.—Copper has been found all over the Colony, from Auckland to Otago, but more particularly in Nelson, which is veritably the home of minerals. A mine has lately been opened at the latter place which
Lead.—On a recent visit to the West Coast I was shewn a splendid sample of lead ore from Mount Rangitoto, similar in every respect to what I had seen worked at Home. It was looked upon merely as a matrix in which silver was found and considered of little value. This is reversing the order of things. In England, the occurrence of silver in lead ore is considered incidental, the latter being the more important metal. Lead ore is well dispersed throughout the Colony, but the extent of the deposits is unknown.
Tin and Zinc.—Tin has been discovered in Otago and at Reefton; but the samples hitherto obtained have been very small. Zinc occurs in Auckland, Nelson, and Westland.
Minor Metals.—Among less important metallic ores discoveries have been made of platinum, mercury, nickel, cobalt, antimony, chrome, and manganese; the latter is worked successfully at the Bay of Islands, 10,719 tons of the ore, valued at £39,423, having been exported in the five years ending
In many cases small specimens only of the minerals have been found, which of course gives no clue to the extent of the deposits, but it is reasonable to assume therefrom that deposits exist. There must be a stock where the sample comes from.
Clays.—Coming nearer the surface of the earth we find clays, building stones, roofing slate, lime, and other building materials. Clays of all kinds are very plentiful throughout New Zealand, and there seems to be a variety for every purpose, from common bricks and tiles to chinaware and tobacco pipes.
Building Stone.—Building stone is also everywhere present in large quantities and of all kinds. The hard-
Marble.—Marble of various colours and consistency has been discovered all over the South Island, and in several places in the North Island. Small specimens of statuary marble have been found on the West Coast, but no regular deposit. Many of the best of the commoner kinds occur in accessible situations, notably at Caswell Sound, where a quarry has been opened, and in several places in Nelson, Canterbury, and Otago.
Slate.—Roofing slate, equal in quality to Welsh, is found in the Kakanui Range, commencing at Otepopo, and running inland for a great distance. The deposits cover an immense area, but it is not clear that a large proportion of marketable slates can be obtained readily, the rock on the surface being considerably shattered.
Limes.—Limestone, suitable for burning, is almost as plentiful and widely dispersed as clay and building stone, but the hydraulic varieties which make the best mortar are not so common. The best and largest deposits occur in Auckland, and on the Otago Peninsula. A large bed of pure chalk—the best material for Portland cement—has lately been discovered near Oxford, in Canterbury.
Minor Minerals.—Among the minor non-metallis
Gums.—Although under the surface kauri gum is in reality a forest product. It is difficult to estimate the extent of our resources in this article, but I am informed that there is little chance of the supply giving out for many years to come. Gum-digging will probably last as long as alluvial gold-mining.
It is not generally known that retinite, a fossil resin or gum of a somewhat similar character, occurs in con siderable quantities in some of the lignite beds of the Middle Island. I have no doubt it could be utilised in the manufacture of varnishes, but its special properties and commercial value have not been determined. The lignite beds on the Maniototo Plain are believed to contain large deposits of retinite.
Timber.—Coming now to the ordinary vegetable resources of the Colony, we have first to deal with timber, the most important material in any new country. The total area of bush land of all kinds in New Zealand is variously estimated at from 15,000,000 to 20,000,000 acres, but no attempt has been made to classify the different kinds or qualities of timber. Unfortunately the forests are not well dispersed throughout the Colony. Large portions of the North Island, and the whole of the West Coast of the South Island, have too much bush, while the eastern side of the South Island, north of the Clutha, has far too little. The great bulk of the settlement is in the latter area, consequently the timber supply is not convenient to the market. This is the principal reason why our forest resources have not been utilised to the fullest extent. It is easier to get ironbark
New Zealand has no extensive supply of large hardwood timber of special strength, like the gums of Australia and Tasmania, but she has what is more valuable, a great quantity of the pines and other softwoods that are most required for building purposes—and there are few countries in which such a variety of timber occurs. The other Australasian colonies near us are very deficient in this respect. New South Wales and Tasmania have each only one large softwood tree, the Sydney cedar and Huon pine; and Victoria is in much the same category. New Zealand has 10 pines that yield sawing timber, six of them being large trees.
The supplies of the various kinds of timber in the Colony are well proportioned to our wants, but for the reason already given many special kinds are still unused. We have for several years produced all our own building timbers and had a surplus to export, but considerable quantities of hardwoods and furniture woods are still imported. There is no substitute for the Australian gums for long timbers of special strength, but the ordinary hardwoods imported for the use of the wheelwright, carriage builder, and implement maker, might well be superseded by the native article. Kowhai and rata are much stronger and quite as straight-grained as English oak and ash. And in the matter of furniture
As in the case of many other Colonial products, the fashion is to deprecate New Zealand timbers. There is no real ground for doing so—class for class they compare favourably with timbers of other countries. Their faults and failures are not so much due to inherent defects as to improper treatment and ignorance of the relative qualities of the different kinds. Instead of using well-dried heart-wood from mature trees, felled at the proper season, we put into our houses wet sap-wood from young trees, that are felled when most convenient; often in their juiciest state. And without a single enquiry into its suitableness, timber is constantly used in positions for which it was never intended by nature.
Minor Forest Products.—As a minor forest product I have already referred to the fungus found on the trees in the North Island and exported to China. We have little information as to the extent of our resources in this commodity; they are believed to be considerable; and, being a growth which replenishes itself, the industry will undoubtedly be permanent.
Five or six of the native trees furnish bark, rich in tannin, which is gradually coming into use. On my recommendation a Christchurch firm recently made a trial of kamai bark, from Southland. The result is highly satisfactory, and a considerable trade will probably ensue if a regular supply can be obtained. Considering that between £30,000 and £40,000 worth of bark is annually imported, the development of our native resources is worthy of attention.
Many of the New Zealand plants furnish dye-stuffs of various colours. The Maoris were well acquainted with
Phormium.—The problem of cultivating the native hemp profitably has not yet been solved. Until this is done there can be little advance in the industries connected with this product, for the natural supply is rapidly decreasing. Phormium thrives best in good land, consequently it vanishes on the approach of agriculture.
Pastoral.—The pastoral lands of New Zealand are estimated at 27,000,000 acres, nearly all of which have been turned to account in growing wool and mutton; 2,166,194 acres, chiefly in the fern lands of the North Island, have been surface sown with English grasses, but the remainder is in its natural state. Whether the productiveness of the tussock lands can be materially increased by similar treatment seems an open question, for little surface sowing is done in the South Island.
Arable.—The arable lands comprise about 16,000,000 acres, of which 3,022,910 had been cultivated and broken up in
Capabilities.—The pasture lands of the United Kingdom amount to about 23,000,000 acres, and the arable lands to 24,000,000, the aggregate being 4,000,000 more
As already indicated, the value of our lands is greatly enhanced by the diversity of climate. In addition to the grain and root crops of the Old Country sub-tropical plants of all kinds grow luxuriantly in New Zealand. Grapes, oranges, lemons, citrons, melons, and almonds have long been common fruits. Olive and corkwood trees are growing well in the North, and proposals have been made to the Government to commence a tea plantation. Tobacco manufactured from leaf grown in the Colony has been occasionally smoked for years, and we are planting mulberry trees for our future silk manufactures.
This concludes the second division of my subject—a sketch of the industrial resources of New Zealand. At the risk of being included in Anthony Trollope's category of "Colonial Blowers," I think you will agree in the conclusion, that we have in this far-off isle of the sea the makings of a good country. We might even be justified in going so far as to say that nature has written on many a page the world old promise, "I will make of thee a great nation."
Having shewn what we have already done, and the materials we have to work upon, I shall now consider our future prospects—What it is possible for us to do.
At this stage I ought to give you a dissertation on the much debated question of Freetrade versus Protection; but I will not do so for several reasons, the principal one being, that it is a subject on which I can only give a "layman's opinion." I shall therefore pass it over with a few remarks, intended to shew the bearing it has on the commerce of New Zealand.
In the first place, it seems to me clear that we must not accept the statements, conclusions, or predictions of either side as gospel, for we see one country flourishing with freetrade and another equally prosperous with protection; and the one appears to be as much subject to periods of depression as the other. Carried to extremes the abstract principle in either case ends in absurdity. Mathematical freetrade, as I understand it, is an effectual barrier to all progress, "a folding of the hands to sleep." The essence of its philosophy seems to be, "thou shalt not produce nor make anything that can be produced or made cheaper by anybody else." As applied to our case this is equivalent to saying, America can grow wheat cheaper than New Zealand, why should we attempt to till our lands?—Galashields can weave cloth cheaper than Mosgiel, why think of wearing Colonial tweeds? And the other side of the picture is equally absurd:—protection, pure and simple, means that we are to roof in the Taieri Plain with glass to grow grapes, rather than let any of our money find its way to the vine growers on the banks of the Douro.
New Zealand is theoretically a freetrade country, and the Customs' duties are in no case so high as to be considered "protective duties"; but there have always been exemptions in favour of particular industries, which is simply protection in another form. In the early days, woolpacks and sheepwash tobacco were admitted free, as a small perquisite to the squatter. Agricultural appliances of all kinds have always been
Taking it even in its narrowest and most selfish aspect, protection is undoubtedly a very uncertain weapon to fight with. Like some of the new torpedoes, apt to turn and lay waste its own home. The whole it is trade of a country may be compared to the water in a hydraulic press—the slightest pressure applied at any point is transmitted throughout the entire mass, and the weakest place suffers most. The pressure is often more effective and difficult to resist when it comes in the form of exemptions. In admitting machinery duty free as an encouragement to manufactures we discourage the local manufacture of machinery. Carpet weaving is encouraged by admitting certain yarns; but this militates against the use of Colonial wools, which would make a better fabric. Considering the extent of our resources in raw materials and coal, which is the main-spring of most industries, together with the other advantages we possess, I believe local manufactures will ultimately thrive better with no exemptions whatever; and in the meantime the exemptions should be confined to raw materials we have not got or which are not developed.
The evils of isolated protection and the anomalies arising therefrom are well exemplified in the evidence taken by the Colonial Industries Commission in
One set of manufacturers wanted the duties taken off certain articles, and another set wanted more put on. It would be to the advantage of sauce and candle-makers to get bottles and wrapping paper admitted free, but the bottle and paper-makers see the question from a different aspect. And this difference of opinion is not restricted to different trades; it frequently exists in the same business. One Dunedin firm, in the furniture trade, advocated protection on a large scale; the representative of another waxed eloquent over the beauties of freetrade. The explanation in this case is not far to seek:—one manufactures the whole of the furniture from Colonial woods; the other imports it ready to put together, the fitting, polishing, and stuffing being all that is done by him. Auckland manufacturers wanted a protective duty of 35 per cent, put on agricultural implements and brass-work—beyond the abolishing of some exemptions, the representatives of these trades in Dunedin wanted nothing; and I have already shewn that they are two of the most successful manufactures in the Colony. These cases indicate the difficulties that beset any system of isolated protection, which in the end resolves itself into something approaching private monopolies.
Although it is so difficult to encourage Colonial industries in a proper manner, there is not the slightest doubt they should be encouraged, for the benefits to be derived from the establishment of manufactures of various kinds are incalculable, and our position as a commercial country will not be secure without them. It would be unwise to foster any industry that wants continual propping up—money kept in the country at this price is too dear. But when the beam is so near the balance that a slight touch will turn it, that touch should certainly be applied. The whole community will benefit by the establishment of new industries,
After considering the various branches of industry as relates to the future, in the order already fixed, I shall again revert to the general question of establishing manufactures, apart from its connection with the problems of Freetrade and Protection.
Food.—As already shewn, the Colony now grows far more food than it can consume, and its capacity for further development is very great. We are on the right track in this matter, and nothing is wanted to increase our production to an enormous extent but more people and more facilities for inter-communication.
The frozen meat trade will undoubtedly be a great impetus to the pastoral industries. The arable lands will be broken up more rapidly and laid down in English grass. Instead of having three acres for a sheep, there will be three sheep on the acre. The old race of squatters, whom I have heard derisively styled "tussockers," will give place to sheep-farmers, tillers of the soil, like their humbler brethren, the "cockatoos." Before we reach the full measure of our productiveness our flocks must be doubled, and the number of cattle and other domestic animals increased about twenty-fold.
Many of the imports under this head, such as rice, sago, and arrowroot, are grown only in tropical countries, consequently they can never be replaced by the products of New Zealand. The largest item connected with ordinary
Another large item is fruit and nuts, of which we import annually £130,000 worth. So far as soil and sun are concerned, the greater portion of these might be grown in the Colony. Why they have not been so grown is probably due to the fact that we have not yet settled down to the systematic cultivation of anything but the "staff of life."
The largest food import now existing is sugar, which in the raw and manufactured state amounts to upwards of £500,000 a year. The question of producing this article in the Colony has received considerable attention, and the cultivation of both sorghum—sugar grass or cane—and sugar beet has been practically tested in the North Island.
Although scarcely known in international trade, sorghum is much cultivated in America for Home consumption. It grows in a much colder climate than the ordinary cane of the tropics, and is said to produce an equally good sugar; the plant is also useful as fodder, being of the nature of maize. Some of the sorghum extract produced in America is manufactured into syrup and sugar, in large works, but the greater portion is worked up by the farmers themselves. The plant was unknown in the United States till
In two papers contributed to the New Zealand Institute, Judge Gillies shows that sorghum grows freely in Auckland, and that it contains the necessary quantity of juice. Several acres have been planted by himself and others, and some 50 tons of the cane crushed and otherwise experimented on. The results are so far favourable, so is also the chemical
According to the latest recorded experiments—those of Mr Pond, of Auckland—the cultivation of sugar beet of the proper quality is an accomplished fact. Considerable quantities have been grown in the Waikato, which contains 12 per cent, of sugar. This is something like 3 per cent, more than is common in the beet from which the sugars of Continental Europe are manufactured. Ordinary beet sugar is not so agreeable to the English palate as that made from cane, consequently it is unknown in New Zealand as an article of food. But this is not the case in other countries:—the annual consumption of sugar in the world is estimated at 3,190,000 tons, of which 1,900,000 is cane, 1,190,000 beet, and 100,000 other sorts. Nearly all the beet sugar is produced in France, Germany, Austria, and Russia. In those countries it is rapidly superseding all other kinds for Home consumption, and large quantities are exported. The unpleasant flavor of beet sugar is due entirely to defects in manufacture; when properly refined it is identical in every respect with cane sugar.
About 7,000,000 gallons of spirits are also distilled every year in France from beetroot. Possibly this is the source of the famous pale brandies so popular in the Colonies.
The proximity of New Zealand to cane-growing countries, and our prejudice in favour of that kind, will retard the production of beet sugar in New Zealand;
Drinks.—The liquor bill of New Zealand is a very large one, but it is satisfactory to find that the "cup which cheers without inebriating" still holds the first place. We expend far more on tea and coffee than on wine and spirits.
I have already referred to the large consumption of imported beer. There is no territorial reason why this beverage should not be made of as good a quality in south New Zealand as on the banks of the Trent. This state of affairs must either be due to defects in the local manufacture or the prejudice of the consumers. As previously remarked, the cultivation of hops is fast becoming an important industry in the northern districts of this island. Like many other crops in the virgin soil of the Colony, the yield is very large, nearly double of what it is in Kent. There is an impression abroad in Nelson that the quality is much inferior to the English article; but on making inquiries in Dunedin, I find this is not the case—there is no inherent defect in the plant, but it is not harvested and dried in the best manner. New Zealand hops have already been sent to England, and there is no reason why the export trade should not become an extensive one.
As you know, the distillation of spirits was begun in New Zealand some years ago, but it was shortly afterwards discontinued on account of the loss to the revenue by the concessions made to the promoters. They got a remission of half the duty, which at that time amounted to six shillings per gallon. It is difficult to say what amount of encouragement, if any, is required to again start this industry. In Victoria, where every
Vine culture and wine making as a local industry in New Zealand is a subject which has received considerable attention, the conclusion being that it is well adapted for the country. When we consider how well the industry is succeeding at the Cape of Good Hope, and in Australia, and California—all new countries—there can be no doubt of a similar result in New Zealand. There are many places all over the Colony where the vine grows freely; but the future wine country par excellence will, in all probability, be the interior of Otago, notably the Upper Clutha Valley. In addition to other advantages, a uniformity of climate can always be depended on. The appearance even of the country favours the idea; the slopes of the ranges in the Dunstan district always remind me of views I have seen of the wine districts in Spain and Portugal.
Several proposals have been made to the Government to begin a tea plantation in Auckland; I believe
Clothing.—The wool mills now in operation and building are quite up to our present requirements in the particular class of goods for which they are adapted, but there seem to be wide openings in other directions. Independently of the large quantity of woollen manfactures included in drapery and slops—the total of which for
The imports under the head of linens are comparatively small, being only about £20,000, but that "Maelstrom of attire"—drapery—undoubtedly includes considerable quantities of linen goods. We are now cultivating European flax for the sake of the seed, which is used in making oil. The plant grows freely; so there is only one step to be taken in establishing the cloth industry—the utilisation of the fibre. Unfortunately, the two industries of oil-pressing and linen-weaving do not work together, for the flax has to be cut at different times to suit the two purposes.
At this early stage of our history it is premature to consider cotton manufactures further than to say, that our proximity to the South Sea Islands, and the fact that we will have an extensive trade with them, gives us a locus standi in the matter. If New Zealand is to work
A number of experiments have been made in growing mulberries and breeding silk-worms. They show that nature has done all that is required for the successful production of silk in New Zealand. It will be many years before we can support a silk mill in the Colony; but there is no reason why the raw silk should not be produced for exportation. The industry is one that requires little capital, it can be carried on to a considerable extent as a pastime, like bee-keeping.
Household Requisites and Luxuries.—Reference has already been made to the large imports of furniture and other household appliances. If we only had the courage of our opinions in these matters the Colonial manufactures would soon supersede the imported ones, for the native materials can scarcely be excelled.
China, and glass, and earthenware is another class of goods of which an immense quantity is imported, although we have the raw materials for them in the country. The imports of china and earthenware alone amount to about £70,000. There is no physical reason why a large portion of the commoner articles should not even now be manufactured in the Colony.
Referring to tobacco, the principal item to be dealt with under the head of luxuries, the Colonial Industries Commission's Report says:—" The evidence establishes the fact that any quantity of tobacco, equal in quality to the first American, can be grown in New Zealand, and that there is no reason why the whole of the tobacco consumed in the Colony should not ultimately be produced and manufactured in it." The Commissioners attribute the failure of the industry entirely to the operation of the "Tobacco Act,
Building Materials.—In
In the case of cement, there are two reasons why the imports should diminish—First, because we have a good substitute in the hydraulic limes that are found in the country; and second, because the manufacture of cement is pre-eminently a Colonial industry. The bridge now in course of erection over the railway station will take about 3,000 casks of cement, all of which might be saved if the hydraulic limes on the Peninsula and at other places near Dunedin had been worked. Cement is used in this and similar works simply because the ordinary rich limes in the market have not the necessary strength, and do not set in a damp situation. With the exception of some special cases, where quick setting or extra strength is required, there are few works in New Zealand for which the native hydraulic limes are not quite suitable. These limes could possibly take the place of nine-tenths of
The reason hydraulic lime has hitherto not been made in the South Island is that it costs a little more, and the general public are indifferent to quality. This is not the case in the North; the superior quality of the material is recognised on all sides, and as a consequence the industry has become of considerable importance. The lime is carefully manufactured and prepared; it is first calcined, then broken by stampers or rollers, and finally ground like flour, the process followed in the manufacture of cement. Auckland lime is fast superseding cement in the local market; it has even found its way to Dunedin, but, strength for strength, it is not, at this distance, as cheap as the imported article.
The existence of hydraulic lime obviates to a great extent the necessity for manufacturing cement. If the former is properly utilised there is little room for the latter; but if the present system of burning nothing but common lime is continued in the Middle Island a good opening is left for cement works. We have the raw materials in profusion—it is a low-priced article, the price of which is doubled by the charges of importation, and little skilled labour is required in the manufacture, all of which are in its favour as a Colonial industry.
As you all know, the ingredients of English Portland cement are chalk and clay, in the proportion of seven of the former to three of the latter. After being mixed together the raw materials are burned in a kiln and thoroughly pulverised in the manner just described. In Germany, where there is no chalk, hard limestone is used. The quality of the cement is the same in both cases, but the latter process is somewhat more expensive.
On account of the chalk and the proximity to the
Our bill for roofing materials of all sorts, in
An important item in building materials is glass, more particularly if we include the bottles and other glass wares in the classes already noticed, which bring up the total imports to about £100,000. There is a glassworks in Auckland which produces first-class articles, but it seems to be on a very small scale. Several proposals have been made to begin one in the South Island, but they have never assumed a practical
Mechanical Industries.—The most important point connected with the mechanical industries of New Zealand is the production of iron. Including corrugated iron, fencing wire, rails, pipes, and other articles that have only been through the first processes of manufacture, we import annually about 40,000 tons of iron, valued at £500,000, which is sufficient to keep one or two small furnaces and mills at work.
Numerous attempts have been made to utilise the iron sands found in such abundance on the shores of the North Island. After many failures the problem of converting them into metal at a reasonable cost seems to have been solved in Auckland, which is rapidly becoming the seat of industries of various kinds. A furnace, on an American pattern, which embodies some new principles, has been erected at the Manukau, and, according to the latest accounts, it promises to be a success. The hematite ores which occur in such profusion in Nelson are well adapted for making steel by the new processes, now everywhere adopted. It is thus seen that there is a fair prospect of our having at no distant date a supply of the material most wanted in the mechanical arts.
It is impossible to consider individually the future prospects of the various branches of the mechanical industries; and, indeed, it is unnecessary to do so, for there are few of them untried. All that is required is to develop those that are now in existence—to build on the foundation already laid.
Mining.—The only important point connected with the mining industries that has not been touched on is
Minor Industries.—I have in this section considered in detail the more important industrial developments attainable in the immediate future, and others have been referred to in previous sections. I shall now simply enumerate minor industries and manufactures that it is possible to establish, and which, although small individually, would in the aggregate contribute largely to the local trade of the Colony. Products:—Mimosa Bark, Osiers, Pea-nuts, Currants, Mustard, Castor Oil Plant, Saffron, Perfumery, Opium, Honey, Teazles, Garden Seeds and Peruvian Bark, and other medicinal plants. Manufactures:—Vinegar, Felt, Mats, Starch, Whiting, Blacking, Ink, Glue, Basketware, Brushware, Paint, Varnish, Oils, Fuse, and Tobacco Pipes.
In conclusion, I shall consider shortly the general question of establishing and fostering Colonial industries; the advantages to be derived therefrom; the facilities for them that exist; the difficulties to be overcome; and the channels through which encouragement can be given.
As an indication of the possible expansion and development of our industries, I have analysed roughly the character of our imports. Taking them in round numbers at £6,000,000, I find that £1,500,000 is for articles which could be produced in Now Zealand by merely extending the industries already in existence; £1,500,000 for articles that could readily be produced by establishing new industries, the conditions for which
possible to produce and make three-fourths of the goods we buy from other countries.
No one questions the desirableness of establishing manufactures and other industries in a new country providing the conditions are favourable thereto, for without them the other resources of the country cannot be fully developed. As "we cannot live by bread alone," neither can we live altogether by producing bread. If we confine our colonizing operations to growing wool and corn, as we are frequently advised to do by political economists of the Old Country, our progress will speedily come to an end. Agriculture cannot live without railways, and railways cannot live on agriculture. The half-million people that inhabit New Zealand are all living on the fruits of the earth; but it only takes a sixth of the number to gather these fruits—the rest are camp followers, who minister to the regular soldiers, and without which the warfare cannot be carried on. The relative proportion of the two classes must not be brought below a certain point, otherwise the producers will suffer; and the more trades and industries are multiplied the better for them. Unless it is a positive and permanent burden, every fresh industry that starts benefits those already in existence, and the producer most of all.
The policy of the Colony all through has been one of progress, to make of itself a nation; but what nation can exist in these modern times that is composed entirely of tillers of the ground and shepherds of sheep?
In pursuance of the policy just referred to, we have
According to the highest French authorities, "that country must be considered the most prosperous in which the inhabitants are able to have the largest ratio of meat for their food." Although there is so much poverty and destitution in the Old Country, the average Englishman eats more meat than any other European, his annual consumption being 110 pounds. The next highest meat eaters in Europe are the French, with 66 pounds; and the lowest the Portuguese, with 20 pounds. According to the dictum of the French philosophers, "Britannia rules the waves," not by the force of intellect, but through the power of roast beef; and by the same rule New Zealand must be the most prosperous country in the world, for it is estimated that each of its inhabitants consumes from 200 to 250 pounds of meat per annum. As shewing the superabundance of food in the Colony, it is calculated that the rabbits killed in
With such an abundance of food New Zealand can grow strong vigorous men, which is the main point, whether brain or muscle is most required. Although the rule does not hold good in individuals, it is well known that in communities the best eaters are the best workers. This, I have no doubt, is the secret of the success of many of our undertakings in New Zealand.
With the raw materials in the country colonial industries have a large natural protection in the distance we are from the seat of manufacture. The charges connected with sending wool Home and getting it back in cloth alone come to 3d per pound; this, on the quantity worked up by our wool mills, amounts to £26,000—a very handsome protection on £150,000 worth of goods. And we not only send Home the wool to be woven into cloth, but we send the corn to feed the weavers.
The magnanimity of England as a nation is proverbial, but in a matter of business her traders are quite as ready as their neighbours to take advantage of every favouring breeze. All the philanthropic writing about freetrade that we see is not disinterested. Open ports all over the world is, in a sense, protection to the manufactures of England, which are so firmly established. There is no doubt that every effort is being made to retain the Australasian trade, which is growing enormously, and any attempt made to encourage colonial industries is strongly deprecated. Only a few days since, the English telegrams said that the Times, referring to the proposal to manufacture rails in New South Wales, hoped that the industry would not be subsidised in any way. A recent writer in an English periodical deprecated the idea of cloth being made in the colonies—he said it would pay us better to send our wool Home and have it properly manufactured by skilled workmen. I fear we would never see our own wool again. It would come back in the form of shoddy; for blankets and certain kinds of cloth can be bought in England for 20 per cent, less than the price of the wool that is supposed to be in them. It is not so much cheaper labour and higher skill, but inferior materials and wholesale
One of the greatest difficulties to contend with in establishing industries is the prejudice that exists in the minds of the public against colonial-made goods. I have frequently observed this myself; and one of our leading manufacturers considers it a greater evil than the want of protection. With the reputation we have for belauding the Colony generally, it is curious that the other side should be taken when we descend to particulars. A senator waxes eloquent over the benefits that are to accrue from the establishment of native industries, "to keep the money in the country;" but when he retires to Bellamy's, to refresh the inner man after his exertions, he will not touch what he calls the "beastly colonial."
This depreciation of home productions is by no means a new experience, it has been the case all through. In the olden times it was an accepted theory in Otago, that crops would only grow on the cleared bush lands, and that the milk of cows fed on native grass would not make butter; and many of you will remember how difficult it was to get people to use Colonial flour.
Another difficulty in establishing certain industries is the serious effect it may have on the finances of the Colony. Two of the manufactures most likely to succeed in New Zealand are the cultivation of tobacco and the distillation of spirits. The duties on these articles in
The labour question is another serious consideration in establishing certain industries, notably the cultivation of tea, tobacco, olives, grapes, and other subtropical products that require a considerable amount of manual labour. One of the English companies that offered to establish a tea plantation in the North Island stipulated for a certain proportion of Maori labour at a given rate. It was, of course, impossible to comply with this condition; neither can we depend on the South Sea Islands for cheap labour, as Queensland is at present doing. It would not be desirable to see New Zealand over-run with Chinese; but it seems to me that if the class of industries just mentioned is to be developed it can only be done through them.
Many of the industries hitherto established by public companies have been unsuccessful, simply because they were not gone into as an investment or a regular source of income, but as a speculation to be got rid of on the first opportunity.
Among the minor objections to manufactures is that the occupation has a tendency to raise up a grimy, sickly race of mortals in which the higher attributes of humanity are deteriorating. It is true that factory hands have not the physique of their brethren who work in the fields; but it does not follow that they are less comfortable or less happy—they have certainly less "care for the morrow," for their bread is sure in all weathers.
Leaving out bonuses, protection, and the other direct means of encouraging Colonial industries, which are questions for politicians to determine, I shall notice a few of the more general requirements. One of the first is a thoroughly systematic inquiry into the industrial resources of the country and a wide-spread diffusion of the knowledge thus obtained. The necessity for this is illustrated by a paragraph which lately appeared in the papers, stating that a great difficulty in
The prejudices against home-made goods already referred to will undoubtedly wear away through time, as the public get to learn that they are unfounded; and, in the meantime, any foundation that exists should be removed by the production of nothing but first-class articles in every branch of trade. On the other hand, public bodies as well as individuals should give the preference to colonial manufactures, in every case where they compete fairly with the imported article. Loyalty to our duty as colonists demands this sacrifice, if sacrifice it is.
Another important factor in the promotion of every colonial industry is the improvement in inter-communication that is constantly going on, and which will undoubtedly be continued till all the resources of the Colony are opened up. This is one of the engines started by the golden lever. Without it in the past our present position would not have been attained, and without it in the future our progress must soon come to
The last and most important requirement in extending the industries that already exist, and establishing new ones in the Colony, is men. With the cry of the "unemployed" still ringing in our ears, this statement may appear open to question, but it is nevertheless true. In New Zealand we want most of all men, women, and children-" all sorts and conditions of men," and of all "kindreds and tongues," to develop the varied resources of the Colony. Anglo-Saxons to trade, grow corn, and drive engines; Italians to plant olives; Frenchmen to make wine; and Mongolians to grow tea and tobacco. If a tithe of the industries we have discussed to-night were fully developed, and the population increased in due proportion, there would be fewer unemployed. We have them now so often simply because the sources of employment are so limited.
The patience with which you have listened to my long attempt to lay before you the past, present, and future of the industries of New Zealand is a proof that you do not consider the subject a dry one. We might even go further and find a ray of sentiment amid the smoke and din of busy labour, for in opening out new fields of industry we are contributing our mite towards the building up of a State which may eventually occupy a prominent position among the nations of the world.
Translate—
Hoc tumultu nuntiato Marcellinus X cohortes subsidio nostris laborantibus summittit ex castris; quae fugientes conspicatae neque illos suo adventu confirmare potuerunt neque ipsae hostium impetum tulerunt. Itaque quodcunque addebatur subsidio id correptum timore fugientium terrorem et periculum augebat; hominum enim multitudine receptus prohibebatur. In eo proelio cum gravi vulnere esset affectus aquilifer et a viribus deficeretur, conspicatus equites nostros, "Hanc ego," inquit, "et vivus multos per annos magna diligentia defendi et nunc moriens eadem fide Cæsari restituo. Nolite, obsecro, committere, quod ante in exercitu Caesaris non accidit, ut rei militaris dedecus admittatur, incolumemque ad eum deferte." Hoc casu aquila conservatur omnibus primae cohortis centurionibus interfectis praeter principem priorem.
Write notes on subsidio, a viribus deficeretur, committere.
Translate into Latin—
(For Medical Students and Candidates for Junior Scholarships.)
Translate—
1. Praeclare epistola quadam Alexandrum filium Philippus accusat quod largitione benevolentiam Macedonum consectetur: "Quae te, malum," inquit, "ratio in istam spem induxit, ut eos tibi fideles putares fore quos pecunia corrupisses? An tu id agis ut Macedones non te regem suum sed ministrum et praebitorem sperent fore?"
Explain the use of the pluperfect corrupisses.
2. Nondum centum et decern anni sunt quum de pecuniis repetundis a L. Pisone lata lex est, nulla antea quum fuisset. At vero postea tot leges et proximae quaeque duriores, tot rei, tot damnati, tantum Italicum bellum propter judiciorum metum excitatum, tanta, sublatis legibus et judiciis, expilatio direptioque sociorum, ut imbecillitate aliorum non nostra virtute valeamus.
Give rules for the position of quisque in a Latin sentence.
Decline
Give the comparative and superlative (nominative singular masculine only) of Give the ordinary tenses in use (first person singular indicative only) of .
Write out in the usual Attic form the present optative active and the first aorist optative active of
Parse
Classify the uses of the definite article, and frame sentences.
Distinguish and .
Translate .
Express in Greek:—This queen, the middle of the city, half of the ships.
Translate:—
1. .
Explain the use of in the last sentence.
Parse .
2.
(Note:— a muleteer).
Parse .
Translate into Greek:—
Having entered the city he summoned all the inhabitants to the market-place, and addressed them as follows:—We are here, my friends, not for any evil purpose, but to make you partakers of freedom. Do not be deceived. It is not we but your own evil counsellors whom you have to fear. They, under the pretence of guarding you from foreign foes, have for years past been keeping you in bondage.
Express in Greek (without using ):—
num and nonne?
Explain fully the grammar and meaning of the sentences and .
London: The Palace.
Enter Richard, in pomp, crowned; Buckingham, Catesby, a page, and others.
Stand all apart. Cousin of Buckingham.
My gracious sovereign?
Give me thy hand. [Here he ascendeth his throne.] Thus high, by thy advice
And thy assistance, is King Richard seated:
But shall we wear these honours for a day?
Or shall they last, and we rejoice in them?
Still live they, and for ever may they last!
O Buckingham, now do I play the touch
To try if thou be current gold indeed:
Young Edward lives: think now what I would say.
Say on, my loving lord.
Why, Buckingham, I say, I would be king.
Why, so you are, my thrice renowned liege.
Ha! am I king? 'Tis so; but Edward lives.
True, noble prince.
O bitter consequence,
That Edward still should live! 'True, noble prince!'
Cousin, thou wert not wont to be so dull:
Shall I be plain? I wish the bastards dead;
And I would have it suddenly perform'd.
What sayest thou? Speak suddenly; be brief.
Your grace may do your pleasure.
Tut, tut, thou art all ice, thy kindness freezeth;
Say, have I thy consent that they shall die?
Give me some breath, some little pause, my lord,
Before I positively speak herein;
I will resolve your grace immediately. [Exit]
Catesby. [Aside to a stander by] The king is angry: sec, he bites the lip.
7. Punctuate the following passage:—
"Once she asked him when they were alone what he was thinking about, you said Paul without the least reserve and what are you thinking about me, asked Mrs Pipchin I'm thinking how old you must be said Paul you mustnt say such things as that young gentleman returned the dame thatll never do why not asked Paul because its not polite said Mrs. Pipchin snappishly not polite said Paul no its not polite said Paul innocently to eat all the mutton chops and toast Wickam says Wickam retorted Mrs Pipchin colouring is a wicked impudent bold faced hussy whats that inquired Paul never you mind sir retorted Mrs Pipchin remember the story of the little boy that was gored to death by a mad bull for asking questions if the bull was mad said Paul how did he know that the boy had asked questions nobody can go and whisper secrets to a mad bull I dont believe that story you dont believe it sir repeated Mrs Pipchin amazed no said Paul not if it should happen to have been a tame bull you little infidel said Mrs Pipchin."
1. Explain why the word Corncille remains invariable in the first of the two following sentences and varies in the second:—
Les Corneille et les Racine ont illustré la scène frangaise.
Un coup d'œil de Louis enfantait des Corneilles.
2. Explain why demi varies in some of the following examples but not in others:—
Deux heures et demie, sept livres et demie, une demi-heure, midi et demi.
3. Explain why cent and vingt take an s in:—
Deux cents hommes, j'en ai trois cents, quatre-vingts femmes, il y en a quatre-vingts. And do not take an s in—Trois cent-dix hommes, j'en ai trois cent-quinze, quatre-vingt-trois femmes, il y en a quatre-vingt-quatre.
4. Why does the adverb tout vary in:—
Klle était toute honteuse. Les ponimes étaient toutes chaudes. Elle était toute baignée de pleurs.
5. Explain why la plus heureuse is used in the first sentence that follows and le plus heureux in the second:—
De toutes les femmes elle est la plus heureuse. C'est auprès de ses enfants qu'elle est le plus heureux.
6. Explain why de is substituted for the partitive article in:—
J'ai de bon pain. Voilà de petits enfants. And why the following are correct:—
Ce sont des bons mots. J'ai des petits pâtés.
7. Translate: My father was a doctor. Are you a Frenchman? He is a nobleman. I have many friends (express many by beaucoup). I have many friends (express many by bien).
8. Translate: Are you afraid to do it? Are you not ashamed of your conduct? I am very sleepy. I am hungry and thirsty.
9. Translate: Are you the mother of this child? Yes, sir, I am. Little girl, are you sorry for what you have done? Yes, sir, I am. Are you the sisters of Mr. B.? Yes, sir, we are. Are your sisters pleased? Yes, sir, they are.
10. Translate: They were all singing and suddenly they saw some singing birds. Singing themselves they did not hear the singing of the birds
11. Translate: Which of these two books? Which book did you take? The book which you took. The book which is on the table.
12. Translate: Who knocks at the door? It is I. I who knocked at the door. I knocked at the door. I alone went there. He, you and will go there.
13. Give the 3rd pers. plur. of every simple tense of diner.
14. Translate: I will send you my papers to-morrow. Thy water is boiling. I ran very hard yesterday. I gather flowers ever morning. You have told a lie. I offered him my pen. Come here my child. He clothes the poor. I shall sit down here. I am moving the stone.
15. Give in full the pres. ind. of:—
Savoir, mouvoir, s'asseoir, dire, faire.
16. Translate, using the verb faire:—
To be wrecked, to fence (with foils), to feign, to sail, to move to pity.
17. Translate, and do not use the verb devenir:—
To turn brown, to become hard, to grow rich, to get used, to grow weak.
18. Give the equivalent French proverbs for:—
To put the cart before the horse. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. All that glitters is not gold. Still waters run deep. Charity begins at home.
Translate into English:—
Il y avait à la cour du roi Hérode un homme riehe, qui était son grand chambellan. Il s'habillait de pourpre et de tissus précieux, et passait sa vie dans le luxe et les délices. Un jour, un ami de sa jeunesse, qu'il n'avait pas vu depuis long-temps, arriva d'un pays lointain pour le visiter. Le chambellan commanda en son honneur un grand festin, auquel il invita tous ses amis. La table était couverte de mets délicieux, servis dans des plats d'or et d'argent; il y avait beaucoup de vases précieux, remplis de parfums et de vins de toutes sortes. L'homme riche, assis au haut de la table, paraissait fort gai, et son ami qui était venu de si loin, était à sa droite. Ils mangèrent et burent jusqu'à ce qu'ils furent rassasiés.
Alors l'etranger dit au chambellan: "Jamais je n'ai vu dans mon pays une magnificence pareille à celle de ta maison!" Il se mit à vanter la fortune et la richesse de son ami, et il l'estimait le plus heureux des mortels.
Mais le chambellan du roi Hérode prit une pomme qui était sur un plat d'or. La pomme était grosse, belle et rouge en dehors comme la pourpre. Il l'offrit à son hôte, en lui disant: Cette pomme reposait sur l'or, et sa forme est superbe! Celui-ci prit la pomme, la coupa en deux: un ver en rongeait le cœur.
Etonné, il regarda le chambellan; mais le chambellan baissa les yeux en soupirant, et dit: "Voilà l'image de mon bonheur."
Also,
Oswald, animé par le danger qu'il venait de courir, les cheveux épars, le regard fier et doux, frappa d'admiration et presque de fanatisme la foule qui le considérait; les femmes surtout s'exprimaient avec cette imagination qui est un don presque universel en Italie, et prête souvent de la noblesse aux discours des gens du peuple. Elles se jetaient à genoux devant lui, et s'écriaient: "Vous êtes sÛrement Saint Michel, le patron de notre ville; déployez vos ailes, mais ne nous quittez pas: allez là-haut, sur le clocher de la cathédrale, pour que de là toute la ville vous voie et vous prie." "Mon enfant est malade," disait l'une, "guérissez-le." "Dites-moi," disait l'autre, "où est mon mari, qui est absent depuis deux années." Oswald cherchait une manière de s'échapper. Le Comte d'Erfeuil arriva et lui dit, en lui serrant la main: "Cher Nelvil, il faut pourtant partager quelque chose avec ses amis; c'est mal fait de prendre ainsi pour soi seul tous les périls." "Tirez-moi d'ici," lui dit Oswald à voix basse. Un moment d'obscurité favorisa leur fuite, et tous les deux en hâte allèrent prendre des chevaux à la poste.
Translate into French:—
A narrow path led the travellers across a fine verdant plain, when they turned westward, and were guided by a small river which issues from the mouth of the cave. During three quarters of an hour, they continued to ascend, sometimes walking in the water, and sometimes between the torrent and a wall of rocks, by a path rendered slippery and fatiguing by masses of earth and trunks of fallen trees, which they had to surmount. On a sudden turn of the road, which winds like the stream, they found themselves before the immense opening of the grotto. Baron Humboldt states that the aspect of the place was majestic, even to an eye accustomed to the picturesque scenery of the Alps; he had visited the Peak Cavern in Derbyshire, and was acquainted with the different caves of Franconia, the Hartz and Carpathian mountains, and the uniformity generally observable in all these led him to expect a scene of a similar character in that which he was about to visit; but the reality far exceeded his expectations; for, if the structure of the cave, and the variety and beauty of the stalactites, resembled those he had elsewhere witnessed, the majesty of equinoctial vegetation gave an individual character and indescribable superiority to the entrance of the Cavern of the Guacharo.
Translate into English—
Des Schneiderlein wanderte und kam in einen grossen Wald: da begegnete ihm ein Haufen Räuber, die hatten vor, des Königs Schatz zu bestehlen. Als sie das Schneiderlein sahen, dachten sie "so ein kleiner Kerl kann durch ein Schlüsselloch kriechen," "Heda!" rief einer, "du Riese Goliath, willst du mit mir zur Schatzkammer gehen? Du kannst dich hineinschleichen und das Geld heraus werfen. Der Daumerling besann sich, endlich sagte er 'ja' und ging mit zu der Schatzkammer. Da besah er die Thür oben und unten, ob kein Ritz darin wäre. Nicht lange, so entdeckte er einen und wollte geich einsteigen. Die eine Schildwache sprach zur anderen:" Was kriecht da für eine garstige Spinne! Ich will sie todt treten. "Lass das arme Thier gehen!" sagte die andere, "es hat dir ja nichts gethan."
1. If a=5, b=4, c=3 find the value of
2. Find the value of writing your answer in ascending powers of x.
3. Divide
4. Simplify
5. Resolve into elementary factors
6. Simplify
7. Solve the equations
8. A man leaves by will a sum of £a, of which his eldest son gets £x, his wife £y and his daughter half the sum of the share of the wife and son; the remainder is given in equal shares to three charities. How much does each get?
9. A labourer saves 10 per cent of his wages; in consequence of a strike his wages are raised half-a-crown a week, but the cost of living increases in the ratio of 12 to 13, and he finds that he now saves 6s 6d a year less than before. Find his original rate of wages.
Extra questions for Medical Students.
10. Find the square root of
11. Simplify
Extract the square root of
12. Solve the equations
Define a right angle, a rectangle, and a triangle. Classify triangles with respect to their angles, and with respect to their sides. Draw a right-angled isosceles triangle.
If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to two sides of the other each to each, and have likewise the angles contained by those sides equal, the triangles shall be equal in every respect.
What name is given to the method of proof adopted in this proposition? Quote the axiom on which it depends.
The angles which one straight line makes with another upon the one side of it are together equal to two right angles.
The sides of a triangle are produced beyond the base; shew that if the angles at the base are equal, the angles on the other side of the base shall also be equal.
Define parallel straight lines, a parallelogram, and a rhombus.
Shew that if the diagonal of a parallelogram bisects one of the angles through which it passes the parallelogram is a rhombus.
To describe a parallelogram equal to a given rectilineal figure, and having an angle equal to a given rectilineal angle.
If the square described upon one of the sides of a triangle be equal to the squares described upon the other two sides of it, the angle contained by those two sides is a right angle.
If the longest sides of a right-angled triangle are 12 and 13, find the shortest side.
If a straight line be divided into any two parts, the squares of the whole line and of one of the parts are equal to twice the rectangle contained by the whole and that part, together with the square of the other part.
To describe a square that shall be equal to a given rectilineal figure.
Through E, the bisection of the diagonal BD of a quadrilateral ABCD, draw FEG parallel to AC, and shew that AG will bisect the figure.
Candidates coming up for the Preliminary Medical Examination are requested to omit questions 3, 6, and 9, and to substitute for them the three following questions:—
The diameter is the greatest chord in a circle, and of all others that which is nearer to the centre is greater than one more remote.
A point P is given within a circle; shew how to draw-through that point the longest and the shortest possible chords.
If a straight line touch a circle, and from the point of contact a straight line be drawn cutting the circle, the angles made by this line with the tangent are equal to the angles which are in the alternate segments of the circle.
Upon a given straight line to describe a segment of a circle containing an angle equal to a given angle.
Having given the base, the vertical angle, and the altitude of a triangle; construct the triangle.
(Candidates are expected to answer nine questions).
(Three hours allowed for this paper).
1. Explain the terms acceleration, foot-pound, specific gravity. Distinguish between the mass of a body and its weight. Is a pound a unit of mass or of weight?
2. State the second law of motion.
A ferry-boat has to go straight across an estuary where the tide is running at the rate of 5 miles an hour. If the boat can steam 10 miles an hour, shew on a diagram the direction in which she should be steered.
3. If a body start from rest under the influence of a constant force, find the space described in a given time.
A body starting from rest is observed to pass over 162 feet in 6 seconds; what is the acceleration, supposed constant?
4. In what time will a falling body acquire the velocity of 20 miles an hour?
5. A 321b. cannon-ball is moving with a velocity of 1000 feet per second; find in foot-pounds the work it is capable of performing.
6. Define the centre of gravity of a body.
Two heavy particles, weighing respectively 4 and 9 ounces, are attached to the ends of a straight weightless rod 12 inches long; find the position of their centre of gravity.
7. What is meant by the moment of a force? How is its magnitude measured?
A uniform straight lever is 6 feet long and weighs 10lbs.
If weights of 20 and 301bs. be suspended from its extremities, find the position of the fulcrum on which it will balance.
8. Make a diagram of the system of pulleys in which each string is attached to the weight.
If there are three moveable pulleys find what power will sustain a weight of 2801bs.
9. Shew that if two liquids, that do not mix, meet in a bent tube open at both ends, the heights of their upper surfaces above their common surface will be inversely proportional to their densities.
10. A piece of metal weighs 120grs. in air and 105grs. when suspended in water; find its specific gravity.
Note.—Candidates may select questions from Section A or from Section B, but not from both.
Translate—
1. (The Romans being at war with the people of Falerii, a traitorous Faliscan tutor had decoyed from the town a number of high-born Faliscan boys and taken them to Camillus, the Roman general.)
Ibi scelesto facinori scelestiorem sermonem addidit, Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse, quando eos pueros, quorum parentes capita ibi rerum sint, in potestatem dediderit. Quae ubi Camillus audivit, "Non ad similem" inquit "tui nec populum nec imperatorem scelestus ipse cum scelesto munere venisti. Nobis cum Faliscis quae pacto fit humano societas non est; quam ingeneravit natura utrisque est eritque. Sunt et belli sicut pacis jura, justeque ea non minus quam fortiter didicimus gerere. Arma habemus non adversus earn aetatem cui etiam captis urbibus parcitur, sed adversus armatos et ipsos, qui nec laesi nec lacessiti a nobis castra Romana ad Veios oppugnarunt. Eos tu quantum in te fuit novo scelere vicisti; ego Romanis artibus, virtute, opere, armis, sicut Veios, vinenm." Denudatum deinde eum manibus post tergum illigatis reducendum Falerios pueris tradidit, virgasque eis quibus proditorem agerent in urbem verberantes dedit.
Nam extraordinarium imperium populare atque ventosum est, minime nostrae gravitatis, minime hujus ordinis. Bello Antiochi magno et gravi, quum L. Scipioni provincia obvenisset Asia, parumque in eo putaretur esse animi, parum roboris, senatusque ad collegam ejus, C. Laelium, hujus Sapientis patrem, negotium deferret, surrexit P. Africanus, frater major L. Scipionis, et illam ignominiama familia deprecatus est; dixitque et in fratre suo summam virtutem esse summumque consilium, neque se ei legatimi, id aetatis iisque rebus gestis, defuturum. Quod quum ab eo esset dictum, nihil est de Scipionis provincia commutatimi; nec plus extraordinarium imperium ad id bellum quaesitum quam duobus antea maximis Punicis bellis, quae a consulibus aut a dictatoribus gesta et confecta sunt, aut quam Pyrrhi, quam Philippi, quam post Achaico bello, quam Punico tertio, ad quod populus Romanus ita sibi ipse delegit idoneum ducem, P. Scipionem, ut eum tamen bellum gerere consulem vellet.
Write notes on the imperfect deferret, and on ita—ut.
Illustrate the use of the subjunctives ornet and transcendat.
Explain Ascraeo.
Paper B.—(To be answered by candidates for Junior Scholarships).
(The Dioscuri bid Orestis go to Athens and take his trial at the court of Areopagus).
Translate:—
Write notes on (lines 2 and 16), (4), (6), (7), (8), (12), (22).
Translate:—
For Greek prose:—
As Xenophon was marching through the interior, his cavalry while scouring the country in front of him fell in with some old men who were travelling to some place or other. When they were brought to Xenophon he questioned them whether they had noticed any other body of Greek troops. They told him all that had happened, and how the Arcadians were at that moment hemmed in on a hill, and the Thracians in full force had completely surrounded them. Thereupon he had the men closely guarded, intending to have them as guides when necessary, and having stationed look-out-men he assembled his troops and addressed them as follows:—"Soldiers, some of the Arcadians are killed and the rest are hemmed in on a hill. Now my opinion is that if they lose their lives there is no safety for us either, considering the great numbers and confidence of the enemy. Our best course, therefore, is to relieve them, and so have them to help us in battle, instead of being left to fight alone.
1. Point out any changes that have taken place in the history of the following words:—each, zounds, could, farther, soul, megrim, brethren, kerchief, else, tyrant, ours, icicle, pea, stirrup, foreign, nostril, newt, participle, alderliefest.
2. a. From what languages have the following words come into English?—alligator, hammock, tornado, cabal, sure, alcohol, motto, bivouac, yacht, chess, loafer, verandah, zinc.
β. Discuss the question whether a and the are rightly classified under a separate part of speech, and distinguish the following uses of the:—(a) The river Clyde; (b) The Americans; (c) The lily is the fairest of flowers; (d) This is the masterpiece of our author; (e) The meek shall inherit the earth; (f) He gave up law and entered the church; (g) He threw himself from the monument; (h) The Napoleon of the East; (i) He was wounded in the arm.
3. Distinguish admittance and admission; romantic and sentimental; imagination and fancy; reformation and reform; liberty and freedom; usage and custom.
4. Explain and comment upon any Dost thou think because thou art virtuous there shall be no more cakes and ale? Dan Chaucer well of English undefiled On Fame's eternal beadroll worthy to be filed. Hear you this Triton of the minnows? Hail, holy light, offspring of heaven first-born. There's husbandry in heaven; their candles are all out. Then to the well-bred stage anon, If Jonson's learned sock be on. He that is beaten may be said To lie in honour's truckle bed. Or call up him that left half-told The story of Cambuscan bold. Ye towers of Julius, London's lasting shame. The child is father of the man. The blind old man of Scio's rocky isle. A little learning is a dangerous thing. Drink deep or taste not the Pierian spring. Arcades ambo, id est, blackguards both. Bidding his beads all day for his trespass. This my hand will rather The multitudinous seas incarnadine Making the green one red.six of the following passages:—
(Turn over)
5. Put any two of the following passages into ordinary English prose; point out the excellencies of expression which the paraphrase rejects, and comment upon the italicised words in the two:—
(a)
was lever han at his beddes hed,salttrie.all be that he was a philosophre,hente
(b) Honour pricks me on. Yea, but how if honour prick me off when I come on? How then? Can honour set to a leg? No. Or an arm? No. Or take away the grief of a wound? No. Honour hath no skill in surgery, then? No. What is honour? A word. What is that word honour? Air. A trim reckoning. Who hath it? He that died o' Wednesday. Doth he feel it? No. Doth he bear it? No. Is it insensible, then? Yea, to the dead. Hut will it not live with the living? No. Why? Detraction will not suffer it; therefore, i'll none of it: honour is a mere scutcheon, and so ends my catechism.
(c)
syllable of recorded time;dusty death; out out, brief candle!
(d) Methinks I see in my mind a noble and puissant nation rousing herself like a strong man after sleep, and shaking her invincible locks; methinks I see her as an eagle mewing her mighty youth and kindling her undazzled eyes at the full mid-day beam, purging and unsealing her long-abused sight at the fountain itself of heavenly radiance; while the whole noise of timorous and flocking birds with those also that love the twilight, flutter about, amazed at what she means, and, in their envious gabble, would prognosticate a year of sects and schisms.
Write a short essay on any one of the following subjects:—
one tragic character in Shakespeare's plays.
Translate into English:—
Also,
Pendant quelque temps Wallace se contenta d'améliorer la discipline de ses soldats et de relever leur moral au moyen d'escarmouches insignifiantes et d'attaques sur des points peu importants. Il eut assez de succès pour s'acquérir un renom qui grandit rapidement dans son armée, mais celle-ci était encore bien inférieure à celle avec laquelle Surrey, qu'Edouard avait fait gouverneur d'Ecosse, le surprit à Stirling. A cette époque on traversait le Forth par un pont si
The destiny of the Pompeians must have been dreadful. It was not a stream of fire that encompassed their abodes; they could then have sought refuge in flight. Neither did an earthquake swallow them up: sudden suffocation would then have spared them the pangs of a lingering death. A rain of ashes buried them alive by degrees. We will read the delineation of Pliny:—" A darkness suddenly overspread the country; not like the darkness of a moonless night; but like that of a closed room, in which the light is of a sudden extinguished. Women screamed, children moaned, men cried. Here, children were anxiously calling their parents; and there parents were seeking their children, or husbands their wives; all recognised each other only by their cries. The former lamented their own fate, and the latter that of those dearest to them. Manx-called on the gods for assistance; others despaired of the assistance of the gods, and thought this the last eternal night of the world. Actual dangers were magnified by unreal terrors, The earth continued to shake, and men, half distracted, to reel about, exaggerating their own fears, and those of others, by terrifying predictions."
1.—Translate into German—
2.—Translate into English—
3.—Translate into German—
4.—Translate into English—
5.—Translate into German—
For the present, I shall observe only that in the case of Schiller, I love his works chiefly because I venerate the memory of the man: whereas, in the case of Richter, my veneration and affection for the man is founded wholly on my knowledge of his works. The distinction will point out Richter as the most eligible author for your present purpose.—De Quincey.
6.—Literary Questions—
1. Find the value of 2/37 of of £268 13s 6¼ d.
2. Land is sold for £30 an acre, cakculate its price in france per hectrarem having given that a hectare os 100 square décamètres, that a decameter = 393·7 inches, and that a pound contains 25·2 francs.
3. If the discount on £461 4s 7½d. at 8 per cent. Be £11 7s 9 2/9d., when is the bill due?
4. The birth rate and the death rate of a population in my year ar respectively 7 per cent. And 2 per cent of the population at the beginning of that year. If the present population be 20,000, what will it be five year hence?
5. A person who has £3645 can make £6 a year more by investing it in the 4 per cents at 102½ than in the 3½ per cents. What is the price of the latter stock?
6. Prove the rule for finding the Highest Common Divisor of two algebraical expression.
Find the Highest Common Divisor of
x4−9ax3−a2x2−a4x4−10ax3−2a2x2−a4
7. In what sence can you be said to multiple by a fraction or by a negative quantity?
Multiply and divide the result by
8. Prove that and bence find its value correct to three places of decimals.
9. Solve the equations
10. In the product (x+a)(x+b)(x+c), the coefficient x2 vanishes, and in the product (x−a) (x+b) (x+c) the coefficient of x vanishes, and the coefficient of x in the former is the same as that of x2 in the latter, find a.
11. Find the relations between the roots of the equation x2+ax+b=0 and its coefficients.
If ⍺ and β be the roots of this equation, find the equation whose roots are a
1. Prove that any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the third side.
If straight lines be drawn from the angular points of a triangle to the middle points of the opposite sides, those straight lines are together less than the perimeter of the triangle.
2. If the middle points of the opposite sides of any quadrilateral be joined, the squares on these lines are together half the squares on the diagonals.
3. Prove that in a circle equal chords cut off equal arcs.
The side BC of a triangle is bisected at right angles by a line which meets the circumscribing circle in D and E, prove that AD and AE are the bisectors of the internal and external angles at A.
4. Inscribe a circle in a given triangle.
5. Triangles and parallelograms of the same altitude are to one another as their bases.
ABC is a triangle, D the middle point of BC, any line through B meets AD in E and AC in F; prove that the ratio of CF to FA is twice that of DE to EA.
6. Prove that the formula cos (90° + A) = − sin A.
Show that
7. Prove that cos (⍺ + β) = cos ⍺ cos β−sin ⍺ sin β when ⍺ and β are each less than a right angle but their sum greater than a right angle.
Prove that
8. Find a formula which will include all the angles which have the same tangent as a.
Solve the equation .
9. Prove that in any triangle
10. An artillery officer knows that the distance between two of the enemy's forts is c, and that the line joining them runs east and west. He finds that the forts subtend an angle a at his eye, and, after walking a distance ⍺ parallel to the line joining the forts, he finds that they again subtend an angle ⍺. Show how to find his original distance from the nearest fort.
1. Describe the process of colonisation under Elizabeth, James I., and Charles I.
2. What do you know of—
3. Trace the steps by which the American Colonies were lost.
4. What was "the Colonial system?" Show how it retarded the progress of the Colonies, and led to wars between the colonising countries.
5. Relate, with dates, the circumstances of the foundation of the various Australasian Colonies.
6. Mention the districts most famous for the production of silver, tin, petroleum, coffee, olives, indigo, alpaca, gutta percha.
7. Give the positions of the principal unproductive tracts on the earth's surface, and state in each case whether the barrenness of the district results from climate, soil, situation, or other causes.
8. How far are the following statements true?—
9. Give the positions, and describe the principal products of the most important groups of islands in the South Pacific.
10. What do you know of the following?—
Altdorf, Balaclava, the Carpathian Mountains, the Dnieper, Elephanta, Funchal, the Giants' Causeway, Cape Hat-teras, Kiel, Labium, Milford Haven, Ning-Po, Okhotsk, Prince Edward's Island, Rochelle, Sandy Hook, Tananarive, Chicago, Ottawa, Salt Lake City, Trinidad, Foo Chow, Zurich.
1. If two forces P and Q are inclined at an angle ⍺, prove that the magnitude R of their resultant is given by
R2 = P2 + Q2 + 2 PQ cos ⍺.
If the resultant of two equal forces inclined at an angle a is twice the magnitude of the resultant when the forces are inclined at an angle π−⍺, prove that
2. Weights of 8lbs, 10lbs, 12lbs are placed respectively at the angular points A B C of a triangle; prove that the centre of gravity of the system lies on a line drawn parallel to A C through G, the centre of gravity of the triangle. Where in this line is the required centre of gravity situated?
3. Explain the meaning of the terms acceleration, momentum, work, energy.
State the principle of the conservation of energy.
A rifle bullet strikes a target. What becomes of the kinetic energy of the bullet?
4. A bucket is lowered into a well with uniform velocity and after it has decended 25 feet it is struck by a stone let fall from the top of the well one second after the bucket started. What is the velocity with which the bucket is lowered?
5. State and prove the proposition called the parallelogram of velocities.
6. How is an impulse measured?
A 64lb shot is fired from a 10 ton gun; the velocity of the shot being 2000 feet a second. Find the velocity with which the gun begins to recoil. If it be brought to rest in a distance of 8 feet by friction, asumed to be uniform throughout the motion, calculate the friction.
7. Find the ratio of the power to the weight in that system of pulleys in which each string is vertical and each attached to the weight.
8. What is meant by the specific gravity of a body?
The specific gravities of gold and copper are 19·3 and 8·8 respectively, find the specific gravity of an alloy of gold and copper in the ratio of 11 to 1.
9. From a cubical tank whose edge is 4 ft. a pipe rises 10 feet high. If the tank and the pipe be filled with water, calculate the pressure on each face of the tank, assuming that a cubic foot of water weighs 1000 oz.
10. Investigate the conditions which must be satisfied if a body float freely in a liquid.
The work carried on in the school has for its object the systematic study of practical Art and the knowledge of its scientific principles, with a view to developing the application of Art to the common uses of life, and to the requirements of Trade and Manufactures.
The instruction includes the following subjects:—
The Annual Session consists of three Terms, each lasting thirteen weeks, commencing severally in January, May, and September.
Morning classes meet on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, from 10 to 1. Fees:—£1 10s. per Term; £4 per Annual Session.
Evening classes meet on Monday, Wednesday and Friday, from 7 to 9. Fees:—15s. per Term; £2 per Annual Session.
All fees payable in advance.
Permission will be given to students properly qualified, to study in the school daily between the hours of 10 and 5.
A Register of the students' attendance is kept and may be consulted by parents and guardians, or copies will be forwarded if desired.
Further information may be obtained on personal application at the school, or by letter addressed to the Master, School of Art, Canterbury College, Christchurch.
Stage I.—Elementary Linear Drawing, By the aid of instruments.
Stage II.—Advanced Linear Drawing, by the aid of instruments.
Stage III.—Models, Freehand Drawing and Shading.
Stage IV.—Ornament, Freehand Drawing and Shading.
Stage V.—Botanical Drawing. Flower Painting.
Stage IV.—Landscape. Still-Life, etc.
Stage VII.—The Human Figure.
Stage VIII.—Drawing and Painting Animal Forms.
Stage IX.—Modelling. Ornament, Flowers, etc.
Stage X.—Modelling, the Human Figure and Animals.
Stage XI.—Design.
Stage XII.—Machine Construction and Drawing.
Stage XIII.—Building Construction and drawing—Architecture.
Stage XIV.—Drawing on Wood (Wood Engraving).
Stage XV.—Drawing on Stone, (Lithography).
Before proceeding to definite courses of study, students are required to take up Elkmentary Drawing or show evidence that they have already done so, it comprises:—
In following out the courses of instruction, students are required to pass in the following stages.
Course I.—For Students Wishing to Study Flowers, Still-Life and Landscape.
Course II.—For Students Wishing to Study the Figure.
Course III.—Design.
Outlining ornament from the round.
Shading from the flat.
A course of outline drawing and monochrome colouring from Jacobsthal, Meurer, and other works.
Study of historic ornament.
Foliage in outline, lectures on plant form applied to elementary design.
Shading from the round.
Flower painting.
Original design.
Modelling, Ornament or Flowers, etc.
Before entering this class students must pass the preparatory stages in Course I.
The Figure.—Students will take up the preparatory stages in Course II. before modelling the figure.
Design.—Preparatory stages of Course III. must have been passed.
Machine Construction.
Building Construction—Architecture.
Illustration on. Wood (Wood Engraving) and Stone (Lithography).
Students taking up this work must show a thorough knowledge of that particular course to be illustrated.
Courses of Lectures on the following subjects will also be delivered, as may be arranged, due notice of which will be given:—
Anatomy of the Human Figure as applied to Art.
Historical Development of Ornamental Art.
During geometry and perspective lectures students will be required to make notes, and work out the problems drawn on the blackboard to scale. Additional work will be given, which students will be expected to finish before the following lecture.
Each lecture in Building construction and Machine construction will be divided into two parts. In the first half, the subject in the syllabus will be described and illustrated by rough sketches on the blackboard. Students must be provided with books to take notes and sketches. The latter half will be devoted to some particular example of the subject which will be drawn full size or to scale; students will be required to make a similar drawing to scale and finish it before the following lecture.
Every Friday morning at 11 o'clock, students who are working in Stage V. will attend a short lecture on Botanical Drawing and Plant Form as applied to Art. Fresh specimens of a plant then in flower will be supplied at each lecture for the use of students; it will be drawn in detail on the blackboard; its botanical characteristics pointed out, with suggestions for ornamental arrangement.
There will be a public exhibition of students' works at the end of each annual session: no work executed in the school, can, therefore, be removed until after such examination. All drawings, when finished and approved of, must be delivered to the Master, who will be responsible for their safety, and return them to their owners at the end of the annual session.
Annual examinations are held in December in the following subjects:—
Freehand drawing, from flat examples.Practical Geometry.Linear perspective.Model drawing.Blackboard drawing, from memory.
Canditates who pass in all the five subjects obtain the Teachers' Elementary Drawing Certificate.
The "pass" standard for these examinations is the same as that of the 2nd grade, Science and Art Department, London. Candidates who hold any of these certificates, awarded by the above department subsequent to the year
a. Feehand.—Candidates will be required to enlarge an outline drawing of symmetrical ornament, without the aid of any kind of mechanical means of execution, such as ruling, &c., or the use of any thing but pencil, paper, and indiarubber.
b. Geometry.—Plane—The use of scales, instruments, &c. Construction of figures from given angles, sides, diagonals and diameters; tangential inscribed and circumscribed figures. Proportionals and areas. Pattern drawing and simple tracery. Solid—Plans, elevations and sections of elementary solids in simple positions, projection of plane figures.
The instruments required are a plane scale of inches divided into eighths, pencil compasses, set squares and T square, an H pencil and indiarubber.
c. Perspective.—Students will be required to show a knowledge of the use of vanishing and measuring points used in horizontal planes, and to represent simple solids or objects on the ground plane in any position.
Instruments required similar to those for geometry.
d. Model.—The exercise in this subject consists of drawing from a group of three or more geometrical models and simple vases, single objects of household furniture or domestic utensils of well defined form. Candidates are expected to show a knowledge of the effect of perspective in modifying the appearance of the models, and may estimate their apparent relative size by holding the pencil between the eye and the objects. No ruling or use of instruments is allowed in working this exercise.
e. Blackboard.—This exercise is intended to test the candidates' power to use, in aid of their general teaching, the skill which they have obtained in drawing. In addition to facility in the use of chalk and the blackboard, it is required that they should be able to give a fair representation of the form of any familiar object. Candidates will therefore be required to draw from memory one of three or four objects of ordinary household furniture to be named by the examiner. Candidates will also be required to draw Roman or Italic letters about nine inches high.
Fifteen minutes are allowed for this exercise.
One hour and a half is allowed for working the exercises in freehand drawing and perspective, and one hour for geometry and model drawing.
Printed by G. Tombs & Co., Cathedral Square, Christchurch.
Entrance Examination to the Manual Training School, Friday, September 8.
Manual Training School opens Monday, September 11.
Entrance Examination to Undergraduate Department, Wednesday, September 13.
Smith Academy and Undergraduate Department open Thursday, September 14.
School of Fine Arts opens Monday, October 2.
Law School opens Wednesday, October 18.
Holiday, Thanksgiving Day, Thursday, November 30.
Vacation,
Semi-annual Examination, January 22-26.
Second Term begins Monday, January 29.
Holiday, Washington's Birthday, Thursday, February 22,
University Holiday, Friday, May 11.
Exhibition of Work of School of Fine Arts, last week in May.
Examination for the Degree of LL.B., June 4-8.
Semi-Annual Examination, June 4-8.
Entrance Examination to the Undergraduate Department, Monday and Tuesday, June 11. 12.
Exhibition, Smith Academy, Tuesday. June 12.
Exhibition of Manual Training School, Wednesday and Thursday, June 13-14.
Commencement, Mary Institute, Wednesday, June 13.
Commencement, Law School and Undergraduate Department, Thursday, June 14.
Vacation, June 15 to September 13.
Entrance Examination to the Manual Training School, Friday, September 7.
Manual Training School opens Monday, September 10.
Entrance Examination to Undergraduate Department, Wednesday, September 12.
Smith Academy and Undergraduate Department, open Thursday, September 13.
School of Fine Arts opens Monday, Oct. 1.
Law School opens Wednesday, October 17.
Holiday, Thanksgiving Day,____,____,____.
Vacation,
Semi-annual Examination, January 21—25. Second Term begins Monday, January 28.
Office at University Building, corner of Washington avenue and 17th street.
In association with the above are the following gentlemen not members of the Board of Directors:
As Members of the Board of Managers of the Manual Training School.
As Members of the Board of Control of the School of Fine Arts.
"University Professors" have no regular duties imposed upon them, but will give lectures, either in the class-room or in University Hall, from time to time, as may be specially arranged and announced.
Washington University, founded in the city of St. Louis, under an Act of Incorporation by the State of Missouri, approved
By the Eighth Article of the Constitution, "no instruction, either sectarian in religion, or partisan in politics, shall be allowed in any Department of the University; and no sectarian or partisan test shall be used in the election of Professors, Teachers, or other officers of the University; nor shall any such test ever be used in the University for any purpose whatsoever. This article shall be understood as the fundamental condition on which all endowments, of whatsoever kind, are received." The Constitution also declares the article now quoted "not subject to alteration at any time; but to guard against all encroachments in this important particular, the Directors have obtained from the General Assembly an amendment to the Charter, by which said Article is incorporated in the same, and thereby placed beyond the power of any future Board of Directors. The Act of Amendment, approved
"Sec. 2. No instruction, either sectarian in religion, or partisan in politics, shall be allowed in any Department of said University; and no sectarian or party test shall be allowed in the election of Professors, Teachers, or other officers of said University, or in the admission of scholars thereto, or for any purpose whatever.
Sec. 3. It shall be the duty of the Board of Directors of said University, upon being informed of any violation of the second section of this Act, forthwith to institute an inquiry into the charge or charges that may be preferred, in respect thereof, by any credible person, in writing, against any officer of said University; and if it shall appear that any officer of said University has violated the second section of this Act, the Board of Directors shall forthwith remove any such person so offending from any office which he may then fill in any Department of said University; and such person so removed shall be forever thereafter ineligible to any office in said University.
"Sec. 4. In case the Board of Directors, upon being notified in writing, by any credible person, of a violation of the second section of this Act, shall refmse or neglect to investigate the charges hereupon preferred against any officer of said University, it shall be competent for the St. Louis Circuit Court, or the St. Louis Court of Common Pleas, to compel the Board of Directors, by mandamus, to perform their duty in investigating such charge, and to show their performance of such duty to the satisfaction of the Court having cognizance of the matter; and all proceedings under this section shall be summary,
The present members of the Corporation have no sectarian purposes to serve. They earnestly desire that the University shall attain a high moral and religious character, as a Christian institution in a Christian republic; but they equally desire that the narrow principles of sectarianism and party spirit never be allowed to enter. The exercises of the University are opened every morning in the chapel by reading the Scripture and other appropriate service.
On the 22d of
The amount of funds needed for the establishment and proper endowment of a University is far greater than would be at first supposed. To secure the best talent, competent salaries must be paid, and the best facilities for education, apparatus, library, buildings, etc., must also be supplied. At the same time, the rates of tuition must be kept down, so as to open the
"Any person may endow, in whole or In part, a specified Professorship in the said University; and if, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, said endowment shall be sufficient for the support of said Professorship, said Professorship shall bear the name of its founder forever, unless at the time of the endowment he shall otherwise direct.
"Any person may found, by an adequate endowment, a specific Department in said University, provided the plan of its organization and its purposes are approved by the Board of Directors; and if said endowment shall, in the opinion of said Board, be sufficient for the perpetual support of said Department, it shall bear the name of the founder thereof forever, unless he shall otherwise direct at the time of endowing the same.
"All funds and property, of whatever nature and description, contributed to the endowment or founding of a Professorship or Department, shall forever be faithfully applied to the specific purpose for which contributed, and to no other object whatsoever, without the written cohsent of the donor or founder thereof, or his heirs or assigns, and also the written consent of two-thirds of the directors first had and obtained; provided, however, that said funds and property in this article named, shall never be diverted from the purposes of said University."
In "The Bridge Chancellorship."
A Lecture Fund has been established, an account of which is given under the heading of the Undergraduate Department.
Comprehends:
I. The Undergraduate Department
Including the College and the Polytechnic School
Washington Avenue and Seventeenth Street.
II. School of Fine Arts,
Lucas Place and Nineteenth Street.
III. St. Louis Law School.
1417 Lucas Place.
Iv. Smith Academy.
Washington Avenue and Nineteenth Street.
V. Manual Training School.
Washington Avenue and Eighteenth Street
Vi. Mary Institute.
Locust and Beaumont Streets.
William G Eliot,
Chancellor, and Professor of Political Economy.
Abram Litton,
Professor of Chemistry.
Sylvester Waterhouse,
Professor of Greek.
Calvin M. Woodward,
Professor of Mathematics and Mechanics, and Dean of the Polytechnic School.
George E. Jackson,
Professor of Latin.
Marshall S. Snow,
Professor of History, and Dean of the College.
Wm. B. Potter,
Professor of Mining and Metallurgy.
Chas. A Smith,
Professor of Civil and Mechanical Engineering.
John H. Jenks,
Professor of Physiology.
James K. Hosmer.
Professor of English and German Literature.
Francis E. Nipher.
Professor of Physics.
Halsey C. Ives,
Professor of Drawing and Design.
Eemund A. Engler,
Professor of Mathematics and Descriptive Geometry.
Henry S. Pritchett,
Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy.
H. K. Ivers, (Assistant U.S. Engineer),
Professor of Steam Engineering and Iron Shipbuilding.
Chas. E. White.
Instructor in Shop-work.
John R. Scott,
Instructor in Elocution.
Gustav Hambach,
Instructor in Botany and Zoology.
Charles Ludeking,
Instructor in Chemistry.
Howard Kretchmar.
Instructor in Modelling.
Augus H. Muegge.
Instructor in Gymnastics.
The abbreviations after the names of Seniors and Juniors indicate the Degree for which each is studying, as follows:
Candidates for admission to the Undergraduate Department, which includes the College and the Polytechnic School, with the exception of those having certificates, as mentioned below, will present
A. M. A second examination will be held on Wednesday, September 12, for such candidates as cannot be present in June.
Candidates for the Freshman Class must be at least sixteen years old, and must present testimonials of good moral character.
Unless bearing certificates of qualification signed by the Principal of Smith Academy, the Director of the Manual Training School, the Principal of Mary Institute, or the Principal of the St. Louis High School, all applicants will be examined in the following studies. Preparation upon the first eight subjects will be required of all alike:
French or German, Grammar and Reader. All Candidates will be examined, in addition to the above, on two out of four of the following sets of subjects:
The examination will be written, and will occupy two days.
Candidates for the Sophomore Class must be at least seventeen years old, and must pass a satisfactory examination upon the studies of the Freshman year, as well as upon the work just mentioned. Similar requirements will be made of students desiring to enter the Junior or Senior Classes.
Graduates of Colleges in good standing will be received into the Polytechnic courses of the Junior Class without examination.
The plan of a Divided Examination has been adopted, in accordance with which students who propose to enter the Freshman Class in the summer of
At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the University, held in
Resolved—On recommendation of the Faculty, and with a view to the promotion of the best interests of learning and science, and for the encouragement of young men to obtain a complete education before entering upon a professional career,
That the graduates of the College of the University, shall have free admission to the classes of the Polytechnic School, either as regular or partial students, subject to the rules and regulations of the same.
That the graduates of the Polytechnic School shall have free admission to the College Classes, either as regular or partial students, subject to the rules and regulations of the same.
The courses of study in the College are two in number, and lead, at the satisfactory completion of the four years' course, to the following degrees, viz: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Philosophy
Latin.—Livy.
Greek.—Felton's Greek Historians; Exercises in writing Greek.
Mathematics.—Geometry, completed.
History.—England.
German or French.
Elementary Ethics.—Lectures.
English Composition.—Elocution.
Latin.—Horace.
Greek.—Panegyricus of Isoerates; Homer; Lysias; Exercises in writing Greek.
Mathematics.—Higher Algebra.
History.—England.
German or French.
Latin.—Cicero's Tusculan Disputations
Greek.—Demosthenes de Corona; æschylus; Euripides.
Mathematics.—Trigonometry.
History.—France; Reading from French authors.
German.—Grammar; Prose and Composition.
Themes and Elocution.
Latin—Juvenal; Terence; Plautus.
Mathematics—Analytical Geometry.
Physics—Ganot's.
History of English Literature.—(Lectures.)
German.—Grammar; Prose and Composition.
Themes and Elocution.
Elective Studies:
Greek.
History.—France, with reading from French authors.
Chemistry—Roscoe's.
History.—Germany. Sime; Bryce. Read in the original some French author.
Rhetoric—Lectures and Recitations; Themes; Study of Anglo-Saxon.
Modern Languages.—German.
Elective Studies:
Latin.—Tacitus or Quintilian.
Greek.—Thucydides; Antigone of Sophocles.
Mathematics.—Analytical Geometry and Calculus.
Physics.
Mechanics.—Statics; Dynamics.
Mineralogy and Geology.—(Lectures and Recitations.)
Philosophy.—Jevon's Logic; Study of Anglo-Saxon.
History.—Read, in the original, some French author. History of French Literature. (Lectures.)
Modern Languages.—German.
Themes.
Elective Studies:
Mathematics—Differential and Integral Calculus.
Chemistry.—Continued.
Ancient Languages.
Astronomy.
Philosophy.—Hamilton's Metaphysics. (Recitations and Lectures.)
History.—United States Constitution. Reading from French authors.
English Literature.—Reading of Chaucer, Shakspere, Spenser. Milton, etc. Stopford Brooke's Primer of English Literature; Dowden's Primer of Shakspere. (Recitations and Lectures.) Themes.
Elective Studies:
Ancient Languages.—Latin; Greek.
Practical Chemistry.
Modem Languages.—German.
Ethics.—(Recitations and Lectures.)
Political Economy.—Bowen; Rogers; Mill; Cary. (Recitations and Lectures.)
History.—Constitutional History of England; Elements of International Law. (Recitations and Lectures.) Read some French author.
English Literature.—Taine; Brooke: Dowden. Reading. Lectures. Themes.
Physiology.—Lectures.
Elective Studies:
Ancient Languages.—Latin; Greek.
Practical Chemistry.
Modern Languages.—German.
Required.—Geometry, Physics. History, Elocution and Composition. Ethics,
Elect two of the following:—Latin, French, German, Drawing.
Second Term.
Required.—Algebra, Physics. History, Elocution and Composition.
Elect two of the following;—Latin, French, German, Drawing and Descriptive Geometry.
Required.—Trigonometry and Analytical Geometry, Physics, Chemistry. History. Composition.
Elect two of the following:—Latin, French, German, Drawing and Descriptive Geometry.
Required,—Analytic Geometry, Chemistry, Mineralogy and Geology, History and English Literature, Composition.
Elect two of the following:—Latin, French, German. Drawing and Descriptive Geometry, Surveying and Physics.
Required.—Rhetoric, History, Themes.
Elect twelve exercises per week from Differential Calculus, Stereotomy, Physics, (Theory of Electricity and Magnetism—Cumming), Botany, Chemistry, German, Drawing and Latin.
Required.—Logic, French Literature, Themes.
Elect twelve exercises per week from Integral Calculus, Practical Chemistry, Physics, Electrical and Magnetical Measurements and Method of Least Square, Drawing, Latin and Mechanics.
Required.—Astronomy (Descriptive), Metaphysics, English Literature, Themes.
Elect two of the following:—Applied Mechanics. Physics, Mechanical Theory of Heat, Clausen's Practical Chemistry, German, Natural History, Modern History, Art.
Required.—Political Economy, English Literature, Physiology, Themes.
Elect eight exercises per week in the following:—Applied Mechanics. Constitutional History, Practical Chemistry, Physics,—as first term—Natural History, Practical Astronomy, Art.
Note.—Shop-work is optional to a certain amount throughout the course; he same is true of Water-color Painting and the study of Design.
The regular courses of study and instruction in this branch of the department extend through four years. See Special Announcement on page 59.
The best discipline is often secured through the agency of professional studies. Every such study has a practical bearing, and, in a student's mind, is invested with a strong sense of responsibility. The special merit of an "office" education—i, e., the train-ins to be gained in a lawyer's, a doctor's or an engineer's office, in the counting-room, or in a
On the other hand, students are free from the cramping narrowness which is the characteristic demerit of a business training. At school, the professional student is led to the study of the finest examples of professional theory and practice, both in the present and past ages, with the greatest possible range of subjects. The growth of mind under such cultivation is very great compared with that to be gained from the utmost familarity with the petty details of a single ordinary office.
It is for these reasons that students looking forward to a non-professional business life are often advised to follow some congenial course of professional study.
The courses are five in number, viz.:
A Course in Civil, Engineering.A Course in Mechanical Engineering.A Course in Chemistry.A Course in Mining and Metallurgy.A Course in Building and Architecture.
The studies are the same for all the courses during the Freshman and Sophomore years, but during the Junior and Senior years they diverge,
The distribution of studies and exercises is substantially as follows:
Mathematics.—Geometry (Chauvenet's) completed.
Physics.—Pneumatics, Acoustics, Heat.
French or German.—Grammar and Reader.
History.—Civil Government; United States Constitution.
Free-Hand Drawing.
Mechanical Drawing.—From Flats and Models. Use of Scales, Tracing, and Construction of Plates, etc.
English.—Declamation and Composition; Rhetoric.
Drawing.—Study of Design may be taken in place of Shop-Work.
Shop-Work.—Use of Carpenter's Tools or Wood-Turning.
Ethics.—Lectures.
Mathematics.—Higher Algebra.
Physics.—Heat continued. Optics.
French or German.—Grammar continued.
Free-Hand Drawing.—Continued as First Term.
Descriptive Geometry.—Orthographic Projections, Problems of Points, Lines and Planes.
History.—England.
English.—Declamation and Composition; Shakspere.
Shop-Work.—As First Term.
Mathematics.—Plane and Spherical Trigonometry; Analytical Geometry begun.
Physics.—Electricity, Magnetism and Meteorology.
Descriptive Geometry.—Curves, Surfaces; Tangency, Intersection of Surfaces: Construction of Models.
Theoretical Chemistry.—Roscoe's, with Lectures.
Practical Chemistry.—Eliot and Storer's Manual.
Free-Hand Drawing.—Machinery, Casts, etc.
Mechanical Drawing.—Line and Brush Shading; Lettering.
French or German.—Reading prose writers.
Shop-work.—Turning of Wood or the use of Carpenters Tools.
Mathematics.—Analytical Geometry.
Surveying.—Chain and Compass Surveying; Leveling and Transit Surveying; Adjustment and Use of Instruments in the Field.
Descriptive Geometry.—Spherical and Isometric Projections; Shades and Shadows; Perspective.
Practical Chemistry.—Qualitative Analysis.
Mineralogy and Geology.—Lectures.
Free-Hand and Mechanical Drawing.—Machinery and Architecture.
Physics.—Laboratory Practice.
Shop-Work.—Same as First Term.
Mathematics.—Differential Calculus and Applications.
Descriptive Geometry.—Perspective. Applications to Masonry, Carpentry and Machinery.
Civil Engineering.—Railway Curves, Turnouts, etc.; Estimation of Volumes of Earth and Stone Work; Haupt's Engineering Specifications and Contracts.
Applied Mechanics.—Graphical and Analytical Statics.
Shop-work.—Blacksmithing.
Practical Chemistry.—Qualitative Analysis.
Drawing.—Models, Arches, etc.; Shading.
English Composition.
Mathematics.—Integral Calculus and its Applications.
Civil Engineering.—Railroad Engineering; Location of Roads. Estimation of Volumes, etc.; Field Work; Statics of Frame-work, and Cords of Equilibrium.
Applied Mechanics.—Statics and Kinematics.
Masonry.—Practical Stone-cutting; Construction of Models in Plaster.
Drawing.—Machines. Profiles, Bridges, etc.
English.—Modern Literature.
Shop-work.—Welding and Tempering: Testing the Strength of Materials and of Frames.
Civil Engineering.—Rankine's Manual of Civil Engineering, supplemented by lectures following Baker, Bell, Winkler, and Maxwell.
Mechanics.—Rankine's Applied Mechanics; Centers of Gravity; Stress; Mechanism.
Laboratory Practice.—Construction of Trusses and Ribs for Bridges and Roofs.
Drawing.—Of Constructions from Actual Measurement.
Astronomy.—Newcomb and Hold en's Astronomy.
English.—Themes.
Shop-Work.—Chipping and Filing; Screw Cutting. Drilling,. Boring, etc.
Civil Engineering.—Structures of Wood, Stone and Iron; Designing, Computing and Estimating Cost of the parts of Bridges, Roofs, etc.
Mechanics.—Principles of Mechanism, Dynamics.
Laboratory Practice.—Testing Strength of Structures; Photography.
Drawing.—Designs of Structures.
Political Economy.—Bowen, Rogers, Mill, Carey; (Recitations and Lectures.)
Practical Astronomy.—Use of Instruments; Determination of Time, Latitude and Longitude.
Shop-Work.—Construction of a Machine.
See Special Announcement on page 50.English.—Graduation Thesis.
Mathematics.—Differential Calculus and Applications.
Descriptive Geometry.—Perspective. Applications to Masonry, Carpentry, and Machinery.
Mechanical Engineering.—Rankine's Applied Mechanics, Part II.; Principles of Mechanism; Rankine's Machinery and Mill Work; Haupt's Engineering Specifications and Contracts.
Mechanics.—Graphical and Analytical Statics.
Practical Chemistry.—Qualitative Analysis.
Shop-Work.—Testing Strength of Wood and Iron; Work in the Blacksmith Shop; Practical Stone-Cutting; Construction of Arches, etc.;
Drawing.—Machinery and Models.
English composition.—Themes.
Mathematics.—Integral Calculus; Analytic Mechanics.
Mechanical Engineering.—Rankine's Applied Mechanics; Statics, Stability. Gearing; Rankine's Machinery and Mill Work.
Mechanics.—Statics and Kinematics.
Drawing.—Machine Drawing, continued.
English.—Modern Literature.
Shop-Work.—Welding and Tempering; Testing Strength of Materials.
Mechanical Engineering.—Study of Different Machines; Strength of Materials.
Mechanics.—Rankine's Applied Mechanics continued; Centers of Gravity, Stress, Kinematics.
Drawing.—Of Working Machinery.
Astronomy.—Newcomb and Holden's Astronomy.
English.—Descriptions of Structures, etc.
Shop-Work.—Chipping and Filing; Machine Work; Study of Engine and Boilers.
Mechanical Engineering.—Designing and Computing the Parts of Machines required to perform Particular Work; Construction and Management of Engines; Rankine's Prime Movers.
Mechanics.—Theoretic Study of the Prime Movers; Water-wheels and Engines; Theory of Mechanism; Dynamics.
Drawing.—Designs of Machines.
Political Economy.—Bowen, Mill. Rogers, Carey; (Recitations and Lectures.)
Shop-Work.—Construction of Machines.
See Special Announcement on page 50.English.—Graduation Thesis.
Theoretical and Organic Chemistry.—Lectures.
Qualitative Analysis.—Fresenius, Gallaway, Eliot and Storer, and Bunsen.
Quantitative Analysis.—Fresenius.
Mineralogy.—Blowpipe Analysis and Determination of Species.
Geology.—Dana's, with Lectures.
Laboratory Practice.—From four to six hours daily.
English Composition.—Lectures on English Literature.
Chemistry, Analytical and Applied.—Daily instruction in the Laboratory. Actual Chemical Work, embracing Pharmaceutical Preparations for the Laboratory and Apothecary; Methods of Determining the Value of Drugs; Assays on Ores of Lead, Silver, Gold, Zinc, Antimony, Copper, Nickel. Cobalt, etc.; Examination and Analysis of Metals, Soils, and Ashes; Examination of Poisons; Uses and Value of Manures.
Political Economy.—Bowen. Mill, Rogers, Carey's Recitation and Lectures.
Themes.
*See Special Announcement on page 59.Preparation of Thesis for Degree of Chemist.
Mathematics.—Differential and Integral Calculus.
Descriptive Geometry.—Perspective. Applications to Masonry and Machinery.
Engineering.—Statics of Frames and Trusses; Strength of Materials. Beams, Girders, and Columns; Applications to Buildings and other structures; Hydrostatics and Hydrodynamics; Rankine's Applied Mechanics.
Chemistry.—Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis: Lectures and Laboratory Practice.
Geology.—Lithological. Cosmical, Physiographic, Historic, and Dynamic.
Mineralogy.—Blowpipe Examination of Minerals.
Mining.—Modes of Occurrence of Useful Minerals; Examination of Mineral Lands, etc.
Mining Tools. Tunnelling and Sinking Shafts, Timbering and Walling Mines.
Underground Transportation, Hoisting Engines. Cages, Cars. Man Engines, etc.
Visits to neighboring Coal, Iron. Lead and Zinc Mines.
Metallurgy.—General Metallurgy—Classification of Processes; Furnaces; Modes of Construction; Refractory Building Materials, Natural and Artificial: Manufacture of Firebricks, etc.
Nature of Combustion.
Draft—Natural and Artificial; Chimneys, Fans, Blowing Engines, etc.
Fuels—Classification of, and Methods of Computing Calorific Power; Manufacture of Charcoal, Coke, etc.
Special Metallurgy—Iron and Steel, Physical and Chemical Qualities; Description of Various Direct and Indirect Methods of Production: Preparation of Ores.
Blast Furnace—Form, etc.; Hot Blast Stoves; Lifts, etc.
Manufacture of Wrought-Iron—Bloomeries, Forges, Rolling Mills, etc.
Manufacture of Steel—Puddled, Cementation, Cast, Bessemer Metal.
Visits to Iron and Steel Works, Forges, Rolling Mills, Foundries, etc.
Assaying.—Lectures and Laboratory Practice; Examination of Fuels and Refractory Materials.
Drawing.—Profiles; Crystals; Plans and Sections of Mines and Mining Machinery; Furnaces; Apparatus and Machinery of Smelting Works, etc,
Shop-work.—Forging Iron and Steel.
English Composition—Lectures on English Literature.
Mining.—Ventilation, Natural and Artificial; Measurement of Ventilation and Work done by Ventilators.
Accidents—Fires in Mines, etc.
Mechanical Preparation of Ores; Stamps, Mills, Separators, Jigging Machines, etc.; Washing and Dressing of Coal, etc.
General Management of Mines, etc.
Engineering.—Prime Movers; Study of Water-wheels and Turbines; Steam Engines and Boilers; Designs and Estimates.
Chemistry.—Quantitative Analysis of Ores, Coals, Fire Clays, Pig Iron, Slags, etc.
Assaying.—Lectures and Laboratory Practice, Ores of Lead, Silver. Gold. Tin, Antimony. Copper, Nickel, Cobalt, Gold and Silver Bullion.
Economic Geology.—Occurrence and Distribution of Ores; Iron, Lead, Copper, etc.; Character, Uses and Distribution of Coal, Lignite, Peat, Petroleum, Salt, Clays, Building Stones, Fertilizers, etc.
Metallurgy.—Copper: Swedish, English and Mixed Methods; Extraction by Wet Way.
Zinc—English, Belgian and Silesian Processes; Manufacture of Oxide.
Lead—Description of Various Processes; Extraction of Silver from Lead; Pattisonage; Zinc Method; Cupellation.
Silver—Amalgamation; Smelting; Extraction by Wet Way.
Gold—Washing; Amalgamation; Smelting; Extraction by Wet Way.
Tin—Preparation of Ores; German and Cornish Methods of Extraction.
Metallurgy of Platinum, Aluminum, Mercury, Arsenic, Antimony. Bismuth, Nickel. Cobalt.
Examination of Metallurgical Works.
Blowpipe Analysis.—Quantitative; Lectures and Laboratory Practice; Assay of Ores of Gold. Silver, Lead, Copper, etc.
Mechanics.—Rankine's Applied Mechanics; Stress. Kinematics, Mechanism, Dynamics.
Drawing.—Machines, Furnaces, Mines, etc.
Projects.—Plans for the Establishment and working of Mines and Smelting Works, under given conditions, with drawings, Estimates and Written Memoirs.
Shop-work.—Work in the Machine Shop.
English Composition.—Themes.
*See Special Announcement on page 50.Graduation Thesis
Architectural Designs.—The Elements of Design; the Principles of Composition; Examination of Architectural Works.
Applied Mechanics.—Statics, Analytical and Graphical; Strength and Stability of Frames and Trusses.
Descriptive Geometry.—Perspective. Applications to Masonry' Carpentry, and Machinery; Groined and Cloistered Arches; Domes, Stairways, etc.
Mathematics.—Differential Calculus and its Applications.
Practical Chemistry.—Qualitative Analysis.
Drawing.—Exercises in "Designing"; Plans. Elevations, Sections, and Details: Ornament Sketching from Buildings.
English.—Composition; Lectures on English Literature.
Shop-work.—Forging Iron and Steel.
Modelling.—Architectural Forms.
Architecture.—Composition; History of Architecture; Specifications, Contracts, Estimates, Details of Superintendence.
Engineering.—Stability of Structures; Stress: Strength and Stiffness of Girders, Pillars, etc.; Foundations. Walls, Roofs: Building Materials.
Mechanics,—Principles of Statics; Rankine's Applied Mechanics, Dynamics.
Shop-work.—Practice in Testing Materials; Work in the Machine Shop: Framing in Wood and Iron.
Draining—Designing Architectural Ornaments; Architecture; Landscape; Designs for Particular Structures; Drawing from Memory.
Political Economy.—Bovven, Mill, Rogers, Carey. (Recitations
and Lectures.)
Themes.
See Special Announcement on page 59.English.—Graduation Thesis.
The school is well fitted with the necessary apparatus for illustrating the principles of Civil and Mechanical Engineering. An extensive collection of Photographs of Bridges, Locomotives, Machines, etc., hangs upon the walls of the Lecture and Drawing Rooms; while the Model Room contains Models of Bridges, Water-wheels, Roofs, Arches, Girders, Electric Signals, Gauges, etc., and a large number of the more unusual combinations of machinery.
The "Testing Machine," employed by the Illinois and St. Louis Bridge Company, for determining the modulus of elasticity of cement and other building materials, now in possession of the University, is in frequent use by the students. By actual experiments they learn the strength of wood, iron, steel, stone, brick, etc. Students are employed in experiments and investigations where such work can be carried on to their advantage.
The Institution is now in possession of one of the largest practical Laboratories of Mechanical Engineering to be found anywhere, and special attention is given to the practical use and management of Boilers
The use of tools for working wood and iron is systematically taught. From four to six hours per week throughout the entire course are given to Shop-practice. About a year is spent in each of the Shops of the Manual Training School.
As a school of practical mechanical engineering, the facilities in actual use are unsurpassed.
The instruction in all branches is given from textbooks when practicable, supplemented by lectures and practical work. Great pains is taken to give the best engineering pratice, both European and American, and to keep pace with the great advances made on all sides in every department of physical science Special prominence is given to the use of "graphical methods," which are now so usefully supplementing the processes of computation.
Hence advantage is taken of the excellent opportunities offered in St. Louis and vicinity for the study of applied science. Through the kindness and courtesy of railroad officers, engineers, commissioners, and business men in general, both professors and students have generally had free passage over railroads, on expeditions for scientific purposes; easy access to all engineerieg works in process of construction, whether bridges or water-works; and ready admission to machine shops, foundries, rolling-mills, furnaces, and manufactories of all kinds. These visits and expeditions have always proved of
This branch of the Polytechnic School, organized in
The studies during the first two years are the same as in other special courses, somewhat general and elementary in character, preparatory to the special work of the course on Mining and Metallurgy, to which the remaining two years are devoted. The plan of instruction includes lectures and recitations on various subjects pertaining to the course; practical work in the Physical, Chemical, and Metallurgical Laboratories; field work in Geology, etc.; projects, estimates, and plans for the establishment of mines and metallurgical works; exrmination of, and reports on, mines and manufacturing establishments.
Have increased very largely in the past year, and now embrace a very full series of models of crystals and specimens illustrating the various minerals and rocks, and their asociations, ores, coals, petroleums, fire-clays, building materials, etc, from many parts of this country and Europe; botanical and zoological forms; characteristic fossils of the different geological ages; metallurgical products, illustrating the various operations in the treatment of ores by the wet and dry methods. These collections are used to illustrate lectures, etc, and are at all times accessible to the students, so that they may become thoroughly familiar with the character and modes of occurrence of the minerals, rocks, and ores they are likely to meet with in the field, and the various products in metallurgical operations.
Special facilities are now offered for critical studies in Microscopic Lithology, thorough instruction being given in the preparation of mineral, rock, and fossil sections, and their examination under the microscope. Orders will be received from outside parties for the cutting and mounting of objects.
Through the liberality of a few of our prominent citizens, a fine collection of Casts of Celebrated Fossils has been purchased of Prof. Ward at a cost of 82,800, and presented to the University. This collection is well known throughout the country as the most valuable of its kind, and forms one of the
are kept in full working order, completely furnished with crucible, scorification and cupelling furnaces, and everything necessary for practical work in the assay of ores of lead, silver, gold, iron, tin, etc.; also volumetric apparatus for the assay of silver coin and bullion by the wet methods. The general principles as well as the special methods of assaying are explained in the lecture rooms, and at the same time ores of the various metals exhibited and described. From a large stock of these ores from various parts of the country the students are required to make a large number of assays, under the immediate supervision of the instructor. In the chemical laboratories a practical course is pursued in connection with lectures on qualitative and quantitative analysis; the students being required to make tests and full analysis of coals, limestones, ores of iron, copper, lead, zinc, nickel, pig-iron, clays, technical products, etc., that they may acquire a practical experience in the chemical examination of the materials and products liable to be met with in practice.
An assistant is in constant attendance upon the students in the assay and metallurgical laboratories, to aid them in the practical work assigned.
Every opportunity is afforded the students through the term for visiting and examining the various mines, smelting and manufacturing establishments in the vicinity.
During the summer vacation a school for practical work is held for about two months in some mining district. All the students of the Mining Department, including those who have satisfactorily passed the examination of the Sophomore year, and expect to enter the mining course the following term, are required to take part in the work of the summer school. In this way each student receives the benefit of two seasons of practical work in connection with the course. While in the field the students are under the constant supervision of an assistant, and are required to make complete surface and underground surveys, take sketches and notes of all machinery and appliances used, and as far as possible, take part in all the practical operations connected with the mining and treatment of ores, etc. During the following term full reports are prepared and handed in, embracing a statement of the work done, and a discussion of all the operations examined. These reports are illustrated with accompanying working drawings and collections of specimens.
Before receiving the degree of Engineer of Mines, they are required to execute plans or projects for the establishment and working of mines or smelting
An endeavor is thus made to combine thorough practical with theoretical instruction in this course, and to fit the student for the successful practice of his profession hereafter, and for a field of usefulness in the country at large.
All facilities are offered students in Chemistry for gaining a thorough knowledge in both the organic and inorganic branches. In general the European plan of instruction has been adopted, and students of highest proficiency are graduated.
The student enters the qualitative laboratory after having attended the lectures on general or theoretical chemistry, illustrated by experiments. The course of analysis has been arranged to cover as wide a field as possible. Especial stress is placed on the analysis of minerals and the products of chemical technology The student in chemistry is also required to familarize himself with the principles of physics and to attend lectures and practical exercises in mineralogy, lithology, and blow-piping.
The large and spacious laboratories afford ample working-room for a large number of students. Their excellent ventilation, and their completeness of outfit, offer rare inducements to those desiring to make a special study of chemical science. The textbooks in use are the standard ones. Access to the literature of the science, as it is embodied in the
The Physical Laboratory has been removed to the first floor of the south wing, where more suitable accommodations are provided. One large room, with exposure to the east, south and west sides, serves as a lecture-room and students' laboratory. The work-tables are arranged around the sides of the room, and each table is devoted to a particular series of experiments. A second room serves as apparatus-room and is also used for special work of advanced students. In the earlier years graphical methods of reduction are mainly used, and the student gains an insight into the methods used in physical investigation. In the junior year the experiments are more elaborate, and involve a discussion of electrical and magnetical measurements in absolute measure, reductions being made by the methods of least squares. For such work a room has been fitted up in the basement, which contains three brick piers; on one pier is placed a fine astronomical clock, which is connected with a chronograph in the room above. The other piers are used as supports for any apparatus where refined adjustments are necessary.
It is expected that students enter the Department with sufficient skill to construct the ordinary prob-
With the beginning of the Freshman year, freehand drawing from the "round" or solid is practiced—first, in outline, then in shading with charcoal. In the first stages of free-hand shading, there is but little attempt made at finishing work,—the student is urged to gain the power of expressing rapidly a clear idea of the object before him by means of his drawing, rather than to attempt an artistic production.
Instruction in the conventional use of color, and the use of the brush in shading, as applied to mechanical and architectural drawing, is taken up at this stage of the work.
Regular students of the Sophomore class use as models, during the time allotted to free-hand work, parts of machinery, casts of ornaments, etc. During the first term they spend some time in sketching from nature. The time devoted to Mechanical Drawing is spent in line and brush shading, lettering etc.
During the second term, the time is devoted to Machinery, Architectural and Map Drawing. During the past year a course in sepia painting has been partly introduced in the work of this class.
The Junior class in Civil Engineering work from models, arches, etc., finishing with pen and ink, India ink with brush, and also practice sepia and water-color painting.
The Senior class in Civil Engineering devote the
The course pursued by the classes in Mining Engineering, differs only in the objects used as models. The Juniors execute drawings of profiles, crystals, plans and sections of mines and mining machinery, furnaces, apparatus and machinery of smelting works. Seniors execute similar work from actual measurement and constructions.
All finished work must be left in the school, or if removed by special permission, must be returned before the close of the second year, for final examination by the committee appointed for that purpose.
In the Courses of Study the word "shop-work" has been used to cover the systematic course of instruction and practice in the use of the more common hand and machine tools.
It is believed that, to students, without regard to plans for the future, the value of the training which can be got in shop-work, spending only from four to twelve hours per week, is abundantly sufficient to justify the expense of materials, tools, and expert teachers.
As at present, arranged, no branch of study has been omitted from the theoretical work, in consequence of the addition of the shop-work. This is to be clearly understood. The standard of scholarship has not been lowered. A knowledge of practical
During the last two years the facilities for tool-instruction and practice have been greatly increased. All the shops of the Manual Training School are open to students of the Polytechnic classes, as provided in the ordinance establishing the school.
The Examinations in the Undergraduate Department are frequent and rigid, and, whenever it is possible, in writing. Upon them chiefly the teachers rely for information of the progress of the students. No promotions to higher classes are made except upon conclusive evidence that the antecedent subjects have been well mastered. Reports of the standing of individual students will be made by the Dean of the Faculty to parents or guardians, if such are requested.
Every applicant for a degree, besides passing satisfactorily all his examinations, must present a thesis, an original essay, review, or investigation upon some subject, professional or otherwise, connected with the course of study he has followed. The thesis must be accompanied with all necessary general and detailed drawings. All such theses and drawings are left in charge of the University.
The object in requiring a thesis is mainly to secure evidence of the student's fitness to receive a degree; consequently a high standard of excellence is rigidly adhered to. Incidentally the theses furnish much
No student will be recommended for a degree who has not passed all his examinations successfully, and handed in such projects or theses as may be required. The diploma fee is $3, payable in advance. The degrees corresponding to the seven Courses of Study are:— See Special Announcement on page 50.
Persons recomended for any of these degrees may be recomended either for an ordinary degree or for a degree with distinction. Distinction in the degree shall be in three grades, indicated by the words, cum laude, magna cum laude, and summa cum laude, respectively.
Every member of the graduating class who has attained ninety per cent of the maximum mark on the general scale for the whole course, shall be recommended for a degree surmma cum laude.
Every member of the graduating class (not recommended for the degree summa cum laude) who has attained eighty-five per cent of the maximum mark on the general scale of the whole course, shall be recommended for a degree of magna cum laude.
Every member of the graduating class (not recommended for the degree summa or magna cum laude) who has attained seventy-five per cent on the general scale for the whole course, shall be recommended for a degree cum laude.
The degree of Master of Arts will be open to all who have received from this University the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or Bachelor of Philosophy.
Similarly, the degree of Master of Science will be open to all who have received from this University the degree of Civil Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Chemist, Engineer of Mines, or Architect.
In no case will the degree of Master be conferred within three years of the date of the lower degree, nor shall it be recommended except upon satisfactory evidence of a proper amount of study and attainment in advance of undergraduate work.
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be open to all who have received the degree of Master from this University. It shall not be given within five years of graduation, and only upon conclusive evidence of very superior scholarship.
The Faculty of the Undergraduate department will act upon applications for advanced degrees, and will
Graduates purposing to apply for advanced degrees, should report to the Faculty for approval the course of study decided upon.
The diploma fee is five dollars, payable in advance.
Upon the unanimous recommendation of the Faculty, the Directors of the University have authorized the publication of the following statement:—
After
The work of the fifth year has not been fully arranged, and it should be understood that the details of professional study are always subject to change. The elaborate professional thesis now required of Seniors will, after
Will include:—
1. In Civil Engineering:
Unwin's Bridges and Roofs;
Baker's Strength of Beams, Columns and Arches;
Cotterill's Steam Engine;
The preparation of Abstracts and Reports upon certain classes of work, obtaining the data from professional papers or by observation.
2. In Mechanical Engineering:
Clausius' Mechanical Theory of Heat;
Baker on Beams, Columns and Arches;
Cottrill's Steam Engine;
The preparation of Abstracts and Reports upon certain classes of machines, especially engines and boilers, obtaining the data from professional papers or by observation. The reports will include estimates of cost of construction and operation.
3. In Chemistry:
Study and practice in organic Chemistry.
4. In Mining and Metallurgy:
Extended laboratory work, including analyses and physical tests, with employment of special methods and appliances used at iron, steel and other metallurgical establishments in the country.
The actual examinations of mineral lands, mines, metallurgical and ore dressing works within convenient distance. The preparation and discussion of reports.
A practical course in the metallurgical mill which, it is expected, will be built in connection with the department, and ready for use before the proposed change goes into effect.
5. In Building and Architecture:
Unwin's Bridges and Roofs,
Baker's Strength of Beams, Columns, and Arches; Heating and Ventilation;
The study and preparation of complete plans and specifications, with estimates of cost of construction.
Tuition is $50 per term of twenty weeks, payable in advance if required, and always before the middle of the term.
A matriculation fee of five dollars is charged, to all who enter this department, payable in advance.
This Department is encumbered by very few rules. Regularity, promptness, a cheerful compliance with every detail of the daily programme, and the manners and habits of good society, are expected of every student. The records of scholarship are based upon scholarship alone. Misdemeanors of whatever sort are met with reproof or censure; but cases of persistent neglect of any duty, or flagrant misbehavior, if such should occur, would require temporary suspension, or dismission from the University.
Students living at a distance from the University have no difficulty in securing rooms and board at reasonable rates. Students wishing accommodations, and housekeepers wishing boarders, are requested to communicate with the Deans.
A Lecture Endowment Fund, amonting to twenty-seven thousand dollars ($27,000), was created in Mr. William Henry Smith, now a resident of Alton, Ill. It was given without any restrictions, except that the fund should be increased, if practicable, by accruing interest, to $30,000, which has been accomplished, and that no part of the principal should be expended. The income is now used for the support of lectures, with a view to the advancement of the interests of the University, and the benefit of the public. The lectures are free, so far as practicable, but an admission fee is charged when circumstances require.
Some of these lectures are given in the hall of the University to the general public; others, which may be called "Class-Room" or "Instruction Lectures," are given in smaller rooms, or in the Laboratories, to classes limited in number according to the nature of the subject treated, and are designed to furnish to all persons instruction similar to that given in the class-room work of the College and Polytechnic School.
The beginning of a fund for the encouragement of the study of American History has been made, by a gift of $5,000, by Mrs. Mary Hemenway, of Boston, Mass., and several courses of lectures have been delivered upon this foundation.
It is hoped that this fund will soon be sufficiently increased to enable the University to provide for
During the year ending
the Jew in History, by Professor James K. Hosmer.London, by Professors Marshall S. Snow and Halsey C. Ives.History of the Constitution of the United States, by Professor Marshall S. Snow.American History.Thermo-Dynamics, by Professor Calvin M. Woodward.Steam-Engineering, by Professor Charles A. Smith.
Room No. 10 of the east wing is used as a reference library and reading room. Here all necessary books of reference are provided, and also a good selection of the periodical literature of this country and of England. No attempt is made at present to gather a general library. During the year CoolidgeLibrary, is especially rich in excellent editions of Italian and French authors, and is a very material addition to the usefulness of the library.
Through the liberality of a number of citizens of St. Louis, an arrangement has been made by which the privilege of using the Mercantile Library has been extended, under prescribed conditions, to such members of the University as may be designated by the Chancellor.
Several memberships in the Public School Library are also at the disposal of the University.
During the summer of
One perpetual scholarship, founded by the payment of $5,000, and entitling the holder to all the advantages of all the departments of the University forever, has been placed at the disposal of the Mercantile Library Association, with the recommendation "that when applicants for the scholarship are
One scholarship is also held by the St. Louis High School, which entitles the ranking student of the graduating class of each year to free admission to this department, in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors when the college was organized.
A Trust Fund of $30,000 has been accepted by the University, from the Western Sanitary Commission, for the establishment of Twenty Free Scholarships, in the College or the Polytechnic School, to be filled by children or descendants of Union soldiers who served in the late civil war. In default of such applicants, candidates will be appointed by the University Board of Directors, after examination by the Faculty. Preference is given to those in straitened circumstances, and no student is accepted or continued who is not of good moral character, who does not sustain satisfactory examinations, or who fails to comply with the rules of the institution.
From the same source a Sustentation Fund of $10,000 has been accepted, the income from which is expended for the aid of students in straitened circumstances, giving preference always to the descendants of Union soldiers, as above.
In an early action the O'Fallon Polytechnic Institute, as a department of the University, established free evening schools in St Louis, to meet the pressing demands of the community for general education, although its original design was merely to furnish technological instruction. Under the pressure of an existing need, it then extended educational facilities, through its evening schools, to all worthy applicants, in every branch of study, trusting to the Public School Board to relieve it finally of those studies which more appropriately belong to the common-school system. In the course of a few years that Board entered upon the work with efficiency, assuming for a time one half, and subsequently, the whole expense of the enterprise. The free evening schools of St. Louis are the direct outgrowth of the O'Fallon Institute.
During the year
The O'Fallon Polytechnic Institute, therefore, as a department of the University, has a two-fold organization—the higher or more advanced studies being taught in the University buildings, corner of Washington avenue and Seventeenth street, and the more elemental at the Polytechnic building, corner of Chestnut and Seventh streets.
The University instruction is under the exclusive direction and management of the Directors and Faculty of the University, and, as a school of pure and applied science, covers the whole scientific work of the University, including such elemental instruction as circumstances may require. The Evening School is under the immediate supervision and control of the Board of Public Schools of St. Louis.
There are no fees for adimission to the evening classes, inasmuch as, through the liberality of some of our citizens, the University has been enabled, by a permanent agreement with the Public School Board, to secure perpetually free instruction, enlarged class-room facilities, and increased library and other priviliges, to all the pupils of the O'Fallon Polytechnic School, "with special reference to the wants of those engaged in, or preparing for, mechanical or other industrial pursuits."
The Institute, therefore, is now on a firm and enduring basis, effecting, even beyond the most sanguine expectations of its patrons, the early and permanent success of their beneficent views. Every apprentice, journeyman, clerk, or other person, who wishes instruction in the elements of technology, as needed for the work-shop, mines, etc., can now have
There has been no change in the plan of the Institute, but its efficiency is increased. Working in cordial co-operation, the University and the Board of Public Schools have, by a permanent contract, given to the common schools higher elevation and more enlarged usefulness, and to the University itself a closer connection with the educational needs of the times. The title of the Polytechnic building is vested in the School Board, and that odifiee is devoted to popular education—the cause for the promotion of which, in a somewhat limited sense, it was erected. All who were originally to have the benefit thereof are still included and provided for within the organization, and thus they have obtained at once what otherwise might have been postponed for an indefinite period, through lack of means.
The Ames Library remains as before, except that by its connection with the Public School Library it has more than twofold its former advantages. It will continue to bear the name of one who, in his sincere devotion to the work of educating properly the laboring classes, furnished means for effecting the end—a name which, with that of O'Fallon, will ever be associated with education in America, in every department thereof, from the common schools to the higher walks of University culture.
in the Evening School includes the following subjects:
These are actually taught, and others are contemplated whenever a sufficient number of pupils desire them.
has been fixed by the Board for five months, or eighty evenings; the sessions last from 7 to 9 o'clock, and are held on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday evenings. The school is open to all persons engaged in some useful employment during the daytime, who can pass the requisite examination in Arithmetic. The most advanced pupils from the Public Evening Schools are sent to the Polytechnic School for examination.
The establishment of an Art School upon a broad and permanent foundation has always been part of the plan of Washington University. For nearly twenty-five years art instruction has been embodied in the course of study. In
From this time the growth of the Department became so marked and the work of the students assumed such a degree of importance, that it was deemed advisable to reorganize the Drawing Department. In accordance with this, on
"A Department of Art is hereby established as a special department of Washington University, to be know as The St. Louis School of Fine Arts.
"The objects of said department shall be:—instruction in the Fine Arts; the collection and exhibition of pictures, statuary and other works of art, and of whatever else may be of artistic interest and appropriate for a Public Gallery or Art Museum; and, in general, the promotion by all proper means, of aesthetic or artistic education."
Note.—All communications in regard to the School should be addressed to the Director of "St. Louis School of Fine Arts."
The school furnishes instruction in drawing, modelling, painting, artistic anatomy, perspective and decorative design.
Full time students may study Modern Languages, History and Literature in the classes of the Undergraduate department of the University.
Ladies pursuing a course of study in the school are not required to work with University students, who come to the school for instruction, but are given places in rooms set apart to the uses of Art students.
The school is fully equipped with models, casts from the antique, et cetera.
Antique Class, daily from 9 to 12 o'clock.
Elementary, Model, and Object Class, daily from 9 to 12 o'clock.
Life and Sketch Class, daily from 9 to 12 o'clock.
Painting Class (Still-life, Drapery, etc.), daily from 9 to 12 o'clock.
Modelling Class, daily from 9 to 12 o'clock.
Composition Class, two days per week, from 9 to 12 o'clock.
Lecture on Perspective, Saturday from 11 to 12 o'clock.
Head Painting Class, daily from 1 to 4 o'clock.
Life Class (model draped), daily from 1 to 4 o'clock.
Life Class (nude model), Monday and Friday, from 7:30 to 9:30 o'clock.
Elementary Class in Drawing, Tuesday and Saturday, from 7:30 to 9:30 o'clock.
Antique Class, Tuesday and Saturday, from 7:30 to 9:30 o'clock.
Life Class (model draped), Tuesday and Saturday, from 7:30 to 9:30 o'clock.
Architectural and Mechanical Drawing, Tuesday and Saturday, from 7:30 to 9:30 o'clock.
Advanced students are afforded opportunity for study from life—draped and nude models—forty-five hours per week.
All finished work must he left in the school, or, if removed by special permission, must be returned before the close of the school year for final examination by the committee appointed for that purpose.
There are two terms in the year—the first commencing the first Monday in October and ending in February; the second commencing the first Monday after the tenth of February and continuing throughout the academic year.
The rooms are open for the study of Drawing, Painting, and Modelling, everyday from from 9 A.M. to 5 P M., and for the Study of Drawing from the Antique and Life, four evenings in the week, from November to May.
Students may enter any class upon submitting example's of work showing the necessary skill. Applicants for admission to the Evening Life Class must submit a drawing of a full-length figure from the Antique or Life.
A collection of several hundred autotype reproductions from sketches, studies, and paintings by celebrated masters, from the fifteenth century to the present time, may be used by the students upon application to the director.
A set of carbon prints (numbering 1041) illustrating the historical development of art has been made from various collections of the British Museum. The collection is divided into six parts: I. Prehistoric and Ethnographical series; II. Egyptian; III. Assyrian; IV. Grecian; V. Etruscan and Roman; VI. Mediaeval Art series.
An Art Library is being formed for the use of students. More than five hundred carefully selected
The Museum of the school contains a carefully selected collection of about 500 casts from antique and mediaeval sculpture, and several marbles and works in bronze
The Picture Galleries contain a collection of paintings, rare engravings, and etchings. Examples are added when possible, to afford the student the best possible opportunity for pursuing the study of art history.
Students are free to visit the picture and sculpture galleries of the Museum at all times when open. Every possible advantage will be afforded them for work.
From time to time class and public lectures are given upon subjects pertaining to Art History. More than fourteen hundred views, illustrating the principal objects of art work in architecture, sculpture, and ornament, are used in these lectures. Two hundred of these examples were especially ordered from objects in South Kensington Museum.
Total number enrolled up to
William G Eliot,
Chancellor of the University.
Wm. G. Hammond, LL. D.,
Dean of the Law Faculty.
Henry Hitchcock, LL. D.,
Constitutional Law and Equity Jurisprudence.
Samuel Treat, LL. D.,
(U. S. District Judge, E. Dist. of Mo.), Lecturer on International Law; Jurisdiction and Practice U. S. Courts.
George A. Madill,
Real Property Law.
Gustavus A. Finkelnburg,
Contracts and Commercial Law.
Albert Todd,
Lecturer on Land Titles and Conveyancing.
Samuel F. Miller. Justice of the U. S. Supreme Court, President.
George W. Mccrary, U. S. Circuit Judge.
Wm. B. Napton, late Justice of Supreme Court of Missouri.
J. D. S. Dryden, late Justice of Supreme Court of Missouri.
E. A. Lewis, Presiding Judge of St. Louis Court of Appeals.
R. A. BakeWell, Judge of St. Louis Court of Appeals.
C. S. Hayden, late Judge of St. Louis Court of Appeals.
Amos W. Thayer, Judge of St. Louis Circuit Court.
Elmer B. Adams, Judge of St. Louis Circuit Court.
Horatio M. Jones, late Judge Louis Circuit Court.
John Wickham, late Judge Louis Circuit Court.
James J. Lindley, late Judge Louis Circuit Court.
Wilbur F. Boyle, late Judge Louis Circuit Court.
Jas. O. Broadhead,
Edward C. Kehr,
Arba N. Crane,
James Taussig,
John R. Shepley,
Rod'K E. Rombauer,
Leverett Bell.
John D. Pope,
John W. Noble.
The Law Department of Washington University (also known as the St. Louis Laic School) was formally opened on Wednesday, Samuel Treat.
The establishment of such a School was not only part of the necessary development of the University, but was deemed peculiarly appropriate in a great and growing city, offering in the number, variety and importance of the questions daily adjudicated in its tribunals, unsurpassed advantages for combining practical instruction with theoretic study of the law. During nine months in the year, beside the ordinary municipal and inferior courts, are in almost uninterrupted session the Circuit and District Courts of the United States, taking cognizance of questions in Admiralty, Revenue and Bankrupt Law, besides causes at Common Law and in Equity; also the Circuit and Criminal Courts of the State, and the St. Louis Court of Appeals; in one or other of which are constantly illustrated the learning and
By an Act of the General Assembly of Missouri, approved
But the examination which must be successfully passed to obtain this diploma is not only much more thorough than the usual examination for admission to the Bar, but, it is believed, is not excelled in its severity as a test of legal knowledge by similar examinations in any American law school.
The complete course for the degree of LL. B. includes two annual terms, each of which (excluding the recess of two weeks at Christmas) occupies seven months in continuous study, beginning on the Wednesday nearest October 15th, of each year.
It is the single aim of the Law Faculty, and of the Directors of Washington University, to make this Law School a true School of Jurisprudence, to which none shall be disposed to come except those who seek a thorough elementary knowledge of the Law, and from which none who may come with that purpose shall go away disappointed.
The school is open upon equal terms to students from all parts of the United States, and the course of instruction is intended to prepare them for practice in any Stale; but no degree will be conferred until the recipient has attained the required age, as stated below.
Applicants for the Junior Class must be at least nineteen years of age, and for the Senior Class at least twenty.
Candidates for the Junior Class will furnish satisfactory evidence of good moral character and standing, and of having received a good English education.
Candidates for the Senior Class, not previously members of the School, besides the foregoing, will be required to pass a satisfactory examination upon the studies of the Junior Year. To those who have previously been members of the Junior Class, the examination at the end of that year will suffice for admission, if creditably passed; and those who failed so to pass may, upon further study, apply again for examination in October This examination will be held on the Monday preceding the opening of the term, at 10 A. M., at the Law School, 1417 Lucas Place. No one will be admitted a regular member of the Senior Class except upon passing this examination; nor will any certificate of attainments, or previous study or attendance elsewhere, be accepted in lieu thereof.
But any person of good moral character and standing, not being less than nineteen years of age, may
The Faculty are often asked to advise a course of legal reading to be taken by students before coming to the Law School. It is only in the rarest cases that such reading can be done "with advantage. It should only be done by one who can enjoy the constant daily supervision or advice of a thoroughly competent instructor. Without this aid, the time can be much more usefully spent in perfecting the student's general education, or in a course of historical or other reading. The place to begin the study of law is in the School itself, where the beginner has not merely the aid of teachers, but the immense help derived from classmates pursuing the same study, and a place where that study is the main business of daily life. This is not merely a theoretical opinion. It has been confirmed by the testimony of hundreds of students.
The term fee for attendance in either class will be $80, payable in every case in advance. There are no extra charges of any kind, and the members of either class are free to attend all lectures and exercises of both; but no student can at the same time be a regu-
Good board and lodging can readily be obtained in the city at from to $6 per week. This expense may be lessened to students rooming together.
The faculty of the St. Louis Law School do not hesitate to express their deliberate conviction that a great change in the methods commonly employed by American Law Schools, and an elevation of their standard, are imperatively required in the interest of the profession at large, and especially that of the students who are now looking forward to practice.
They believe that the loose and easy methods of admission, which have so long prevailed in many parts of the country, have shaken the confidence of the people generally in the administration of justice, and have had much to do with the decline of legal business that has been observed for a few years almost everywhere. This decline has not been due to the condition of business, since a period of commercial prosperity is usually marked by an increase, not merely of litigation, but of all the transactions in which the services of counsel are required. Neither has it been due to any loss of confidence in the integrity of the courts. Taking into account the very large number of courts and judges in the United States, and the frequency with which the occupants of even the highest courts are changed, the very rare occurrence of judicial scandals is a fact of
These things are said here, not as an advertisment of any special advantages,—still less as a criticism upon other schools,—but as a plain and earnest warning to any students who think of coming to the St. Louis Law School. We do not wish to open an easy road to the bar, or to attract a large attendance. We wish to maintain the highest standard of admission to the bar now possible, and to raise it, as rapidly as possible, still higher. We desire only such students as have the patience and the ability to qualify themselves for the bar by the very best legal education which we can give them within the time now allowed for the course. So soon as it is possible to add another year to the course and to make that year as effective as the two now given, that will also be done.
The course of study, therefore, is designed to prepare young men, to a degree above the ordinary standard of admission to the bar, for the practice of the profession in any part of the United States. Beside the doctrines and principles of law, applicable alike in all the States and Territories, it will embrace pleading and procedure in the Federal as well as State courts, and under both the common law system and that of the new codes, in all their general features.
Students who have already determined the State in which they expect to practice will receive private assistance, if desired, in studying the procedure
The course of study in the Junior Year is intended for students who are beginning the study of law; and its principal objects are to ground them thoroughly in Elementary Law, and to familiarize them with the methods and habits of thought, with which legal questions are resolved in actual practice. It assumes that the law is a complete and harmonious system, with the outlines of which every student should be familiar, before he spends much time upon the application of principles to the more difficult and complicated questions. Its main purpose will be, not merely to fill his memory, but to train him to habits of legal judgment, and to teach him how to interpret the facts of daily life into the general conceptions in which the rules of law are expressed. For this purpose, the two topics of Pleading (in the simpler or code form) and Evidence will be taken up as early as posssble in the year, and the former carried on pari passu with legal doctrines, so that the study of every branch of law, in the form of rules, may be accompanied with practical exercises in the statement of the same rules, in the form of grounds of action or defences. Evidence will be treated, not merely as the set of rules by which testimony is to be admitted or rejected when the case is on trial, but as the scientific development of the
The theory of criminal law is not only much simpler than that of civil, having less detail to deal with, but also realizes much more perfectly the modern scientific conception of law as a rule imposed by the State, to be obeyed (or disobeyed) by the citizen under a definite sanction. It therefore should precede the more complicated form, in which the command of the State only determines the consequence of the citizen's actions, leaving those actions free: in other words, dealing with reciprocal rights and not with acts.
2. Because criminal law has an interest for the beginning student, which it lacks after he has become familiar with the more complicated relations of property, and other branches of civil law.
The order in which the doctrines of law should be studied, depends on the familar rule of proceeding from the simple to the complex. The subject-matter of all practical prviate law consists of rights, or the acts for the regulation of which that law exists. These rights are best understood and studied in their objects,—i. e., in the Law of Things. All rules of, law clssified by their objects are appli-
real and personal: the personal being again divided into things in possession, and things in action, or in common language, chattels and rights of action, Rights of action again may arise out of a breach of general duties incumbent on all men, or of obligations assumed by the particular individual—i. e., may be in contract or tort. There are cases where we have a choice between these, but there is no third kind of civil actions, except where suits in equity have been brought by code changes to that form.
Hence the fundamental doctrines of all law, with which the student should be made as familar as possible in his first year of study, are these:
Thoroughly studied, there is occupation here for a year, and we regard it as much better for the student's progress to dwell fully on these elementary forms than to introduce exceptional cases.
Even if he had to leave the school with only a single year's instruction, and make up the remainder of his professional education by private study, we should regard this course as the best, adapted to serve his purpose.
The Junior Class, before Christmas vacation, will have a daily course of lessons upon Elementary Law, both Civil and Criminal. These lessons will be arranged topically so as to constitute a general introduction to the study of Law. Printed synopses, with references for parallel reading, will be placed in the hands of the class, and daily examinations held upon the results of such reading. The subject of Contracts will also be taken up, and two recitations had each week in Bishop on Contracts, with references to other works. Pleading will be taught in its simpler or code form by recitations from Bliss on Code Pleading, and frequent exercises" in connection with the lessons in legal doctrine.
The Junior Class, after vacation, will commence the study of Real Property Law, and read the first Book, (Vol. I. and part of Vol. II. of the later editions) of Washburn on Real Property. The Law of Personal Property will be taught by lectures with printed synopses, etc., as already described, including the subjects of Sales and Bailments. Instruction will be given in the same method upon Torts, including all the common forms of action for wrongs to the person, health, reputation and property.
Instruction in practice will be devoted to the Law of Actions, by lectures and practical exercises in all the steps of an action from summons to final
Greenleaf on Evidence, Vol. I.
In the second year of study pleading will be taught in its more elaborate and technical forms of Common Law and Equity Pleading, and practice in the various kinds of Special Proceedings will be added to that in actions of all forms.
The instruction in doctrinal law this year will include:—
Beside these, the forms in which the law itself appears will be studied under the topics of:—
The Senior Classbefore the Christmas vacation will finish the study of Washburn on Real Property in daily recitations—(Later half of Vol. II. and all of Vol. III.) They will also study Common Law Pleading (Parsons), and Equity Pleading (Tyler's Mitford) and have a course of lectures on the History of the Common Law.
After the vacation they will go through Bispham on Equity followed by Partnership (Parsons), and Agency, the Law of Corporations, Insurance, etc, in text books to be hereafter determined. Domestic Relations will be taught by lectures, etc., as in Junior year.
Their course will close with lessons from selected portions of Cooley's Constitutional Limitations, Sedgwick on Constitutional and Statutory Law, and Lawson on the Law of Usage and Custom, accompanied by a course of lectures by the Dean upon the Theory of the Common Law.
Courses of lectures will also be delivered during the year, as follows:
By Hon. Samuel Treat (to such extent as his judicial duties will allow), on International and Constitutional Law, and Jurisdiction and Practice of United States Courts; by Professor Todd, on Practical Conveyancing; and upon Successions, Administration of Estates, and Drafting and Construction of Wills, by Professor Hitchcock.
Dr. Hammond will open the course with a series of lectures to the Junior Class upon the method of studying law, followed by a series of lectures to the same class, extending through the first term. These
The Law Library, for use of which no extra charge is made, consists of upwards of three thousand volumes, selected with great care, and including more than two hundred extra copies of the textbooks in use.
The private library of Dr. Hammond, containing about two thousand volumes upon Civil Law and General Jurisprudence, will also be accessible to members of the Senior Class who wish to pursue those subjects.
Students whose means are limited can complete the course with very little expenditure for books, as the school library is well supplied, is kept open six days of the week from 9 A. M. to 10 P. M., and is strictly regulated to facilitate study in the room at all hours. No persons except the members of the Law School have access to it. Those who have the means to purchase books of reference without inconvenience, or who can bring such works with them, are recommended to provide themselves with a good Law Dictionary, a copy of Blackstone's Commen-
or Bouvier's Institutes, Parsons on Contracts (3 vols,) Cooley, Hillard or Addison on Torts (with Bigelow's Leading Cases on Torts) and Bishop's or Wharton's works on Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure.
They will do well to add also, the Statutes of their own State, and a Digest of its reports, both if possible in the latest editions. But none of the foregoing works are indispensable.
A Moot Court will be held weekly throughout the year, by the Dean, with General Terms, from time to time, for the hearing of appealed cases, by other members of the Faculty. They will be conducted as nearly as possible with the forms of an ordinary court of justice, and students will be expected to draw pleadings in the cases assigned to them, and to conduct them through all the stages of a legal or equitable suit before trying the issues in a Moot Court. The cases will be selected to illustrate the subjects studied by the class and will be made, so tar as possible, means of instruction, not only in practice and pleading, but also in the doctrines of the law. Both classes will be assigned to argue cases in these courts, but the members of the Junior Class will have a course of instruction in the preparation of written opinions and briefs before appearing in such cases.
Opportunity will also be given for the organization of Club Courts among the students, with every facility for practice in the preparation and argument of cases.
Applicants for the degree of LL. B. must, in every case, have been members of the Senior Class, and must have attended during the entire term with the prescribed regularity. They will announce them selves as such, in writing, to the Dean on or before the 1st day of May, and will deliver to him an original thesis upon some legal subject approved by the Faculty; and will attend the examination for degrees held during the first week of June, if qualified by age and regularity of attendance. As the degree of LL. B. conferred by this University entitles the holder to admission to the bar both of the State and the United States Courts, it will not be granted, except upon the most satisfactory evidence of actual proficiency, or to any person who will not have attained the age of twenty-one years on or before the 1st of October following, at the latest.
It is by no means the intention of the Faculty or of the Directors to confine the diploma of the St. Louis Law School to those who have pursued the entire course in that institution. On the contrary, they will welcome to all the privileges of the School those who have spent a part of their time of study-elsewhere, whether in other schools or in private offices. But it is their earnest desire to maintain for this School a high and so far as possible a uniform standard, so that its diploma may be recognized everywhere as evidence of the best and most thorough preparation for the American Bar. To this end, the examinations, both final and intermediate, will be based, not so much upon any prescribed
In pursuance of the terms of a donation of $6,000, heretofore made to the University for the benefit of the Law School, six free scholarships are established in this Department; also an annual prize of $50 in money tor the best thesis upon some legal topic, to be publicly awarded at the Law Commencement. Other prizes are offered from time to time.
As far as practicable, the scholarships will be equally divided between the two classes—depending upon the number and success of the candidates for scholarships in either class.
Applicants for free scholarships should apply in person or by letter to the Dean, furnishing written testimonials of at least two respectable persons to the satisfaction of the Faculty, showing that the pecuniary circumstances of the applicant are such as to make him deserving of this assistance, that he is of good character and standing, and that he has received a good English education at least. Applicants not personally known to any of the Faculty will do well to state fully and precisely their age, places of birth and residence, present occupation, education (both general and legal) and any other circumstances that may be of weight in making a selection. Such communications will be held strictly confidential.
Applicants for Senior Scholarships, in addition to
As the applicants for free scholarships are usually far in excess of the number that can be given, no student will hereafter have the benefit of such scholarship for more than one term.
Competition for the prize referred to is confined to the regular members of the graduating class in each year, under regulations announced at the opening of the term.
Applications for free scholarships received and filed at any time up to
Examination for Senior Class,
Term opens Wednesday, P. M.
Christmas recess from
For further information, inquiries may be addressed to William G. Hammond, Dean of Law Faculty, 1417 Lucas Place, St. Louis, Mo.
The "Academy" was founded in
In
Prof. Denham Arnold succeeded him as Principal, and now holds that position. The standard of scholarship has been not only maintained, but steadily advanced, and, by modifications recently made, students are well fitted to enter any College in the United States.
The new Academy Building now occupied, was erected in
Wm. G. Eliot,
Chancellor.
Deniiam Arnold,
Principal.
George E. Jackson,
John H. Jenks,
James. A. Lanius,
W. S. Curtis,
Eli R. Offutt,
Chas. P. Curd,
Harry E. Seaver,
Horace A. Brown,
Asa E. Goddard,
John R. Scott,
Richard D. Swain,
Chas. P. Morrison,
Mrs. Anna C. Hillman.
Miss Inez Borden.
Mrs. Mary B. Cushman,
Miss Amanda Ford,
Miss Isabell H. Noyes.
Miss Charlotte M. Martling.
Pupils are admitted to the Fifth Academic Class at the age of eleven years provided they can pass a satisfactory examination in Reading. Spelling, Writing, Geography and elementary Arithmetic. Those not qualified for this class are received in the Preparatory Class, and provided with a separate room and special instructor. No pupils will be received for less than one term, and no abatement in tuition will be made for absence, whether such absence occur at the beginning, middle or end of the term. Every absence, however brief, from the regular exercises, should be regarded as an infringement upon the good order of the school, and a serious hindrance to individual progress. The course of instruction in this department extends through six years, and includes those studies which are preparatory to the College and the Polytechnic School of the University.
Mathematics.—Robinson's Complete Arithmetic.
Geography.—Harper's.
History.—Anderson's Grammar School History of the United States.
English Grammar.—Swinton's Language Lessons.
Physiology.—Hotze's.
Reading, Writing, Drawing and Spelling; Composition.
Mathematics.—Robinson's Complete Arithmetic and Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic.
History.—Anderson"s Grammar School History of the United States.
English Grammar.—Greene's Introduction.
Latin.—Harkness' Introductory Latin Book.
Philosophy.—Cooley's.
Reading, Writing, Drawing and Spelling; Composition.
Mathematics.—Walton's Written Arithmetic.
Latin.—Harkness' Latin Reader.
English Grammar.—Greene's Analysis.
Philosophy.—Cooley's
Beading, Drawing and Spelling; Composition.
Mathematics.—Walton's Written Arithmetic.
Grammar.—Greene's Analysis.
Latin.—Harkness' Latin Reader.
Geography.—Guyot's Physical.
Reading, Drawing and Spelling; Composition.
Geography.—G uyot's Physical.
Latin.—Harkness' Caesar: Harkness' Grammar; Prose Composition.
Greek.—Harkness' First Book.
Rhetoric.—Quackenbos' First Lessons.
Mathematics.—Went worth's Algebra.
Latin.—Harkness' Caesar, 4 books; Prose Composition.
Greek.—Harkness' First Book.
History.—Anderson's Popular School History of the United States.
Composition.
Mathematics.—Wentworth's Algebra.
Latin.—æneid of Virgil; Prose Composition.
Greek—Goodwin's Anabasis; Greek Prose Composition.
History—Anderson's England.
Composition and Declamation.
Mathematics—Wentworth's Algebra finished.
Latin.—æneid of Virgil; Prose Composition.
Greek.—Anabasis; Prose Composition.
History.—Anderson's England.
Composition and Declamation.
Latin—Eclogues; Ovid's Metamorphoses; Prose Composition.
Greek.—Goodwin's Anabasis, through 4th Book; Prose Composition.
Mathematics.—Wentworth's Geometry.
German.—Otto's German Grammar.
Or, French.—Fasquelle's Grammar.
History.—Panneirs Greece.
Composition and Declamation.
Latin—Cicero's Orations; Prose Composition.
Greek.—Iliad, 3 books; Prose Composition.
Mathematics.—Went worth's Geometry, six books.
German.—Comfort's German Header.
Or, French.—Bocher's French Reader.
History—Leighton's Rome.
Composition and Elocution.
Geography—Guyot's Physical.
Latin.—Harkness' Cæsar.
Algebra.—Wentworth's.
Rhetoric.—Quackenboss' First Lessons.
Algebra.—Wentworth's.
Latin.—Harkness' Cæsar.
Physiology.—Hutchison's.
History.—Anderson's Popular School History of the United States.
Composition.
Algebra.—Wentworth's, finished.
Latin.—æneid of Virgil.
German.—Otto's German Grammar.
History.—Anderson's England.
Composition and Declamation.
Latin.—æneid of Virgil.
German.—Comfort's German Reader.
Philosophy.—Gillet and Rolfe's.
History.—Anderson's England.
Composition and Declamation.
Latin.—Eclogues; Ovid's Metamorphoses: Prose Composition.
Geometry.—Wentworth's.
German.—William Tell.
Or, French.—Fasquelle's Grammar.
Philosophy.—Gillet and Rolfe's.
History—Pennell's Greece.
Elocution and Composition.
Latin.—Cicero's Orations; Prose Composition.
Geometry.—Wentworth's, six books.
German.—Wallenstein, or equivalent.
Or, French.—Bocher's French Reader.
History.—Leighton's Rome.
Elocution and Composition.
Algebra.—Wentworth's, finished,
Physiology.—Hutchison's.
German—Otto's German Grammar.
History.—Anderson's England.
Geometry.—Wentworth's, six books.
Mechanical Drawing.
Composition and Declamation.
Philosophy.—Gillet and Rolfe's.
History.—Anderson's England.
German.—Comfort's German Reader.
Geometry.—Wentworth's, six books.
Mechanical Drawing.
Composition and Declamation.
Students joining the Commercial Class pursue only the English studies of the preceding course, together with Book-keeping. The full Academic Course, although especially designed for those who intend to pursue the Collegiate Course, is nevertheless recommended, also, for those who are preparing for commercial life, unless previous want of preparation prevents its adoption.
To meet the wishes of a number of parents, a Primary School has been organized for boys between eight and eleven years of age. It is placed under the immediate charge of a competent lady, but is under the general supervision of the Principal of the Academy.
Besides examinations of classes by select committees, appointed by the Directors for the purpose, public examinations are held at the close of the Academic year.
Monthly reports will be made of the attendance, deportment, standing, and general progress of each
These rates are for the current year only.
No extra charge of any kind will be made, provided payment is made within four weeks of the beginning of the term, or on demand; otherwise ten per cent, will be added to the bill.
N. B.—No pupils will be received for less than one term, and no abatement will be made for absence, whether such absence occurs at the beginning, middle, or end of the term.
William G. Eliot, Chancellor.
Calvin M. Woodward, Director.
John W. Spargo, Head Assistant in English Branches.
Charles F. White, Superintendent of Workshops.
George W. Krall, Assistant in English Branches.
W. H. Vaughn, Assistant in English Branches.
Charles E. Jones, Instructor in Blacksmithing.
Harry M. Newington, Teacher in Drawing.
Oscar W. Raeder, Instructor in Carpentry and Drawing.
Geo. B. Woodward, Instructor in Machine Shop.
B. S. Newland, Assistant in English Branches.
Charles C. Swofford, Assistant in English Branches and in Shop-work.
Candidates for admission to the first-year class must be at least fourteen years of age, and each must present a certificate of good moral character signed by a former teacher.
They must also pass a good examination on the following subjects:
Arithmetic; including the fundamental rules; common and decimal fractions; the tables of weights, measures, and their use. Candidates will be examined orally in mental arithmetic, including fractions and the multiplication table up to twenty.
Candidates for the second-year class must be fifteen years of age. All that is specified above will be required of them, and, in addition, the studies of the first year.
Similar requirements apply to those desiring to enter the third-year class.
Vacancies may be filled at any time, provided the applicants are prepared to enter existing classes.
The regular examinations for admission are held in June and September of each year. See Calendar on page 3. The next school year will open September 10.
Covers three years, and the school time of the pupils is about equally divided between mental and manual
A. M., and closes at 3 or 4 P. M., ample allowance being made for lunch. One hour per day is given to drawing, and two hours to shop-work.
The course of study embraces five lines three intellectual and two manual—as follows:—
First—A course of pure Mathematics, Deluding Arithmetic. Algebra, Geometry, and Plane Trigonometry.
Second—A course in Science and Applied Mathematics, including Physical Geography, Natural Philosophy. Chemistry, Mechanics, Mensuration, and Book-keeping.
Third—A course in Language and Literature, including English Grammar, Spelling, Composition, Literature, History, and the elements of Political Science and Economy. Latin and French will be introduced as electives with English if desired.
Fourth A course in Penmanship, Free-Hand and Mechanical Drawing.
Fifth—A course of Tool instruction, including Carpentry, Wood-Turning, Blacksmithing, and Bench and Machine Work in Iron.
The course in Drawing embraces three general divisions:
Free-Hand Drawing, designed to educate the sense of form and proportion; to teach the eye to observe accurately, and to train the hand to rapidly delineate the forms either of existing objects or of ideals in the mind.Mechanical Drawing, including the use of instruments; Geometric constructions; the arrangement
Technical Drawing or Draughting, illustrating conventional colors and signs; systems of Architectural or Shop Drawings; and at the same time familiarizing the pupil with the proportions and details of various classes of machines and structures.
The arrangement of studies and shop-work by years is substantially as follows:
Students hare no option or election as to particular studies; each must conform to the course as laid down, and take every branch in its order.
Arithmetic. completed. Algebra. to Equations. English Language, its Structure and Use. History of the United States.
Physical Geography. Natural Philosophy begun.
Draining. Mechanical and Free-hand. Penmanship.
Carpentry and Joinery. Wood-Carving. Wood-Turning. Pattern-Making.
Latin may be taken in place of English.
Algebra, through Quadratics. Geometry.begun
Natural Philosophy. Principles of Mechanics.
English Composition and Literature. English History.
Latin may be taken in piece of English and History it" desired by the class.
Drawing. Line-Shading and Tinting, Machines. Free-hand Detail Drawing. Penmanship.
Blacksmithing.—Drawing. Upsetting, Bending, Plunching, Welding. Tempering. Soldering.
Geometry, finished. Plane Trigonometry and Mensuration.
English Composition and Literature. History. Ethics and Political Economy.
Elements of Chemistry.
Book-keeping.
Drawing, Machine and Architectural. Elements of Descriptive Geometry.
Work in the Machine Shop. Bench Work and Fitting, Turning, Drilling, Planing, Screw-cutting, etc. Study of the Steam Engine.
Execution of Project.
French or Latin may be taken in place of English.
Before receiving a diploma of the school, each student must execute a project satisfactory to the faculty of the school. The project consists of the actual construction of a machine. The finished machine must be accompanied by a full set of the working drawings according to which the machine is made. If it is not feasible to construct the patterns for castings of such machine, proper directions for their construction must accompany the drawings.
There are in all five large shops. A third-story room 50 feet by 40 feet is so fitted up that it can be used as a carpenter shop, or as a wood-turning shop. A second-story room, 50×40 feet, is fitted up as a carpenter shop. Another second-story room, 40×40 feet, is furnished with lathes and benches for wood-turning and pattern-making.
A ground-floor room 40×40 feet serves as a forging shop, being furnished with twenty forges, anvils, &c.
The machine shop and engine room is on the first floor, 50×40 feet. It contains eleven lathes, two drills, a planer, a shaper, and a full set of benches and vises.
As a rule, each shop has uniform accommodations for a class of twenty pupils Three such classes or divisions can be taught daily in each. Four divisions could be taught by extending the range of a school day to eight, hours. Bach pupil has one of the uniform sets of hand, edge-tools for his exclusive use, kept in a locked drawer. For the care and safety of these tools he is held responsible.
The shop instruction is given similarly to laboratory lectures. The instructor at the bench, machine, forge, or anvil, executes in the presence of the whole class the day's lesson, giving all needed instructions, and at times using the blackboard. When necessary the pupils make notes and sketches (working drawings), and questions are asked and answered? that all obscurities may be removed. The class then proceeds to the execution of the task, leaving the instructor to give additional help to such as need it. At a specified time that lesson ceases, the work is brought in, commented on and marked. It is not necessary that, all the work assigned should be finished; the essential thing is that it should be well begun and carried on with reasonable speed and accuracy.
The Manual Training School is not an asylum for dull or lazy boys. It clearly recognizes the preeminent value and necessity of intellectual development and discipline. In presenting some novel features in its course of instruction, the managers do not assume that in other schools there is too much intellectual and moral training, but that there is too little manual training for ordinary American boys. This school exacts close and thoughtful study with books as well as with tools. It proposes, by lengthening the usual school day a full hour, and by abridging somewhat the number of daily recitations, to find time for drawing and tool-work, and thus to secure a more liberal intellectual and physical development—a more symmetrical education.
All the shop-work is disciplinary; special trades are not taught, nor are articles manufactured for sale.
Tuition Fees.—The school year consists of two terms of twenty weeks each. The fees are by the term, and are payable in advance. The rates for the present will be as follows:—
Scholarships—The founders of the school desire that the advantages of this school shall be within the reach of boys from every class in the community. A limited number of free scholarships will
Diplomas.—Pupils completing the course will be presented with appropriate diplomas. Occasionally medals will be given as evidence of special excellence in certain branches.
Students, whether on scholarships or not, furnish their own books, drawing instruments and boards; their own aprons and overalls; and their own pocket tools. The School furnishes shop-tools and materials. Losses and breakages are charged to pupils when they are the result of carelessness. Books and drawing materials will not cost on the average more than $15 per year. Board and lodging for those living out of the city can be obtained for from $16 to $25 per month.
Pupils whose influence is found to be morally bad will be dismissed; and those who fail to make good progress in their work, after reasonable trial are required to withdraw.
Absences and irregularities of all kinds are reported to parents.
Regular reports are made of the standing of pupils in each branch of work and study.
Boys who can produce records of good character and scholarship, but whose circumstances render it practically impossible for them to pay the tuition fees of the school, are invited to write the Director, or to get some friend of known high character and standing to write for them. In all such cases the occupation of the father, if living, should be given.
All communications should be sent to the Director,
Note—Persons writing for a fuller statement of the method and apparatus of the school, with illustrations of buildings and rooms should send to the Director for the "Special Catalogue," of the Manual Training School.
Several gentlemen, availing themselves of the liberal provisions of the University Charter, have established under it a Female Seminary. A commodious building was erected in
The need of more room and greater conveniences was, however, felt for several years.
To meet this want a large, convenient, and well-furnished building, erected in
This Institute is provided with the most thorough and varied instruction, so that no citizen of St. Louis need send his daughter a thousand miles away from home, for four or five of the most critical years of her life, to he trained by strangers.
The connection of the Seminary with the University will be such as to secure to the young ladies all the means of high intellectual culture accessible to young men. The buildings and grounds of the two Institutions are distinct; but in respect to the classification, the course of study, and the general management of the Institute, the Chancellor will assist the Principal; and recitations in the Languages, the higher Mathematics, and the Natural Sciences will be conducted to such an extent as shall seem desirable by the Professors in the Undergraduate Department of the University.
In this department careful instruction is given in the elementary studies usually pursued in schools of this grade. The course begins with the earliest studies of children, and includes Reading, Writing, Drawing. Geography, Oral Arithmetic, and Written through the Four Fundamental Rules, with some practice on the Tables of Reduction. It is intended to secure such an alternation of study with physical exercises and singing, as is suited to the age of the pupils.
English Language.—Reading and Spelling.
Geography.—Guyot's Intermediate.
Mathematics.—Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic: Robinson's Written, beginning Properties of Numbers.
Writing.—Begun and continued through the course.
Drawing.—Begun and continued through the course.
French—Causeries avec les Enfants: Mme. Gibert's Elementary
Reader.
Vocal Music.—Sight reading.
English Language.—Reading and Spelling.
Geography.—Guyot's Intermediate; Blackboard Exercises.
Mathematics.—Arithmetic, continued.
French.—Causeries avec les Enfants; Mine. Gibert's Elementary Reader.
Music.—Continued.
English Language.—Reading and Spelling.
History.—Read Grandfather's Chair.
Geography.—Guyot's Intermediate Geography, with Oral Instruction and Outline Maps, beginning Europe.
Mathematics.—Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic; Robinson's, beginning Multiplication of Fractions.
French.—Causeries avec les Enfants; Mine. Gibert's Reader.
Music.—As above.
English Language.—Reading and Spelling.
Geography.—As found in the History of the United States.
History.—Read Grandfather's Chair.
Mathematics.—Arithmetic continued.
Music.—Continued.
English Language.—Reading, Spelling, and Tower's Elements of Grammar.
Geography.—Text Book, with Drawing Maps on the Blackboard. Begin with Central States.
History.—Read Sewell's History of Rome.
Mathematics.—Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic; Robinson's, beginning Division of Decimals.
French.—Causeries avec les Enfants. Reading.
English Language.—Reading, Spelling, and Grammar.
Geography.—Guyot's Intermediate, reviewed.
History.—Read Sewell's History of Rome.
Mathematics.—Arithmetic, continued.
French.—As above.
Music.—Continued.
English Language.—Reading and Spelling; Reed and Kellogg's Higher Lessons in English.
History.—Higginson's United States; Geography.
Mathematics.—Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic; Robinson's, beginning Percentage.
French.—Petites Causeries. Chardenal's Grammar. Reading.
Music.—As above.
English Grammar.—Reading and Spelling; Higher Lessons in English.
History.—Higginson's United States; Geography.
Botany.—Oral Instruction and Analysis.
Mathematics.—Arithmetic, continued.
French.—As above.
Music.—Continued.
English Language.—Reading, Spelling and Defining; Reed and and Kellogg's Higher Lessons in English, beginning at page 83.
Geography.—Guyot's Common School.
History.—Miss "Wall's England.
Mathematics.—Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic: Robinson's, beginning Compound Interest.
French.—Petites Causeries; Chardenal's Grammar.
Music.—Elementary Instruction: Simple Solfeggio.
Drawing.—Study of Perspective; Sketching simple objects.
English Language.—Reading. Spelling and Defining; Higher Lessons in English.
History.—Miss Wall's England.
Mathematics.—Oral and Written Arithmetic, continued.
French.—As above.
Music.—Continued.
English Language.—Reed and Kellogg's Higher Lessons in English, beginning at page 131.
History.—Barnes's Brief History of France.
Mathematics.—Stoddard's Intellectual Arithmetic; Robinson's, beginning Ratio.
Latin.—Harkness's Introductory Latin Book; Oral and Written Exercises in translating English into Latin, throughout the course.
French.—Causeries avec les eleves; Chardenal's Grammar.
Music.—As above.
Drawing.—Study of Perspective: Sketching simple objects.
English Language.—Read and Study a Poem.
History.—Same as above.
Mathematics.—Algebra begun.
French.—As above.
Music.—Continued.
Drawing.—Continued.
History.—Swinton's Outlines, with Geography.
Mathematics—Algebra.
Latin.—Harkness's Grammar and Reader, (old edition.)
Physiology.—Brown's.
French.—Causeries avec mes eleves; Chardenal's Grammar.
Music.—Sight reading; Solfeggio; First principles of harmony.
Drawing.—Study of Form: Sketching.
History.—Swinton's Outlines, with Geography.
Mathematics.—Algebra.
Latin.—Grammar and Reader.
Natural History.—Gray's Botany.
French.—As above.
Drawing.—Study of Form: Sketching.
Music.—Contined.
English Language.—Shaksperian Reading; Review Whitney's Essentials; Trench's Study of Words.
Mathematics.—Wentworth's Geometry
Latin—C.nesar; Arnold's Prose Composition.
Physics.—Avery's Natural Philosophy.
Geography.—Review.
Rhetoric.—Hart's Composition and Rhetoric; English Grammar reviewed.
French.—Chardenal's Grammar; Literature Contemporaine; La Fontaine.
Drawing.—Study of Light and Shade; Cast Drawing.
Music.—As above.
English Language.—Shaksperian Reader
Mathematics.—Geometry. Arithmetic reviewed.
Latin.—Cicero; Mythology.
Physics.—Avery's Nat. Philosophy.
History.—Review England.
Chemistry.—Hooker's.
French.—As above.
Drawing.—As above.
Music.—Continued.
English Language.—Shaksperian Reader.
History.—Review United States.
Belles-Lettres.—English Literature.
Astronomy.—Lockyer's Elementary.
Latin.—æneid.
French.—Chardenal's Grammar; Literature Contemporaine; La Fontaine.
Drawing.—Study of Light and Shade; Cast Drawing.
Music.—Continued.
Latin.—æneid continued.
Natural Science.—Guyot's Physical Geography.
Political Science.—Martin's Civil Government.
Belles-Lettres.—English Literature.
French.—As above.
Drawing.—Cast Drawing.
Music.—Continued.
Studies marked* are, with the approval of the Principal of the Institute and of the College Faculty, elective, and will usually be recited in the College classes. In the regular course the pupil may take both German and French, or may choose between them.
History.—Smith's History of Greece.
English Literature.—Selected Reading; Themes.
Philosophy.—Hamilton's Metaphysics.
Physical Geography.—Guyot's Earth and Man.
Mathematics.—Trigonometry.*
Natural History.—Agassiz and Gould's Zoology.
French.—Literature; Conversation; Entretien sur la Grammaire (L. Sauveur); Read.
Latin.*
Greek.*
German.—Grammar.
Art.—Drawing from Nature; Biography of Artists.
History.—History of Greece, continued.
English Literature.—Selected Reading; Themes.
Philosophy.—Hamilton's Metaphysics, continued.
Mathematics.—Analytical Geometry.
Natural History.—Agassiz's Methods of Study in Natural History.
French.—As above.
Latin.*
Greek.*
German.—Marie Stuart; Goethe's Egmont.
Physics.—Ganot's.*
Art.—Drawing; History of Schools of Art.
History.—Bryce's History of the Roman Empire.
English Literature.—Schlegel's Dramatic Art and Literature; Themes.
Political Economy.
Chemistry.—Roscoe's.*
Mathematics.—Mechanics.*
French.—Literature; Conversation.
Latin.*
Greek.*
German.—Goethe's Iphigenie auf Tauris; Goethe's Faust.
Physics.—Ganot's. *
History.—Bryce's History of the Roman Empire, continued.
Philosophy.—Peabody's Moral Philosophy; Evidences of Natural and Revealed Religion.
Astronomy.—White's.
Mathematics.—Mechanics.*
Physics.
French.—Literature; Conversation.
Latin. *
German.—Lessing.
Vegetable Physiology.
Each pupil will be classed according to her attainments, and will be expected to pursue the prescribed studies of her class, except when excused by the Principal, who will be guided in this by the health and ability of the pupil. Young ladies, however, who may desire to prosecute special studies in the higher Academic or Advanced Classes, without taking the full course, can do so without interfering with the classification, by attending the recitations
At a meeting of the Board of Directors of the University, held in
"That the graduates of Mary Institute in full standing shall be entitled to free admission to the classes of the College or the Polytechnic School either as regular or particular students, on examination, and subject to the rules and regulations of said departments; it being distinctly understood that a diploma shall not be given to any such student except on completion of the full course of study."
These charges are for the current year only.
No Extras will be Charged, except for Instrumental Music and Painting.
Graduates of this Institution are admitted to the Advanced Class without charge for tuition.
N. B.—No pupil will be received for less than one term, and no abatement in tuition will be made for absence, whether such absence occur at the beginning, middle, or end of the term.
Notice of a pupil's intention to continue her connection with the school for the succeeding year must be given at the close of the school year, otherwise no seat can be reserved for her.
Latin, French and German are optional; but one of them must betaken by every candidate for graduation.
Board may be found in good families on reasonable terms. Any persons willing to take young ladies as boarders are requested to leave their names and residences with some member of the Faculty.
For more particular information in respect to Mary Institute, reference may be made to the Principal, or to any of the Faculty.
[The following list contains all who received the degree of
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Philosophyin the year named. Those not otherwise marked have received the degree of A. B. Those who have received the degree of Master of Arts are so marked. Those marked thus* have died since graduation.]
S. P. Reynolds, C. E.
J. C. Leggett, A. B.
Valedictory Address of Normal Class
H. W. Loeb, A. B., Pe. B.
Valedictory Address of Medical Class
R. C. Cottingham, M. D.
Paul Alexander, A. B., L. B.
Valedictory Address of Academic Classes—
O. G. Ellis, L. B.
Salute of Thirty-Eight guns by University Cadets.
Lieut. J. J. Haden, U. S. Army, Commandant.
School of Mines and Metallurgy, Rolla.
Floyd Davis, C. E., M. E., Ph. D., Ithaca, N. Y.
Honorary Degre—LL. D.
Prof. Sylvester Waterhouse, of Washington University.
Bishop C. F. Robertson, of St. Louis.
Died before graduation.
The following is the report of the Board of Examiners:
To the Dean of the Medical Department of the University of the State of Missouri:
We, your Committee, appointed by the Board of Curators to examine the members of the Senior Class of your department, wish to state that upon a careful examination of the said members in all the various branches embraced in your curriculum of study, find the following gentlemen worthy and entitled to the degree of Doctor of Medicine:
The above grade is that given by the Examining Board, showing the average in the oral examination conducted by them. The following is the average grade obtained in written examinations before the members of the Faculty during the course of two years:
Valedictorian—R. C. Cottingham.
The undersigned committee, appointed by the Medical Faculty to examine the Theses of the candidates for graduation, made the following report:
Statesman.
Your polite note requesting for publication the brief parting utterance to the graduating classes at the Commencement on June 7th, just after their diplomas had been placed in their hands, is received, and in compliance therewith I send you the manuscript.
On the eve of a battle that is historic, the leader of the side that came out of the fray victorious stirred his faltering troops to daring deeds on the occasion, by a sturdy appeal to their self-reliance and manhood in the memorable words— "On the 3d Thermidor (Be strong and quit yourselves like men. In like manner the weird appeal of Napoleon to his halting troops in Egypt in view of the Pyramids, inspired to deeds of victory: Men, soldiers of France, forty centuries look down upon you from the summits of those Pyramids and will make record of the deeds of this day! Consider that from the summits of yonder pyramids, forty centuries look-down upon your actions"—Battle of the" Pyramids, Thiers' History French Revolution.
The one is faith in human nature—in its endowments and capabilities. This is faith in yourselves and in your fellow men Self-reliance is the undergirding of character. Presumption, arrogance and conceit are its counterfeits. He is the most pitiable of all victims who imposes on himself. The qualities of modesty and diffidence are not incompatible with the highest endowments and attainments, nor is it, as the case of Moses handsomely evidences, in violation of these charming and retiring traits, to consent to be leaders when clearly called, nor even to insist on leading, it just occasion arise and you be fitted for so doing.
It is partly to this very work that you are this day commissioned. Win your crowns and they will be awarded to you. There is a monumental incident out of which twenty two centuries are looking down upon the significance of this public spectacle and transaction. In the name and by the authority of the state of Missouri these baccalaureate chaplets or crowns have been awarded to you severally. In the same year, that of 322 before our era, the greatest orator and the greatest philosopher in the world's history—Demosthenes and Aristotle, died. When Demosthenes was at the zenith of his career, it was proposed in the general assembly of Athens that he should be granted a golden wreath or crown in recognition of his services to the State. The speech of' Demosthenes, made at the subsequent trial, in defence of his own character and claims, is by common consent esteemed the world's masterpiece of eloquence. The speech of æschines, his determined and powerful opponent, in support of his accusasions, is ranked only second to it. Both of these speeches are preserved to us, and are not an unusual study in the under-graduate Greek course. In æschines prosecution he "warns the Athenians that, in granting crowns, they judge themselves and are forming the character of their children." The following passage, in translation from æeschines' oration, is worthy of our notice in this connection:
Most of all, fellow citizens, if your sons ask you whose example
public example. If you take one whose life has no high purpose, one who mocks at morals, and crown him in the theatre, every boy who sees it is corrupted. When a man suffers his deserts, the people learn; on the contrary, when a man votes against what is noble and just, and then comes home to teach his son, the boy will very properly say, 'Your lesson is impertinent and a bore.' Beware, therefore, Athenians, remembering that posterity will rejudge your judgment, and that the character of a city is determined by the character of the men it crowns.
This is most wholesome counsel, and forceful indeed must have been the merit of Demosthenes' claim to sucessfully pass such an ordeal—he received more than four-fifths of the vote of "probably not less than five hundred"—or most base must have been the court of award. This was not the senate of five hundred but the Heliast Court, with a possible bench of six thousand judges, chosen by lot, from the male citizens of Athens, at least thirty years of age. The senate had passed on the case favorably, but subject to ratification by this supreme court of the popular assembly, which sat on trial in the midst of the assembled multitude as a sort of lobby, whose presence was sometimes more or less explicitly recognized by the speakers. This is apparent in the opening words of Demosthenes: "In the first place, ye men of Athens," &c. But the following passage from æschines, is the best photograph of the scene: "Before these your judges, before the other citizens, spectators of this trial, before all the Greeks who have been solicitous to hear the event of this cause—and of these I see no small number, but rather more than ever vet known to attend on any public trial, I thus answer;" &c.
The distrustful, suspicious, snarling misanthrope who, without faith in his fellow men, moves through society like a fretted porcupine, unmans himself and mars the lives of others. But faith in our fellows is equally removed from weak credulity and unguarded trust in the artful and plausible pretences and practices of designing persons. There is in circulation, however, a genuine coin,—all is not counterfeit. The true, the beautiful and the good are realties. It is the jaundiced eye that discolors all objects and the thoroughly base drag all others down to their own low level. Such a view of life and of living people is not strong and manly, it cannot yield fruit in personal happiness and highest usefulness. You
The other faith is faith in God. This is a rock foundation. Without it individuals and nations are weak. Atheism is everywhere and ever has been a sure mark of national degradation. All nations have had faith in their gods in the days of their strength. It was in her degeneracy and growing feebleness that Rome deified her Emperors and a mere man became her god. Hero worship, however polytheistic, is unmanning and unmanly. The true and only foundation of the genuine worship of the soul is in the living Personal Being who stands as the adequate rational ground and ultimate explanation of the world and its order, the cosmos, and as the omnipotent, omniscient, good, just and true governor of the same, whose attributes shine in and through nature, but who is no more to be contounded with nature than our souls with our bodies. He is as distinct from his work and revelations as our spirits from theirs. Happy is that people, I will say, whose God is this Lord.
Each of you may be sately assured that his or her highest and best possibilities in this life and in that to come, are attainable only through God who strengthened you.
The paradox which contains the profoundest and purest philosophy of life, as in an axiom, is just this-and with its utterance my lips will forever close to you as pupils: Let your self-reliance be as though you can do everything; but let your trust in God be as though, without him, you can do nothing.
May God bless you through life! Good bye!
Note.—Seven of the teachers are counted twice in the above enumeration.
William G. Eliot, Chancellor.
C. M. Woodward, Director.
Charles F. White.
George W. Krall.
W. H. Vaughn.
E. R. Booth.
Charles E. Jones.
Geo. B. Woodward.
Harry M. Newington.
B. S. Newland.
Charles C. Swofford.
Oscar W. Reader.
John H. Jenks
The First Class was graduated in June 1883, numbering
The Fourth Year of the School will open
Monday, September 10, 1883.
Examination for Admission, Friday, September 7th.
The Ordinance establishing the Manual Training School, was adopted by the Hoard of Directors of the University,
The lot was purchased and the building fronting on Eighteenth Street begun in August of the same year. In the November following, a Prospectus of the school was published. In
The second year of the school opened
During the summer of
The third year of the school opened
Three Articles of the Ordinance establishing the school are appended.
"Its object shall be instruction in Mathematics, Drawing, and the English branches of a high-school course, and instruction and practice in the use of Tools. The Tool-instruction, as at present contemplated, shall include Carpentry, Wood-Turning, Pattern-Making, Iron Clipping and Filing, Forge-Work, Brazing and Soldering, the use of Machine-Shop Tools, and such other instruction of a similar character as it may be deemed advisable to add to the foregoing from time to time.
"The students will divide their working hours, as nearly as possible, equally between mental and manual exercises.
"They shall be admitted, on examination, at not less than fourteen years of age, and the course shall continue three years."
"The expenses of said school shall be provided for, so far as possible, by gifts and endowments specially contributed for the purpose, and all such gifts and endowments shall be held sacred and apart, and shall be used only for the direct purpose for which they have been given, unless by consent of the respective donors or their legal representatives."
"For every sum of $1,500 contributed for the establishment or permanent endowment of said school, the donor shall be entitled to a certificate of scholarship, under which he shall have the right to send one scholar to said Manual Training School, free of tuition charges, so long as said school shall exist."
Candidates for admission to the first-year class must be at least fourteen years of age, and each must present a certificate of good moral character signed by a former teacher.
They must also pass a good examination on the following subjects:—
Arithmetic, including the fundamental rules; common and decimal fractions; the tables of weights, measures, and their use. Candidates will be examined orally in mental arithmetic, including the addition, subtraction, and multiplication of fractional and mixed numbers.
Boys not less than fifteen years old, and fully-up to the standard of the second-year class in Arithmetic, Algebra. History, Physical Geography, and English Composition, will be admitted one year in advance. Such pupils will of course take Drawing with the first-year class, and shop-work with either the first or second-year class, as may be thought best. Similarly, boys properly qualified will he admitted to the third-year class. No student will be allowed, to take shop-work in advance of his class.
Vacancies may be filled at any time, provided the applicants are prepared to enter existing classes.
One Hundrdd Pupils will be received into the first-year class. About forty boys have been already accepted. Additional candidates will be examined on September 7th. No boy lens than fourteen years old will be received. Names may be enrolled at any time by letter.
Boys who can produce records of good character and scholarship, but whose circumstances render it practically impossible for them to pay the tuition fees of the school, are invited to write the Director, or to get some friend of known high character and standing to write for them. In all such cases the occupation of the father, if living, should be given. Even when free scholarships cannot be given, such boys may at times be admitted on special reduced rates.
The next school-year will open September 10.
The following questions were used in Examination of Candidates for Admissions:—
Covers three years, and the school time of the pupils is about equally divided between mental and manual exercises. The daily session begins at 9 A. M., and closes at 3 or 4 P. M., ample allowance being made for lunch. One hour per day is given to drawing, two hours to shop-work, and three hours to study and recitation.
The course of study embraces five lines—three intellectual and two manual—as follows:—
First—A course of pure Mathematics, including Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, and Plane Trigonometry.
Second—A course in Science and Applied Mathematics, including Physical Geography, Natural History, Natural Philosophy, Chemistry, Mechanics, Mensuration, and Book-keeping.
Third—A course in Language and Literature, including English Grammar, Spelling, Composition, Literature, History, and the elements of Political Science and Economy. Latin and French will be introduced as electives with English if desired.
Eourth—A course in Penmanship, Free-Hand and Mechanical Drawing.
Fifth—A course of Tool instruction, including Carpentry, Wood-Turning, Pattern-Making, Forging, Soldering, Brazing and Bench and Machine Work in Iron.
Students have no option or election as to particular studies; each must conform to the course as laid down, and take every branch in its order.
The course in Drawing embraces three general divisions:—
Free-Hand Drawing, designed to educate the sense of form and proportion; to teach the eye to observe accurately, and to train the hand to rapidly delineate the forms, either of existing objects or of ideals in the mind.Mechanical Drawing, including the use of instruments; geometric constructions; the arrangement of projections, elevations, plans and sections; also the various methods of producing shades and shadows with pen or brush.Technical Drawing or Draughting, illustrating conventional colors and signs; systems of architectural or shop-drawings; and at the same time familiarizing the pupil with the proportions and details of various classes of machines and structures.
The arrangement of studies and shop-work by years is substantially as follows:—
Arithmetic, completed. Algebra, to Equations.
English Language, its Structure and Use. History of the United States.
Physical Geography. Natural History. Natural Philosophy begun.
Drawing, Mechanical and Free-Hand from objects. Penmanship.
Carpentry and Joinery. Wood-Carving. Wood-Turning. Pat-tern-Making.
Latin may be taken in place of English and History.
Algebra, through Quadratics. Geometry begun.
Natural Philosophy. Principles of Mechanics.
English Composition and Literature. English History.
Latin may be taken in place of English and History if desired by a division of the class.
Drawing, Orthographic and Isometric Projections, Lettering, Details of Machines, Tinting, Free-Hand Drawing. Penmanship
Forging.—Drawing, Upsetting, Bending, Punching, Welding, Tempering. Soldering and Brazing.
Geometry, finished. Plane Trigonometry and Mensuration.
English Composition and Literature. History. Ethics and Political Economy.
French or Latin may be taken in place of English and History.
Elements of Chemistry.
Book-keeping.
Drawing, Machine and Architectural. Elements of Descriptive Geometry.
Work in the Machine-Shop. Bench-Work and Fitting, Turning, Drilling, Planing, Screw-cutting, etc. Study of the Steam Engine
Execution of Project.
Before receiving a diploma of the school, each student must execute a project satisfactory to the faculty of the school. The project consists of the actual construction of a machine. The finished machine must be accompanied by a full set of the working drawings according to which the machine is made. If it is not feasible to construct the patterns for castings of such machine, proper directions for their construction must accompany the drawings.
Diplomas.—Pupils completing the course will be presented with appropriate diplomas. Occasionally medals will be given as evidence of special excellence in certain branches.
Tuition Fees.—The school year consists of two terms of twenty weeks each. The fees are by the term, and are payable in advance. The rates for the present will be as follows:—
Scholarships.—The founders of the school desire that the advantages of this school shall be within the reach of boys from every class in the community. A limited number of free scholarships will, therefore, be filled annually. It is desirable that they should in general be given as rewards of merit to promising boys in straitened circumstances. Persons desiring to found scholarships are referred to Article V. of the Ordinance establishing this school.
Students, whether on scholarships or not, furnish their own books, drawing instruments and paper, their own aprons and overalls, and their own pocket tools. The school furnishes shop-tools and materials. Losses and breakages are charged to pupils when they are the result of carelessness. Books and drawing materials will not cost on the average more than $15 per year. Board and lodging for those living out of the city can be obtained for from 816 to $25 per month.
The school has no regular lodging-house for non-resident pupils, but the Director is always ready to recommend good homes to boys coming among strangers.
Pupils whose influence is found to be morally bad will be dismissed; and those who fail to make good progress in their work, after reasonable trial are required to withdraw.
Absences and irregularities of all kinds are reported to parents.
Regular reports are made of the standing of pupils in each branch of work and study.
Students of the second and third-year classes have formed a debating society, their object being "mutual improvement in Elocution, Composition and Debate." The society meets one evening each week in a room assigned for that purpose.
The following arrangement of exercises, in shops, drawing, and recitation rooms, will serve as the basis of programs for next year:—
A perspective view of the school building is given as a frontispiece, and the arrangement of the three floors is partly shown in the accompanying cuts. The building has a frontage on Washington Avenue of 106 feet 4½ inches, and on Eighteenth Street of 100 feet.
The School can accommodate a maximum of 240 pupils; the enrollment next year will be about 200.
Each wood-working shop has uniform accommodations for a class of twenty-four pupils. Three such classes or divisions could be taught daily in each. Four divisions could be taught by extending the range of a school day to eight hours. Each pupil has one of the uniform sets of hand edge-tools for his exclusive use, kept in a locked drawer. For the care and safety of these tools he is held responsible.
For details of these shops, each 40 by 50 feet, see cuts of second and third floors. Each shop is used both as a carpenter and as a turning shop. Each shop contains twenty-four benches, vises, lathes, and sets of tools for use in common (besides the 72 sets of edge tools for individual use), a power grindstone, the instructor's desk and bench, and the requisite quota of clamps, glue-
pots, etc. A double circular-saw machine is provided for getting out stock (" blanks" for a class).
Thus the school has 48 speed-lathes for wood turning. 48 benches, vises, and common (non-cutting) tools, and 120 individual sets of edge-tools and drawers.
The first floor of the building is devoted to metal work, and comprises the machine and blacksmith shops. The blacksmith shop is 40 feet square, and has its complete equipment of twenty-two forges, anvils, tubs, and sets of ordinary hand tools. Eleven sets of heavy tools suffice for twenty-two pupils, as they may work in pairs as smith and helper. The blast is supplied by a large blower, and a powerful exhaust fan keeps the shop reasonably free from smoke and gas. In connection with one of the larger forges is a hand-bellows, which can be used when the engine is not running Every shop exercise lasts two hours, consequently the shop readily accommodates eighty-eight pupils per day.
Is 40×50 feet. It possesses an equipment of twelve engine-lathes, as follows: four 14-inch Putnam lathes from Fitchburg, Massachusetts; three 14-inch Star lathes from Providence, Rhode Island; and five 15-inch Powell lathes from Worcester, Massachusetts. Also four speed-lathes; a post drill: a planer, 21-inch by 21-inch by 5 feet; a 25-inch goose-neck drill; a shaper of 15 inches stroke; and a large power grindstone. Ten vises and benches, with forty drawers, afford opportunity for bench work. The shop is furnished for a class of twenty students at
The engine is of the best pattern and superior workmanship, and is capable of about sixty horse-power. It was built specially for the school by Messrs. Smith, Beggs & Rankin, of St. Louis. The steam-generating apparatus of the University consists of a battery of three large steel boilers, set and furnished in the most approved manner. These boilers furnish heat for the entire group of University buildings, as well as steam for the engine in the shop. This equipment of steam power furnishes to pupils of the Third-Year class the means of becoming familiar with such machinery on a scale unsurpassed.
The shop instruction is given similarly to laboratory lectures. The instructor at the bench, machine, or anvil, executes in the presence of the whole class the day's lesson, giving all needed information, and at times using the blackboard. When necessary the pupils make notes and sketches (working drawings), and questions are asked and answered, that all obscurities may be removed. The class then proceeds to the execution of the task, leaving the instructor to give additional help to such as need it. At a specified time the lesson ceases, and the work is brought in, commented on and marked. It is not necessary that all the work assigned should be finished; the essential thing is that it should be well begun and carried on with reasonable speed and accuracy.
All the shop-work is disciplinary; special trades are not taught, nor are articles manufactured for sale.
The scope of a single trade is too narrow for educational purposes. Manual education should be as broad and liberal as intellectual. A shop which manufactures for the market, and expects a revenue from the sale of its products, is necessarily confined to salable work, and a systematic and progressive series of lessons is impossible, except at great cost. If the object of the shop is education, a student should be allowed to discontinue any task or process the moment he has learned to do it well. If the shop were intended to make money, the students would be kept at work on what they could do best, at the expense of breadth and versatility.
In manual education, the desired end is the acquirement of skill in the use of tools and materials, and not the production of specific articles; hence we abstract all the mechanical processes and manual arts and typical tools of the trades and occupations of men, arrange a systematic course of instruction in the same, and then incorporate it in our system of education. Thus, without teaching any one trade, we teach the essential mechanical principles of all.
Accordingly, the shop-training is gained by regular and carefully graded lessons designed to cover as much ground as possible, and to teach thoroughly the uses of
Frequent requests have been made for detailed descriptions or drawings of the models actually made in the several shops. Such requests have generally been refused for several good reasons. In the first place, the main object of one or more exercises is to gain control and mastery of the tool in hand, and not the production of a particular model. The use of the tool may be well taught by a large variety of exercises, just as knowledge of bank discount may be gained from the use of several different examples. No special merit can be claimed for a particular example; neither can a particular model or series of models have any great value. No good teacher is likely to use precisely the same set twice. Secondly. The method of doing a piece of work; and not the finished piece, is generally the object of a lesson. Again, the exercises by which certain methods of using tools are to be taught, often depend upon varying circumstances,—such as the quality of the material, the age of pupils, and their knowledge of working drawings.
Instead of giving particular descriptions of exercises, we prefer to state the general methods by which the use of the various tools is taught.
The tools of a shop are not given out all at once; they are issued as they are needed, and as a rule, to all the members of a class alike.
In carpenter work the tools used are: the cross-cut, tenon, and rip saws; steel square, try square, bevel and gauge, hammer, mallet, rule and dividers, oil stones and slips. And among edge-tools: the jack and smoothing planes, chisels, and gouges. Braces and bits, jointer planes, compass-saws, hatchets, and other tools are kept in the shop tool-closet to be used as needed.
The saw and the plane with the square and gauge are the foundation tools, and to drill the pupils in their use numerous lessons are given, varied only enough to avoid monotony. The pupil being able to plane a piece fairly well, and to keep to the line in sawing, the next step is to teach him the use of the chisel in producing simple joints of various kinds. The particular shapes are given with the intent to familiarize the pupil with the customary styles and methods of construction.
Previous to the execution of a lesson in wood each pupil is required to make a working drawing of the same in his book, inserting all necessary dimensions in figures.
The different sizes of the same tool, a chisel for instance, require different care and methods of handling,
With the introduction of each tool, the pupils are taught how to keep the same in order. They are taught that sharp tools are absolutely necessary to good work.
Five or six tools only are used, and from previous experience the pupils know how to keep them in order. At first a large gouge only is issued, and the pupils are taught and drilled in its use in roughing out and producing cylinders and cones; then concave and double-curve surfaces; then in work comprising all these—all in wood turning with the grain. A wide chisel follows, and its use in conjunction with the gouge is taught. After this, a smaller gouge, chisel, and parting tool, and a round-point are given, and a variety of shapes are executed. Next comes turning across the grain; then bored and hollow work, chucking, and the various ways of manipulating wood on face-plates, mandrels, etc. Finally, turning of fancy woods, polishing, jointing, and pattern-work.
In connection with the making of patterns, their use is shown by brief exercises in moulding. Castings are made of lead or type metal. Though very little moulding or casting is done by the students, enough practice is given to illustrate the principles and explain the use of technical terms.
Work in the blacksmith shop is in one essential feature different from any other kind. Wood or cold iron will wait any desired length of time while the pupil considers how he shall work, but here comes in temperature subject to continual change. The injunction is imperative to "strike while the iron is hot," and hence quick work is demanded—a hard thing for new hands. To obviate this difficulty bars of lead are used, with which the lesson is first executed, while all the particulars of form and the methods of holding and striking are studied. The lead acts under the hammer very nearly like hot iron, and permits every operation on the anvil except welding.
The various operations of drawing, bending, upsetting, punching, welding, tempering, etc., are learned in connection with the fabrication of hooks, stirrups, chains, swivels, tongs, hammers, and machine tools.
One of the most difficult lessons in the art of the smith is that of managing the fire. The various kinds of heat are explained and illustrated, and habits of economy of both iron and fuel are inculcated.
Arrangements have been made to greatly extend the short courses in Moulding, Brazing, and Soldering next year.
In the machine shop, owing to the inevitable lack of tools, the class-work is less uniform. It is practically impossible to furnish a class of twenty students with twenty lathes, twenty planers, and twenty drills, etc., etc. The
Nevertheleas, the instruction is given with an approach to regularity; the practice is as uniform as the tools will allow. The course includes chipping, filing, polishing, turning, drilling, boring, screw-cutting, scraping, planing, etc., and all the details of fitting and finishing.
During the second term the members of the class, either singly or in groups, enter upon the construction of their projects for finished work.
Throughout the year a detail is made from each shop-division to study the management of the engine and boilers, under the direction of a competent engineer.
Five upright steam engines of about five horse-power each, the work of the students, were set up and run by the members of the graduating class in June last.
[Extract from the Report of the Director, June, 1883.]
"The construction of machines as extensive as these engines you just saw run has been at the expense of more uniform class-work, and it is quite possible that next year we shall aim more at
instructionand less atconstruction. During the year, the second-year class have forged one hundred tools for the turning shop, seventy for the machine shop, forty-six tools for the forges themselves (including forty pairs of tongs), and other outside jobs, making a total of two hundred and eighty tools or jobs, exclusive of regular exercises, andnot included in the work on exhibition. A word of warning may be necessary to those who have been chiefly interested in the development of our tool instruction. The time spent in shop-work has never exceeded two hours per day, unless theboys have voluntarily remained after hours, that is, after 3:20 o'clock, for additional practice. Moreover, from these two hours should be subtracted fully fifteen minutes for washing, dressing, etc. A week, therefore, represents less than nine hours of actual work in a shop. Hence, in placing a value upon the time spent, as men count time, you should remember that a "day's work" is all the boys have had per week. For carpentry and wood-turning they have had three hundred and eighty hours, or thirty-eight days; in blacksmithing three hundred and eighty hours, and in machine-shop work, three hundred and eighty hours. They are thus boys of very limited practice, and while they ought to have an intelligent idea of tools and their uses, of the laws of mechanism, and of the properties of wood, iron, steel and brass, we ought not to expect finished work from their hands."
It has not been thought necessary to detail the work done on the familiar subjects of mathematics, science, and literature. The simultaneous development and discipline of the intellectual and physical faculties is the main object of the course. The aim is to do thorough work; to lay out a fair course of study and to cover it well. There is no laxity in book-work in consequence of the introduction of manual features in the daily program.
"Our exhibition to-day is not limited to a display of drawings, shop-work and manual skill; we have had reci-
My own conclusion based upon the observation of the influence of manual education for at least eight years (for we had manual training with the students of our Polytechnic School several years before this school was in existence),—my conclusion is that not only does our work-shop not detract from the interest boys take in books, but it stimulates and increases it, either directly or indirectly. In mathematics, physics, mechanics and chemistry, the help is direct and positive. Note for instance the mental arithmetic involved in the execution of a pattern from a working drawing. No one can learn from a book the true force of technical terms or definitions, nor the properties of materials. The obscurities
Then on the literary side, the habit of clear-headedness and exactness in regard to the minor details of a subject, which is absolutely essential in a shop, stretches with its wholesome influence into their study of words and the structure of language. As Felix Adler says, the doing of one thing well is the beginning of doing all things well. I am a thorough disbeliever in the doctrine that it is educationally useful to commit to memory words which are not understood. The memory has its abundant uses and should be cultivated, but when it usurps the place of the understanding, when it insidiously beguiles the mind into the habit of accepting the images of words for the images of the things the words ought to recall, then the memory becomes a positive hindrance to intellectual development. The influence of manual training, when associated, as it is here, with mental culture, is intellectually and morally wholesome."
The Manual Training School is not an asylum for dull or lazy boys. It clearly recognizes the pre-eminent value and necessity of intellectual development and discipline. In presenting some novel features in its course of instruction, the managers do not assume that in other schools there is too much intellectual and moral training, but that there is too little manual training for ordinary American boys. The school exacts close and thoughtful study with books as well as with tools. It proposes, by lengthening the usual school-day a full hour, and by abridging somewhat the number of daily recitations, to find time for drawing and tool-work, and thus to secure a liberal intellectual and physical development—a more symmetrical education.
It is believed that, to all students, without regard to plans for the future, the value of the training which can be got in shop-work, spending only eight or ten hours per week, is abundantly sufficient to justify the expense of materials, tools, and teachers.
It occasionally happens that students who have special aptitudes in certain directions find great difficulty in mastering subjects in other directions. In such cases it is often the best course to yield to natural tastes, and to assist the student in finding his proper sphere of work
The Choice of a Vocation which often prove so fatal to the fondest hopes.
One great object of the school is to foster a higher appreciation of the value and dignity of intelligent labor, and the worth and respectability of laboring men. A boy who sees nothing in manual labor but mere brute force, despises both the labor and the laborer. With the acquisition of skill in himself, conies the ability and willingness to recognize skill in his fellows. When once he appreciciates skill in handicraft, he regards the skillful workman with sympathy and respect.
It is not assumed that every boy who enters this school is to be a mechanic. Some will find that they have no taste for manual arts, and will turn into other paths—law, medicine, or literature. Some who develop both natural skill and strong intellectual powers will push on through the Polytechnic School into the realms of professional life as engineers and scientists. Others will find their greatest usefulness as well as highest happiness
things. The grand result will be an increasing interest in manufacturing pursuits, more intelligent mechanics, more successful manufacturers, better lawyers, more skilful physicians, and more useful citizens.
[Report of Director, June 1883.]
"We would fit them to choose their occupations wisely and to follow them with success. I have no doubt, nor have you that a larger per cent than usual of these boys will adopt fields of labor in which their manual training will be called into play. This is to be expected, and it is most desirable. St. Louis needs men intellectually and manually strong, to lead in her workshops and factories, and Missouri and the Great West needs them on her farms.
Hitherto, men who have cultivated their minds have neglected their hands; and those who have labored with their hands have found no opportunity to cultivate their brains. The crying demand to-day is for intellectual combined with manual training. It is this want that we aim to supply. Our motto is, and every medal given today bears it in plain letters:
The Managers of the School are abundantly confirmed in their views, as set forth in the Prospectus three years ago, by the experience of the school during its first three years. From the start it has been well patronized, and vacant seats have been few; at times every seat has been filled.
The zeal and enthusiasm of the students has been developed to a most gratifying extent, extending into all the departments of work. The variety afforded by the daily program has had the moral and intellectual effect expected, and an unusual degree of sober earnestness has been shown. The wholesome moral effect of a course of training which interests and stimulates the ardor of the student is most marked. Parents observe the beneficial influence of occupation. The suggestions of the day fill the mind with healthy thoughts and appetites during the leisure hours. Success in drawing or shop-work has often had the effect of arousing the ambition in mathematics and history, and vice versa.
Progress in the two subjects, drawing and shop-work, (and we had little previous knowledge of what could be done with boys as young as those of the first-year class) has been quite remarkable. To be sure there was little doubt of the final result, but the progress has been more rapid than it seemed reasonable to expect. Among the graduates of last June are several excellent draughtsmen, and not a few workmen of accuracy and skill.
The habit of working from drawings and to nice measurements has given the students a confidence in themselves altogether new. This is shown in the readiness with which they undertake the execution of small commissions in behalf of the school, and the handiness which they display at home. In fact, the increased usefulness of our students still in school is making itself felt, and in several instances the result has been the offer of business positions too tempting to be rejected. This drawback, if it can be called one, the school must always suffer. The better educated and trained our students become, the stronger will be the temptations offered to them outside, and the more difficult it will be for us to hold them through the course. Parents and guardians should avoid the bad policy of injuring the prospects of a promising young man by grasping a small present pecuniary advantage at the cost of far greater rewards in the future. From the testimony of parents the physical, intellectual, and moral effect of the school is exceedingly satisfactory. The unanimous response is: an unusual interest and pleasure in school; and very generally an increased fondness for good books and periodicals. A few boys who had never shown any interest in tools have developed into good and enthusiastic workmen. As a rule the good scholars are the good mechanics.
All communications relating to the school should be sent to the Director,
Title.An Act to repeal "The New Zealand University
Preamble.Whereas an Act intituled "The New Zealand University
Be it Therefore Enacted by the General Assembly of New Zealand in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—
1. The Short Title of this Act shall be "The New Short Title.
Zealand University Act,
2. "The New Zealand University Act, "The New Zealand University Act,
Saving existing rights &c.
University under the said Act to remain the University of New Zealand, and be incorporated.
Any property, real or personal, of which the University Property to be rested in the reconstituted University.
It is hereby expressly declared and enacted that the Objects of institution.
5. The University of New Zealand shall hereafter Of what University consists.
There stall be twenty-four fellows, including the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor.
The persons who immediately before the coming into operation of this Act were the members of the Council of the University created by the same Act shall, on the coming into operation of this Act, be Fellows, together with such other persons as the a Governor in Council may appoint, not exceeding in all the said number of twenty-four.
The graduates shall be the persons on whom the University has conferred or shall hereafter confer degrees.
Two Courts—Senate and Convocation.
Constitution of Senate.
Whenever a vacancy shall occur in the office of Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, either by death, resignation, or expiration of tenure, or otherwise, the said Senate shall elect out of their own body a Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, as the case may be; and, subjects to the provisions hereinafter contained, all vacancies which shall occur in the said Senate, by death, resignation, or otherwise, shall be filled as they occur by the election of such persons as the Senate and Con-
8. The following graduates of the University for Constitution of Convocation.
9. A register of the graduates constituting for the Register of Graduates constituting Convocation to be kept.
10. The Senate shall have the entire management Senate to have control of affairs of University.
The said Senate shall have full power to make and Power to make and alter statutes, &c.
All such statutes and regulations, when approved and sanctioned by the Governor in Council, shall be reduced into writing, and, the common seal of the University having been affixed there to, shall be binding upon all members thereof, and all candidates for degrees to be conferred by the same; Provided always that it shall not be lawful for the said Senate to impose on any person any compulsory religious examination or test.
The production of a copy of any such statutes and regulations under the said seal shall be sufficient evidence of the authenticity of the same in all Courts of justice.
Proceedings of Senate.
Senate to have power to appoint and remove Examiners, &c.
13. The seal of the University shall be entrusted Chancellor to be custodian of seal.
14. The Senate shall meet at least once in every Meetings of Senate. First meeting.
15. The Convocation of the University shall have Powers vested in Convocation.
The Convocation shall have no other or further powers than as aforesaid.
Nothing in this clause contained shall be held to restrain the Senate from accepting or surrendering any charter before Convocation shall have been constituted as hereinbefore provided.
16. The Senate shall convene a meeting of Convocation Senate to convene meeting of Convocation.
Senate to determine where Convocation to meet.
Notice of meeting of Convocation to be" advertised. Election of Fellows.
Chairman of Convocation.
The Chairman shall hold office for three years, and shall be eligible for re-election.
Should the Chairman be absent at any meeting, or the office be vacant, the majority of members present
On the office of Chairman becoming vacant by Proceedings of Convocation.
All questions in Convocation shall be decided by the majority of persons present, or voting by proxy as hereinafter provided; and the Chairman at any meeting shall have a vote, and, in case of equality of rotes, a second or casting vote.
No question shall be decided at any meeting of Convocation unless one-fourth of the members at least shall be present: Provided that twenty members shall in any case constitute a quorum.
Any meeting of Convocation shall have power to adjourn to a future day.
20. In the event of any member of the Senate or Members of Senate or Convocation may vote by proxy.
21. Once at least in every year the Senate shall Examination of candidates for degrees.
22. All institutions affiliated to the New Zealand Affiliated Institntions
This clause amended by subsequent Acts: see post, pp, 29 and 30Power to confer degrees.The said Senate shall have power, after examination, to confer the several degrees of Bachelor, Master, and Doctor, in Arts, Law, Science, Medicine, Music, and also in such other departments of knowledge except theology, as the said Senate, by statutes and regulations in that behalf, shall from time to time determine, and such reasonable fees shall be charged for the degree so conferred as the Senate shall from time to time direct.
Ad eundem degrees.ad eundem degrees. Rut no ad eundem degree shall, without the consent of the Convocation in each case, entitle the holder thereof to be or become a member of Convocation.
Power to grant certificates of proficiency.
26. All fees shall be carried to one General Fee Fees to be carried to general fund
27. The Colonial Treasurer shall every year pay out Colonia Treasurer to pay £3000 per annum for maintaining University, &c.
28. The said Senate shall, during the month of Senate to make report in April of every year of proceedings during past year.
Governor to be ex officio visitor.
Lands reserved under University Endowment Act, how to be dealt with.
The block of land in the province of Taranaki, consisting of ten thousand acres of land, taken under the New Zealand Settlements Act, and referred to in the Schedule to the University Endowment Act, shall be defined, by Proclamation by the Governor, as soon as conveniently may be after the passing of this Act, and shall thereupon be deemed to have been reserved under the last-mentioned Act.
The Governor in Council may make regulations for placing to a seperate account the proceeds from all lands within any province other than Otago reserved under "The University Endowment Act,
Repealed; see subsequent Act, p. 30.
Title.An Act to amend "The New Zealand University
Be it enacted by the General Assembly of New Zealand —
Preamble.
1. The Short Title of this Act shall be "The New ,
Short Title.
2. Section twenty-three of "The New Zealand University ,
Section 23 of "University Act, repealed.
The said Senate shall have power, after examination, to confer the several degrees of Bachelor and Master in Arts, and Bachelor and Doctor in Law, Medicine, and Music; and such reasonable fees shall be charged for the degrees so conferred as the Senate shall from time to time direct.
Title.An Act to amend "The New Zealand University Act,
Preamble.
Be it enacted by the General Assembly of New-Zealand in Parliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows:—
Short Title.
1. The Short Title of this Act is "The New Zealand University Act,
Degrees may be granted in Arts. Law, Medicine, Science and Music.
2. The Senate of the University of New Zealand shall have power, after examination, to confer the several degrees of Bachelor and Master in Arts, and Bachelor and Doctor in Law, Medicine, Science, and Music, and such reasonable fees shall be charged for the degrees so conferred as the Senate shall from time to time direct.
This section shall be read with and be deemed to form part of "The New Zealand University Act
3. "The New Zealand University Act,
Victoria, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland Queen, Defender of the Faith, Empress of India: To all to whom these presents shall come, greeting:
Whereas, under and by virtue of the provisions of two Acts, the Short Titles whereof are respectively "The New Zealand University Act,
In witness whereof We have caused these our Letters to be made Patent. Witness Ourself at Westminster, the twenty-ninth day of July, in the fortieth year of our reign.
By Warrant under the Queen's Sign-Manual.
Victoria, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, Empress of India: To all to whom these presents shall come, greeting:
Whereas, by Our Charter under the Great Seal of Our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, bearing date at Westminster the twenty-ninth day of
And whereas Our trusty and well-beloved Sir James Prendergast. Knight, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of New Zealand, the officer administering the government of Our said Colony and its dependencies, hath forwarded to us, through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, a petition from the Chancellor and Senate of the University of New Zealand, dated the twentieth of
And whereas under and by virtue of the provisions of an Act, the short title whereof is "The New Zealand University
Now know ye that We, taking the premises into consideration, do will, grant, and declare that the degrees of Bachelor and Doctor in Science hereafter to be granted or conferred by the University of New Zealand shall be recognised as Academic distinctions and rewards of merit, and be entitled to rank, precedence, and consideration in Our United Kingdom and in our Colonies and possessions throughout the world, as fully as if the said degrees had been granted by any University of Our said United Kingdom.
In witness whereof We have caused these Our Letters to be made Patent. Witness Ourself at Westminster the first day of December, in the forty-seventh year of Our reign.
By Warrant under the Queen's Sign-Manual.
Preamble.Whereas it is deemed expedient to make provision
Be it therefore enacted by the Superintendent of the Province of Canterbury with the advice and consent of the Provincial Council thereof as follows:
1. The Short Title of this Ordinance shall be "The Title.
2. A Board of Governors composed as hereinafter Constitution of Board of Governors.
Board of Governors not to alienate land &c., held in trust, except as hereinafter mentioned.
Board of Governors.
Superintendent Visitor of the College
Resignation of Governor or Governors.
7. Until there shall be thirty members of the said How vacancies may be filled up until there shall be 30 graduates.
8. The said Governors shall meet for the first time First Meeting of Board of Governors.
9. Every Chairman shall hold office for one year Appointment of Chairman.
Minutes of proceedings and accounts to be kept.
Proceeds of rents, &c., may be set apart by Board of Governors for particular branches of education.
Management of estate.
Proceeds of rents, &c., how to be applied.
14. With respect to any moneys bequeathed or Moneys, &c., bequeathed how to be invested.
15. The said Board of Governors shall have full Power of Board of Governors to appoint or dismiss officers of the College.
Questions, how decided
Power of Board of Governors to take steps to have College affiliated to any University.
How vacancies shall be filled up when there are not fewer than 30 graduates
The Most Rev. H. J. C. Harper, D.D., Oxon, Primate of New Zealand.
J. S. Turnbull, M.D., Edin.
W. Montgomery, M.H.R. H. R.
Webb, F.R.M.S.
Rev. Chas. Fraser, M.A., Abdn., F.G.S.
T. H. Potts, F.L.S.
J. N. Tosswill.
The Hon. E. C. J. Stevens, M.L.C.
J. V. Colborne Vell, M.A., Oxon.
R. W. Fereday.
J. Av. S. Coward, F.R.G.S.
H. P. Lance, B.A., Oxon.
J. D. Enys, F.G.S.
E. Wakefield, M.H.R.
J. Grigg.
The Hon. W. Reeves, M.L.C.
T. W. Maude, M.A., Oxon.
R. Beetham, R.M.
L. Harper, M.H.R.
W. Chrystall.
R. Westenra.
J. V. Ross.
F. W. Haslam, M.A., late Scholar St. John's College, Cambridge—Glassies.
J. M. Brown, M.A., late Snell Exhibitioner, Balliol College, Oxford—English Language, Literature and History.
C. H. H. Cook, M.A., late Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge—Mathematics and Natural Philosophy.
A. W. Bickerton, F.C.S., Associate and late Senior Queen's Scholar, Royal School of Mines—Chemistry and Physics.
J. F. Julius von Haast, Ph. D., F.R.S.—Geology and Palaeontology.
F. W. Hutton—Biology.
Rev. C. Turrell, M.A.—French and German.
W. Izard, B.A., Cambridge, Barrister at Law, Inner Temple—Jurisprudence.
Junior University Scholars.
Awarded to J. A. Newell, as W. P. Evans took the exhibition for Mathematics.
Awarded to R. M. Laing, because T. W. Rowe took exhibition for English.
In order to enable the University more easily to perform its functions, and for this purpose to repeal the Statutes and Regulations now in force, and to make other Statutes in lieu thereof,
Be it enacted as follows:—
All Statutes and Regulations of the University in force before the first day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, are hereby repealed: Provided always that any rights or privileges which may have accrued under the said Statutes and Regulations shall be as valid as though this Statute had not been made. And be it further enacted that every Statute made by the Senate shall be distinguished by a Short Title indicating the subject of such Statute, and may be cited or referred to by such Short Title.
There shall be an University Calendar, the announcements in which shall be and shall be deemed to be sufficient official announcements to all members of the University.
The seal shall bear the following blazon: Within a circular ribbon, and on a ground diaprée, an antique escocheon, bearing, azure, between four estoils of eight points in cross argent,
"I, A.B., do hereby empower C.D. to exercise my right of voting at E.F. meeting of the Senate of the University of New Zealand."
"A.B. has been duly admitted to the degree of in the University of New Zealand.
"Given under my hand this day of, one thousand eight hundred and
"A.B. has been duly admitted to the degree of Master of Arts in the University of New Zealand, with class Honours in
"Given under my hand this day of, one thousand eight hundred and
"C.D., Chancellor."
The names of the undergraduates who shall have passed the several examinations shall be arranged in three classes, and in alphabetical order.
The class lists, together with the papers set, and the answers thereto, shall be forwarded to the Registrar.
Applicants under this section must send to the Registrar—(a) Any evidence in their possession of their standing at their former University; (b) A Tee of two guineas; (c) A statutory declaration of identity.
Candidates for Junior Scholarships must state the schools in which they have been educated during the prevous five years.
1. An entrance examination shall be held in the month of December in each year, at which candidates shall be examined for Matriculation, Junior Scholarships, and the Medical Preliminary.
Candidates for Matriculation shall, before they are admitted as students of the University, be examined in six or more of the following subjects:—
Latin [compulsory].—Translation at sight of easy passages from Latin into English; translation of easy passages from English into Latin; questions on grammar.English [compulsory].—Dictation; precis-writing; grammar; composition.Arithmetic [compulsory].—Fundamental rules; vulgar and decimal fractions; proportion; square root.Greek.—As in Latin.French.—As in Latin.German or Italian.—As in Latin.Algebra.—To simple equations, inclusive, with easy problems.Euclid.—Books I. and II.History.—History of England from the accession of William III. to the accession of Victoria.Geography.—Political and Physical.Mechanics.—Elementary mechanics of solids and fluids.Elementary Physics.—Heat, Sound, Light, and Electricity.Elementary Chemistry.—The non-metallic elements and the atomic theory.Elementary Biology.—A paper containing questions on both Zoology and Botany; but candidates will not be required to answer questions in more than one subject.Zoology.—Elements of animal physiology.Botany.—Elements of the morphology and physiology of flowering plants, including the main characteristics of the chief native and introduced natural orders.
Each candidate will be required to pass in at least six subjects, of which Latin, English and Arithmetic must be three. The Chancellor, on consideration of the reports of the Examiners, shall declare whether the several candidates respectively have passed.
Successful candidates for junior scholarships shall be held to have passed the Matriculation Examination and unsuccessful candidates may be admitted to matriculation by the Chancellor, on consideration of the reports of the Examiners.
Every student shall, at matriculation, make the following declaration:—
"I do solemnly promise that I will faithfully obey the Statutes of the University, so far as they apply to me; and I hereby declare that I believe myself to have attained the age of sixteen years."
The fee for the Matriculation Examination shall be one guinea.
The Essays must be sent in with a motto prefixed but without the name of the writer attached thereto. The name and address of the candidate must be enclosed in a separate sealed envelope, on the outside of which is to be written the motto prefixed to the essay.
I. The sum of one thousand five hundred pounds out of the annual income of the University shall be appropriated yearly, and paid into a separate account, for the establishment from time to time of scholarships, according to regulations to be made by the Senate. Any sums which may not have been expended during any year out of funds appropriated to scholarships may be invested from time to time as the Senate may direct, and the interest accruing thereon shall be available for increasing, as occasion may require, the number of scholarships. The balance of the University funds shall be appropriated to defraying the expenditure incident to the conduct of examinations, and for the general purposes of the University, as may be directed by the Senate.
I. The Junior Scholarships shall be open to candidates between the ages of sixteen and twenty-one years, who have
II. Candidates for Junior Scholarships must state the schools at which they have been educated during the previous five years.
III. The Junior Scholarships shall be awarded at the Entrance examination for excellence in any number not exceeding five of the following subjects:—
Latin.Greek.English.French.German or Italian.Mathematics.History and Geography.Natural and Physical Science.
The time allowed for each paper set in these subjects shall be three hours.
The following shall be the papers set:—
Latin—
The Matriculation Paper.Translation at Sight From and Into Latin, and questions on history and antiquity.Greek.—As in Latin.English.—
The Matriculation Paper.Paraphrase, illustration and explanation of passages selected from the works of any of the standard English writers; general questions on etymology, grammar, and the uses of words; also a short essay on some easily understood subject.French.—
The Matriculation Paper.Translation at Sight From and Into French, and questions on the literature of the age of Louis XIV.German or Italian.—German, as in French, substituting the literature of the age of Goethe and Schiller.Italian, as in French, substituting the literature of the age of Leo X.Mathematics.—
Arithmetic (the whole subject) and Algebra, to quadratic equations, inclusive.Euclid, Books I., II., III., IV. and VI., and Plans Trigonometry, to solution of triangles, inclusive, with easy transformations and examples.History ami Geography.—
The Matriculation Paper on History.The Matriculation Paper on Geography.A Paper on Outlines of the History of England from the accession of Elizabeth, with especial reference to the colonies, and on Geography, political and physical.Natural anil Physical Science.—Any two of the following:—
Inorganic Chemistry.Electricity.Sound and Light.Heat.Elementary Mechanics of Solids and Fluids.—Composition and resolution of statical forces; mechanical powers, ratio of the power to the weight in each; centre of gravity; laws of motion; laws of motion of falling bodies; hydrostatics.Botany.—1. The Morphology, Histology, Physiology, and Life History of:—Saccharomyces, Bacteria, Protococcus, Closterium, Spirogyra, Penicillium, Mucor, Saprolegnia, Peziza, Agaricus, a Fucoid, Nitella (or Ghara) Marchantia, a Moss, a Pern, Pinus, and the Bean Plant. 2. The general Morphology and Classification of Angiospermous flowering plants (with especial reference to the following
IV. The Junior ¡scholarships shall be awarded to those candidates who shall have obtained the highest aggregate of marks in any number not exceeding five of the subjects prescribed in Section III. of this Statute, and to such subjects the values given in the Schedule hereunto appended shall be assigned: Provided that for the purpose of awarding Junior Scholarships no marks shall be counted in any subject in which the candidate shall have obtained less than one-fifth of the value assigned to that subject.
Maximum Marks of Subjects for Junior Scholarship Examination
V. No person shall be entitled to hold a Junior Scholarship unless within three months after its acquisition he shall have matriculated as a member of the University, and shall have entered his name upon the books of some affiliated institution, nor unless he shall attend regularly the course of studies and lectures provided by such institution: Provided that any scholar may, on giving notice to the Chancellor, pursue his studies at some affiliated institution other than that in which he may have originally entered.
VI. A Junior Scholarship shall become vacant by neglect on the part of the holder to pass each year in at least two subjects
VII. All junior scholars, unless for any reason specially excused by the Chancellor, shall, as a condition of holding their Scholarship, be required at the end of their second year after matriculation to pass in one section of their examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or of Bachelor of Science.
VIII. The fee for the examination for Junior Scholarships shall be one guinea.
I. The Senior Scholarships shall be tenable for one year and shall only be tenable by candidates for Honours.
II. The Senior Scholarships shall be distributed as follows among the undermentioned subjects or groups of subjects:—
III. The Senior Scholarships shall be awarded on the results of the Senior Scholarship Examination only.
IV. No Senior Scholarship shall be awarded unless in the opinion of the Examiner or Examiners the candidate has shown satisfactory proficiency in the subject or group of subjects in which he has been examined.
V. The Senior Scholarship examination shall be held at the same time as the examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, and of Bachelor of Science, and shall be open to competitors who are taking the whole examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or of Bachelor of Science, or who are taking the second section of one of those examinations.
VI. A candidate may present himself for a Senior Scholarship in any of the subjects or groups of subjects prescribed in Section II. of this Statute, although he may not at that time be taking that subject or any subject of that group for his examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or of Bachelor of Science, but no Senior Scholarship shall be awarded to a candidate unless he shall have passed, at the time of his candidature, the examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or of Bachelor of Science, or the second section of one of those examinations.
VII. For the purpose of awarding Senior Scholarships there shall be given separate papers containing questions of a higher character than those set for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or of Bachelor of Science, and not necessarily confined within the limits of the subjects as defined for the degree of Bachelor of Arts or of Bachelor of Science. The following shall be the papers set, and where the Honours papers are prescribed a lower standard of work will be accepted:—
Latin Language and Literature (Two papers).—
c).Greek Language and Literature (Two papers).—
c).English language and Literature (Two papers).—
a).Modem Languages and Literature (Two papers).
The answers must be given in the language chosen.
French.—a)German.—a).Political Science, including:—
General History and Political Economy (Two papers).—General History.—As for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, but treated more fully.Political Economy.—The Honours Paper.Jurisprudence and Constitutional History (Two papers).—The Honours Papers.Mathematics.—
Elementary Geometry, Plane Co-ordinate Geometry, and Conic Sections.—The Honours Paper (a).Algebra, Trigonometry, and Differential and Integral Calculus.—The Honours Paper (b).Elementary Mechanics and Hydrostatics.—As for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, but treated more fully.Experimental Science, including:—
Physical Science.—As for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, but treated more fully.Chemistry.—As for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, but treated more fully.Natural Science.—As for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, but treated more fully.Mental Science.—
Psychology and Ethics.—The Honours Paper (a).Logic.—The Honours Paper (b).
VIII. Senior Scholars shall furnish to the Chancellor satisfactory proof that they are prosecuting their studies diligently at an affiliated institution.
IX. The fee for the examination for Senior Scholarships shall be one guinea.
I. The subjects of examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall be:—
Latin Language and Literature.Greek Language and Literature.English Language and Literature.Modern Languages and Literature.General History and Political Economy.Jurisprudence and Constitutional History.Pure Mathematics.Applied Mathematics.Physical Science.Chemistry.Natural Science.Mental Science.
The subjects will be divided as follows:—
(1) Latin Language and Literature (Two papers).—
(2) Greek Language and Literature (Two papers).—
(3) English Language and Literature (Two papers).—
a).
(4) Modem Languages and Literature (Two papers).—
French, or German, or Italian, at the option of the candidate.
German.—Freiligrath—Gedichte. Ebers—Die Geschwister. Period—The Seventeenth Century.
German.—Goethe—Egmont; Wilhelm Mueller—Ausgewählte Gedichte. Period of Goethe and Schiller.
(5) General History and Political Economy (Two papers)
(6) Jurisprudence and Constitutional History (Two papers).—
Jurisprudence.—Nature of positive law; sources of law; scientific classification of law, together with knowledge of the system adopted in Roman law.Constitutional History.—Constitutional History of England.
(7) Pure Mathematics (Three papers).—
Elementary Geometry.—Euclid, Books I., II., III., IV., and VI., together with the definitions of Book V.Trigonometry.—The elementary parts of plain trigonometry so far as to include the principal properties of logarithms, the use of logarithmic tables, and the solution and properties of triangles, with easy transformations and examples.Algebra.—Definitions and explanations of algebraical signs and terms; addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of algebraical quantities, including fractions and surds; the elementary rules of ratio and proportion; the square and cube roots; easy equations of a degree not higher than the second, and questions producing such equations; aritmetical, geometrical, and harmonical progressions; permutations and combinations; and the binomial theorem: with proofs of the rules, and simple examples.
(8) Applied Mathematics (One paper).—
Elementary Mechanics and Hydrostatics.—Treated so as not necessarily to require a knowledge of pure mathematics greater than the standard prescribed for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, namely, the composition and resolution of forces acting on a point and on a rigid body on one plane; the mechanical powers; the centre of gravity; the fundamental laws of motion; the laws of uniform and uniformly accelerated motion and of falling bodies; the pressure of liquids and gases; the equilibrium of floating bodies; specific gravities; and the principal instruments and machines the action of which depends on the properties of fluids: with simple problems and examples.
(9) Either OrPhysical Science (Two papers).—
Heat, including Radiant Heat.—Temperature; expansion; conduction and convection; latent heat, specific heat; calorimetry; hygrometry; sources of heat; the steam engine; conservation and dissipation of energy; and radiation, absorption, transmission, reflection, and refraction of heat.Sound and Light.—The production and propagation of sound; vibration of sounding bodies; interference; and the physical theory of music. Nature, production, and propagation of light; absorption; reflection; refraction; prismatic dispersion; spectra; fluorescence; interference; plane polarization; and the principal optical instruments and vision.Electricity and Magnetism.—Production and properties of statical and voltaic electricity; induction, including secondary currents; thernio and magneto-electricity; electro-dynamics; magnetism and diamagnetism; the electric telegraph; and electric measurements.
A candidate in Physical Science will be required, on presenting himself for examination, to furnish to the Supervisor a certificate from a teacher of the subject, or branch subject that he has passed a practical examination in such subject as follows:
The certificate must be given by a teacher in an affiliated institution who shall have been authorised by the Chancellor to grant certificates. A fee of one guinea shall be paid by the candidate to the teacher for conducting the practical examination, unless the candidate be attending the lectures of such teacher.
(10) Chemistry (Two papers).—The chemical relations of cohesion, heat, light, and electricity; the general principles of chemical combination, notation, and nomenclature; the description and classification of the more important elements and compounds, and of organic bodies; qualitative analysis and calculations of chemical problems; and the description of the leading chemical theories.
Note.—The division of this subject into two papers will be left to the discretion of the Examiner.
A candidate in chemistry will be required, on presenting himself for examination, to furnish to the Supervisor a certificate from a teacher of the subject that he has passed a practical examination in chemistry.
The certificate must be given by a teacher in an affiliated institution who shall have been authorised by the Chancellor to grant certificates. A fee of one guinea shall be paid by the candidate to the teacher for conducting the practical examination, unless the candidate he attending the lectures of such teacher.
(11) Natural Science (Two Papers).—
(a) General Biology.—1. General structure and physiology of animal and vegetable cells. 2. General structure of the following animal and vegetable tissues:Animal: Blood, epithelium, epidermis, con-
Veqetable: Epidermis, fundamental tissue, fibro-vascular tissue. 8. Arrangement of tissues into organs and systems of organs in plants and animals. 4. Physiology of nutrition, circulation, respiration, and excretion in plants and animals. 5. Elementary physiology of muscle and nerve. 6. General phenomena of reproduction, asexual and sexual, in plants and animals. 7. The chief stages in the development of the egg-cell in plants and animals. 8. Significance of the terms—fauna, flora, range of species, barriers, modes of dispersal. 9. Principles and classification. 10. Origin of species: Heredity and variation, struggle for existence, use and disuse, degeneration, rudimentary organs, mimicry and protective colouring, natural selection, production of varieties, connection between ontogeny and phylogeny. 11. Biogenesis and Abiogenesis.
Practical work: The miscroscopical examination of Saccharomyces, Pleurococcus or some unicellular Alga, Bacterium and Amœba; the anatomy and histology of a flowering plant; the microscopical examination of the tissues enumerated above (under 2).
(b) One of the following:—
(I.) Botany.—1. The general morphology of the cells, tissues, and organs of plants. 2. The principal characters of the classes of plants and of the following natural orders of flowering plants: Gramineæ, Cyperaceæ, Aroideæ, Liliaceæ, Irideæ, Orchideæ, Salicineæ, Labiatæ, Scropbularinæ, Solanaceæ Primulaceæ, Ericaceæ, Campanulaceæ, Compositæ Umbelliferæ, Myrtaceæ, Rosaceæ, Leguimnosæ, Geraniaceæ, Caryophvlleæ, Pittosporeæ. Cruciferæ, Violarieæ, Ranunculaceæ. 3. The structure (including histology) and life-history of the following types: Pleurococcus, Spirogyra, a Diatom, Closterium, Hormosira or any fucoid, Vauclieria, Vol-
Practical Work:—
(II.) Zoology.—1. The principal characters of the chief classes and orders of animals. 2. The structure and life-history of the following types:—Amoeba, Paramœcium, or Vorticella, or any ciliate infusorian, Hydra or any hydroid polyp, Actinia or Alcyonium, Asterina, Earthworm, Paranephrops or Palinurus, Blatta or Periplaneta or Baeillus, Mytilus or Mesodesma or Chione or Unio, Helix or Limax or Arion, Boltenia or any simple Ascidian, Agonbstoma or Lotella or Pagrus or any Teleost, Columba, Lepus. 3. The elements of comparative embryology. 4. The main facts of the distribution of the vertebrata in space; the animals most characteristic of the zoo-geopraphical regions; the order of appearance in time of the classes of animals. 5. The definition and significance of the following terms: Parasitism, Commensalism, Symbiosis, Parthenogenesis, Alternation of generations, Metamorphosis, Polymorphism.
Practical work: The dissection and microscopical examination of the types enumerated under 2.
(III.) Geology:—
Physical Geology.—The texture and composition of the principal rocks, and the characters of rock forming minerals. The origin and classification of rocks; metamorphism and decomposition of rocks. The physical structure of rock masses, and their position" in the earth-crust. Movements of the surface of the earth. Chronological classification of rocks. Origin of the surface features of the earth.
Palæontology.—The structure and chronological distribution of the classes of plants and animals found in a fossil state. The characteristic fossils of the three geological eras. The generalizations of palæontology.
Practical Work:—Determination by physical characters of minerals and rocks; determination of fossils; construction of geological sections.
A candidate in Natural Science will be required, on presenting himself for examination, to furnish to the Supervisor a certificate from a teacher of the subject or branch subject that he has passed a practical examination in such subject.
The certificate must be given by a teacher in an affiliated institution who shall have been authorised by the Chancellor to grant certificates. A fee of one guinea shall be paid by the candidate to the teacher for conducting the practical examination, unless the candidate be attending the lectures of such teacher.
(12) Mental Science (Two papers).—
Psychology.—Outlines of the physiology of the nervous system; instinct; the senses and the intellect; abstraction; perception. Ethics—The psychology of the will; the ethical standard; the moral faculty; the hedonist, intuitionalist, and utilitarian methods.Logic.—Deductive and inductive logic.
II. No candidate shall be admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Arts unless he shall have passed in at least six of the above subjects of examination, of which two must be Latin and Pure Mathematics.
III. The examination may be passed in two sections. Either three or four subjects of examination, one of which must be either Latin or Pure Mathematics, shall constitute the first section, which may be taken after two years' terms have been kept by the candidate; and the remaining subjects shall constitute the second section, which may be taken after three years' terms have been kept: or, at the option of the candidate, all the subjects may be taken together after three years' terms have been kept.
IV. No student shall be admitted to the final examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts who has not kept three years' terms at some institution affiliated to the University of New Zealand, unless he shall have been admitted as an undergraduate under the Statute of Admission ad eundem, or unless he shall be an undergraduate exempted under the Statute of Terms and Lectures, or unless he be a teacher who has passed prior to
V. Every student intending to present himself for examination shall, not later than the first day of September preceding the examination, signify to the Chancellor the subjects in which he shall elect to be examined.
VI. The names of the students who pass the examination shall be placed in alphabetical order, and shall be published by the Chancellor as soon as is convenient after the receipt by him of the reports of the Examiners.
VII. Teachers in affiliated institutions, and certificated teachers of good repute in any school established or conducted under the provisions of an Act of the General Assembly or of a Provincial Council of this colony, having been in the practice of their profession for at least five years, who have passed the first section of the examination for the degree
VIII. The fee for each examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall be one guinea.
I. An examination for Honours shall be held in the month of November in each year.
II. No candidate shall be admitted to the examination for Honours excepting at the examination of the year following that in which he shall have passed for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
III. Candidates for Honours shall be examined in one or more of the following groups of subjects:—
Group I.—Languages and Literature, any two of following sub-divisions, of which Latin must be one:—
Latin.Greek.English.One Modern Language other than English.
Group II.—Political Science, including—
General History.Political Economy.Jurisprudence.Constitutional History.
Group III.—Mathematics and Mathematical Physics
Group IV.—Chemistry and Experimental Physics.
Group V.—Natural Science.
Group VI.—Mental Science.
The subjects shall be divided as follows:—
(1) Languages and Literature:—
A. Latin (Three papers).—
B. Greek (Three papers)—
C. English (Three papers).—
b).
German.—Period—The Eighteenth Century. Authors: L. Scheffer—Laien brevier; J. P. F. Richter—Flegeljahre, Leben des Quintus Fixlein.D. Modern Languages (Three papers in each)—. French or German or Italian.—
b).
(2) Political Science (Four papers).—
General History.—Period to be selected (Political Economy.—Treated more fully than for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, with the addition of economical doctrines.Jurisprudence.—Treated more fully than for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.Constitutional History.—The constitutional History of England.
(3) Mathematics and Mathematical Physics (Five papers).—
Elementary Geometry, Plane Co-ordinate Geometry, and Conic Sections.—The elementary geometry shall be the same as defined for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, with the addition of Euclid, Book XI., Propositions 1-21, and Book XII., Propositions 1 and 2. Deductions will be set to some or all of the propositions given.Algebra, Trigonometry, and the more Elementary portions of Differential and Integral Calculus.—The algebra and trigonometry shall be the same as defined for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, with the addition of the following: Indeterminate coëfficients; convergency and divergency of series; summation of series; interest and annuities, and the elementary theory of probability; the exponential theorem; the construction of logarithmic tables; Demoivre's theorem; Euler's series for expanding the sine and cosine of an angle in terms of its circular measure; the exponential values of the sine and cosine; the usual series for determining p; and the summation of trigonometrical series.Differential and Integral Calculus—Differentiation and integration of functions; expansion of functions in series; limiting values of indeterminate forms; maxima and minima values of functions of one or of two independent variables; the change of the independent variable; the chief applications of the differential and integral calculus to the geometry of plane curves and of solids of revolution; and differential equations.Mechanics.—As defined for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, with the addition of statics treated analytically, and dynamics of a particle.Physics.—Any one of the following branches:—
Heat—The elementary theory of heat, including the kinetic theory of gases and thermodynamics.Light—Geometrical optics to a first approximation, and the undulatory theory of light treated mathematically.Astronomy—Elementary astronomy, with calculation and spherical problems; the elementary parts of the lunar theory.
(4) Chemistry and Experimental Physics (Two papers at least)—
(a) Chemistry.—Any one of the following branches:
Organic Chemistry.Metallurgy and Mineral Chemistry.Chemistry of Manufactures and Agriculture.
(b) Electricity and Magnetism.—The general subject, and full acquaintance with all instruments used in the ordinary and ocean telegraphy.
Instead of paper (b) the candidate may take the two following papers:—
(c) Sound and Light.—The parts prescribed for the Pass Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, treated fully and practically; together with the colours of thin plates, circularly and elliptically polarized light, and rotary polarization.
(d) Heat and Radiant Heat.—The parts prescribed for the Pass Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, together with elementary thermodynamics and practical work in calorimetry.
The candidate will be required, on presenting himself for examination, to furnish to the Supervisor a certificate from a teacher of chemistry that he has passed a practical examination in chemical analysis in all its branches; and to produce, to the satisfaction of the Examiner, the results obtained in some original investigation or research in chemistry or experimental physics.
(5) Natural Science (Two papers)—One of the following branches (A or B):—
(A) Geology, Mineralogy, and Palaeontology.—Classification and distribution of formations; a detailed knowledge of mineralogy, lithology, and paleontology.
Note.—The division of this subject into two papers will be left to the discretion of the Examiner.
(B) Biology.—
Zoology.—A detailed knowledge of the anatomy, taxonomy, and distribution of some one of the following groups of the Animal Kingdom, and especially of its representatives in the New Zealand Fauna: 1. Protozoa and Porifera; 2. Cœlenterata; 3. Vermes; 4. Echinoderniata; 5. Mollusca; G. Crustacea; 7. Insecta; 8. Pisces; 9. Aves; 10. Mammalia.Botany.—A detailed knowledge of the structure, taxonomy, and distribution of some one of the following groups of the Vegetable Kingdom, and especially of its representatives in the New Zealand Flora: 1. Algae; 2. Fungi and Lichens; 3. Muscineæ; 4. Vascular Cryptogams; 5. Gymnosperms; G. Monocotyledons; 7. Incompletæ and Corollifloræ; 8. Thalamifloræ Discifloræ, and Calycifloræ.
Each candidate for Honours ill any of the Natural Sciences must hand to the Supervisor a paper embodying the results of his original research on some subject, or of his actual investigation of the geology, zoology, or botany of a given district, the subject or district to be chosen by the candidate, subject to the approval of the Chancellor.
(6) Mental Science.—
Psychology and Ethics, treated more fully than for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.Logic, treated more fully than for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.History of Philosophy, Ancient and Modern.
IV. Every candidate for Honours shall, on or before the twentieth day of February preceding the examination, give notice of his intention to present himself for the Honours Examination, and of the subjects in which he proposes to be examined.
V. There shall be three classes of Honours—first, second, and third; and the names of the successful candidates shall be arranged alphabetically in the several classes.
VI. The fee for the examination for Honours in Arts shall be one guinea.
I. Candidates for matriculation who are intending to proceed to a degree in science shall, before they are admitted as students of the University, be required to pass in not less than seven of the following subjects:—
English [compulsory].—Dictation; precis-writing; grammar; composition.Arithmetic [compulsory].—Fundamental rules; vulgar and decimal fractions; proportion; square root.Algebra [compulsory].—To simple equations, inclusive, with easy problems.Euclid [compulsory].—Books I. and II.French or German [compulsory].—Translation at sight of easy passages into English; translations of easy passages from English into Latin; questions on grammar.Latin.—Translation at sight of easy passages from Latin into English; translation of easy passages from English into Latin; questions on grammar.Greek.—As in Latin.French, German or Italian (not being the language taken as a compulsory subject). As in Latin.History.—History of England from the accession of William III. to the accession of Victoria.Geography.—Political and Physical.Mechanics.—Elementary mechanics of solids and fluids.Elementary Physics.—Heat, Sound, Light, and Electricity.Elementary Chemistry.—The non-metallic elements and the atomic theory.Elementary Biology.—A paper containing questions on both Zoology and Botany; but candidates will not be required to answer questions in more than one subject.Zoology.—Elements of animal physiology.Botany.—Elements of the morphology and physiology of flowering plants, including the main characteristics of the chief native and introduced natural orders.
II. Every student shall, at matriculation, make the following declaration:—
" I do solemnly promise that I will faithfully obey the Statutes of the University, so far as they apply to me; and I hereby declare that I believe myself to have attained the age of sixteen years."
III. The fee for the Matriculation Examination in science shall be one guinea.
Chapter XXIII.—The Degree of Bachelor of Science.
I. All candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science shall be required to keep terms as now prescribed in the
II. The subjects of examination for the degree of Bachelor of Science shall be:
Mathematics.Physical Science.Chemistry.Natural Science.Latin.Greek.English.Modern Languages.Mental Science.
The subjects will be divided as follows:—
(1.) Mathematics (Three papers.)—
Elementary Geometry.—Euclid, Books I., II., III., IV., and VI., together with the definitions of Book V. Trigonometry.—The elementary parts of plane trigonometry so far as to include the principal properties of logarithms, the use of logarithmic tables, and the solution and properties of triangles, with easy transformations and examples.Algebra.—Definitions and explanations of algebraical signs and terms; addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of algebraical quantities, including fractions and surds; the elementary rules of ratio and proportion; the square and cube roots; easy equations of a degree not higher than, the second, and questions producing such equations; arithmetical, geometrical, and harmonical progressions; permutations and combinations; and the binomial theorem: with proofs of the rules, and simple examples.Elementary Mechanics and Hydrostatics.—Treated so as not necessarily to require a knowledge of pure
a) and (b) namely, the composition and resolution of forces acting on a point and on a rigid body on one plane; the mechanical powers; the centre of gravity; the fundamental laws of motion; the laws of uniform and uniformly accelerated motion and of falling bodies; the pressure of liquids and gases; the equilibrium of floating bodies; specific gravities; and the principal instruments and machines the action of which depends on the properties of fluids: with simple problems and examples.
(2) Either OrPhysical Science (Two papers).—
Heat, including Radiant Heat.—Temperature;, expansion; conduction and convection; latent heat, specific heat; calorimetry; hygrometry; sources of heat; the steam engine; conservation and dissipation of energy; and radiation, absorption, transmission, reflection, and refraction of heat.Sound and Light.—The production and propagation of sound; vibration of sounding bodies; interference; and the physical theory of music. Nature, production, and propagation of light; absorption; reflection; refraction; prismatic dispersion; spectra; fluorescence; interference; plane polarization; and the principal optical instruments and vision.Electricity and Magnetism.—Production and properties of statical and voltaic electricity; induction, including secondary currents; thermo and magneto-electricity; electro-dynamics; magnetism and diamagnetism; the electric telegraph; and electric measurements.
A candidate in Physical Science will be required, on presenting himself for examination, to furnish to the Supervisor a certificate from a teacher of the subject or branch subject that he has passed a practical examination in such subject as follows:—
Heat.—Use of thermometer, barometer, and hygrometer; determination of the density of solids and liquids; calculation of the density of gases from observations of their temperature and pressure; calorimetry.Sound and Light.—Use of goniometer, photometer, spectroscope, telescope, and microscope; determination of the curvature, focal length, and magnifying power of lenses; determination of the refractive index of solids and liquid?.Electricity and Magnetism.—Use of electrometer, galvanometer, voltameter, Wheatstone's bridge, and resistance coils; determination of the resistance of conductors and batteries; determination of the electro-motive force of batteries, and of the strength of currents; measurement-of magnetic forces.
The certificate must be given by a teacher in an affiliated institution who shall have been authorised by the Chancellor to grant certificates. A fee of one guinea shall be paid by the candidate to the teacher for conducting the practical examination, unless the candidate be attending the lectures of such teacher.
(3.) Chemistry (Two papers).—
The chemical relations of cohesion, heat, light, and electricity; the general principles of chemical combination, notation, and nomenclature; the description and classification of the more important elements and compounds, and of organic bodies; qualitative analysis and calculations of chemical problems; and the description of the leading chemical theories.
Note.—The division of this subject into two papers will be left to the discretion of the Examiner.
A candidate in chemistry will be required, on presenting himself for examination, to furnish to the Supervisor a certificate from a teacher of the subject that he lias passed a practical examination in chemistry.
The certificate must be given by a teacher in an affiliated institution who shall have been authorised by the Chancellor to grant certificates. A fee of one guinea shall be paid by the candidate to the teacher for conducting the practical examination, unless the candidate be attending the lectures of such teacher.
(4) Natural Science (Two Papers).—
(a) General Biology.—1. General structure and physiology of animal and vegetable cells. 2. General structure of the following animal and vegetable tissues: Animal: Blood, epithelium, epidermis, con-
Vegetable: Epidermis, fundamental tissue, fibro-vascular tissue. 3. Arrangement of tissues into organs and systems of organs in plants and animals. 4. Physiology of nutrition, circulation, respiration, and excretion in plants and animals. 5. Elementary physiology of muscle and nerve, 6. General phenomena of reproduction, asexual and sexual, in plants and animals. 7. The chief stages in the development of the egg-cell in plants and animals. 8. Significance of the terms—fauna, flora, range of species, barriers, modes of dispersal. 9. Principles of classification. 10. Origin of species: Heredity and variation, struggle for existence, use and disuse, degeneration, rudimentary organs, mimicry and protective colouring, natural selection, production of varieties, connection between ontogeny and phylogeny. 11. Biogenesis and Abiogenesis.
Practical work: The miscroscopical examination of Saccharomyces, Pleurococcus or some unicellular Alga, Bacterium and Amoeba; the anatomy and histology of a flowering plant; the microscopical examination of the tissues enumerated in 2 above.
(b) One of the following.—
(I.) Botany.—1. The general morphology of the cells, tissues, and organs of plants. 2. The principal characters of the classes of plants and of the following natural orders of flowering plants: Grammes Cyperaceæ, Aroideæ, Liliaceæ, Irideæ, Orchideæ, Sahcineæ, Labiatæ, Scrophularineæ, Solanaceæ Primulaceæ, Ericaceæ, Campanulaceæ, Compositæ Umbelliferæ, Myrtaceæ, Rosaceæ, Leguminosæ Geraniaceæ, Caryophylleæ, Pittosporeæ, Cruciferæ Violarieæ, Ranunculaceæ. 3. The structure (in eluding histology) and life-history of the following types: Pleurococcus, Spirogyra, a Diatom, Closterium, Hormosira or any fucoid, Vaucheria, Vol-
Practical Work:—
(II.) Zoology—1. The principal characters of the chief classes and orders of animals. 2. The structure and life-history of the following types:—Amoeba, Paramecium, or Vorticella, or any ciliate infusorian, Hydra or any hydroid polyp, Actinia or Alcyonium, Asterina, Earthworm, Paranephrops or Palinurns, Blatta or Periplaneta or Bacillus, Mytilus or Mesodesma or Chione or Unio, Helix or Limax or Arion, Boltenia or any simple Ascidian, Agonostoma or Lotella or Pagrus or any Teleost, Columba, Lepus. 3. The elements of comparative embryology. The main facts of the distribution of the vertebrata in space; the animals most characteristic of the zoo-geographical regions; the order of appearance in time of the classes of animals. 5. The definition and significance of the following terms: Parasitism, Commensalism, Symbiosis, Parthenogenesis. Alternation of generations, Metamorphosis, Polymorphism.
Practical work: The dissection and microscopical examination of the types enumerated under 2.
(III.) Geology:—
Physical Geology.—The texture and composition of the principal rocks, and the characters of rock-forming minerals. The origin and classification of rocks; metamorphism and decomposition of rocks. The physical structure of rock masses, and their position" in the earth-crust. Movements of surface of the earth. Chronological classification of rocks. Origin of the surface features of the earth.
Palæontology.—The structure and chronological distribution of the classes of plants and animals found in a fossil state. The characteristic fossils of the three geological eras. The generalizations of patæontology.
(5) Latin Language and Literature (Two papers).—
(6) Greek Language and Literature (Two papers).—
(7) English Language and Literature (Two papers).—
a).
(8) Modern Languages and Literature (Two papers).—French, or German, or Italian, at the option of the candidate.
German.—Freiligrath—Gedichte. Ehers—Die Geschwister. Period—The Seventeenth Century.
German.—Goethe—Egraont: Wilhelm Mueller-Ansgewählte Gedichte. Period of Goethe and Schiller.
(9) Mental Science (Two papers).—
Psychology.—Outlines of the physiology of the nervous system; instinct; the senses and the intellect; abstraction; perception. Ethics.—The psychology of the will; the ethical standard; the moral faculty; the hedonist, intuitionalist, and utilitarian method.Logic.—Deductive and inductive logic.
III. No candidate shall be admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Science unless he shall have passed in six of the above subjects of examination, of which four must be Mathematics, Physical Science, Chemistry, and Natural Science.
IV. The scope of the examination in all the subjects shall be the same as that prescribed for candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
V. The examination for the degree of Bachelor of Science may be passed in two sections; the first consisting of either three or four subjects. One section may be taken at the end of the second or any subsequent year, and the other at the end of the third or any subsequent year; or, at the option of the candidate, all six subjects may be taken at the end of the third or any subsequent year.
VI. In each of the following subjects, namely, Physical Science, Chemistry, and Natural Science, every candidate
VII. The fee for each examination for the degree of Bachelor of Science shall be one guinea.
I. A candidate for Honours in Science must present himself for examination within one year after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science.
II. Candidates for Honours shall pass an examination in one of the following subjects:—
Mathematics and Mathematical Physics.Physical Science.Chemistry.Natural Science.Physiology.Mental Science.
The subjects shall be defined as follows:—
Mathematics and Mathematical Physics (as defined in the Statute "Honours in Arts.")Physical Science—Erther
Heat and Electricity and Magnetism; orHeat and Sound and Light. For either (a) or (b) two examination papers will be set; and these subjects will be treated not only experimentally but also mathematically so far as the mathematics of the pass examination for the degree of Bachelor of Science is applicable.Chemistry.—Theoretical and inorganic chemistry, together with one of the following:—
Organic Chemistry.Chemical Technology.Natural Science.—One of the following branches:—
Botany:—Four papers to be set in this subject, the division of subjects being left to the Examiner.
1. The characters of the classes and more important orders of cryptogamic plants, and of the principal native and introduced orders of flowering plants. 2. The structure and life-history of the following types, together with those prescribed for the pass examination in botany: Glœocapsa or Chroococcus, Nostoc, Oscillatoria, Pandorina, Hydrodictyon, æthalium. Peronospora, Chytridiuin, Œdogodium, Enteromorpha or Ulva, Macrocystis, Coleochæte, Batrachospermuui, Dudresnava, Corallina, Sphœria, Eurotium, Claviceps, Collema or any gelatinous lichen, Usnea or any fruticose lichen, Puccinia, Empusa, Jugermannia, Andreæa, Sphagnum, Hymenophyllum, Dicksonia or Cyathea, Cupressus, Podocarpus, Welwitschia, Calla, Phormium, Gordyline, Areca, an Orchid, Leptospermum, Helianthus or Taraxacum, Daucus, Calamites, Lepidodendron, Sigillaria. 3. The typical structure and the chief deviations from it of the flower and fruit in the more important native and introduced orders. 4. General morphology of the cell and tissues, laws of cell-division, formation of tissues, modes of apical growth, thallomes, caullomes, roots, phyllomes, trichomes, branches and branch systems, symmetry. 5. The comparative embryology of plants—relation between sexual and asexual generation in the various classes of plants. 6. Chemical composition of plants and plant-food, chemical processes in plants, movement of water and gases in plants, general conditions of plant-life, mechanics of growth, movements of plants. 7. The main facts of the distribution of plants in time and space: the chief characters of the phytographical regions; bearing of the facts of distribution on the theory of evolution. 8. Generalizations of botany, origin of species.
Practical work.—(The examination to last for two days, of six hours each).—The dissection and microscopical examination of the types printed in italics under 2 above. The examination and
(b) Zoologt.—Animal morphology, embryology, classification, distribution, aetiology. Four papers to be set in zoology, the division of subjects being left to the Examiners.
1. The chief characters of the classes and orders of the animal kingdom, including the more important extinct forms. 2. The structure (including the elements of histology) and life-history of the following types: Amoeba, Paramœcium or Vorticella or any ciliate infnsorian, Hydra or any hydroid polyp, Actinia or Alcyonium, Asterina, Earthworm, Paranephroys or Palinurus, Blatta or or Periplaneta or Bacillus, Mytilus or Mesodesma or Chione or Unio, Helix or Limax or Arion, Boltenia, or any simple Ascidian, Agonostoma or Lotella or Pagrus or any Teleost, Columba, Lepus, Gregarina, Thalassicolla or Collozoum, External characters only required in these types.Euspongia or Clathria, Aurelia or any Scvphomedusa, Pleurobranchia or any Ctenophore, Echinus, Ophiocoma or any Ophiurid, Holothuria, Comatula, Leptoplana or any Planarian, Distoma, Tænia, Nereis or Polynoe, Hirudo, Sipunculus, Lepidurus Daphnia, Cyclops, Cypris, Lepas, an Isopod, Cancer or Helerograpsus or any native crab, Peripatus, Scolopendra or Himaniopus A Spider, Cicada or Aphis Musca Apis, moth, beetle
Skeleton and chief organs only required.
Skull only.
Practical work.—(The examination to last for two days, of six hours each.)—I. The dissection and microscopical examination of the types required for the pass examination, together with the forms printed in italics under 2 above. Candidates will also be expected to recognise and describe any characteristic part of the skeletons mentioned under 3, as well as any typical example of vertebrate exoskeleton.
(c) Geology, including lithology and palæontology.
(5) Physiology.—Human anatomy and animal physiology.
(6) Menial Science:
III. In each of the Honours subjects, with the exceptions of mathematics and mental science, candidates shall be required to pass a practical examination.
IV. The scope of the examination in all the Honours subjects shall be the same as that prescribed for candidates for Honours in Arts.
V. The fee for the examination for Honours in Science shall be one guinea.
I. Every medical student shall be registered by the Registrar of the New Zealand University.
II. No medical student shall be registered unless he be a graduate in Arts of an University, or until he has passed a preliminary examination in the subjects of general education as hereinafter provided, and has produced evidence that he has commenced medical study.
III. The commencement of medical study shall not be reckoned as dating earlier than fifteen days before the date of registration.
IV. No candidate shall be admitted to the final examination for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine whose name has not been on the Medical Register for at least forty-two months previously.
V. The Registrar shall keep the Register of Medical Students according to the subjoined form:—
VI. The Registrar shall furnish extracts from the Register of the particulars of their registration to all students on application.
VII. All persons desirous of being registered as medical students shall apply to the Registrar according to the subjoined form:—
"I hereby apply to be registered as a Student in Medicine, in conformity with the Regulations of the General Council of Medical Education and Registration of the United Kingdom, for which purpose I submit the following particulars:—
VIII. The certificate of commencement of medical study shall be in this form:—
I. Candidates for the preliminary examination must pass in the following subjects:—
The prescribed Book
English Language.—Dictation, Precis Writing, Grammar, Composition.English History.—History of England from the accession of William III. to the accession of Victoria.Geography.—Political and Physical.Latin.—Translation at sight of easy passages from Latin into English: translation of easy passages from English into Latin; questions on grammar: translation from a given work (Arithmetic.—Fundamental rules: vulgar and decimal fractions; proportion; square root.Algebra.—To quadratic equations inclusive, with easy problems.Geometry.—Books I., II., and III.Elementary Mechanics.—Composition and resolution of statical forces; mechanical powers; ratio of the power to the weight in each; centre of gravity; laws of motion; laws of motion of falling bodies; hydro, statics.Biology.—As defined for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
II. Optional Subjects.—Every candidate must also pass in one of the following subjects, as defined for the decree of Bachelor of Arts:—
Greek.French.German.Italian.Mental Science.Mathematics.
III. No student can be registered till he has passed the first seven of the compulsory subjects at one examination.
IV. The remainder of the Preliminary Examination may be passed at or before the first professional examination.
V. Candidates in Biology must forward to the Registrar a certificate of their having done practical work.
The University of Otago is recognised as a Medical School.
Candidates must forward to the Registrar at least fifteen days before the (late of examination the following certificates:—
Candidates will not receive certificates of baring passed the first professional examination unless either previously or at the time of examination they shall have completed the preliminary examination. Candidates in Anatomy may be called on to perform actual dissections.
VIII. The second professional examination shall be held at the end of the candidate's third year's terms, in November, and shall include—
Physiology.Pathology (including Morbid Anatomy).Materia Medica.
Candidates must forward to the Registrar at least fifteen days before the date of examination the following certificates:—
post mortem examinations of a hospital containing not less than a hundred beds, for two periods of six months each.
IX. The third professional examination shall be held at the end of the candidate's fourth-year's terms, and shall include—
Surgery and Surgical Anatomy.Clinical Surgery.Medicine (inducing Therapeutics and Isanity).Clinical Medicine.Midwifery and Diseases of Women.Medical Jurisprudence.Public Health.
Candidates must forward to the Registrar at least fifteen days before the date of examination the following certificates:—
Candidates in surgery will be examined practically as to surgical appliances and surgical anatomy, and may be required to operate on the dead body.
X. Certificates of instruction in Chemistry shall be accepted from any of the following institutions, namely, the University of Otago, Canterbury College, Auckland University College, and the institutions named in Section I. of the Statute "Admissions ad eundem."
Certificates in subjects of medical instruction other than Chemistry shall be accepted from Medical Schools in New Zealand, from the institutions named in Section I. of the Statute "Admissions ad eundem" which have established Medical Schools, and from the Medical Licensing Bodies which are recognised by the General Medical Council of Great Britain.
XI. Any candidate who produces satisfactory evidence that he has passed an examination in chemistry, or in anatomy, or in physiology, pathology, or in materia medica, required for a degree in Medicine at a University in the United Kingdom or in the colonies, or tor the fellowship of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, shall, subject to the approval of the Chancellor, be exempt from examination in these subjects.
XII. The fee for each examination for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine shall be one guinea.
I. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Laws shall pass the Matriculation Examination, shall keep terms for two years in accordance with the Statute "Terms and Lectures," and after keeping such terms, shall be required to pass three University Examinations at intervals of not less than one year from each other. The subjects of the first examination for the degree of Bachelor of Laws shall be:
( (
Latin Language and Literature.a.)English Language and Literature, orb.) Mental Science.Jurisprudence and Constitutional History.
The Second Examination shall be in the following subjects:—
Roman Law—The Institutes of Justinian.International Law and Conflict of Laws.English Law—Contracts and Torts.
The Third Examination shall comprise the following branches of English Law:—
Real and Personal Property.Evidence.Criminal Law.Equity.
II. The first examination prescribed in Section I. shall be the same as for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
III. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Laws, who shall have attained the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Master of Arts, either after examination or ad eundem, may proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Laws by passing an examination in Jurisprudence and Constitutional History, and by passing the second and third examinations prescribed in Section I. of this Statute: Provided that any such graduate in Arts may 1 at his option, take the second and third examinations together and may add to them or to either of them the examination in Jurisprudence and Constitutional History; and provided further that any such graduate in Arts, who shall produce satisfactory evidence of having already in his Arts course passed the examination in Jurisprudence and Constitutional History prescribed by the University of New Zealand, or by any University recognised thereby, shall be excused by the Chancellor from examination in one or both of those subjects.
IV. Every candidate intending to present himself for examination shall signify his intention to the Chancellor at least six months previously.
V. The fee for each examination for the degree of Bachelor of Laws shall be one guinea.
I. The subjects of examination for the Degree of Doctor of Laws shall be:
Jurisprudence.Roman Law.International law I these subjects to be more fully treated than for the degree of Bachelor of Laws).Principles of Legislation.
II. No candidate shall be admitted to the examination for the degree of Doctor of Laws until the examination of the second year following that in which the candidate shall have passed for the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
III. Every candidate intending to present himself for examination shall signify his intention to the Chancellor at least six months previously.
IV. The fee for the examination for the degree of Doctor of Laws shall be one guinea.
I. A candidate for the Degree of Bachelor of Music shall be required to pass the Matriculation Examination and the first section of the Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, and shall also be required to pass a preliminary examination in music, to write a musical exercise to the satisfaction of the examiners and to pass a final examination in music.
II. The subjects of the preliminary examination shall be:
Acoustics.Counterpoint in not more than three parts.Harmony in not more than four parts.
For the purposes of this examination, Acoustics shall be understood to include the following subjects: Sensation and external cause of sound. Mode of its transmission. Nature of wave-motion in general. Application of the wave theory to sound. Elements of a musical sound. Loudness and extent of vibration. Pitch and rapidity of vibration. Measures of absolute and of relative-pitch. Resonance. Analysis of compound sounds. Helmholtz's theory of musical quality. Motion of sounding strings. The pianoforte and other stringed instruments. Motion of sounding air-columns. Flue and reed stops of the organ. Orchestral wind instruments. The human Voice. Interference. Beats. Helmholtz's theory
No knowledge of mathematics beyond arithmetic shall be required to satisfy the examiners in this subject.
III. Any candidate may be admitted to the preliminary examination in music who has previously passed the Matriculation Examination; provided that at the time of announcing his intention of presenting himself for the preliminary examination in music he produces a certificate, signed by two or more trustworthy persons, that he has been studying or practising music for two years.
IV. The exercise must be a composition on a sacred or secular subject, written for the occasion, and such as would occupy about twenty minutes in performance, and must fulfil the following conditions:—1. That it comprises some portion for a solo voice, and Some portion for a chorus of five real vocal parts. 2. That it comprise some specimens of Canon and Fugue. 3. That the whole have an accompaniment for bowed instruments only, with or without organ.
The exercise may be sent in by the candidate at any time subsequently to his having passed the preliminary examination in music. The exercise must be sent to the Registrar of the University, and must be accompanied by a written declaration, signed by the candidate, that the work is his own unaided composition.
V. The subjects of the final examination in music shall be—
Counterpoint in not more than five parts.Harmony.Canon in two parts.Fugue in two parts, especially as to the relation of Subject and Answer.Form in composition, as exemplified in the Sonata.The pitch and quality of the stops of the organ.Such knowledge of the quality, pitch, and compass of orchestral instruments as is necessary for reading from score.The analysis of some classical composition, with regard to Harmony, and Form, the name of which will be announced by the Examiners at least six weeks before the date of the examination.
VI. Any candidate may be admitted to the final examination in music who has previously passed the preliminary examination and has satisfied the Examiners with the exercise prescribed in Section IV., and who has also passed the first section of the examination for the degree or Bachelor of Arts.
VII. Candidates who intend to present themselves for examination, either at the preliminary or at the final examination, must give notice in writing to the Registrar not later than the first day of March in the year in which they intend to present themselves for examination.
VIII. Candidates who intend to present themselves for examination at the preliminary examination shall pay a fee of five guineas, and candidates who intend to present themselves for examination at the final examination shall pay a fee of ten guineas, at the time of giving notice to the Registrar of their intention to present themselves for examination.
I. No person shall be admitted to be a candidate for the degree of Doctor of Music unless he shall have been admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Music at least five years previously.
II. A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Music shall be required—
Write an Exercise.Pass an Examination in the Highest Branches of Musical, Science.
III. The exercise shall be a composition, on a sacred or secular subject, written for the occasion, such as would occupy about forty minutes in performance, and fulfilling the following conditions:—
IV. The exercise may be sent in to the Registrar at any time after the expiration of five years from the date at which the candidate obtained the degree of Bachelor of Music. The exercise must be accompanied by a written declaration, signed by the candidate, that the work is his own unaided composition.
V. The subjects of the examination for the degree of Doctor of Music shall be—
Counterpoint in not more than eight parts.The highest branches of Harmony.Canon of various kinds in not more than four parts.Fugue and Double Fugue in not more than four parts.Form in Composition.Instrumentation and Scoring of chamber and orchestral music.The Analysis of some Classical Composition, the name of which shall be announced by the Examiner at least six weeks before the date of the examination.The Art of Music Historically considered.
VI. Candidates who intend to present themselves for examination under this statute must give notice in writing to the Registrar not later than the first day of March in the year in which they intend to present themselves for examination, and shall also, at the time of giving such notice, pay a fee of fifteen guineas.
I. Candidates for any examination shall, at the time of signifying to the Chancellor their intention to present themselves, pay the fee required by the University, irrespective of their passing or failing to pass; and no candidate shall be admitted to examination until he has paid the examination fee.
II. The fees payable to the University of New Zealand shall be as follow:—
III. No degree shall be conferred on any student unless the fee prescribed for that degree shall hare been paid.
I. The Board of Examiners consists of:—
William Brown, Esq., M.B.Ferdinand Campion Batchelor.. Esq., M.R.C.S.Daniel Colquhoux, Esq., M.D., Lond., M.R.C.P Lond.; M.R.C.S., Eng.John Halliday Scott, Esq., M.D. Edin., M.R.C.S Eng., F.R.S.E.John Macdonald, Esq., L.R.C.P. and S., Edix L.M.R.C.S., Eng., L.S.A.B. Throp, Esq.
II. Candidates for the certificate of the Board of Examiners must apply at the office of the Board at Dunedin, and leave their testimonials and proofs of their having served a three-years' apprenticeship, or having been continuously engaged in the practice of Dentistry or Dental Surgery for the period of five years.
III. Candidates in other respects entitled to be registered under the Dentists' Act
IV. When the Board of Examiners shall have ascertained that the Candidate possesses those qualifications which entitle him under the Dentists' Act to his certificate without examination, he shall receive a certificate setting out the nature of these qualifications and certifying that they fulfil the requirements of the Dentists' Act.
V. If the testimonials are such as to qualify the candidate to pass the examination as determined by the Act, the Secretary of the Board will give the candidate notice of the
VI. When a Candidate shall have passed the Examination before the Board of Examiners, the following shall be the form of certificate for Registration:—
Certificate under Dentists Act.
I hereby certify that A.B. has duly passed the Examination prescribed for Candidates seeking registration under the Dentist's Act.C. D.Chairman of the Board of Examiners.
VII. The Fee for the examination in Dentistry is five guineas.
1. The Professorial Council shall consist of the Professors with the addition of one Lecturer elected annually by the Lecturers.
2. The functions of the Professorial Council shall be as follows:—
3. The Council shall annually elect one of its members as Chairman for one year. The Chairman shall preside at every meeting; but in case of his absence a member of the Council, to be elected by the members present, shall preside. The Chairman at any meeting shall have an original and also a casting vote. The Chairman shall be the medium of communication with the Board of Governors, and shall see that discipline is maintained in the College.
4. The Professorial Council shall meet during term time at least once a month.
1. Every undergraduate on joining the College shall sign the following declaration:—
"I do solemnly promise that I will faithfully obey the regulations of the Canterbury College, so far as they apply to me."
2. The whole academic year shall be divided into two terms. The first term shall begin on the third Monday in March, and end on the fourth Saturday in June. The second term shall begin on the fourth Monday in July, and end on the second Wednesday in November.
3. In the first term the Lectures shall begin on the fourth Monday in March, and end on the fourth Saturday in June. In the second term the Lectures shall begin on the fourth Monday in July, and end on the third Saturday in October.
4. The Annual College Examination shall begin on the Monday following the closing of the lectures for the year. The examination for Honours and Exhibitions shall begin on the second Wednesday after the closing of Lectures for the year. The class-lists shall be published on the last day of term.
1. There shall be six Exhibitions open to Matriculated Students attending lectures at the Canterbury College, each Exhibition of the annual value of £20, and tenable for one year.
2. The Exhibitions shall be awarded as follows:—
And one for any two of the following: Greek, History and Political Economy, Jurisprudence and Constitutional History, French, German.
3. The Exhibitions shall be awarded on separate papers of a more advanced nature than the Pass papers.
4. All candidates for the Exhibitions shall be required to pass in the Animal Examination.
5. If a student has passed his second College Examination, and has not passed the first part of his University Examination, he shall be allowed once, and only once, more to pass the second College Examination, and thus qualify himself to become a candidate for an Exhibition.
6. The preceding regulation shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to students who have passed their third College Examination.
7. No Exhibition shall be awarded, save in the case of students who have reached a satisfactory standard in their competition papers.
Latin.—First Examination—Either the Pass or Honours work (at the option of the student) as defined by the Calendar for the year. Second Examination—As in the first, together with the special books prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examination of the year.
Greek.—As in Latin.
English.—First Examination—Origin, history, and structure of the English language, prose composition, and a general knowledge of the special period and special books prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examination of the year. Second Examination Origin, history, and structure of the English language, prose composition, and a full knowledge of the special period and special books prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examination of the year.
Modern Languages.—First Examination—Grammar, translations, and composition. Second Examination—The foregoing, together with a general survey of the literature.
Mathematics.—First Examination—Pure mathematics; Euclid, Books I., II., III., IV., and VI., together with the definitions of Book V.; Algebra, to the Progressions inclusive; Trigonometry, the elementary parts. Second Examination—The foregoing subjects as defined by the University for the B.A. degree; Applied Mathematics, Elementary Mechanics and Hydrostatics as defined by the University for the B.A. degree.
Chemistry.—First Examination—Inorganic Chemistry. Second Examination—Inorganic and Organic Chemistry, and Qualitative Analysis.
Physics.—First Examination—Portions of any two branches. Second Examination—Two branches as defined by the Calendar.
Natural Science.—First Examination—The portion included in the course of lectures delivered to the Junior Class in any one branch. Second Examination—One branch, as defined in the Calendar.
Jurisprudence and Constitutional History.—First Examination—Jurisprudence. Second Examination—Jurisprudence and Constitutional History.
General History and Political Economy.—First Examination—Outlines of Political Economy. Outlines of the period of History prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examination of the year, and the main features of the period of English History which forms the subject of the Pass Lectures for the year. Second Examination-Detailed knowledge of Political Economy, for the period of History prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examination of the year, and a knowledge of the main features of the period of English History which forms the subject of the Pass Lectures for the year.
1. Latin—
There will also be examinations in History, Grammar, and Antiquities, with translation at sight from Latin authors.
2. Greek—
There will also be examinations in History, Grammar, and Antiquities, with translation at sight from Greek authors.
The authors above mentioned are prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examinations in
1. Latin—
There will also be examinations on Roman History, Philosophy, Philology, and Antiquities, with translation at sight from Latin authors.
2. Translation Lectures. Period—Age of Pericles.Greek—
There will also be examinations in Greek History Philosophy, Philology, and Antiquities, with translation at sight from Greek authors.
The authors above mentioned are prescribed by the University for the Honours Examination in
Students who take tickets for the whole of the English Pass Lectures may attend the Honours Lectures without payment of any additional fee.
(1.) Lectures on the Literature of the Commonwealth:—
These lectures will treat of the general features of seventeenth century literature in England, its relation to history, to preceding periods of English literature, and to contemporary foreign literatures; they will also give a connected account of the various branches of the literature of the Commonwealth period and will enter into detail concerning the lives and writings of the various writers.
(The period prescribed by the University for the B.A. examination of
2.) Lectures on the Language of Shakespeare and George Eliot:—
These lectures will take as special subject, Lear, the Tempest and Romola, (the books prescribed by the University for the B.A. Examination of
This course of lectures and the preceding, besides being delivered on Thursday and Friday will be compressed into lecture on Saturday for the sake of those who attend only on that day.
(3) Lectures on Composition:
These will consist of instruction and practical work in the use of the English vocabulary, on the structure of the English sentence, period, and paragraph, and in the writing of English essays. This lecture will be delivered twice a week.
(4) Lectures on the Art of Shakespeare and George Eliot: These lectures will treat of questions connected with the art, style, thought, sources, historical and autobiographical aspects of the works of Shakespeare and George Eliot with special reference to Lear, The Tempest, and Romola. This lecture will be delivered twice a week.
Students who take tickets for the whole of the English Past Lectures may attend the Honours Lectures without payment of any additional fee.
(1.) Philological Lecture.—
One half of each lecture will be devoted to questions connected with the sources of the English vocabulary, the other half to reading Anglo-Saxon and Early English.
(2.) Criticism Lecture:—
Heading and criticism of the best-known works of the most prominent English authors. (A list of the books to be read and criticised is posted in the English Literature lecture room at the commencement of the long vacation.)
A course of lectures on the History of England during the period from
Students entering this division will be supposed to have passed the Matriculation Examination in Arithmetic, Algebra,
Students entering this division will be supposed to be familiar with the mathematical work required for the Junior Scholarship Examination. In the lectures the subjects of Algebra, Trigonometry, and Geometry will be treated as fully as time permits. The text books used will be Todhunter's Euclid, Taylor's Geometry of Conies, Todhunter's Algebra, Lock's Trigonometry (both parts).
The lectures under this head will deal with such portions of Mechanics and Hydrostatics as require only such a knowledge of Pure Mathematics as is required by the University for the Degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. The text books used will be Todhunter's Mechanics for Beginners, and Besant's Elementary Hydrostatics.
Candidates for the Senior Scholarship in Mathematics are recommended to read also Parkinson's Mechanics and Garnett's Dynamics.
These lectures are intended to prepare candidates for the Senior Scholarships and for Honours. In them the following subjects will be dealt with:—Analytical Conic Sections, Differential and Integral Calculus, Solid Geometry, Differential Eqnations, Analytical Statics, Dynamics of a Particle, and one of the Physical subjects required from candidates for Mathematical Honours. The text books used will be Smith's Conic Sections, Todhunter's differential Calculus, Williamson's Differential Calculus, Todhunter's Integral Calculus, Aldis' Solid Geometry, Boole's Differential Equations, Todhunter's Analytical Statics, and Besant's Dynamics.
Non-Metallic.—Simple Chemical Operations—The mode of formation and principal properties of the Non-Metallic Elements—the Atomic Theory—Atomicity of the Elements-Volumes and Densities of Gases—Chemical Affinity—Physical Forces tending to modify ordinary electro-positive and negative affinity—Classification of Chemical Reactions.
Metallic.—Occurrence of the Metals—Extraction from their ores—Properties and mode of manufacture of the principal Metallic Compounds—Simple Tests for the Metals.
Organic.—Classification of Organic Compounds—Constitutional Formulae of the principal Radicles—Manufacture and Properties of the more important Hydrides, Alcohols, Ethers, and Acids of the Organic Radicles—Manufacture and Uses of the principal Commercial Organic Compounds.
Analytical.—Blowpipe Analysis and other tests by the dry method—Analysis of Inorganic Compounds and Mixtures-Quantitative Analysis by measure and by weight—Ultimate Organic Analysis.
Senior Chemistry Students will take Junior Physics first term.
(Two branches count as one subject for examination. In each branch there will be an elementary and advanced course, and each course will be complete in one term.)
Heat.—Expansion of Gases, Liquids, and Solids—Thermo meters—Calorimeters—Conduction—Convection—Specific Heat—Latent Heat—Mechanical Equivalent—Energy, Kinetic and Potential—Steam Engines—Radiant Heat—Athermic and Diathermic Bodies—Reflection—Refraction—Calorescence—Sources of Energy—General Principles of Thermodynamics—Thermal Influence of Cosmical Changes.
Sound and Light.—Properties of the Air—Production, Propagation, Reflection, Refraction and Velocity of Sound—Sonorous Vibrations in Strings, Rods, Pipes, and Plates—Musical Scale—Quality of Sound—Ear and Larynx, modes of Analysis of Complex Tones. Sources, Propagation, Measurement' Reflection, Refraction, and Velocity of Light, Colour—the Spectrum and the Spectroscope—Fluorescence and Phosphorescence—Interference—Diffraction—Polarization—the Eve and Optical Instruments—Solar and Stellar Spectroscopy.
Magnetism and Electricity—Magnetic Attraction—Polarity—Directive Power—Repulsion—Dipping and Compass Needles—Diamagnetism—Development of Frictional Electricity—Conduction and Insulation—Distribution—Machines—Leyden Jars—Voltaic Batteries—Heating. Lighting. Magnetic* Chemical, and Physiological Effects of the Current—Ohm's Law, Potential. Electro-Magnetic and other Induction Machines—Land and Ocean Telegraphy—Electro-Plating—Electro-Dynamics.
Senior Physics Students will take Junior Chemistry first term and Physical Laboratory second term.
Elementary Mineralogy with descriptions of the principal mineral constituents of rocks—Dynamical Geology: Volcanoes and Earthquakes. Elevation and" Depression of land, Denudation and Deposition—Lithological and Petrological classification of rocks—Structural Geology: Stratification, Joints, Curvature of Beds, Faults, Unconformity—Metamorphosis of Rocks—Physiography: Continents, Oceans, Mountains, Lakes, Rivers.
Text Book: Jukes Brown, Hand-book of Geology.
Paleontology: Descriptions of the more important kinds of animals and "plants found fossil, Results of Paleontology—Geographical Distribution of animals—Chronological classification of Rocks—History of life on the earth.
The optical characters of rock-forming minerals—The cosmical relations of the earth—Theoretical Geology—The History of Geological Science—The Geology of New Zealand.
The senior and junior classes prepare for the B.A., the advanced class for the M.A.
First Term.—Mineralogy and Lithology.
Second Term.—Palæontology.
This class is intended for students who are exempted from attendance at lectures under Chapter XIII, Section I, of the University Statutes.
Junior Course.—Practical Lithology—The construction of geological maps and sections—The description of models.
Senior Course.—The determination and description of fossils.
Advanced Course.—The preparation of thin sections of rocks and their examination by means of polarized light.
The Laboratory course will commence on the third Monday in each term.
During the Summer Vacation Professor Hutton will make an excursion of about a week's duration, to give instruction in Field Geology.
Candidates for the Natural Science Exhibition must pass in the whole subject, including a practical examination.
Principles of Physiology—Principles of classification and of distribution—The Origin of Species.
Text Book.—Nicholson's Introduction to the study of Biology.
The Anatomy and General Morphology of plants—The special Morphology of Cryptogamic Plants.
The special Morphology of Phanerogamic plants—Physiology of plants.
Text Book.—Prantl and Tine's Elementary Text Book of Botany.
The general Morphology and Physiology of Plants—The special Morphology of the types prescribed by the University for the M.A. degree—The History of Botanical Science.
Junior Course.—The preparation and examination of Vegetable tissues—The examination of Cryptogamic plants.
Senior Course.—The examination of Phanerogamic plants, the examination of Animal tissues as required by the University for General Biology.
Advanced Course.—The examination of the types prescribed by the University for the M.A. degree—Imbedding and section mounting.
The Morphology of Invertebrate Animals.
The Morphology of Vertebrate Animals.
Text Book.—Claus and Sedgwick, Elementary Text Book of Zoology, 2 vols.
Candidates for the Natural Science Exhibition must pass in General Biology and in the whole subject of either Botany or Zoology. They must also pass a practical examination.
Grammar, exercises, translations of easier authors.
The Books for the University Pass Examinations read translated, explained—Grammar—Philology. History of French Literature. Translations from English into French.
The Honours course for the University Examinations-Philology—Criticism—Composition. History of French Literature.
Lectures will be given on the following subjects:—
In choosing their voluntary subjects for the B.A. degree, students are recommended to select one from each of the three following lists:—
It is the duty of students to make themselves acquainted with all College regulations and all notices upon the College notice board. Omission of such duty will not be accepted as an excuse for any mistakes that they may make.
Pass Latin (Translation)—Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday, 9 to 10 a.m.
Pass Latin (Composition)—Monday and Wednesday, 9 to 10 a.m.
Greek (Translation)—Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday, 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Greek (Composition)—Monday and Thursday, 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Honours Latin (Translation)—Monday and Thursday, 3 to 4 p.m.
Honours Latin (Composition)—Tuesday and Friday, 3 to 4 p.m.
Literature of the Commonwealth.—Thursday, 6 to7 p.m.
(Repeated along with the main parts of the lecture on the Language of Shakespeare and George Eliot, Saturday, 2.45 to 3.45 p.m.)
Language of Shakespeare and George Eliot.—Friday, 6 to 7 p.m.
Composition—Monday, 6 to 7 p.m.
(Repeated Saturday, 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Art of Shakespeare and George Eliot—Tuesday, 5 to 6.20 p.m.
(Repeated—Saturday, 1.20 to 2.40 p.m.
Philology—Friday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Criticism—Friday, 5 to 6 p.m.
Period from
Lower Division—Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday, 5 to 6 p.m.; Saturday, 9 to 11 a.m.
Upper Division—Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, 10 to 11 a.m.
Mechanics and Hydrostatics—Wednesday, 4 to 5 p.m.; Saturday, 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Advanced Mathematics—Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday, 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Elementary Mathematics—Saturday, 11 a.m. to 12 noon.
Junior Chemistry—Monday and Thursday, 6 to 7 p.m.
Senior Chemistry—Tuesday, 5 to 6 p.m.
Honours Chemistry—Tuesday, 10 to 11 a.m.
Junior Physics—Monday and Thursday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Senior Physics—Monday and Thursday, 5 to 6 p.m.
Honours Physics—Tuesday, 11 to 12 noon.
Physics (Teachers' Class)—Saturday, 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Elementary Science—Tuesday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Laboratory Practice (Chemical)—Tuesday and Thursday, 2 to 5 p.m.; Saturday, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Laboratory Practice (Physical)—Tuesday, 2 to 5 p.m.; Saturday, 9 a.m. to 12 noon.
Junior Geology—Wednesday and Thursday. 4 to 5 p.m.
Senior Geology—Wednesday and Thursday, 5 to 6 p.m.
Advanced Geology—Monday and Thursday, 12 to 1 p.m.
Teachers' Geology—Saturday, 2 to 3 p.m.
Laboratory—Monday and Thursday, 11 to 12 noon, and 3 to 4 p.m.; Saturday. 11 a.m. to 12 noon.
Junior Botany—Tuesday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Senior Botany—Friday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Honours Botany—Tuesday, 5 to 6 p.m.
Pass Biology—Friday, 5 to 6 p.m.
Zoology—Wednesday, 11 to 12 noon.
Botany—Tuesday and Friday, 11 to 12 noon, and 8 to 4 p.m.; Saturday, 10 to 11 a.m., and 12 noon to 1 p.m.
Senior and Honours—Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Junior—Tuesday and Friday, 8 to 4 p.m.
Monday and Thursday, 3 to 4 p.m.
Jurisprudence—Monday and Thursday, 4 to 5 p.m.
Law—Monday and Thursday, 9 to 10 a.m.
1. Translate.—
Terence: Heautont. 275-284.
1. Explain the construction of the first line. When is such a construction used?
2. Give the derivation of pultat, and quote similar instances.
II. Translate:—
Terence: Adelph. 556-565.
De. Quid ilie gannit? quid volt? quid aïs, bone vir? est frater domi?
Sy. Quid, malum, 'bone vir' mihi narras? cquidem perii.
De. Quid tibist
Sy. Rogitas? Ctesipho me pugnis miserum et istam psaltriam Usque occidit. De. Hem, quid narras? Sy. Em, vide ut discidit labrum.
De. Quatn ob rem? Sy. Me impulsore hane emptam esse ait. De. Non tu eum rus hine modo
Produxe aibas? Sy. Factum; veruni venit post insaniens: Nil pepercit. Non puduisse verberare hominem senem!
Quern ego modo puerum tantillum in manibus gestavi meis.
De. Laudo: Ctesipho, patrissas: abi, virum te indico.
Sy. Laudas? ne ille continebit postime, si sapiet, manus.
III. Translate:—
Tacitus: Agrie, c. xix.
Ceterum animoruni provinciae prudens, simulque doctus per aliena experimenta, paruin profici armis, si iniuriae sequerentur, caussas bellorum statuit excidere. A se suisque orsus, primam domum suam coercuit; quod plerisque haud minus arduum est, quam provinciam regere. Nihil per libertos servosque publicae rei; non studiis privatis nec ex commendatione aut precibus centurionum milites adsciscere, sed optimum quemque fidelissirnum putare: omnia scire, non omuia exsequi: par-
1. Date the chief events in the life of Agricola.
2. Translate with comments—
IV. Translate::—
Tacitus: Germ. c. xvi.
Ne caementorum quidem apud illos aut tegularum usus: materia ad omnia utuntur informi et citra speciem aut delectationem. Quaedam loca diligentius inlinunt terra, ita pura ac splendente, ut picturam ac lineamenta colorum imitetur. Solent et subterraneos specus aperire, eosque multo insuper fimo onerant, suffugium hiemi et receptaculum frugibus, quia rigorem frigorum eiusmodi locis molliunt: et, si quando hostis advenit, aperta populatur, abdita autem et defossa aut ignorantur, aut eo ipso fallunt, quod quaereuda sunt.
V. Translate the following passages not previously prescribed.
Cicero: Pro Sestio, § 86.
[Candidates presenting the Terence are not expected to attempt both of these passages.']
Et tu hoc loco laudas Milonem et iure laudas. Quem enim umquam virum tam immortali virtute vidimus? qui nullo praemio proposito praeter hoc, quod iam contritum et contemptum putatur, iudicium bonorum, omnia pericula, summos labores, gravissimas contentiones inimicitiasque suscepit? qui mihi unus ex omnibus civibus videtur re docuisse, non verbis, et quid oporteret a praestantissimis viris in re publica fieri et quid neeesse esset: oportere hominum audacium, eversorum rei publicae sceleri legibus et iudiciis resistere: si leges non valerent, iudicia non essent, si res publica vi consensuque audacium armis oppressa teneretur, praesidio et copiis defendi vitam et libertatem necesse esse. Hoc sentire prudentiae est, facere fortitudinis, et sentire vero et facere perfectae cumulataeque virtutis.
Ovid: Trist, v. 5. 5-12.
I. Translate into Latin:—
M. Manlius, the preserver of the Capitol from the Gauls, was jealous of the high reputation of Camillus, and alienated from the patricians generally, because his share of the high offices of the commonwealth was not such as his merits claimed. Thus he was ready to feel indignant at the severities practised against the debtors; and his better feelings also, the loftiness of his nature, and his sympathy with brave men, were all shocked by the scenes which he daily witnessed. One day he saw a centurion who had served with him, and whom he knew to be a distinguished soldier, now dragged through the market-place on his way to his creditor's workhouse. He hastened up, protested against the indignity, himself paid the debt upon the spot, and redeemed the debtor. The gratitude and popularity, which this act won for him, excited him to go on in the same course: he sold by public auction the most valuable part of his landed property, and declared that he would never see a fellow-citizen made a bondsman for debt, so long as he had the means of relieving him.
II. Questions on Grammar arising out of the prescribed books:—
misceto, demulceam, cëdo, obtriverit, orsus, coeperet.sublime, commeatus, seditio, provincia, aestas, convicium.
agas, qui neque ius neque bonum atque aequom sciunt?sperem aut posse postulem me fallere, nil est.venias in periclum, Sannio, servesne an perdas totum, dividuom face.mirere, sobrii inter seria exercent and for the case of the words in italics intanti, testis faciet ilico.pacto tacito est opus, a, minime gentium.triennium in ea legation e detent us est.pugnae expertes summa collium insederant.or of Tacitus differs from that of Cicero.
III. General Questions on Grammar:—
si.mus, crus, vellusy pirns, verves, limes, pa lines, merces.
I. Translate into English:—
(A.) Aristophanes: Kniglits.
(a) 303-321.
(b) 691-709.
(B.) Xenophon: Memorabilia.
(a) I. c. 4, § 13.
(b) II. c. 1, § 24.
II.
III. Translate into English, from books not prescribed:—
(A.) Thucydides, Book IV. chap. 28.
(B.) Euripides: Medea, 1040-1055.
I. Translate into Greek, with accents:—
Themistocles, aware of their suspicions, desired them not to be misled by reports, but to send to Athens men whom they could trust out of their own numbers, who would see for themselves and bring back word. They agreed; and he at the same time privately instructed the Athenians to detain the envoys as quietly as they could, and not let them go until he and his colleagues had got safely home. For he was afraid that the Lacedæmonians, when they heard the truth, might not allow them to return. So the Athenians detained the envoys; and Themistocles, coming before the Lacedræmonians at length, declared in so many words that Athens was now provided with walls, and could protect her citizens; henceforward if the Lacedemonians or their allies wished at any time to negotiate they must deal with the Athenians as with men who knew quite well what was for their own and the common good.
II. Questions in Grammar arising out of the prescribed books:—
1. Give the parsing of the following words, adding the
2. Explain the constructions used in the following, adding a translation:—
3. Distinguish and and and and
4. Give the derivation and meaning of
III. General Questions in Grammar:—
1. Give the genitive singular and dative plural of and the full inflexion of and .
2. Write out the imperative present of .
3. Write out the present optative of .
4. Translate:—.
5. What constructions follow
1. Write a note or two upon the manner in which phonetic changes are now studied for elucidation of the history of language. Account for the d in "thunder," and the b in "humble."
2. Discuss the origin and structure of the English alphabet.
3. From which of the elements that join to form English is each of the following words derived:—mop, pail, hustings, street, preach, cleric, cherry, venison, summons, sausage, legal, loyal, renegade, serenade, yacht, alchemy, chess, cherub, tattoo, potato.
4. Make a list of the chief Teutonic suffixes of the English nouns, and explain their origin and force.
5. Tell all that you know of the history of the third personal pronoun, he, she, it. How far is it to be called personal?
6. Distinguish between weak and strong verbs. Write a few notes on the origin and history of what is called the strong form of conjugation.
7. Analyse this sentence:—
8. When, where, and why did Sir Thomas More write his 'Utopia'? Why was it in Latin? When did it first appear in English?
9. Give some evidences of the relation of More's 'Utopia' to the state of England and of Europe in the time when it was written.
10. Why is the 'New Atlantis' so called? Tell in a few words the substance of the story, and show its relation to the life of Francis Bacon.
11. When did Spenser publish the first three books of the 'Faerie Queene'? What was the aim of the first book? Tell the story of Una and the Lion. What do you suppose to be figured by that part of the allegory?
12.
Tell the incident in the second book of the Faerie Queene with which this passage is associated.
13. Describe the structure of the verse of a Spenserian stanza.
14. Explain the italicised words in the following sentences:—" I nill thine offered grace;" "For they be two the prowest knights on ground;" "waves . . . engrossed with mud, which did them foul agrise." "But safe I have them kept in secret mew." "The rueful strich still waiting on the bier."
A. Grammar.
(N.B. Candidates must answer four questions only, and they may select any four in the following list.)
1. Give, and account for, the gender of the following substantives:—aimant, antre, biscuit, cœur, cour, cours, feuille, myrte, pomme, foi, foie, fois, couleur, honneur, image, ouvrage.
2. Correct, and turn into English:—
3. Expound the rules concerning tout (adjective and adverb), and illustrate them by translating
4.
acquérir—se rappeler—se souvenir—s'en aller.a) attend to me; (b) the Emperor was attended by a brilliant staff; (c) we attend lectures on chemistry; (d) nurses attend the sick in the hospitals; (e) attend to your business.
5. How do you render into French the English auxiliary verbs to have, to be, to get, to do, ought, must, will, should, would in the following sentences:—
Hud you worked better, you would have succeeded.Had it not been for you, I should have been drowned.are to start at noon.are to do what we are told.Get your boots cleaned.ought to do your translation.must finish my exercise before eleven o'clock.will succeed, you must work.Do you understand what I mean? I do.Should my friend come, tell him to wait for me.should obey the orders you have received.
6. In how many ways is the English passive construction avoided in French? Translate, as examples:—
We have been told by a friend of yours that you were ill.We have been forbidden to go out.is sold at all booksellers'.is this word pronounced?It has been reported that the general was killed.You have been misinformed.I am nut pleased with this pupil.
B. Translation.
Translate into English:—
Toute ville au moyen âge, et, jusqu'il Louis XII, toute ville de France avait ses lieux d'asile. Ces lieux d'asile, au milieu du déluge de lois pénales et de juridictions barbares qui inondaient la cité, étaient des espèces d'îles qui s'élevaient au-dessus du niveau de la justice humaine. Tout criminel qui y abordait était sauvé. Il y avait dans une banlieue presque autant de lieux d'asile que de lieux patibulaires. C'était l'abus de l'impunité à côté de l'abus des supplices,
Une fois le pied dans l'asile, le criminel était sacré; mais il fallait qu'il se gardât d'en sortir: un pas hors du sanctuaire, il retombait dans le flot. La roue, le gibet, l'estrapade faisaient bonne garde à l'entour du lieu de refuge, et guettaient sans cesse leur proie comme les requins autour du vaisseau. On a vu des condamnés qui blanchissaient ainsi dans un cloître, sur l'escalier d'un palais, dans la culture d'une abbaye, sous un porche d'église; de cette façon, l'asile était une prison comme une autre.
C. Composition.
Translate into French:—
.... The great peculiarity of Victor Hugo is that his poetry always transports. No one who cares for poetry at all, and who has mastered the preliminary necessity of acquaintance with the French language and French prosody, can read any of his better works without gradually rising to a condition of enthusiasm in which the possible defects of the matter are altogether lost sight of in the unsurpassed and dazzling excellencc of the manner. This is the special test of poetry, and there is none other. The technical means by which Victor Hugo produces these effects consist in a mastery of varied versification, in an extraordinary command of pictorial language, dealing at once with physical and mental phenomena, and, above all, in a certain irresistible habit of never allowing the iron to grow cold. Stroke follows stroke in the exciting and transporting process in a manner not easily paralleled in other writers.
Other poets are often best exhibited by very short extracts, by jewels five words long. This is not so with Victor Hugo. He has such jewels, but they are not his chief titles to admiration. The ardour and flow, as of molten metal, which characterise him are felt only in the mass, and must be sought there. . . . His unequalled versification is a weapon which he cannot exchange for the less pointed tool of prose without losing much of his power. His defects emerge as his merits subside. But taking him altogether, it may be asserted, without the least fear of contradiction, that Victor Hugo will hold to all posterity the position of the greatest poet and of one of the greatest prose writers of France.
A. Littérature:—
(N.B. Ne répondez qu'à quatre des questions suivantes.)
B. Traduisez en anglais:—
1. Bataille de Narva.
. . . Le signal était deux fusées, et le mot, en allemand, "Avec l'aide de Dieu!" Un officier général ayant représenté au roi la graudeur du péril: "Quoi! vous doutez," dit-il, "qu'avec mes huit mille braves Suédois je ne passe pas sur le corps à quatre-vingt mille Moscovites?" Un moment après, craignant qu'il n'y eÛt eu un peu de fanfaronnade dans ses paroles, il courut lui-même après cet officier: "N'êtes-vous pas de mon avis?" lui dit-il; "n'ai-je pas deux avantages sur les ennemis? l'un, que leur cavalerie ne pourra leur servir; et l'autre que le lieu étant resserré, leur grand nombre ne fera que les incommoder; et ainsi je serai réellement plus fort qu'eux." L'officier n'eut garde d'être d'un autre avis, et on marcha aux Moscovites à midi, le
2. Henri IV après la Bataille d'Ivry.
I. Translate into English:—
Leffings „Minna von Barnhelm.”
(c) Gie nennen mich Tellheim; der Name trifft ein. Aber Gie Meinen, ich fei der Tellheim, den Gie in Ihrem Baterlande gekannt haben, der blühende Mann, voller Aufprüche, voller Ruhmbegierde; der feines ganzen Körpers, feiner ganzen Geele Mächtig war; vor dem die Schranken der Ehre und des Glücks eröffnet ftanden! der Ihres herzens und Ihrer Hand Wenn er fchon Ihrer nech nicht würdig war, täglich würdiger zu werden hoffen durfte. Diefer Tellheim bin ich ebenfo wenig—als ich mein Bater bin. Beide find gewesen. Ich bin Tellheim, der verabschiedete, der an feiner Ehre Gekränkte, der Krüppel, der Bettler.
II. Translate and explain the following phrases occurring in „Nathan der Weife” (a); and translate and give the etymology of the following expressions occurring in „Minna von Barnhelm” (b):—
III. Grammatical Questions:—
a) German nouns, (b) substantives borrowed from the ancient or modern foreign languages and employed in German.a) in direct principal sentences, (b) in inverted principal sentences, (c) in dependent sentences.
I. Unprepared Translation and Composition.
1. Translate into English:—
Gchon seit längerer Zeit irrte ein unftetes Bolt an den nördlichen Grenzen der, zu beiden Geiten der Donau, von den Kelten Eingenommenen landfchaft. Gie nanuten fich die Kimbrer, das heiβt die „Kämpfer,” oder, wie ihre feinde es überfetzten, die Käuber, melche Benennung Indeβ fchon vor ihrem Auszug, allem Aufchein nach, Boltsname geworden war. Gie Kamen aus dem Norden, und ftieβen unter den kelten zuerst so weit bekannt, auf die Boier, wahrfcheinlich in Böhmen. Es war ein wunderbarer Zug, desgleichen die Kömer noch nicht gefehen hatten, ein wanderndes Bolk, das mit Weib und Kind, mit habe und Gut auszog, eine neue heimath fich zu fuchen. Der Wagen war hier gleichfam das haus, wo unter dem übergefpannten Lederdach neben dem Geräth Platz fich fand für die frau und die Kinder, und felbft für den haushund. Die Güdländer fahen mit Berwunderung diefe hohen fchlanken Gestalten mit den tiefblonden zocken, und den hellblauen augen, die ftarken ftattlichen frauen, die den Männern an Gröβe wenig nachgaben, die Kinder mit dem Greifenhaar, wie die Italiener verwundernd die flachsköpfigen Jungen des Nordlandes
2. Translate into German:—
At the age of eleven years, William, having unexpectedly succeeded to great possessions, was sent from his father's roof to be educated in Brussels. No destiny seemed to lie before the young prince but an education at the Emperor's court, to be followed by military adventures, embassies, viceroyalties, and a life of luxury and magnificence. At a very early age he came accordingly as a page into the Emperor's family. Charles recognized, with his customary quickness, the remarkable character of the boy. At fifteen William was the intimate, almost the confidential, friend of the Emperor, who prided himself, above all other gifts, on his power of reading and of using men. The youth was so constant an attendant upon his imperial chief that, even when interviews with the highest personages and upon the gravest affairs were taking-place, Charles would never suffer him to be considered superfluous or intrusive. There seemed to be no secrets which the Emperor held too high for the comprehension or discretion of his page. He was brought up behind the curtain of that great stage, where the world's dramas were daily enacted. The machinery and the masks which produced the grand delusions of history had no deceptions for him. Carefully to observe men's actions, and silently to ponder upon their motives, was the favourite occupation of the Prince during his apprenticeship at court.
II. Literaturfragen.
II.
Translate into English:—
(A) Giovanni Fantoni nacque nel
Translate into Italian:—
John Milton.—It may not be generally known, but the world is indebted for the beautiful poem, 'Paradise Lost,' to a circumstance which happened to Milton when in Italy. When young, he possessed a remarkably handsome person, united to a very intelligent countenance. Rambling one fine summer's day with his companions, in a most picturesque locality, he felt fatigued, and threw himself at the foot of a tree, where he soon fell asleep. Two ladies passing that way observed him, and stood for some time contemplating him, when one of them took from a small pocket-book a slip of paper and, with a pencil, wrote some lines complimenting him on his beauty (Milton's companions observing at a little distance), laid them on his breast, and with her companion walked away. When Milton awoke, he discovered the complimentary lines, and it is said, months were devoted in search of the fair composer, but in vain. This circumstance induced him to write his sublime poem, which, in compliment to the unknown fair, he entitled 'Paradise Lost.'
Translate into English:—
(A) Per la ragione che gl' Italiani hanno voluto fare un' Italia nuova, e loro rimanere gl' Italiani vecchi di prima, colle dappocaggini e le miserie morali che furono ab antico il loro retaggio; perchè pensano a riformare 1′ Italia, e nessuno si accorge che
carattere, onde per dirla in una parola sola, il primo bisogno d' Italia è che si formino Italiani dotati d' alti e forti caratteri.
(B) La Montagna delle Miniere.
III
Translate into Italian:—
Ariosto tells a pretty story of a fairy, who, by some mysterious law of her nature, was condemned to appear at certain seasons in the form of a foul and poisonous snake. Those who injured her during the period of her disguise were for ever excluded from participation in the blessings which she bestowed. But to those who, in spite of her loathsome aspect, pitied and protected her, she afterwards revealed herself in the beautiful and celestial form which was natural to her, accompanied their steps, granted all their wishes, filled their houses with wealth, and made them happy in love and victorious in war. Such a spirit is Liberty. At times she takes the form of a hateful reptile. She grovels, she hisses, she stings. But woe to those who in disgust shall venture to crush her! And happy are those who, having dared to receive her in her degraded and frightful shape, shall at length be rewarded by her in the time of her beauty and her glory! There is only one cure for the evils which newly acquired freedom produces; and that cure is freedom. When a prisoner first leaves his cell he cannot bear the light of day; but the remedy is, not to remand him into his dungeon, but to accustom him to the rays of the sun.
Write a short history of the English navy in the years
What were the Berlin Decrees, and what retaliatory measures did they call forth?
Write a brief history of the struggle in regard to Catholic Emancipation.
What were the provisions of the Corn Law of
State fully the changes which were made in the system of Representation in England by the Act of
What was the nature of the legal provision for the poor before
Give some account of the Irish famine, and of the measures which were taken in connexion with it.
Give some account of the Luddites, the Repealers, the Holy Alliance, the Ministry of All the Talents, the Catiningites.
Write a history of the improvements in means of transit which took place during this period.
Write a brief life of each of the following:—
(a) The Duke of Wellington, (b) Lord Liverpool, and (c) Sir Robert Peel.
1. Any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the third. If a triangle and quadrilateral stand on the same base and none of the angles of the latter are reentrant, prove that the perimeter of the triangle is greater than that of the quadrilateral.
2. If a straight line AB be divided into any two parts at the point C, prove that the squares on AB, BC are together equal to twice the rectangle under AB, BC, together with the square on AC.
3. The angles in the same segment of a circle are equal to one another. State and prove the converse of this proposition.
4. If a chord of a circle and a tangent be drawn from an external point, the square on the tangent is equal to the rectangle under the segments of the chord.
Describe the circles which pass through two given points and touch a given straight line.
5. About a circle describe a triangle equiangular to a given triangle.
6. Find a third proportional to two given straight lines.
7. Prove, from the definitions of the sine and tangent of an angle, that
Find the sines of 30° and of 675°.
8. If
sin A =tan b tan c, sin B = tan a tan c, tan A tan B = sin c, prove that
sin c=cos a cos b.
9. Prove the formula;
sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A,
sin4 (A + 45°) − sin4 (A−45°) = sin 2A.
10. Define a logarithm, and prove that log a/b = log a−log b. Find x from the equation being given
11. Find formula; for solving a triangle when the three sides are given.
The sides of a triangle are 2/3, 5/6, 11/8; find the greatest angle, being given
1. Show that is exactly divisible by a2+b2+c2−ab−ac−bc; and show that if x+y+z=0, then yz−x2=zx−y2=xy−z2.
2. Find the Greatest Common Measure of 2x3−x2−4x+3 and 4x4−5x3−x+2, and the Least Common Multiple of (2x2−2, 3x3+3, 2x2−2x−4, x2−x+1.
3. Find whether greater or less than a/b, and whether is greater or less than it being given that c/d is a/b reduced to its lowest terms.
Simplify the following:—
4. Solve these equations:—
5. You can buy from a wine-merchant 10 dozen sherry and 12 dozen claret for £48, and 5 dozen more of sherry can be had for £45 than of claret for £50: required the price of each per dozen.
6. Define ratio, and explain why the equality of two ratios may be expressed by equating two fractions.
If a+b+c: −a+b+c:: a−b+c: a+b−c, show that a is a mean proportional between b+c and b−c.
7. Define a Geometrical Series, and find the sum of n terms of the series.
The 2nd and 5th terms of a Geometric Series are—1/3 and 8/81; write down the intermediate terms, and sum the series to n terms and to infinity.
8. Write down the Binomial Theorem, and find the middle term, when there is one, and the sum of the alternate coefficients.
Find the coefficient of x4 in the expansion of
1. Explain how a force may be resolved into two forces whose directions are specified. Also state and prove the triangle of forces.
A door, whose height is 12 feet and breadth 5, turns about two hinges, one at the foot and the other (which is a smooth vertical bolt passing through a horizontal ring) halfway up, the door-post being vertical, and the weight of the door 120 lbs. Draw the actions at the hinges, and prove that they are respectively 50 lbs. and 130 lbs.
2. Find the resultant of two unequal parallel forces.
Three weights, 2, 3, 4, are placed at three angles of a square; find where it must be suspended from a hook on one of the sides, that this side may be horizontal.
3. Find the condition that a body of any shape may rest when placed on a horizontal plane.
A triangle ABC, obtuse-angled at C, is placed with AB in contact with a horizontal plane, and CD is drawn perpendicular on AB produced; prove that equilibrium will be possible or impossible according as BD is less or greater than AB.
4. State the conditions to be observed in constructing a good balance. How is it possible to weigh accurately with an imperfect balance?
5. State the laws of motion, and examine briefly the evidence for them.
6. Explain the symbols u, g, in the equation of motion of a rising body s=ut—½gt2 and prove the equation.
A man drops a stone over a bridge into a stream beneath, and three seconds afterwards hears the splash; assuming that sound travels at the rate of 1090 feet per second, find the height of the bridge.
7. Find the resultant pressure on a body either wholly or partially immersed in water.
8. Explain the use of Nicholson's hydrometer in finding the specific gravity of heavy fragments.
In weighing some fragments whose specific gravity is 8.8 in the hydrometer, 240 grains and 370 grains respectively have to be added: find the weight of the fragments.
9. Describe the air condenser, and find the pressure in the receiver after n strokes.
1. Why does sound travel faster in water than in air? Describe some experiment proving this fact. Show how to calculate the theoretical velocity of sound in water from experiments made on the force required to compress it.
2. If a vibrating tuning-fork be held to the ear, and turned round slowly between the finger and thumb while so vibrating, it is noticed that there are four positions, nearly at right angles to one another, in which little or no sound is heard. Give a full explanation of this.
3. Explain the principle of the superposition of small motions. Show by a careful sketch the wave-form of the sound made by the simultaneous sounding of a note and its octave, and point out how this form will be modified by changing the phase of one of the components.
4. Show that for any ordinary thin magnifying lens there is, for every point that may be taken on the axis as a focus from which rays diverge, a conjugate point to which these rays will converge, and that that conjugate point will also be in the axis. Show that in a plano-convex lens having radius of curvature r, and index of refraction μ, the principal focal length f has the value
5. Show that if in the usual formulæ for refraction at a single plane or spherical surface we substitute for the index of refraction the value—1, we obtain the corresponding formulæ for reflexion at a plane or spherical surface.
Does the quantity of light reflected at the surface of a substance depend in any way on its index of refraction?
6. Newton's rings are made by laying upon a plane sheet of glass a lens of small curvature. Suppose the radius of curvature of the surface to be two metres, and the wave-length in air of green light to be 0·00005 centimetre, calculate the diameter of the first bright ring as viewed by reflexion in green light at nearly normal incidence.
How would the system of rings be affected by running in bisulphide of carbon between the lens and the sheet of glass? How would the substitution of a polished silver plate for the sheet of glass then affect the rings?
7. Explain the system of prisms used in a direct-vision spectroscope. What is meant by irrationality of dispersion? How does it affect spectroscopic measurements of wave-lengths?
8. Describe and sketch the lens-system of an opera-glass. How must the positions of the lenses be altered to suit a shortsighted person?
9. The light reflected at the surface of a pond is partly polarized. How would you ascertain the position of the plane of polarization and the proportion of polarized rays present?
Describe the materials and apparatus to be employed in making ordinary strong solution of ammonia.
How would you proceed to ascertain the quantity of ammonia in a given sample of the solution?
What proportion of carbon dioxide is commonly to be found in atmospheric air, how does it get there, and what are the chief geological and physiological functions of carbonic acid in nature?
What do you understand by the "Atomic Theory"?
Protoxide of tin contains 88.1 per cent, of tin to 11.9 of oxygen, whilst the peroxide contains 78.7 per cent, of tin and 21.3 of oxygen. Illustrate the law of multiple proportions by this example and explain it by the Atomic Theory.
How is potassium chlorate manufactured?
Describe the properties of the following sulphides:—FeS, FeS2, Sb2S3, HgS.
A colourless solution gives with hydrogen sulphide a dark brown precipitate. This precipitate dissolves in yellow sulphide of ammonium, and on adding to this solution excess of hydrochloric acid, a dull yellow precipitate is thrown down; what metal was present in the original solution?
How many tons of pyrites containing 48 per cent, of sulphur would be theoretically required to produce the sulphuric acid necessary to make 10 tons of ammonium sulphate?
1. Describe accurately the structure of a growing plant-cell. Give an account of the mechanism of its growth, and state what are the essential external conditions.
2. Describe in detail, with reference to any plants which you may have examined, the appearances presented by a transverse section of
3. Explain the meaning of the term "fruit," when used (a) in a physiological sense, and (b) when used in the strictly morphological sense, with reference to Phanerogams.
Illustrate your explanation by reference to the fruits of the sub-orders of Rosacea;.
4. Enumerate the chemical elements which are essential to the nutrition of plants, and briefly state what is known as to the special importance of each element.
5. Describe, in any instances which you may select,
Compare the two processes.
6. Give a comparative account of the structure and development of hypogynous, perigynous, and epigynous flowers. Illustrate your account by reference to examples.
7. What rays of the spectrum are most active in promoting the formation of organic substance by green plants? Adduce evidence in support of your statement.
8. State the characteristics of the group Gymnospermse, and indicate the nature of its affinities with the Vascular Cryptogams on the one hand, and with the Angiosperms on the other.
What do you understand by a Sense, and what physiological structures are necessary to it? How many Senses have we?
Show how the Sense of Touch contributes to the Visual Perception of Form.
State and illustrate the Law of Similarity and the Law of Contiguity, and show how they are related one to another.
To what extent are the retention and the reproduction of knowledge dependent on our volitions?
How would you define Constructive Imagination?
Compare the activity of Imagination in the invention of a fictitious story with its activity in the discovery of a Scientific Truth.
Define and illustrate the mental processes known as Discrimination, Comparison, Abstraction, and Judgment, and point out their relations one to another.
Is it possible to resolve the Moral Sentiment (a) into a form of Fear, (b) into a mode of Sympathy?
How far can the Intuitionist allow that Happiness and Duty ultimately coincide?
Distinguish for ethical purposes between (a) Good and Right, (b) Motive and Intention, and (c) Duty and Virtue.
What is meant by saying that Logic is both a Science and an Art? As a Science distinguish it from Psychology, and as an Art distinguish it from Rhetoric.
Unfold the distinction between Concrete and Abstract Terms.
Under which head would you place the following:—Red, Idea, Government.
Give the several logical "Opposites" of the proposition "No men are infallible," and state which of them are known to be true if the original is denied.
Describe, and illustrate by a concrete example if possible, the moods known as Camestres and Darapti, and reduce them to the First Figure.
Define and illustrate the fallacy known as that of Accident, together with its opposite.
How is this fallacy related to that of Equivocation or Ambiguous Middle?
Briefly expound and examine (a) the view that all Induction is Deduction, and (b) the view that all Deduction is Inductive.
Distinguish between the popular and the scientific idea of Cause, and argue the question whether the logician is at liberty to conceive of the Cause as simultaneous with the Effect.
What is a Hypothesis, and what purpose does it serve?
When does a supposition become a legitimate Hypothesis, and when does a Hypothesis cease to be a Hypothesis, and become a Truth of Science?
I. Translate into English, with brief notes when required:—
(A.) Cicero: Epist. ad Attic, iv. 2, § 5.
Postridie senatus consultimi factum est id, quod ad te misi. Deinde consules porticum Catuli restituendam locarunt: illam porticum redemptores statim sunt demoliti libentissimis omnibus. Nobis superficiem aedium consules de consilii sententia aestimarunt sestertio viciens: cetera valde illiberaliter: Tusculanam villam HS quingentis milibus: Formianum HS ducentis quinquaginta milibus. Quae aestimatio non modo vehementer ab optimo quoque, sed etiam a plebe reprelienditur. Dices 'quid igitur causae fuit?' Dicunt illi quidem pudorem meum, quod neque negarim neque vehementius postularim. Sed non est id: nam hoc quidem etiani profnisset. Verum iidem, mi T. Pomponi, iidem, inquam, illi, quos ne tu quidem ignoras, qui mihi pinnas inciderant, nolunt easdem renasci. Sed, ut spero, iam renascuntur. Tu modo ad nos veni: quod vereor ne tardius interventu Varronis tui nostriquc lacias.
(B.) Livy: xxvi. 45. 6-9.
Vix prior tumultua conticuerat, cum Scipio ab defessis iam vulneratisque recentes integrosque alios accipere scalas iubet, et vi maiore aggredi urbem. Ipse, ut ei nuntiatum est, aestum decedere, quod per piscatores Tarraconenses, nunc levi-bus cymbis, nunc, ubi eae siderent, vadis pervagatos stagnum, compertum habebat, facilem pedibus ad murum transitum dari, eo secum armatos duxit. Medium ferme diei erat: et ad id, quod sua sponte cedente in mare aestu trahcbatur aqua, acer etiam septentrio ortus inclinatum stagnum eodem, quo aestus, ferebat, et adeo nudaverat vada, ut alibi umbilico tenus aqua esset, alibi genua vix superaret. Hoc, cura ac ratione compertum, in prodigium ac deos vertens Scipio, qui ad transitum Romanis mare verterent, et stagna auferrent, viasque ante nun-quam initas humano vestigio aperirent, Neptunum iubebat ducem itineris sequi, ac medio stagno evadere ad moenia.
(C.) Vergil: Aeneid, vii. 292–312.
(D.) Horace: Epist. i. 10. 12–33.
II.
θ, and Φ.
I. Translate:—
(A.) Lucretius, i. 897-920.
1. What is the theory which Lucretius here refutes?
2. Give the derivation and meaning of utqui, belle, vacillo, saecla, vescus, armento, concilium, dissaepit.
(B.) Lucretius, vi. 225-238.
1. What was the connexion between the physical theories of Epicurus and his ethical system?
2. Translate with brief notes:—
(a) Lucretius, ii. 519-521.
(b) Lucretius, v. 725-726.
(c) Lucretius, v. 1361-1366.
(C.) Cicero: De Finibus, iii. 5. 17, 18.
In principiis autem natuvalibus plerique Stoici non putant voluptatem esse ponendam: quibus ego vehementer adsentior; ne, si voluptatem natura posuisse in iis rebusvideatur quae primae adpetuntur, multa turpia sequantur. Satis esse autem argument videtur, quamobrem illa, quae prima sunt adscita natura, diligamus, quod est nemo, quin, cum utrumvis liceat, aptas malit et integras omnes partes corporis, quam eodem usu inminutas aut detortas habere. Rerum autem eognitiones quas vel comprehensiones vel perccptiones, vel, si haec verba aut minus placent aut minus intellcguntur, adpellemus licet, eas igitur ipsas propter se adsciscendas arbitramur, quod habcant quiddam in se quasi complexum et continens veritatem: id autem in parvis intellegi potest: quos delectari videamus, etiam si eorum nihil intersit, si quid ratione per se ipsi invenerint. Artes etiam ipsas propter se adsumendas putamus; cum quia sit in his aliquid dignum adsumptione, turn quod constent ex cognitioni-bus, et contineant quiddam in se ratione constitutum et via.
1. Explain what is meant by principia naturalia; what other terms does Cicero employ for the same idea? What is the meaning of notio, praeposita, reiecta, appetitio, and convenientia? What technical language of the Stoic system do they translate? How does Cicero translate ?
2. State briefly the position taken by Carncades, Aristippus, and Chrysippus with regard to the summum lonum.
II. 1. Give a brief account of the distinguished Romans to whom the poem of Lucretius, and Cicero's work 'De Finibus' were respectively dedicated.
2. What reason is there to believe that Cicero saw the poem of Lucretius before its publication?
3. What Roman writers of this period were most influenced by the scholars of Alexandria? What was the nature of this influence? Can their influence be traced in Lucretius?
4. Give in the form of a chronological table the chief events between B.C. 75 and B.C. 45.
(Paper b for Senior Scholarships.)
Translate into Latin Prose:—
A. He argued that lenity and indulgence towards rebels were not only in themselves injurious to a power like Athens, but would now afford an example of levity which would destroy all the stability of the laws, and would stimulate the valour of clever and ambitious men to seek reputation by continually overthrowing what had been maturely resolved on the proposal of another. His opinion remained unchanged, and he could not conceive how any one who was not either seduced by the desire of displaying a pet verse ingenuity, or swayed by mercenary motives, could question the justice and expediency of the decree. Mytilene had been guilty not simply of revolt, but of a malignant wanton conspiracy against an ally who had distinguished her among all her confederates by peculiar honours and privileges. As the offence was aggravated, the punishment ought to be severe. Nor was there any ground for making a distinction, which would only encourage offenders by supplying them with pretexts easily fabricated, between the class which had been active in the rebellion, and that which, by its acquiescence, had shown itself willing to share the risk of the enterprise, and had in fact cooperated with its authors.
B. It is noble to be capable of resigning entirely one's own portion of happiness, or chances of it: but after all this self-sacrifice must be for some end. It is not its own end; and if we are told that its end is not happiness, but virtue, which is better than happiness, I ask, would the sacrifice be made if the hero or martyr did not believe that it would earn for others immunity from similar sacrifices? All honour to those who can abnegate for themselves the personal enjoyment of life, when by such renunciation they contribute worthily to increase the amount of happiness in the world; but he who does it, or professes to do it, for any other purpose, is no more deserving of admiration than the ascetic mounted on his pillar. He may be an inspiriting proof of what men can do; but assuredly he is not an example of what they should.
I. Translate:—
(A.) Homer: Iliad, Book XVI. 633-651.
(B.) Sophocles: Oedip. Colon. 1130-1147.
(C.) Thucydides: Book VI. c. 78.
(D.) Demosthenes: I. contra Aphobum, p. 832.
II. 1. Translate, with notes upon the syntax:—
2. Classify the constructions used in final clauses in Greek, with illustrations.
3. Discuss the use of the article in Homer, noting carefully the usages which would not be permissible in Attic Greek.
4. Give the Attic forms in use from . What is the rule for the inflexion of ?
5. Sketch in outline the history of lyric poetry in Greece, and show how it was affected by political conditions.
6. To what extent may the history of Athens be regarded as instructive for modern democracies? Examine any instances of action which has been regarded as characteristic of a popular assembly.
I. 1. Translate:—
2. Translate, with brief notes on allusions or constructions:—
(a) Birds, 685-692.
II. 1. Translate:—Plato: Phaedo, p. 101 B-D.
2. Expound the principle here illustrated, and show how it bears upon the main thesis of the Phaedo.
3. Give in outline the argument by which Plato endeavours to establish the prior existence of the soul.
III. 1. Translate:—Plato: Theaetetus, p. 179 E-180 B.
2. What school of philosophers is described in the last extract? State their main doctrine, and the manner in which Sokrates deals with it.
3. What are the conclusions which Plato arrives at in this dialogue as to the definition of knowledge? What objects does he achieve in the course of his discussion?
4. Translate, with notes:—Theaet. p. 148.
[Candidates are recommended to answer one or two questions fully rather than to attempt a brief treatment of all.]
IV. 1. Examine how far the comedy of 'The Birds' had a serious political purpose.
2. Discuss the correctness with which Aristophanes has represented the character of either Kleon or Sokrates, comparing our other authorities.
3. Trace the steps by which Athens rose again after her capture by the Lacedaemonians.
4. Give some account of the statesmen contemporary with Demosthenes, and the policy which they respectively advocated.
5. What schools of philosophy took their rise from the teaching of Sokrates? Name their leading adherents, and give in outline their principal doctrines.
6. Sketch the relations of Greece with Persia during the time between the time of Perikles and the death of Philip.
Translate into Greek (with accents):—
A. After a short rest, Alexander advanced into the plain to rejoin his generals, who had by this time completed the bridge, and having crossed the river, proceeded by forced marches toward Persepolis. His speed was quickened by a letter which he received on the road from Tiridates, the governor of the city, offering to surrender the treasures, but expressing his fears that he should not be able long to preserve it from plunder. As he approached the capital, he is said to have been met by a multitude of Greeks, who had been transported, it seems, from Asia Minor—for what offence is not recorded—and had been barbarously mutilated. The fact itself, though omitted by Arrian, is consistent enough with Persian usages to be perfectly credible, and perhaps had some connexion with the events that followed; for Alexander, though he met with no resistance, and found the treasure untouched, permitted his soldiers to plunder the city, which seems to have surpassed both Babylon and Susa, as well in the opulence of its inhabitants as in the hoard of the crown.
B. Political philosophy, according to Plato, is the history of those changes which the will of man produces in the matter of government and laws, and an endeavour to limit these changes by restoring in the social world the primitive order and rule. Education is the means by which those changes are counteracted. It avails itself of that principle of contrariety by which all changes are carried on, and endeavours to expel the evil by inducing the good. The process by which it carries on this effect is a discipline of the intellect, prescribed by the state, and promoted by all its institutions and customs, formed, as these are supposed to be, after the idea of the sovereign good. That discipline lays down a course of exercise for the body as well as for the intellect, that the body may be brought into the best condition in order to the exercise of the intellect.
Write an essay on "The Tendencies of English Literature during the former half of the Nineteenth Century."
1. Give an account of the legislation against Roman Catholics in the reign of Elizabeth.
2. Describe the steps taken by the feudal tenants of the Crown, during the Commonwealth and the reign of Charles II., to get rid of the feudal burdens attached to their estates.
3. Enumerate and explain the relative importance of the several sources of national revenue in the reign of Henry VII.
4. State the provisions of the statutes De Bonis conditionalibus and Quia Emptores, and explain their importance in relation to the position of the feudal aristocracy.
5. Give a historical sketch of the judicial power of the Lords.
4. Describe a figure which shall be similar and similarly situated to a given rectilineal figure.
The pantagraph consists of a rhombus ABCD jointed at the angles, and moveable freely about a point O in BC. The tracer is fixed in some point Q in AD produced, and the pencil is fixed in the point P where QO produced meets AB produced. Prove (1) that OP: OQ in a constant ratio, (2) that POQ is a straight line however the rhombus may alter in shape, and (3) that P and Q describe similar figures.
5. If a straight line which meets a plane be at right angles to two straight lines in the planes cutting it, it will be at right angles to every straight line in the plane.
6. Find the equation of a straight line passing through a given point, and parallel to a given straight line.
Find the locus of each of the following equations:— and the length of the perpendicular from the intersection of the two members of (3) upon (1).
7. Obtain the equation of the tangent to a circle at any point.
Find the length of the chord of intersection of the lines
8. If the normal at P to an ellipse whose foci are S,H meet SH in G, prove that SG: IIG:: SP: HP.
9. Find the equation of the chord of contact of tangents drawn to a parabola from any point T.
If the middle point of the chord of contact lie on a straight line, find the locus of T.
10. Find the polar equation of the ellipse or hyperbola, the focus being the pole.
Prove that any focal chord is a third proportional to the transverse axis and the parallel diameter.
11. Find the locus of the intersections of perpendiculars from the angles on the opposite sides of triangles which stand on a given base and have a given area.
1. Determine when xn+an is divisible by x + a.
Find the values of A and B that xn−Ax2+B may be divisible without remainder by x2−x−2.
2. Assuming the Binomial Theorem true for a positive integral index, prove it true generally.
Prove that, squares and products of x, y above the second degree being neglected,
3. State and prove the principle of proportional parts for logarithmic tables.
Prove that
4. Sum the series
5. Investigate the solution of the triangle in which A, a, c are given.
Find the distance between the centres of the circles inscribed in the two triangles satisfying the given conditions in terms of A, a, c.
6. Investigate Demoivre's Theorem, finding all the values of
7. Find any series suitable for the calculation of π Show that
8. Sum the series
9. Investigate the complete conditions for a maximum or minimum value of a function of one independent variable.
Examples:
10. Investigate the formula for integrating by parts. Integrate the following expressions:—
1. Investigate the differential coefficient of cos x, and differentiate
2. State and prove Leibnitz's Theorem. Assuming that
and that
find the value of
3. State and prove Taylor's Theorem, including the expression for the remainder after n terms.
Expand to 4 terms.
4. Find the ellipse of greatest area which can be inscribed in a given isosceles triangle, so as to have one axis coinciding with the line which bisects the vertical angle of the triangle.
6. If Φ be the angle between a curve and the radius vector
at any point, prove that Find also the polar equation of the tangent.
In the curve r2 = a2 sin 2θ, the tangent at P meets the initial line Sx in T, and PN is perpendicular to Sx. Prove that
SP · ST = 2PT · SN.
7. Find the asymptotes of the following curves:—
Trace the curves.
8. Prove that the locus of the centres of curvature of a curve is the envelope of its normals. Why is this locus called the evolute?
Find the evolute of the parabola.
9. Find the following integrals:—
10. Find the length of the arc of the curve between the axes of coordinates.
11. Solve the differential equations and find the curve in which the subnormal is equal to the sum of the ordinate and abscissa.
1. State the Second Law of Motion, and explain its relation to the parallelogram of forces, and to the definition of the unit of force.
Three equal spheres of radius a are suspended from the same point by strings of equal length b, and hang in a vertical plane: prove that the tensions of the two outside strings are each equal to the weight (W) of a sphere, and that the pressure between each two spheres: W:: 2 a: a + b.
2. Find the conditions of equilibrium of a rigid body under a system of forces in one plane, and show that they will be satisfied if the sum of the moments about 3 points not in the same straight line separately vanish.
Show that any force in the plane of a given triangle may be resolved into 3 forces acting along the sides of the triangle; hence show that if L1 L2, L3 be the sums of the moments of a system of forces in one plane about three points A, B, C, in the plane of the forces, the sum of the moments about any fourth point in the plane is are the perpendiculars from the fourth point on the sides of the triangle ABC, a,b,c its sides, and Δ its area.
3. Explain generally how you would deal with the equilibrium of a statical system consisting of a number of jointed rods.
A rhombus is formed of four weightless rods jointed freely at the angles, the opposite angles being joined by elastic strings cut from the same uniform piece. Assuming Hooke's Law
l,l′ their unstretched lengths, then
4. Find the equation of the curve in which a heavy uniform string, attached to two fixed points, will hang.
A and B are two points in the same horizontal plane, and a string attached to A passes over a small pulley at B and hangs vertically, the weight of the vertical part B C being sufficient to keep the other part A B nearly straight: prove that if D be the distance of the middle point of the string below the straight line A B, 8 D · BC = AB2, nearly.
5. Find the mechanical efficiency of a screw, on the supposition that the threads are smooth.
Why is it impossible to withdraw a screw nail without unscrewing it?
6. Find the law of force under which a body will describe a parabola, the force being constantly perpendicular to the axis of the curve.
A particle moves uniformly in an ellipse, find the components of the force which act upon it at every instant.
7. A body moves in a plane curve, find the acceleration along the radius vector.
A rod O A, movable in a vertical plane about O, revolves with uniform angular velocity ω from the vertical to the horizontal position, while a smooth ring under the influence of gravity moves from rest at A towards O: show how to find the motion of the ring.
8. Obtain the equation of a central orbit
If the angular velocity of a particle describing an orbit about a centre of force be inversely proportional to the velocity, show that the equation to the path is r3 sin 3θ=a3.
9. A body moves, under gravity, on the arc of a smooth vertical curve, find the velocity at any point of the motion and the pressure on the curve.
A particle slides from the top of a smooth vertical circular hoop, find where it will leave the curve.
1. Let two media of different refrangibility be separated by a spherical surface. Let a pencil of rays emanate from a point in one medium, and let the distance of the focus of the incident pencil from the principal focus for the first medium be called d, and the distance of the focus of the refracted pencil from the principal focus for the second medium be called d', and let the principal focal lengths for the first and second media be called f and f' respectively; prove that
dd'=ff.'
2. When the flat bottom of a dish or other vessel is viewed through a parallel water-surface it appears deeper at the point immediately below the eye than at other points. Discuss and explain this.
3. Two media are separated by a plane surface. Show that to an eye situated in the more highly refringent medium at a distance a from the surface a solid can be presented which, as viewed through the surface, shall appear as a flat plane parallel to the surface at a distance b beyond it; and show further that this solid will be an ellipsoid of revolution lying within the critical cone of rays, the ellipsoid having as the values of its
semi-axes respectively; μ, being the relative index of refraction of the two media.
4. What are the conditions of achromatism of a pair of prisms? Explain also how a pair of prisms may be combined so as to give dispersion without deviating the rays of mean refrangibility.
5. Give a brief enumeration of the chief points in the wave-theory of light. How do you account, on that theory, for the existence of dispersion?
6. Explain the existence of "fringes" outside the edge of the geometrical shadow of an opaque body placed in simple diverging light.
7. In all the experiments to produce interference between two lights, with Fresnel's mirrors, biprism, &c., we invariably employ two images of the same source of light and not two actually independent lights. Why is this? What knowledge have we as to continuity in the emission of light rays from a luminous body?
8. State the law connecting absorption of light and the thickness of the absorbing medium.
A crystal of Brazilian tourmaline cut to a sphere appears of a clear green in every direction at right angles to the optic axis, but is absolutely opaque as viewed along the optic axis. Remembering that tourmaline transmits the extraordinary ray and suppresses the ordinary one, what conclusion do you draw from this observation as to the direction of the vibrations of the ray with respect to the plane of polarization? Are they executed in the plane of polarization at right angles to it?
9. A beam of polarized light falls upon a substance whose refractive index is μ. Calculate the relative intensities of the reflected and refracted portions, (a) when the incident beam is polarized in the plane of incidence, (b) when it is polarized perpendicularly to the plane of incidence.
1. Demonstrate the following theorem of Newton:—
"Every body that by a radius drawn to the centre of another body, however moved, describes areas about that centre proportional to the times, is urged by a force compounded out of the centripetal force tending to that other body, and of all the accelerative force by which that other body is impelled."
Discuss also the truth or falsity of this proposition if motion take place in a resisting medium.
2. Prove the following equations for a right-angled spherical triangle:—
3. Prove that any two confocal solid ellipsoids of equal mass produce equal attraction through all space external to both of them.
Extend the proof of the preceding so that it shall include a proof of the proposition for any two shells of equal mass (of homogeneous density), each shell being bounded by two con-focal ellipsoidal surfaces.
4. Explain the method of deducing the Sun's distance from that of the Moon (supposed known), by observation of the angle of elongation of the Moon when the latter is dichotomized. State why the method is liable to introduce considerable errors of observation.
Show that any small error in observing the elongation will necessarily produce such a large error in the result as to render the method utterly unreliable.
5. The inner satellite of Mars is unique in having its "day" longer than its "month." Discuss the conditions of equilibrium of such a case.
6. The elementary expression for the Moon's longitude is
Show that this is correct to the first order of approximation, and explain how the arbitrary constant of integration introduced during the process of integration has been eliminated.
7. The differential equation of the moon's radius vector may be written in the following form:—
and in the solution the first approximate value of u is:—
show that the terms which follow in the higher approximations contain θ as a factor of the coefficient of the longitude-function.
Why are such terms inadmissible and incompatible with the known facts of the Moon's distance? How comes it that such terms appear in our mathematical expressions, and how can they be got rid of?
8. Show how to determine the latitude of any place from observation of the time that elapses between the rising of two known stars.
What is the composition and what are the properties of the best varieties of fire-clay? What components of clay are most detrimental to its refractory character?
Describe some efficient form of gas-producer for the conversion of coal into combustible gas for heating purposes.
What are the constituents of ordinary cast iron? Give roughly an estimate of their proportions. How would you demonstrate qualitatively the presence of each?
How would you prepare pure gold from coin?
In the assay of gold what is meant by the term "quartation," and what is the object of this operation?
Where are the chief supplies of tinstone found? Give a sketch of the process of smelting tin.
Classify the common metals according as they do or do not act on water or steam.
Describe the physical and chemical characters of the following minerals: galena, fluor-spar, apatite, stilbite.
1. Give a sketch of a natural classification of the Vascular Cryptogams, including both existing and fossil forms.
Discuss the affinities of the Vascular Cryptogams with the Muscineæ on the one hand and with the Gymnosperms on the other.
2. Show that in passing from the lowest to the highest Vascular Cryptogams, the oophore gradually diminishes in size and independence.
3. Point out the peculiarities in the histology of the vegetative organs of Vascular Cryptogams which are, on the whole, characteristic of the group.
4. Discuss the division of the Vascular Cryptogams into Leptosporangiata and Eusporangiata as proposed by Goebel. Give an account of the development of the sporangium of
Briefly discuss the morphology of the apparently multilocular sporangia of Marattia, Psilotum, and Tmesipteris.
5. Give a general account of the mode of development of the spores in the Vascular Cryptogams.
Give a detailed comparative description of the development of the macrospores in Selaginella and Isoëtes.
Describe the peculiarities of the spores of the Salviniaceæ.
6. Describe the germination of (a) the microspores, (b) the macrospores of the Heterosporous Vascular Cryptogams.
Point out any facts which are likewise to be met with in the germination of the spores of Phanerogams.
7. Describe and discuss the morphology of the sporocarps of the Rhizocarpæ (Hydropterideæ).
8. Give a comparative account of the early stages in the development of the embryo from the oospore in the Vascular Cryptogams. Discuss the morphological and physiological significance of the suspensor of Selaginella.
Give a brief account of any recent experimental investigations into the relation between the strength of a Sensory Stimulus and the degree of the resulting sensation, and indicate the most important results of these investigations.
Describe the sensations of Tone or Pitch, Timbre, Noise, and Articulate Sound, and inquire how far they are ultimately distinct one from another.
What do you know respecting the phenomena of Double Images? Inquire particularly into their bearing on the disputed part of the doctrine of Visual Perception.
Explain the growth of the idea of Time, distinguishing between the consciousness of Succession and that of Duration. Which mode of perception is the more liable to be false or illusory, and why?
What does recent investigation into the psychological nature and function of Names appear to you to teach us respecting the relation of Imagination, or Representation of Concrete things, to Abstract Thought?
Inquire carefully into the meaning of the term Instinct. In what sense, or different senses, may we speak of a man's possessing a Moral Instinct?
How many fundamentally distinct methods or principles of Ethics are there? Does the maxim "Follow nature" constitute a distinct Ethical principle?
Define Butler's position in Ethical discussion.
Point out his historical antecedents, and the influence of his system on his successors.
How does the Utilitarian weigh the agent's own happiness against that of another?
A is in peril of his life, and can only make sure of preserving it by destroying B's life, which is involved in like peril at the moment. How would a Utilitarian define A's duty and his right under these circumstances?
What traces of the modern doctrine of Evolution are to be met with in the Pre-Sokratic period of Greek Philosophy?
Define the relation of Sokrates to his philosophic predecessors, and explain what is meant by saying that he first concentrated thought on man's own nature.
Compare the ideas of Plato and Aristotle respecting the nature and criterion of true Cognition.
Illustrate the influence of Judaic and Christian ideas on the development of philosophic speculation in the first centuries of our era.
Give an account of the Dualism of Descartes, and point out the principal changes it underwent at the hands of his disciples.
Give a critical account of the main points of dispute between Locke and Leibniz.
Bring out the differences between the treatment of the idea of Power or Causal Agency by Berkeley and by Hume.
To what extent is Hume's philosophic doctrine a logical development of Berkeley's own principles?
Define the aim and scope of Kant's Critical Inquiry, indicating his position in relation both to the Skepticism and to the Dogmatism of his immediate predecessors.
How far does the modern doctrine of Evolution supply a means of reconciling the opposed views respecting the origin and the validity of knowledge?
I. Translate:—
(A.) Cicero: Tusc. Disput. iii. 33. 79.
Ne illa quidem firmissima consolatio est, quamquam et usitata est et saepe prodest: 'Non tibi hoc soli.' Prodest haec quidem ut dixi, sed nec semper nec omnibus. Sunt enim qui respuant, sed refert quo modo adhibeatur. Ut enim tulerit quisque eorum, qui sapienter tulerunt, non quo quisque incommodo adfectus sit, praedicandum est. Chrysippi ad veritatern firmissima est, ad tempus aegritudinis difficilis. Magnum opus est probare maerenti ilium suo iudicio et, quod se ita putet oportere facere, maerere. Nimirum igitur, ut in causis non semper utimur eodem statu—sic enim appellamus contro-versiarum genera—sed ad tempus, ad controversiae naturam, ad personam accommodamus, sic in aegritudine lenienda quam quisque curationem recipere possit videndum est.
(B.) Tacitus: Annals, vi. 48.
Igitur Domitius, tlefensionem meditans, Marsus, tamquam inediatn destinavisset, produxere vitam: Arruntius, cunctationem et moras suadentibus amicis, Non eadem omnibus decora,
(C.) Vergil: Aeneid, xi. 507-531.
(D.) Tibullus: i. 10. 33-50.
II.
flamma, fossor, sartus, brevis, dirimo, suffocu? Quote one other example of each law.
I. Translate into English
(A.) Homer: Odyssey, Book XIII. 17-35.
(B.) Euripides: Iphig. in Taur. 687-707.
(C.) Demosthenes: Contra Leptmem, p. 477.
II.
1. Give the Attic equivalents of the Epic forms used in Extract A.
2. State the rules for the use of .
3. Explain precisely the reason for the mood used in
4. Give the principal parts of the verbs from which come .
5. Describe the growth of the Athenian empire, with dates. What states were included at the time of its greatest extent?
6. Give some account of the leading statesmen contemporary with Demosthenes, and of the policy which they respectively pursued.
A. Grammaire:—
(N.B. Ne répondez qu'à cinq des questions suivantes, mais répondez en français.)
1.
eur et qui sont dérivés de substantifs latins dont l'accusatif se termine en—orem?—Citez les exceptions.aine? Donnez quelques exemples et dites de quel genre sont ces substantifs.
2. Expliquez sur quel principe est basée la suppression de l'affixe personnel dans les phrases suivantes:—
voiVoltaire.)construi,Boileau.)
3. Distinguez entre l'imparfait, le prétérit défini et le prétérit indéfini de l'indicatif. Montrez en quoi le français et l'anglais diffèrent dans l'emploi de ces temps. Comparez aussi avec le latin, et donnez des exemples.
4. Expliquez historiquement les formes des verbes aller, devoir, mouvoir, pouvoir, savoir, vouloir, au présent du subjonctif.
5. Expliquez les règles sur le participe passé des verbes réfléchis et donnez des exemples. Indiquez aussi la règle concernant le participe passé des verbes impersonnels, et citez des exemples pour les verbes il y a eu, il a fait, il a fallu.
6. Traduisez les phrases suivantes pour montrer la différence des régimes des verbes anglais et français:—
7. Expliquez la différence qu'il y a dans l'usage qu'on fait de quelque et de quel que; et traduisez:—
8. Par quels temps exprimez-vous le futur et le conditionnel (en anglais) après la conjonction si? Dites l'exception. Traduisez comme exemples:—
B. Traduisez en anglais:—
Les Premières Lectures.
Je suis de ceux pour qui la connaissance d'un livre peut devenir un véritable événement moral. Le peu de bons ouvrages dont je me suis pénétré depuis que j'existe, a développé le peu de bonnes qualités que j'ai. Je ne sais ce qu'auraient produit de mauvaises lectures; je n'en ai point fait, ayant eu le bonheur d'être bien dirigé dès mon enfance. Il ne me reste donc à cet égard que les plus doux et les plus chers souvenirs. Un livre a toujours été pour moi un ami, un conseil, un consolateur éloquent et calme, dont je ne voulais pas épuiser vite les ressources, et que je gardais pour les occasions favorables. Oh! quel est celui de nous qui ne se rappelle avec amour les premiers ouvrages qu'il a dévorés et savourés? La couverture d'un bouquin poudreux, que vous retrouvez sur les rayons d'une armoire oubliée, ne vous a-t-elle jamais retracé les gracieux tableaux de vos jeunes années? N'avez-vous pas cru voir surgir devant vous la grande prairie baignée des rouges clartés du soir, lorsque vous le lÛtes pour la première fois? Le vieil ormeau et la haie qui vous abritèrent, et le fossé dont le revers vous servit de lit de repos et de table de travail, tandis que la grive chantait la retraite à ses compagnes et que le pipeau du vacher se perdait dans l'éloignement? Oh! que la nuit tombait vite sur ces pages divines! que le crépuscule faisait cruellement flotter les caractères sur la feuille pâlissante! C'en est fait, les agneaux bêlent, les brebis sont arrivées à l'étable, le grillon prend possession des chaumes de la plaine. Les formes des arbres s'effacent dans le vague de l'air, comme tout à l'heure les caractères sur le livre. Il faut partir; le chemin est pierreux, l'écluse est étroite et glissante; la côte est rude; vous êtes couvert de sueur; mais vous avez beau faire, vous arriverez trop tard, le souper sera commencé.
C. Traduisez en français:—
The City of London on Sundays.
It is Sunday morning. The bells are chiming. The city is quiet, even to melancholy. The haunts of the lords of
A. Littérature.
(N.B. Ne traitez que quatre des questions suivantes, mais répondez en français.)
B. Traduisez en anglais:—
Voix d'un Enfant d'un An.
C. Traduisez eu français:—
Translate into English:—
(a) Als unerfahrner knabe kam ich her, In einem Augenblick, da feft auf feft, Ferrara zu dem Mittelpunkt der Ehre Zu machen fchien. O! welcher Anblick war's! Den weiten Platz, auf dem in ihrem Glanze Gewandte Tapferkeit fich zeigen follte, Umfchloβ ein Kreis wie ihn die Gonne nicht Go bald zum zweitenmal befcheinen wird. Es faβen hier gedrängt die fchöften Frauen, Gedrängt die erften Männer unfrer zeit. Erftaunt durchlief der Blick die edle Menge; Man rief: Gie alle hat das Baterland, Das Eine, fchmale, meerumgeben Land, hierher gefchickt. Zufammen bilden fie Das herrlichfte Gericht, das über Ehre, Berdienft und Tugend ie entfchieden hat.
When did Goethe begin to write his 'Tasso'? and at what time did he change the original prose form into verse?
(b) Meine Collegia befuchte ich anfangs emfig und trenlich; die Philosophie wollte mich Jedoch keineswegs aufklären. * * * hierzu kamen noch die Jeremiaden, mit denen aus Gellert in feinem Practicum von der Poefie abzumahnen pflegte. Er wünfchte nur profaifche Auffätze und beurtheilte auch diefe immer zuerft. Die Werfe behandelte er nur als eine traurige zugabe; unad was das Schlimmste war, felbft meine Profa fand wenig Gnade vor feinen Augen: denn ich pflegte, nach meiner alten Weife, immer einen Kleinen Roman zum Grunde zu legen, den ich in Briefen auszuführen liebte. Die Gegenftände waren leidenfchaftlich, der Stil ging über die gemöhnliche Profa hinaus, und der Inhalt mochter freilich nicht fehr für eine tiefe Menfchenkenntniβ des Berfaffers zeugen.
For which of his works did Goethe use the epistolary form?
Explain the historical allusion in the above speech of the Countess Terzky.
(d) Ehe wir ihn (Philipp II.) handeln fehen, müffen wir einen flüchtigen Blick in feine Geele thun, und hier einen Schlüffel zu feinem politifchen zeben auffuchen. Freude und wohlwollen fehlten in diefem Gemüthe. Jene verfagten ihm fein Blut und feine frühen finftern Kinderjahre; diefes konnten Menfchen ihm nicht geben, denen das füβefte und mächtigfte Band an die Gefellfchaft mangelte. Zwei Begriffe, fein Ich, und was über diefem Ich war, füllten feinen dürftigen Geift aus. Egoismus und Religion find der Inhalt und die Ueberfchrift feines ganzen Zebens. Er war König und Chrift, und war beides fchlecht, weil er beides vereinigen wollte; Menfch für Menfchen war er niemal, weil er von feinem Gelbft nur aufwärts, nie abwärts ftieg. Gein Glaube war graufam und finfter, denn feine Gottheit war ein fchredliches Wefen. Er hatte nichts mehr von ihr zu empfangen, aber zu fürchten. Dem geringen Mann erfcheint fie als Tröfterin, als Erretterin; ihm war fie ein aufgeftelltes Angftbild, eine fchmerzhafte, demüthigende Schranke feiner menfchlichen Allmacht. Geine Ehrfurcht gegen fie war um fo tiefer und inniger, je weniger fie fich auf andere Wefen vertheilte. Er zitterte knechtifch vor Gott, weil Gott das Einzige war, wovor er zu zittern hatter. Karl der Fünfte eiferte für die Religion, weil die Religion für ihn arbeitete; Philipp that es, weil er wirklich an fie glaubte. Der kaifer war Barbar aus Berechnung, fein Gohn aus Empfindung. Der Erfte war ein ftarker und aufgeklärter Geift, aber vielleicht ein defto fchlimmerer
Menfch; der Zweite war ein befchränkter und fchwacher kopf, aber er war gerechter.
When did Schiller write his „Gefchichte des Abfalls der Niederlande”? Which of his previous compositions led him to the study of that period?
I. German Philology.
II. German Literature.
[The following questions should he answered in German.]
[Not more than eight questions to be answered by any one Candidate.]
Find the resultant of any number of forces acting on a rigid body in a plane at one given point.
Three equal forces act from the angles of a triangle to the centre of the circumscribing circle; prove that the resultant passes through the centre of gravity of the triangle.
Define the moment of a force, and prove that the moment about any point of the resultant of any forces in one plane is equal to the algebraic sum of the moments of the forces about the same point.
Define the centre of gravity of a body, and prove that the work done by gravity on a system of bodies in motion is the same as if the whole system were condensed into the centre of gravity.
Four uniform heavy rods a, a, 2a, 2a are formed into a reentrant polygon, the reentrant angle being formed by the two smaller rods. If the figure balance about this angular point in any position, find the angle.
State the usual laws of friction, and explain whether they are all independent; find the force required to pull a body up a given rough inclined plane.
A rough hoop in the form of a parabola is fixed with its plane
a=2Λ.
Investigate the theory of Atwood's machine.
A weight P descends vertically drawing Q up an inclined plane by a string which passes over a pulley at the top of the plane; determine the motion. What part of P's weight must be taken from it, without interfering with its velocity, when it has pulled Q half up the plane, that Q may just reach the top of the plane?
Find the range of a projectile on an inclined plane passing through the point of projection.
Two particles are projected from the same point of a plane of inclination i, with equal velocity u, and in directions perpendicular to each other, so as to have equal times of flight. Show that the difference of their ranges bears to their sum a ratio = tan i.
Distinguish the whole pressure from the resultant pressure, and explain how each is to be found.
A weightless cylinder is filled with water and hung up by a string attached to a point on the rim of one of the ends; compare the whole pressure and resultant pressure on the curved surface.
Show how to determine the conditions of equilibrium of a body at rest in a liquid and supported in any manner.
A long cone, of density ⍴, whose thickness is everywhere inconsiderable compared to its length, and which is loaded at the thick end, rests with this end on the bottom of a pond and the other end sticking out of the water; prove that the fraction x of the rod uncovered is given by 3x4−4x3+1 =⍴.
Explain how Boyle's Law for gases may be verified experimentally. What connection is there between it and Dalton's Law?
State the laws of Ohm and of Joule respecting electric currents, and illustrate them by numerical examples. Deduce the latter law from the former and from the definition of electric potential.
The electro-chemical equivalent of zinc is 0·00063364 grammes per coulomb; that of copper is 0·0003261. The heat of oxidation of zinc is 1313 calories per gramme; that of copper is 661 calories. Calculate from these facts the difference of potential in a cell containing zinc, copper, and an oxidising liquid. (Assume J=42 × 106, and 1 volt = 108 C.G.S. units.)
State the relation between potential, capacity, and charge, of an isolated electrified sphere. Suppose such a sphere to be connected to earth by a wire of very high resistance, show that it may still be maintained at a constant potential if it shrink with a certain constant velocity; and show also that the reciprocal of the velocity of diminution of its radius is proportional to the resistance of the wire.
How would you measure the magnetic moment of a magnet? Why is it more important to know the value of the magnetic moment of a magnet than to know the strength of its poles? What effect has heat upon the magnetic moment of a magnet?
Describe a modified form of galvanometer suitable for measuring rapidly-alternating currents such as those generated in the secondary circuit of an induction coil.
What is a condenser? Describe the kind of condensers used in cable-signalling, and state why these instruments are necessary in cable work.
Explain the nature of the coefficients of mutual induction and of self-induction. Show that the coefficient of mutual induction between two circuits will be of the form, where the integration has to be carried round each of the circuits whose elements respectively are ds and ds'.
Describe some form of dynamo-electric machine suitable for working incandescent lamps on a system of parallel mains.
How can the dynamo be arranged in theory so as to keep the mains at a uniform difference of potential? And how is this done in practice?
What is meant by the Peltier-effect? How do you account for the fact that the thermo-electromotive force of an iron and copper junction reverses at a temperature of about 280° C?
Describe the forms in which (a) the non-nitrogenous, and (b) the nitrogenous reserve-materials of plants are deposited.
Mention the organs in which reserve-materials arc most commonly stored, and describe any striking cases of special modification which such organs undergo.
Describe and explain the structure of any Lichen.
What is known as to the occurrence of a sexual process in Lichens?
Give a detailed account of the process of "free cells formation" in any case with which you may be acquainted.
Point out fully the differences between free cell-formation and simple cell-division.
Give an explanation, based upon development, of the structure of the flower in the following cases:—
or Rutaceæ.
Give an account of the mechanism by which the excretion of water in drops, commonly to be observed in the leaves of plants, is effected. In what respects does the mechanism of the excretion of nectar by nectaries differ from this?
Describe the structure of the ovule of any Angiosperm at the time of fertilization. Describe the process of fertilization. Give an account of the changes which the ovule undergoes in its conversion into the seed.
What stages in the life-history of the plant are represented in the seed?
Give a comparative account of the development from the oospore of the sporogonium of any Liverwort (Hepaticæ), and of any Moss (Musci).
Describe the mode of growth in thickness of the stems and roots of Dicotyledons. In what respects does the mode of growth in thickness of the stems of the arborescent Liliaceæ differ from this?
Translate and comment.
State the chief provisions of the Foreign Enlistment Act.
To what extent are its provisions part of International Law?
Give an account of the steps by which Turkey obtained the acknowledged right to exclude vessels from passing in or out of the Black Sea.
What acts are necessary and sufficient to give a title to sovereignty to newly discovered countries?
Indicate the international questions that may arise as to the use of interoceanic canals, and the principles of International Law applicable to their solution.
What acts amount to a violation of blockade? What is the practice of France in regard to Notice? On what principle is the law of blockade based?
State briefly the points that arose for discussion in "the affair of Terceira" Parlement Beige.
State, citing authorities, the rules by which an English court will be guided in determining a question of legitimacy involving private International Law.
State briefly the facts and principles of discussion in the following cases:—Lloyd v. Guilbert; Peninsular and Oriental Co. v. Shand; Udny v. Udny; Harvey v. Farney.
Discuss the questions of International Law arising out of the case of Martin Koszta.
(Only eight questions to be answered.)
(Only eight questions to be answered.)
[Only eight questions to be answered.]
(Only eight questions to be answered.)
1. Enumerate briefly but with precision the several modes in which a contract could be ended. Distinguish between acceptilatio and pactum de non petendo as modes of release.
2. What provisions existed in Roman Law to prevent fraudulent conveyances?
3. Give an account of the influence of Roman Law in England from the 12th to the 14th centuries.
4. What distinctions have been set up between Correality and Solidarity? Criticize them.
5. In what cases was infamia applied? What were the legal consequences of infamia?
6. Explain the following pacta:—de constituenda dote,—adjecta in contmenti,—de quota litis,—in rem,—protimesea.
7. In exsecutione obligationis sciendum est quattuor causas esse: nam interdum est aliquid, quod a singulis heredibus divisum consequi possumus; aliud, quod totum peti neccsse est nec divisum prsestari potest: aliud quod pro parte petitur, sed solvi nisi totum non potest: aliud quod solidum petendum est, licet in solutionem admittat sccutionem.
Translate, explain, and illustrate.
8. Translate the following and answer the questions:—
(1) Rem mihi commodasti, eanden subripuisti: deinde cum commodati ageres, nec a te scirem esse subreptam, judex me condemnavit et solvi; postea comperi a te esse subreptam. Quæsitum est, quæ mihi tecum actio sit?
(2) Si creditor, cum venderet pignus, duplam promisit (nam usu hoc evenerat) et conventus ob evictionem erat et condem-natus: an haberet regressum pigneratitiæ contrariæ actionis?
(3) Titius Seio epistulam emisit in hæc verba: "remanserunt apud me quinquaginta ex credito tuo, ex contractu pupillorum meorum, quos tibi reddere debebo Idibus Maiis probos: quod si ad diem supra scriptum non dedero, tunc dare debebo usuræ tot."
Quæro, an Lucius Titius in locum pupillorum hac cautione reus successerit? Item quæro, si non intercessisset stipulatio, de constituía teneatur?
(4) Cum in eadem nave mercium genera complures mercatores coegissent, prætereaque multi vectores servi liberique in ea navigarent, tempestate gravi orta, necessario jactura facta erat. Quæsita deinde sunt hæc: an omnes jacturam præstare oporteat, et si qui tales merces imposuissent, quibus navis non oneraretur, velut geminas, margaritas? Et quæ portio præstanda est? Et an etiam pro liberis capitibus dari oporteat? Et qua actione ea res expediri possit?
9. Translate and explain the terms of the following Praetorian Edict:—
Si cujus quid de bonis, cum is metu aut sine dolo, reipublicæ causa abesset: inve vinculis, Servitute hostiumque potestate esset: sive cujus actionis eorum cui dies exisse dicetur. Item si quis quid usu suum fecisset, aut quod non utendo amisit, consecutus; actioneve qua solutus ob id quod dies ejus exierit cum absens non defenderetur, inve vinculis esset, secumve agendi potestatem non faceret.: aut cum eum invitum in jus vocari non liceret neque defenderetur: cumve magistratus de ea re appellatus esset sive cui pro magistratu, sine dolo ipsius actio exempta esse dicetur: earum rerum actionem intra annum, quo primum de ea re experiundi potestas erit. Item si qua alia mihi justa causa esse videbitur, in integrum restituam; quod ejus per leges, plebiscita, senatusconsulta, edicta, decreta principum, licebit.
Whereas by the Act of the Imperial Parliament of the 48 and 49 Vic. Ch. 60, intituled "An Act to constitute a Federal Council of Australasia," it is declared to be expedient to constitute a Federal Council of Australasia, for the purpose of dealing with such matters of common Australasian interest in respect to which united action is desirable as can be dealt with without unduly interfering with the management of the internal affairs of the several Colonies by their respective Legislatures: And whereas it is by the said Act enacted that a Federal Council shall be thereby constituted, and called the Federal Council of Australasia, but that the said Act should not come into operation in respect of any Colony until the Legislature of such Colony should have passed an Act or Ordinance declaring that the same shall be in force therein, and appointing a day on and from such operation should take effect, nor until four Colonies at the least should have passed such Act or Ordinance: And whereas the said Act has come into operation in respect of the Colonies of Victoria, Queensland, Tasmania, Western Australia, and Fiji: And whereas it is by the said Act further enacted that the first Session of the Federal Council shall be held at Hobart, in the Colony of Tasmania, and that the Council shall be summoned and prorogued by the Governor of the colony in which the Session shall be held, and shall be summoned and prorogued by Proclamation published in the Government Gazette of each of the Colonies in the said Act referred to in respect to which the said Act is in operation, and shall meet at such time and at such place as shall be named in the Proclamation: Now therefore I, Sir George Cumine Strahan, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Governor and Commander-in-Chief as aforesaid, in pursuance of the said Act, and by virtue of the power thereby conferred upon me, do, by this, my Proclamation, summon the Federal Council of Australasia as constituted by the said Act to meet at the Parliament-buildings in Hobart, in Tasmania aforesaid, on Monday, the twenty-fifth day of January, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-six, at the hour of eleven in the forenoon, for the despatch of business.
Given under my hand at Hobart, in Tasmania aforesaid, this twelfth day of December, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five.
Monday, January 25, 1886.
Proclamation—Acts Authorising Council—Commissions and Oaths of Members—Appointment of President and Officers—Adjournment.
The Clerk (Mr. Edwin Cradock Nowell) read the proclamation convening the Council.
Mr. Douglas laid on the table the several Acts of Parliament under which the Federal Council assembled, namely—"The Federal Council of Australasia Act
The members of the Council presented their credentials proving that they had been appointed by their various Governments, together with copies of the oath of allegiance to the Queen, taken before the respective Governors, which were read by Mr. Nowell. That of Queensland, which was the most extended, was as follows:—
Victoria, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdon of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, defender of the faith and so forth:—
To our trusty and well beloved . . . . Greeting.
Whereas by an Act of Parliament of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland passed in the forty-ninth year of our reign, and intituled "An Act to constitute a Federal Council of Australasia," it was enacted that there should be in and for our possessions in Australasia a Federal Council constituted, as by the said Act is provided, and called the Federal Council of Australasia, and that each of our Australasian colonies should be represented in the said Federal Council by two members, except in the case of Crown colonies, and by the said Act it was further enacted that the Legislature of any colony might make such provisions as it should think fit for the appointment of the representatives of that colony, and for determining the tenure of their office; and further, that the said Act should not come into operation in respect of any colony until the Legislature or such colony should have passed an Act or ordinance declaring that the same should be in force therein, and appointing a day on and from which such operation should take effect, nor until four colonies at the least should have passed such an Act or ordinance: And whereas by an Act of the Legislature of our colony of Queensland, passed in the 49th year of our reign, and styled the Federal Council (Adopting) Act,
The other credentials were of a similar import, and the only difference was in the case of Victoria, where the appointment of Messrs. Service and Berry was contained in one document.
The members then, in the foregoing order, signed the roll of the Council.
Mr. Griffith said: Hon. members of the Federal Council,—The first duty for us to perform, now that the Council is properly constituted, is to appoint a President. I rise to move—"That the Hon. James Service do take the chair as President of this Council." It would probably be unnecessary to give any special reasons for selecting Mr. Service for that office, because the circumstances under which we are met are familiar to all of us. Nevertheless, I will take the opportunity to say a few words in giving the reasons why I rise to make this motion. This Council is the outcome of a meeting, or convention, of delegates of the different Australasian Governments held at Sydney a little over two years ago. Of the representatives of that convention, 14 in number, there are only three present here to-day. Of those three, Mr. Service may be said to be the senior; Mr. Berry and myself being athe other two. At that convention much of the work done was necessarily of a preliminary character, and much remained to be done. The burthen of the work that has been done since then has fallen to a great extent upon the shoulders of Mr. Service. The interest he has taken in the matter throughout, and the position of the colony he represents in the Australasian Group, are reasons why the motion I have made is a fitting one. The functions of the President of this Council are not yet, I think, fully determined. With so small a number of members, it would perhaps be undesirable that the President should be debarred from taking part in the discussions to the extent that is usual with the Chairman of the Legislative Assemblies or Legislative Councils of the colonies. To what extent that limitation may be overstepped, it is not easy at present to say. It is also, I think, yet uncertain whether the President, who is appointed for the session only—the Act says a president shall be appointed in each session—whether his functions should not, to some extent, continue after the session is closed, either formally, under the powers conferred by the Imperial Act of delegating certain authorities of the Council to committees during the recess, or informally, the President merely retaining the titular office until his successor is appointed. But those are questions which will no doubt settle themselves, and it is unnecessary to consider them at the present moment. The only regret I feel myself, and the only doubt which can arise as to the propriety of the nomination springs from what we have heard with, I fear, too much truth, that Mr. Service will not very long remain a member of the Federal Council. At present, however, he is a member of it; indeed, the Council would be incomplete without him at its first meeting. For the reasons I have given, I think there will be no difficulty on the part of the members of the Council in agreeing unanimously on the motion I have made. (Hear, hear.)
Mr. Douglas: I have much pleasure in seconding the motion.
Mr. Service said: Hon. gentlemen—In the matter of the choice of a President, I desire to submit myself to the will of the Council.
The President-Elect then took the chair.
The President said: I desire to thank the members of the council for electing me to the honourable position of President. As the Chairman and Executive Officer of the Committee of Premiers, appointed at the Sydney Convention for the purpose of bringing about the establishment of this Federal Council, it is a matter of much gratification to myself to be selected for its first President. I shall endeavour to discharge the duties of that high office with zeal and impartiality.
The first meeting of the Federal Council of Australasia is an event of great interest, not merely to these colonies themselves but to the Empire at large. It ushers into existence, under the sanction of Imperial authority, a new legislative system, founded on united action, among colonies one in race, in language, and in destiny, and will, no doubt, be regarded by the nations of the world as the embryo of a great Consolidated Dominion, which must hereafter be paramount in the seas of the Pacific, and which will have to be reckoned with when Imperial interests are concerned in any part of the world.
2. It would have been a matter of extreme gratulation if on this occasion, which must Become of historic interest, the whole of the Colonies of Australasia had been represented, but the fact that they are not so, need not, and should not, operate as a discouragement. History teaches us how difficult it is to secure unanimity in the earlier attempts to bring about Federal Union among self-governing communities, even when their interests would be manifestly be best promoted by such union—the provinces of the Netherlands, the Cantons of Switzerland, the United States of America, the Dominion of Canada, are all cases in point, and the circumstances which have left three of the Australasian Colonics unrepresented on the present occasion, when carefully considered, afford great grounds for hope of their ultimate, and even early adhesion to the federal movement. We know that in those unrepresented colonies there is no feeling hostile to federal union, and that the causes of their present hesitation are to be sought for and found rather in objection to matters of detail, than in any hostility to the idea of uniting the British communities in these seas for national purposes, and of ultimately founding one grand Australasian Dominion.
3. The members of the Federal Council here to-day represent a million and a-half of the Queen's subjects scattered throughout five provinces of Her Majesty's Australasian
4. The difficulties created by this condition of things have long been felt, and at various times efforts have been made to remedy or overcome them. Conferences between the colonics on subjects of the deepest interest to all of them have been held from time to time extending over a period of about a quarter of a century for the purpose of securing unity of action by identity of legislation, but the practical result has been insignificant and unsatisfactory.
5. It was not that the representatives at those conferences could not agree, but that when they agreed, they had no means of giving effect to their agreement. They passed many resolutions and occasionally drafted bills with a view to their being passed by the several local legislatures, but with perhaps one exception, these bills failed to become law throughout the colonics. The exigencies of local politics, the changes of Governments, the dissolution of Parliaments, or the diversion of public interest to other matters, rendered the efforts of those conferences abortive so far as unity of legislative action was concerned.
6. Under these circumstances the attention of the leading statesmen in Australasia was directed from time to time to the necessity for the establishment of a body which, partaking to some extent of the character of a periodical conference, would yet be possessed of legislative powers to give effect to the united desires of the colonies. Events of the highest interest which transpired in these seas in the year
That scheme was embodied in an Act of the Imperial Parliament, and this Act has been adopted by the five colonies represented here to-day. And let me remind you that the constitution of this Council has been warmly approved by British statesmen. Both of the great political parties in the Old Country have lent their countenance and aid in assisting the colonies towards its establishment. It was one of those parties which suggested the movement in the first instance, and afterwards introduced into the Imperial Parliament the measure which gave it effect; the other gave completion to the necessary Imperial legislation, and, by afterwards permitting and encouraging the Crown colonies to join in the federation, stamped it with their approval.
7. And now let us enquire in what position we are placed by this Imperial Act, and what are the powers conferred on us thereby. This is an important question, and much misunderstanding has arisen from want of a clear comprehension of the actualities of the position.
8. To begin with, there is no power conferred by the Imperial Act by which, through means of the Federal Council, any one colony can be coerced by a combination of the others. This is an essential feature of the new constitution. It gives the Council the fullest legislative authority over those subjects on which the colonies are agreed, and on which they desire combined action, but provides no means of compelling an unwilling colony to submit to the domination of any or all of the others on subjects regarding which they differ. A few subjects are mentioned in the Imperial Act in respect to which the Federal Council has unfettered control. It was unanimously agreed at the Sydney Convention that these subjects are of a character in respect to which the interests of all the colonies might be safely left to a Federal Council. But on every other subject which may form the basis of Federal legislation, the actual concurrence of each and every colony concerned is an absolute necessity.
9. It is therefore obvious that under the Imperial Act (with the exception only of the few questions already referred to) every colony is master of its own situation, and cannot without its own explicit consent be subjected to the legislation of the Federal Council. When this is thoroughly understood many of the objections to the Federal Council must vanish. The Imperial Act has been fitly called an Enabling Act, and nothing could better describe its character. It narrows in no sense, but widens in many directions, the powers at present possessed by the people of the various colonies through their local Parliaments. What the separate colonies have for five and twenty years been trying in vain to do through means of conferences, they can now do with ease and despatch through means of the Federal Council.
10. Again, the Council possesses no initiative power in respect to legislation other than on the few subjects already referred to, but can act only when set in motion by the
I need not occupy time in dilating on the many advantages which must result from the establishment of this Federal Council. By it we have now the means of establishing a system of defence, the value of which would be doubled by the mere magic of a national name. We can now create a federal law by which letters of naturalisation, taken out in any one colony, would constitute an alien a citizen of the Australasian Commonwealth. We have it now in our power by a uniform system of patent laws to give an impetus to that inventive genius which has done so much to place the United States of America in the van of mechanical progress; we have the means, by the establishment of a federal quarantine, to minimise the danger of the introduction into these colonies of diseases from other lands, and to secure almost absolute immunity from such danger to the central and more populous colonies of the group. But it is not only in respect to what may be termed domestic legislation that the people of these colonies have had their powers enlarged. For the first time the exercise of Imperial authority has been transferred to the statesmen of Australasia by conferring on them the power to legislate on matters beyond their own territorial limits. The relations of Australasia with the Islands of the Pacific are daily becoming more close and intimate, and it is a matter for deep satisfaction that the regulation of these relations now rests with ourselves.
These are only a few examples of the advantages to be gained by the new powers conferred on the colonies by the establishment of the Federal Council.
But it is not as a legislative body only that this Council will exercise an influence over the affairs of these colonies. As the Right Honourable the Secretary of State for the Colonies, Colonel Stanley, well pointed out in his able despatch of the 14th August last, "the Federal Council will be of no less value as a deliberative than as a legislative body."
There are many subjects of deep interest which either do not come within the scope of legislation, or which are not yet ripe for legislation; these may be advantageously discussed by the Council, and an expression of its opinion upon them will be of great value and importance.
The 29th section of the Federal Council Act itself invests us with a power whose importance cannot be overrated the power for this council "to make such representations or recommendations to Her Majesty as it may think fit with respect to any matters of general Australasian interest, or to the relations of Her Majesty's possessions in Australasia with the possessions of Foreign Powers." Occasions for the exercise of this power are likely to be frequent and important, and if the Council possessed no other function than this it would be able materially to influence the destinies of these colonies.
In fine this Council symbolizes, although it does not yet fully realise Australasian unity. To use the expression of an eminent statesman in a neighbouring colony, "it is the first beat of a national pulse." It will give a feeling of strength and self-reliance most important to our national development and progress. It will be recognised in other lands as (what I trust it will soon become) the mouthpiece of the Australasian people, and as such a mouthpiece what a power it will possess! Could the New Guinea fiasco have ever occurred if a voice from this chamber, representing a united Australasian people, had reached the ears of England? And, with a united determination, and a united voice to speak forth that determination, we need have no fear that other islands of the Pacific will be occupied by foreign powers as penal stations, from which might infiltrate into these communities the refuse of other lands. And last, but not least, by uniting us in one solid body we become a buttress of that Empire whose history we are all delighted to recall, whose glories we are all proud to share, and whoso Sovereign rules in the hearts of all British people throughout the whole world.
I again thank you for the honourable position to which you have elected me.
Mr. Douglas moved that Mr. E. C. Nowell be Clerk to the Council, Mr. Chas. F. Collier Assistant-Clerk, and Mr. Robert Clerk Usher.
The motion was agreed to.
Mr. Berry gave notice to move next day for leave to introduce a bill shortening the language used in Acts of the Federal Council.
Mr. Douglas intimated that it would be premature to give such a notice that day.
Mr. Douglas said: Before moving the adjournment of the Council, I desire to state that the President will, accompanied by the mover and seconder, the Hon. S. W. Griffith and myself, meet His Excellency the Governor in the Executive Council Chamber, at 11.30, to-morrow morning. The members of the Council who wish to attend will accompany us to the Executive Council Chamber.
Mr. Douglas moved that the Council adjourn until a quarter to 12 next day, and intimated that the Council would be formally opened by His Excellency addressing the members of the Council at 12 o'clock.
The Council adjourned at 12.10 p.m. until 11.45 a.m. next day.
Tuesday, January 26, 1886.
Arrival of Governor—Recognition of President—Vice-Regal Speech-Notices of Motion—Pro Forma Bill—Address-in-Reply—Debate Thereon—Message to the Queen—Congratulations to Council—Standing Orders Committee—Adjournment.
The President took the chair at 11.45 o'clock.
His Excellency having entered the chamber, took his seat on the dais, the President occupying a seat on his right hand.
The President: Your Excellency. I have the honour to announce that the selection by the Federal Council of its President has devolved upon me.
His Excellency: Mr. Service. I congratulate you on the high honour which has been conferred upon you.
His Excellency read the following speech:—
Mr. President and Honourable Members of the Federal Council of Australasia.
I have called you together pursuant to the provisions of an Act of the Imperial Parliament passed in August last, which has since been adopted by the Legislatures of Fiji, Queensland, Tasmania, Victoria, and Western Australia.
The Imperial Act known as the Federal Council of Australasia Act,
The Legislatures of the Colonies of Fiji, Queensland, Tasmania, Victoria, and Western Australia have, pursuant to the 30th Section of "The Imperial Enabling Act," passed Acts bringing the Imperial Act into force in such colonies.
More than four colonies having thus passed Acts bringing into force the Imperial enactment, it became my duty to summon the Federal Council for its first meeting at Hobart, and I accordingly issued the necessary Proclamation on the 12th of December last, and in pursuance of that Proclamation you have now assembled.
I have received from the Governors of Fiji, Queensland, Victoria, and Western Australia notifications that representatives have been appointed to the Council; and representatives have been duly appointed for the colony of Tasmania.
I must here express my sincere regret that the important colonies of New South Wales, New Zealand, and South Australia are not represented at this meeting of the Federal Council.
Having carried out the formalities required of me by "The Enabling Act," I now bid the representatives of the other Colonies a hearty welcome to Tasmania, and I desire to assure you of the satisfaction felt by this community that the first session of the Council is to be held in Tasmania; and, for my own part, I shall be proud in after years to have been Governor of the Colony selected for the first meeting of a body whose deliberations will have no small share in shaping the future of Australasia.
I confidently believe that you will fulfil the hopes and aspirations to which your meeting to-day gives rise, and that your labours will bring about a closer union between colony and colony, and so strengthen the ties which unite throughout the world the subjects of the Queen.
I now leave you to your deliberations.
His Excellency then left the chamber, and the Council adjourned at 1210 until 3 o'clock.
On resuming, at 3 o'clock, the following notices of motion were given:—
Mr. Berry: That the Hon. James Robert Dickson be Chairman of Committees.—(Wednesday.)
Mr. Berry: For leave to introduce a bill for shortening the language used in Acts of the Federal Council of Australasia.—(Wednesday.)
Mr. Berry: For leave to introduce a bill to facilitate the proof throughout the federation of Acts of the Federal Council, and of Acts of the Parliaments of the various Australasian Colonies, and of judicial and official documents and of the signatures of certain public officers for the purpose of serving civil process."—(Wednesday.)
Mr. Griffith: That an address be presented to His Excellency the Governor of Tasmania praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid upon the table of this Council all despatches, correspondence, and other papers relating to the constitution and the first meeting of the Federal Council of Australasia—(Wednesday.)
Mr. Griffith: For leave to introduce a bill to authorise the service of civil process out of the jurisdiction of the colony in which it is issued—(Wednesday.)
Mr. Douglas: That unless otherwise ordered this Council will meet for the despatch of business at 11 o'clock in the forenoon of each day of the week, except Sunday—(Wednesday.)
Mr. Griffith said: In accordance with the practice of every constitutional Parliament in Her Majesty's dominions—a practice commendable on many grounds—of asserting their constitutional right to deal with other business before proceeding with the consideration of the speech from the Throne I beg, to present, pro forma, a bill, entitled "a Bill to regulate the fisheries in Torres Straits "—a matter over which the Council has jurisdiction—and move that it be read a first time.
Question put and passed.
The President, having read the speech delivered at an earlier hour by His Excellency the Governor, said it was now the duty of the Council to take His Excellency's speech into consideration.
Mr. Griffith proposed that a Select Committee be appointed to prepare an ad-dress-in-reply to the speech delivered by His Excellency the Governor in opening this, the first session of the Federal Council of Australasia, and that such committee consist of Mr. Douglas, Mr. Berry, Mr. Lee Steere, Dr. McGregor, and the mover.
Mr. Berry seconded the motion.
The Committee retired, and after a short absence, returned with the following draft address to His Excellency, which was read at length by the Clerk:—
To His Excellency Sir George Cumine Strahan, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Governor and Commander-in-Chief in and over the Colony of Tasmania and its Dependencies.
May it please your Excellency.
We, Her Majesty's loyal and dutiful subjects, the members of the Federal Council of Australasia, assembled at Hobart, in the Colony of Tasmania, desire to assure your Excellency of our continued loyalty and affection towards the Throne and Person of our Most Gracious Sovereign, and to tender our thanks to your Excellency for the speech with which you have been pleased to open this, the first session of the Federal Council.
We heartily reciprocate your Excellency's congratulations upon the establishment and formal inauguration of the Council, and we confidently hope that the work thus happily begun may lead to a complete and lasting union of the Australasian colonies, and may aid in the maintenance of the unity and stability of the Empire.
We shall give our most careful attention and consideration to such matters as may be brought before us; and it will be our earnest endeavour so to deal with them that our labours may be conducive to the material and moral advancement and prosperity of Her Majesty's Australasian dominions.
Mr. Griffith said: Mr. President,—I rise, sir, to move the adoption of the address to His Excellency that has been brought up by the select committee appointed to draft a reply to His Excellency's speech. At this, the first meeting of the Federal Council of Australasia for the despatch of business, it is important, I think, that something should be said with respect to the present constitution and to the future action of the Federal Council. To my mind, this first session of the Federal Council initiates a very important era in the history of this part of Her Majesty's dominions; and it is of the greatest consequence that what we do should be done wisely and considerately; that we should make no mistakes; that we should show by our wisdom and moderation that we are thoroughly aware of the responsibilities cast upon us, and that we should encourage not only the colonies which have already invested us with those responsibilities, but the other colonies which at present hold aloof, to believe that the powers conferred by the Enabling Act on the Federal Council were wisely conferred, and that the Federal Council can be trusted to exercise them with discretion. Much misunderstanding, I fear, exists in many quarters, as to the functions of the Federal Council. In some colonies there appears to be a feeling of alarm lest the Federal Council should usurp the functions of the local legislature, and do things which the local legislature itself would not do if they were allowed a free voice in the matter—that it may commit them to expenditure, or to a course of policy with which they might disagree. You, sir, who are particularly familiar with the history and constitution of the Council know well, as do most others of us, that there are no grounds for that apprehension. In order to make that clearer I propose to take the opportunity—and I will endeavour not to be prolix—of calling attention to some of the matters dealt with by the Imperial Act, and to the special questions arising upon them. It will be remembered that the resolution of the convention, accompanying the draft bill which was submitted to Her Majesty's Ministers in Great Britain, and which, with a very slight modification, is the charter of our Constitution, set out the position which the members of the convention thought then existed. That resolution, which I had the honour of moving, was in these words:—"That this convention, recognising that the time has not yet arrived at which a complete federal union of the Australasian colonies can be attained, but considering that there are many matters of general interest with respect to which united action would be advantageous, adopts the accompanying draft bill for the constitution of a Federal Council, as defining the matters upon which in its opinion such united action is both desirable and practicable at the present time, and as embodying the provisions best adapted to secure that object, so far as it is now capable of attainment." The time has not yet come, I think, Mr. President, for an entire and complete legislative union of the Australasian colonies. But that such a union is bound to come about in time is, I think, manifest. As is sometimes said, "It is in the air," it is our manifest destiny; it is bound to come. I wish we could persuade everybody in Australia that that is so. But public opinion is formed slowly sometimes, and it is seldom of any use to attempt to hasten it unduly. But that that is the destiny of Australasia there can be no doubt. As we found things then, two years ago, so we find things now, I doubt indeed whether the idea of general union has made much substantial progress amongst its enemies during that period. But that it will make progress amongst its enemies, I confidently hope, and I think a good deal in that respect will depend upon our own action on this occasion. It makes it all the more necessary for us to be extremely cautious in the action we take. By cautious, I do not mean timid, but that we should be careful and circumspect in what we do. The preamble of the Act which was drawn by the convention, and is based on the resolution which I have just read, recites that "it is expedient to constitute a Federal Council of Australasia for the purpose of dealing with such matters of common Australasian interest in respect to which united
Dr. Macgregor said: In rising to second the motion that this address be adopted in reply to the gracious speech addressed to us by His Excellency of this colony, it is not my intention to take up the time of the Council by speaking at length, but it may not be altogether out of place if, on such an occasion, I offer a few remarks of a general nature with regard to the Federal Council and the work before it. To one like myself, whose active connection with Federation is only of recent date, the constitution, the powers, the duties, and the future development of the Council naturally form the chief object of study. With regard to the general constitution of the Council, it appears to me that it cannot be too frequently or too clearly pointed out in the way it has been done by my hon. friend the member from Queensland, Mr. Griffith, that the duty of the Council is confined to dealing with matters of common interest without unduly interfering with the management of the internal affairs of the several colonies by their respective legislatures. That restriction is in my opinion a wise one, and as sound sense and the letter of the law forbid undue interference with local Legislatures by the Federal Council, there can be no doubt that the Council both now and hereafter will act sincerely in the spirit of this limitation of its duties. Probably all will admit that the spirit of emulation in progress and advancement has been greatly stimulated by the independence of the local Legislatures. By the agency of the local Legislatures a greater number of able and competent men, than could otherwise have been the case, has been brought forward, and trained to take part in administration and political affairs; and at the same time different interests and industries are in turn originated, fostered, and developed by men of different political opinions. The greater Australasian colonies have had representative institutions and local autonomy conferred upon them at an earlier period in their existence than has been the case in regard to any other colonies, and it must be said that they have proved to be one of the greatest political successes of ancient or modern times. Those institutions are fully appreciated and highly prized, and they will consequently be well and jealously guarded. Perhaps until the true functions and sphere of the Federal Council have been more fully studied and are better understood, there may be a certain number of people who, for some time, may look upon the Council with a little suspicion, but it will be seen before long that the Federal Council is simply a cementing medium connecting the local legislatures and the colonies together, giving to the whole of them solidity of unity. Looking at the constitution of the Council as it is now met, I can only express the very greatest regret that the important colonies of New South Wales, South Australia, and New Zealand are not represented here we must recognise the fact that the Council as now constituted does not carry with it the weight that it would possess if it were more complete, nor has it yet that respect that it will gain with age We must remember that at the present moment the Council represents on the basis of population and revenue less than one-half of Australasia. We have also to bear in mind that a quorum of the Council as now constituted is comparatively a small body, and that a majority of that quorum would consist of a very limited number. Bearing those circumstances in mind, it must be manifest that the work of the Council in this session must not be too ambitious, and the friends of federation ought not to be disappointed or discouraged by what may appear to be the apparent smallness of the results of the session. Looking at the constitution of this Council, as now met, it is a noteworthy fact that two of the eight members are representatives of Crown colonies. Now, I think, Mr. President, it may be well if, as a representative of a Crown colony, I state clearly what will be my own position in the Council with regard to the work that it is to come before us. I have been instructed by the distinguished and experienced officer who administers
Mr. Berry said: I think the members of this Council who have listened to its proceedings so far have done so with pleasure. The address you, sir, delivered yesterday—the speech we are now dealing with which was delivered by the Governor this morning—and the two addresses which have been given by the hon. members for Queensland and Fiji—will, I think, satisfy hon. members that the scope and objects of the Federal Council have not only been fully realized but have been efficiently and very minutely detailed. It has occurred to me that while we are meeting here, and while we find ourselves acting as a Parliament for the federation of Australasia, we scarcely realize all the difficulties which usually stand in the way of communities, who, having a common interest, but having also local self-government, agree to meet together in a form of federation. History has taught us that in all similar institutions in the past the federation of such communities has only been brought about when some disadvantage, some outside pressure, or some national danger has exercised men's minds, and taught them that union is the best means of self-defence. Every historic incident we know of teaches us that one lesson, and I think it is probable that the success we have so far enjoyed in connection with the federation of Australasia is not altogether free from, or with out that element. In listening to the very interesting speeches that have been made in this Council to-day it has also occurred to me that if there has been anything wanting it has been in the realization of what may be regarded as the coming foreign relations of this part of the world, our dealings with other countries, and matters dealing with the future progress of Australasia as a whole. We all know of the recent progress of the Powers of Europe—of their increase in material strength, in population, and in the improved weapons of warfare and engines of destruction, which science has brought to their aid—and while we see this in these great powers, we can only hope that the Mother Country is keeping fair pace with them, while we cannot help hoping further that, in the future the power of Great Britain will be found greatly in those free communities which have gone from her, and have founded powerful peoples in other parts of the world. The balance of power should daily increase in favour of England by the spread of her colonies, by the spread of her population, and by the spread of her wealth—by their powers of self-government, and also, I hope and trust, by their powers of self defence. With regard to the Australasian Colonies, we can readily realize that the policy of England in the past has been one of generosity and uniform kindness to us from the very first down to the present time. With regard to the land, we were endowed with all the valuable territory that now constitutes this dominion. We
Mr. Dickson said: Mr. President, I am sure, sir, that every person will agree with me in saying that we have listened with the very greatest pleasure and attention to the eloquent speeches which have been made in submitting this motion to the Council. So far as the Address-in-Reply is concerned, I feel that it has been so well debated that any words of mine are almost superfluous. At the same time, I feel that members who have addressed themselves are members—two of them at least—who took part in the deliberations of the Convention in Sydney in
The Address-in-Reply was unanimously adopted.
Mr. Berry moved,—"That a telegram be sent to Her Majesty the Queen as follows:—'The Federal Council of Australasia at the inauguration of their proceedings desire to express their loyalty and devotion to your Majesty's throne and person.' (Signed, James Service, President.) And that His Excellency the Governor, Sir George Strahan be requested to transmit such telegram through Her Majesty's principal Secretary of State for the Colonies."
Mr. Dickson: I have great pleasure in seconding the motion.
The motion was agreed to.
The President: I have received, in my position of President of this Council, several communications from various public bodies. One is from the Australian Natives' Association, which has its heads quarters in Ballarat, Victoria, on behalf of all the branches, sending their congratulations at the first meeting of the Federal Council, and wishing their deliberations every success. I may say this particular body has been one of the principal factors in the movement for federation. I have also received a communication from the secretary to the Marriage Law Reform Association, bringing under notice certain desirable action on the part of this Council. Another communication is from the chairman, vice-chairman, and secretary to the Latrobe Chamber of Commerce expressing their sympathy with the meeting and objects of the Council. These documents I propose, as President, to acknowledge, and leave them to the Council to deal with as it in its wisdom deems fit.
Mr. Griffith moved without notice the appointment of a select committee to prepare standing rules and orders, for the conduct of the business of the Council; the committee to consist of the President, Messrs. Dodds, Lee Steere, Macgregor, and the mover.
Mr. Berry seconded and the motion was agreed to.
At 5.20, on the motion of Mr. Douglas, the Council adjourned until half-past 11 o'clock next day, in order to proceed to Government House to present His Excellency with the Address-in-Reply.
Wednesday, January 27, 1886.
Presentation of Address-in-Reply—Notices of Motion—Appointment of Chairman of Committees—Production of Documents Concerning Meeting of Council—Federal Council Interpretation Bill—Civil Process Services Bill—Hours of Meeting—Federal Evidence Bill-Adjournment.
The President took the chair at twenty-five minutes to 12 o'clock.
The President said: In conformity with the resolution arrived at yesterday afternoon, our first business this morning will be to proceed to Government House, in order to present the address to His Excellency. Immediately after returning from Government House the Council will proceed to consider the business on the notice-paper.
The members of the Council thereupon proceeded to Government House, and on their return at 12.25,
The President said: I have to inform the Council that I have waited upon His Excellency the Governor, and presented to him the address which was agreed upon yesterday. The Governor was graciously pleased to make the following reply
Mr. President and Gentlemen, I thank you for your address.
I take this opportunity of informing you that I forwarded yesterday, through the Secretary of State, in accordance with your request, the resolution of the Federal Council expressing, at the inauguration of your proceedings, your loyalty and devotion to Her Majesty's throne and person.
The following notices of motion were given:—
Mr. Berry: To call attention to the islands of Raiata and Samoa with the view of moving for further information with respect to the present position of affairs in those islands (Thursday).
Mr. Griffith: To move for leave to introduce a bill to declare the status of Corporations and Joint Stock Companies in colonies other than the colony in which they have been constituted, and for other purposes. (Thursday).
Mr. Berry moved,—" That the Hon. James Robert Dickson be Chairman of Committees of this Council."
Mr. Lee Steere seconded the motion.
Mr. Dickson said: Mr. President,—Before that Question is put, I desire to say a few words, I am fully sensible of the honour which it is proposed to confer upon me in appointing me Chairman of Committees of this Council, but I may say that when the question was mooted I was under the impression that no other member of the Council would accept the position, inasmuch as the occupancy of that office might debar the holder from taking that active part in the debates which is desirable. I expressed my own opinion, when my name was mentioned, that it would be highly desirable that the Hon. Mr. Douglas, the Premier of Tasmania, should be invited to undertake the duties of the office; and I was informed that he had been communicated with, and was not, at that time, prepared to accept the office. However, sir, I learn to-day, and I am very glad indeed to hear it, that the hon. gentleman has re-considered his decision, and I trust he will inform the Council that he is prepared to discharge the duties of the office. If so, it will give me very great pleasure to request my hon. friend, Mr. Berry, to withdraw his motion and allow me to move, without notice, that Mr. Douglas be appointed Chairman of Committees. I need only add that I simply allowed my name to be put forward as chairman with the view of rendering the best service I could in the interest of the Council, and without any ambitious aspirations to accept an office of such dignity.
Mr. Douglas said: Mr. President,—As to this appointment, I submit myself to the will of the Council, and if elected I shall endeavour to perform the duties of the office to the best of my ability.
Mr. Berry: With the permission of the Council I beg to withdraw the motion.
Mr, Dickson: Mr. President, I beg to move, without notice, that the Hon. Adye Douglas be appointed Chairman of Committees of this Council.
Mr. Lee Steere seconded the motion.
Question put and passed.
Mr. Douglas: Mr. President, I thank the members of this Council for the appointment they have just made. I shall endeavour, as far as possible, to carry out the duties of the office in an efficient and proper manner. As I have frequently expressed to hon. members, that in all probability I shall not be present at any future session of the Council, it is not my intention to take a very active part in the business of the present session. At the same time I consider it my duty to pay every attention to the various matters that may be brought forward. With regard to the Federal Council itself, I did not express myself on the subject yesterday, nor do I intend to express my opinion upon it now, beyond giving utterance to my belief that, if its proceedings are conducted as they should be, and as I believe they will be, vast and permanent results will flow from it. Much must depend on the way in which this Council performs its duties, and therefore I, as one of the Council, will endeavour to do all in my power to bring about the desired result I may add, before sitting down, that the colony of Tasmania must consider itself very fortunate in having the first Federal Council held in its metropolis; and I am sure the representatives of the colony, as the colony itself, must be exceedingly gratified to see gentlemen from so many different parts of Australasia present here during this session. We are pleased that Hobart was chosen as the place for holding the first session of the Council, and we hope it will not be the last to be held in this city. I am sure it must be a great personal pleasure to gentlemen coming from the hotter climates of Australasia to spend a few days or weeks in the genial climate of Tasmania. Gentlemen, I thank you again for the appointment you have made, and I trust I may be able to perform the duties of the office to the satisfaction of the Council.
Mr. Griffith, in moving,—"That an address be presented to His Excellency the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid upon the table of this Council all despatches, correspondence, and other papers relating to the constitution and the first meeting of the Federal Council of Australasia"—said: With respect to this motion, it is only necessary, I think, to say that I conceive it would be very convenient for future reference if the volume containing the journals of the first session of the Council should also contain the despatches, correspondence, and other papers which indicate how the Council came into existence
The President: Would it not be advisable to present a similar address to the Governors of the other colonies?
Mr. Griffith: They are all contained in blue-books or other papers which have been officially sent to the Governor of this colony. It is only in response to an address that despatches can be communicated.
Mr. Berry seconded the motion.
Question put, and passed.
Mr. Berry moved,—"For leave to introduce a bill for shortening the language used in Acts of the Federal Council of Australasia," saying this is merely a formal motion. It is an Act which has been adopted by previous Legislatures, and found useful, and no doubt it will be found equally useful in regard to the Acts of the Federal Council.
Dr. Macgregor seconded the motion.
The motion was agreed to, and the bill was introduced and read a first time.
The bill was ordered to be printed, and the second reading fixed for Friday.
Mr. Griffith moved,—"For leave to introduce a bill to authorise the service of civil process out of the jurisdiction of the colony in which it is issued.
Mr. Douglas seconded the motion.
The motion was agreed to, and the bill introduced and read a first time.
The bill was ordered to be printed, and the second reading fixed for Friday.
Mr. Douglas moved,—"That, unless otherwise ordered, this Council will meet for the despatch of business at 11 o'clock in the forenoon of each day of the week except Sunday." In doing so he said: In moving this I may state that, on reflection, I think 11 o'clock would be exceedingly inconvenient to the members of my Government, as we would have no time to attend to the public business in the respective departments under our control. The proceedings, in point of fact, in my own office are already getting entangled, and meeting at 11 o'clock each morning seems to be very inconvenient. I beg leave, therefore, to alter my motion so as to make the hour 12. (Mr. Douglas here consulted privately with Mr. Dodds.) My colleague, however, states that it would be more convenient to the other members of the Council if the hour was fixed at 11, and, under the circumstances, I will, therefore, move that we meet at 11 o'clock each morning.
Mr. Dickson seconded the motion, which was agreed to.
Mr. Berry moved for leave to introduce a bill "to facilitate the proof throughout the federation of Acts of the Federal Council and of Acts of the Parliaments of the various Australasian colonics, and of judicial and official documents, and of the signatures of certain public officers in matters relating to the service of civil process of and to the enforcement of judgments of the Courts of the Australasian colonies, and to the enforcement of criminal process." In doing so, he said I do not think it is necessary to say anything in support of this motion. The title of the bill is so full that it, in itself, explains the object for which it is brought in.
Mr. Lee Steere seconded the motion.
The motion was agreed to, and the bill was introduced and read a first time.
The bill was ordered to be printed, and the second reading fixed for Friday.
On the motion of Mr. Douglas, the Council, at 1 p.m., adjourned until 11 a.m. next day.
Thursday, January 28, 1886.
Notices of Motion—Raiatea and Samoa; Address to Governor. Adjournment.
The President took the chair at 11 o'clock.
The following notices of motion were given:—
By Mr. Griffith—" To adjourn the notice of motion standing in his name from to-day until to-morrow, it having been placed on the notice-paper in error."
By Mr. Berry—" For leave to introduce a bill to make provision for the enforcement, within the Federation, of judgments of courts of law of any colony in the Federation."—(Friday.)
Mr. Griffith—" That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid before the Council such information as he may consider expedient with regard to the action that has been taken by Her Majesty's Imperial Government as to the proposed deportation of relapsed criminals to the French possessions in the Pacific." (Friday.)
Mr. "1. Formally to acknowledge the independence of the islands of Huahine, Raiatea, and Borabora (to the leeward of Tahiti), and of the small islands adjacent to and dependent upon those islands. "2. Never to take possession of the said islands, nor of any one or more of them, either absolutely or under the title of a protectorate, or in any other form whatever. "3. Never to acknowledge that a chief or prince reigning in Tahiti can at the same time reign in any one or more of the other islands above mentioned; nor, on the other hand, that a chief or prince reigning in any one or more of those islands can reign at the same time in Tahiti; the reciprocal independence of the islands above mentioned, and of the island of tahita and its dependencies being established as a principle."Berry, on the following notice of motion being called,—" To call attention to the islands of Raiatea and Samoa, with the view of moving for further information with respect to the present position of affairs in those islands," said: Mr. President,—I gave this notice of motion with the view of calling the attention of the Council to certain notices, not official, certainly, but at the same time appearing in the public Press, apparently with authority, which are, I think, of considerable importance, and seem to call for some enquiry or action on the part of the Council if we are to be the vigilant guardians of Australasian interests that is expected from us. Perhaps I had better place the Council in possession of the intimations in the Press that have caused me to give notice of this motion. I have made the motion vague, because it is more for the purpose of ascertaining in what way the Council, now and in the future, will place itself in the way of obtaining official information with respect to contemplated action between the Imperial Government and any foreign Government with regard to any of the islands in the Pacific. The notice to which I call special attention appears in a telegraphic Communication from London, and was published in the Argus of January 21, the day on which the delegates left Melbourne to come to this Council. It is to this effect:—" An agreement has been concluded between the English and French Governments, by which Franco is allowed to have possession of the Island of Raiatea, in the Society Archipelago, an d in return abandons her long-standing claim to fishing rights on the coast of Newfoundland." In addition to that, it is a matter of notoriety that at the present time the relations of Germany with the Island of Samoa are not at all satisfactory. In the same paper, of one day's later date, January 22, there is an in-
The only other reference I can find to these islands is contained in a letter from the Agents-General in London, in which they make a very elaborate and very exhaustive statement to Lord Derby as to the position taken up by Australia with respect to the unappropriated islands of the Pacific. It is a very long, full, and conclusive ducument. With regard to the Raiatea group they say—
"Again, by a reciprocal engagement entered into between England and France in
I have an impression, although I can find no allusion to it in the report of the convention, that the hoisting of the flag was for a fixed period, France undertaking to remove the flag at the expiration of that time, and that some tacit consent had been given to the arrangement. But, as I said, I can find no record of it in the proceedings of the convention,
Mr. Griffith: The arrangement for continuing the hoisting of the flag was recorded in the proceedings.
Mr. Berry: I have not succeeded in finding it, but I was under the impression that that was what did take place. In fiasco, to inform us as to what can be done by mere diplomacy without the knowledge of the parties most intimately concerned. We had assurances and denials much stronger than anything that has been said with regard cither to the New Hebrides or the Society Islands, and while we were repeatedly assured that Germany had no thought whatever of taking any portion of New Guinea we were surprised one day with intelligence that Germany had sent out a ship of war, and had annexed not only a large portion of New Guinea, but also New Britain, and certain other islands in these seas. This Council, therefore, will have to jealously watch over the interests of Australasia in that direction; and, it appears to me, that the only way to do that effectually is to place ourselves in such relations with the Colonial and, perhaps, Foreign Offices, that we shall be assured of information being sent to us of any contemplated action before such action is beyond our control. We have many matters which we want to settle in a friendly way with France. If we could have secured an absolute pledge that under the new rule convicts would not be sent to New Caledonia, the reciprocal advantage would have been clear to our minds. Under the present arrangement, the only advantage is to a part of the Empire at the other end of the world. I do not think that the public opinion of Australasia will altogether agree with an arrangement of that kind. And that is all the more reason why a contemplated action of that kind should be communicated to this Council before it is carried into effect. I would remind the Council that the Act by which a large portion of New Guinea slipped away from the Crown of England was largely brought about by complications of the Empire with foreign countries, and that action on the part of the Imperial Government with respect to New Guinea was largely induced by corresponding concessions on the part of Germany on other subjects in which the two countries were interested. Therefore, unless this Council at its very initiation takes up a firm position, and a decided attitude we cannot tell but after this session has closed the exigencies of the Empire, or the supposed exigencies of the Empire in the eyes of Imperial statesmen, may be directed to other matters by which further concessions may be made in regard to interests on which the people of these colonies place the greatest importance, and the result of which would only be indicated to us probably when too late for us to take action. I think, Mr. President, you will see my object in bringing this before the Council, not in the way of an alarmist, or with a desire to over-estimate this particular event, supposing it is accomplished, but to place the Council at once at the very earliest moment in its right position. We have powers devolving upon us from the Imperial Government, and one of these is to deliberate and to express our opinions in an official form. The words in the Imperial Act mean a very great deal more power than any of the colonics, or even all the colonies united ever had before they were, as a recognised body, accredited by the Imperial Parliament, and charged with the functions of deliberating and watching over the interests of these communities, with reference to the islands of the Pacific. I think we have sufficient information in regard to Raiatea before us—collected from official information—to enable us to communicate officially in regard to it. With regard to the other island that attention has been called to, I think it will be admitted that this is a far more serious matter for the people of these colonies. Samoa lies within 300 or 400 miles of Fiji, it has commercial relations with that colony, and also very extensive commercial and political relations with the Mother Country and New Zealand. I regret exceedingly that New Zealand is not represented in this Council to take action through her representatives. I believe the position of matters at Samoa is very serious; at all events we have nothing to satisfy our minds that they are not serious. The session of this Council will close in all probability in a few days—it will be a serious matter to call the Council together again for a special session—and I therefore thought that it was necessary at this juncture to call the attention of the Council to the position of affairs in that important island. It will be within the memory of hon. members that about a year ago or a little more something similar occurred to what has occurred recently—the native flag was hauled down and the German flag was planted. Representations were
Cologne Gazette infers England would not object German annexation Samoa, and that North German Gazette asserts lowering Samoan flag, ordered by Imperial Government. Warn at once Secretary of State for Colonies, and Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, that such annexation would produce strong disapprobation here. Get other agents to co-operate." That was sent when the alarm was first sounded, and it was justified by a telegram received from the Premier of New Zealand, that country being by no means satisfied with the assurance given at that time. Mr. Service received the following telegram from Mr. Robert Stout, Premier of New Zealand, dated 18th January:—"Thanks for enquiry. We have received certain knowledge of what Germans have done. Two Samoan chiefs have come asking us for aid. The German consul, aided by man-of-war, has driven King from land occupied by him, notwithstanding protests of British and American consuls. But for the intervention of these consuls bloodshed was inevitable. This action is in violation of treaties and convention, and looks like the first step of annexation. We have wired Home Government, who reply that they have Berlin assurances nothing intended, but the German flag still flies in violation of understanding, and it looks as if very little assurance satisfied British Foreign Office. We will be glad of your colony's powerful aid to maintain British interests in Pacific." That illustrates what I have said; there is a pledge that no annexation is intended, but annexation is not done all at once, it is done insidiously, one step after another. Those telegrams are dated the 18th inst., only a few days ago, and, unfortunately, we are not in possession of any later intelligence. I think, however, that the state of affairs, as disclosed, would justify this Council in also asking for information of an exact detailed kind as to the position of affairs, and some assurance that the action of Germany will not only be disavowed by the Imperial German Government, but steps taken to place matters as they were before those events occurred. I do not know, Mr. President, that I have anything more to say. I have made the motion vague purposely for the purpose of discussion, and that the wisdom of this Council may find out some way of indicating what will be the best, most effective, and most dignified mode for this Council to proceed I do not for a moment suppose we should proceed as though the telegraphic intelligence was conclusive, or that the imperfect information we have would justify us in assuming that anything has been done, or contemplated to be done; but I think that there is sufficient in the circumstances surrounding the whole question to induce this Council to seek official information. I think that we are justified in doing that, and if my views are shared by other members of the Council I should propose after this debate has gone on some time to submit a motion in the terms that may be considered most desirable to elicit such information, and take such action as this Council may see fit. I may say before I sit down that, although these questions are scarcely to all appearance so prominent in the public mind as they were a year or so ago, still, as a matter of fact, neither of the great questions that were dealt with at the convention have been settled Nothing has been settled with regard to the annexation of any of the islands by foreign powers which was warmly protested against by the convention, and I take it that this Council will not be less earnest in its defence of Australasian interests than the convention. Nor has anything been settled in regard to the other question of the importation of French criminals in large numbers to the Island of New Caledonia. I will not deal further with that subject now, but I believe before the Council adjourns some late information in regard to the possible intentions of the French Government on that subject will be communicated to this Council. What I want to impress upon the Council in the meantime, is that with regard to the deportation of criminals, and the annexation of islands in the Pacific by Foreign Powers—that neither of these questions nave been satisfactorily settled, that there is as much occasion for vigilance now as ever, and that this Council is in this advantageous position that by Imperial enactment we have the power conferred upon us to watch carefully the interests of Australasia, and the right of making such representations to the Imperial Parliament as may be considered necessary in the interests of these colonies.
The President: I think it would be as well to put the matter before the Council in a formal motion. I would suggest that the motion should take the following shape:—That in the opinion of this Council it is desirable that further information be obtained from official sources with respect to the present position of affairs in the islands of Raiatea and Samoa. If the motion is put in that way, then it would be properly before the Council, and could be discussed.
Mr. Berry: I am in the hands of the Council. I am quite willing, if it is thought proper, to adopt that motion. On consideration I am satisfied that we should go a step
Mr. Douglas said, in speaking to this motion, that it is desirable to obtain further information from official sources with respect to Raiatea and Samoa, there is no necessity for me to go over the ground already traversed by the hon. member for Fiji and the hon, member for Queensland. But I do not see where or who is to obtain this special information, and unless this motion is followed by another we don't know how to proceed. The question comes to be whether this information is to be obtained direct from the Secretary of State for the Colonies, or whether it is to be got through the Governor of the colony, in the same direction. The 29th section of the Imperial Act is to this effect:—"The Council may make such representations or recommendations to Her Majesty as it may think fit with respect to any matters of general Australasian interest, or to the relations of Her Majesty's possessions in Australasia, with the possessions of foreign powers." But there is nothing in the Act which fixes the mode in which these communications are to be made. I presume it is desirable now to decide from what source that information is to be obtained, and placed in the possession of the Council, because, so far as the two questions are concerned with respect to one, it appears to be of no particular importance, and with respect to the other, at the present time we are altogether in ignorance unless we assume to be true all that appears in public prints, which from day to day is somewhat contradictory. If we obtain the information with reference to Samoa and Raiatea during the sitting of the Council, no doubt it would be of great importance, but from the enquiries which have been made, and the statement made to-day, that as regards Raiatea, with the exception of a very excellent port, it was of no great importance, and that as inasmuch the larger island is already in the possession of the French, and the other islands are so small that they would be useless for the deportation of criminals, besides the fact that they already have New Caledonia, to which prisoners are sent, I think this is making a great fuss about nothing at all. I think it is very important that this Council, in dealing with such matters, should satisfy itself that they are of sufficient importance, and not find, after we have interfered, that they are in no way beneficial to the Australian group. If this motion is followed by another as to the mode in which this information is to be obtained, I have no objection to it being carried, inasmuch as the point is how to get the information which is necessary before we make another step. We are entirely in the dark at present, but I shall not attempt to say any more except that I shall be in accord with honourable members in supporting the resolution before the Council.
Mr. Lee Steere said: I shall first address myself to the question, which has just been raised by the honourable member for Tasmania as to the mode of procedure to be adopted by this Council in communicating with the Secretary of State. In my own opinion the intention is to proceed by the President communicating with the Secretary of State for the Colonies without the intervention of the Governor, and it may fairly be inferred from the Act itself that is intended to be the mode of procedure.
Mr. Douglas: No, no.
Mr. Lee Steere: That is my impression. With regard to the matter itself, I am entirely in accord with the proposition, and I think that if the Federal Council is now entrusted with matters of general Australasian importance—and the relations of Australasia with the islands of the Pacific is certainly one of these questions—we have special grounds—as is put by the terms of
Mr. Dickson: I must say I have great sympathy with the motion which the hon. member for Victoria has brought forward, notwithstanding the limited amount of information which we possess in connection with this question. I think it is within the functions of the Council that matters affecting the condition of the islands of the Pacific should come under our review, and without any desire to dictate to the Imperial authorities, or even to Imperial statesmen of the Mother Country in their actions in the administration of the Colonial and Foreign Office, still I am inclined to think that by discussions of this sort, we may be able to afford to Imperial statesmen a considerable amount of additional information which they hitherto did not possess, and also tend to show the feelings of the colonies in regard to the ultimate settlement of these islands which in the future will be of great and growing importance. It is a matter of considerable delicacy, and while we desire to give our views concerning the settlement of these islands, we have no wish to dictate such a policy to the Imperial statesmen as will in any way tend to embarrass them in their relation to foreign powers. This resolution has had the very good effect of eliciting from the hon. member for Fiji a very large amount of information, which I am sure will be of great service to us in the future consideration of the condition of these islands. There is a present feeling, Mr. President, in the breast of every colonist who takes an interest in the future of Australia, and in the future of the Archipelagoes of the Pacific, that Imperial statesmen do not make themselves sufficiently acquainted with the views and feelings of the colonists of Australasia—that they do not take into consideration what the future relations may be between the different islands and the important confederation of Australia. There is an uneasy feeling, a feeling of apprehension I may say, that English statesmen, in their endeavours to meet present exigencies, are but too apt to remove those exigencies by the cession of territory in the Pacific of which they have a very imperfect and inadequate knowledge. It is desirable that the views of a Council such as this should, at any rate, be placed on permanent record, and such views may in time be accepted and be desired for the guidance of English statesmen and for their information. With regard to the island of Raiatea, I do not profess to know anything further than has been stated by hon. members, but the transaction does seem to me to be "a new way of paying old debts." Raiatea appears to be ceded as compensation for French claims in the Newfoundland fisheries—a country with which Raiatea has no possible connection whatever. I do not say that the adjustment will not be to the advantage of the Empire, for the question of the Newfoundland fisheries has been a source of great annoyance, embarrassment, and cost for several generations. I have chiefly risen, however, to express my full satisfaction with the motion of the hon. member from Victoria, Mr. Berry. While not caring to enter on debate on what has been done, on account of the limited knowledge we at present possess, I think the Federal Council of Australasia would not be properly discharging its functions if it were not to review the probabilities of the annexation of some of those islands, and the possible disturbance such action might have upon the future relations of Australasia, and the islands of the Pacific. The mode of obtaining the information we seek will no doubt be duly submitted. My opinion is that the proper way to obtain it would be through His Excellency the Governor. (Mr. Griffith: Hear, hear.) Until we get that information we cannot possibly debate the matter further. We have certainly not wasted our time so far, especially as the subject brought forward by the hon. member from Victoria is one of such great importance to the colonies.
Question put and passed.
Mr. Griffith: For the purpose of following up that motion it will be necessary to ask for the information, and that can only be done by communicating with the Imperial Government. With the consent of my friend, Mr. Berry, I therefore beg to propose the following consequential resolution,—"That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to communicate the foregoing resolution by telegraph to Her Majesty, and to cause to be laid on the table of this Council such information as may be received by His Excellency." In the British Parliament addresses are of course made direct to Her Majesty. We cannot do so, conveniently in the present case because it would take too long. As to the medium of communication, I have no doubt that the proper medium is the Governor. The Secretary of
Mr. Dodds seconded the motion.
Mr. Berry: In view of the urgency of the matter, and the desirability of losing no time in obtaining the information, it may be convenient to accept the resolution moved by the hon. member from Queensland. But, I have gave doubts whether that should be the permanent mode of communication between this Council and the Imperial Government. The Governor of Tasmania has really no special standing in relation to the Federal Council. It merely happens that he is the Governor of the colony in which the Federal Council meets. He has certain legislative functions devolving upon him by the Imperial Act, but his authority goes no further. The question will no doubt be thoroughly discussed on its merits, probably in committee. In the meantime, as we have no standing orders, and no recognised mode of communication with the Imperial Government, I will accept the motion of the hon. member from Queensland on the understanding that the entire question will be dealt with on some subsequent occasion. In that spirit I shall support the motion of the hon. member from Queensland.
Mr. Dodds: I understand from the hon. members who have moved the respective resolutions that there is some difficulty in regard to the proper mode of communication. For my own part I have no hesitation in expressing the view that has been already expressed by the hon. member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith). I think the proper medium of communication between this Council and Her Majesty is the Governor of the colony. I think, also, that it is unnecessary in the terms of our resolution to say so, it would be quite sufficient if the Council were to affirm the desirability, as it has done already, of obtaining information in respect to this matter, and then follow that by a resolution praying that an address may be presented to Her Majesty, asking that such information as she may be graciously pleased to lay before us may be placed on the table. That would be communicated in the ordinary course of things through the proper medium of communication, the Governor. However, as there seems to be some doubt on the question, and hon. members wish more information, I move the adjournment of the debate until to-morrow, with the hope that it be understood by the Council that the remarks made by me to-day do not preclude me from addressing myself to the subject in question, whew it comes up for consideration tomorrow.
Mr. Griffith: There can be no objection to an adjournment if hon. members desire to consider the matter further. The question at issue is whether the communication shall be made through the Governor of this colony, or direct to the Secretary of State. I hope hon. members will carefully consider the subject, and that we shall not make any mistake in coming to a conclusion.
Question,—That the debate be adjourned until next day, put and agreed to.
The Council adjourned at 12.40 p.m. until 11 a.m. next day.
Friday, January 29, 1886.
Notices of Motion—Corporations and Joint Stock Companies' Status Bill—Enforcement of Judgments Bill—Postponement—Affairs in the Pacific Islands—Resumption of Debate—Interpretation Bill—Civil Process Extension Bill—Postponement—Adjournment.
The President took the chair at 11 o clock.
The following notices of motion wore given:—
Mr. Dickson to move,—That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid on the table of this Council all despatches and other papers relating to the establishment and administration of Her Majesty's protectorate in New Guinea. (Monday).
Mr. Lee Steere to call attention to the unprotected state of King George's Sound, and to move the following resolution:—That the Council considering that the undefended position of the important strategical point of King George's Sound would be a source of great weakness in the general defences of Australasia in time of war, and that the protection of the Sound and Princess Royal Harbour is of vital importance for the general security of the Australasian colonies, is of opinion that some united action should be taken by the Imperial Government and the various colonies with a view to their arriving at a decision which will enable the question to be dealt with at the next session of the Federal Council, and that the advisability of the erection and maintenance of a lighthouse and signalling station at Cape Leeuwin to be united by telegraph with the Sound should be considered in conjunction with the fortification of that place. (Tuesday).
Mr. Griffith moved,—" That leave be given to introduce a bill to declare the status of Corporations and Joint Stock Companies in colonies other than the colony in which they have been constituted, and for other purposes."
Mr. Berry seconded the motion.
Question put and passed.
The bill was presented, and read a first time, and the second reading made an order of the day for Tuesday next.
Mr. Berry moved,—"That leave be given to introduce a bill to make provision for the enforcement within the federation of judgments of courts of law of any colony of the federation."
Mr. Lee Steere seconded the motion.
The bill was presented, and read a first time, and the second reading made an order of the day for Monday next.
The following motion, standing in the name of Mr. Griffith, was postponed till Monday next:—"That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid before this Council such information as he may consider expedient with respect to the action that has been taken by H.M. Imperial Government as to the proposed deportation of relapsed criminals to the French possessions in the Pacific."
On the following order of the day being called:—" Adjourned debate on question proposed yesterday—that an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to communicate the foregoing resolution, by telegraph, to Her Majesty, and cause to be laid upon the table of this Council such information as may be received by His Excellency,"
Mr. Dodds said: Mr. President,—At the request of hon. members yesterday, I moved the adjournment of this debate, in order that some further time might be given to the consideration of the question, upon which there appeared to be a difference of opinion in the minds of some hon. members. The hon. member for Western Australia expressed an opinion that any resolution of this Council should be transmitted direct from its President to Her Majesty's Secretary of State in England. I understood the hon. member for Victoria (Mr. Berry) to agree in that view, and to say that the Governor of Tasmania has really no special standing in reference to the Federal Council. I am unable to agree with either of these views. I think, as I intimated yesterday, that there is only one medium of communication between a legislative body, constituted as this is, and the Throne and person of Her Majesty, and that is the well-recognised one of the Governor of the colony in which the session of the Council is held. It is in order that no misunderstanding may arise in reference to this question that hon. members are desirous of having the practice now settled. I at once assume, that both my hon. friends have merely raised the point for the purpose of getting it determined. I at once acquit them of any desire to show discourtesy to Her Majesty's representative in this or any other colony. (Hear, hear.) I assume that they are actuated solely by the desire to have our form of procedure as correct, and as closely allied to constitutional usage and practice as it is possible to be. From that point of view I desire to offer some observations, inasmuch as it appears to me that by the wisdom of the course we now lay down for ourselves we may hope to create that influence which is so much to be desired, and to extend it throughout the colonies of Australasia, and I think we should not depart from those well-recognised modes of procedure and practice, and from those old landmarks of constitutionalism which have guided the deliberations of assemblies and Parliaments such as this for many years past. I consider, Mr. President, that if only on the ground of courtesy to Her Majesty's representative in this colony—for he is still Her Majesty's representative, notwithstanding the extended powers that are given to this Council—we should show our loyalty to the throne and person of Her Majesty, by recognising to the fullest possible extent the functions and position of her representative. I see no difference between the position occupied by the Governor in relation to this Council and that occupied by him in relation to the local legislature, excepting in the form of procedure. Although he does not initiate, on the advice of his responsible advisers, the measures to be submitted to the deliberations of the Council, he has still to exercise the functions of Her Majesty's representative in this colony. He has to give or to withhold the Royal assent to the measures we pass. He summons us together, opens our session, and closes it when our deliberations are concluded. In those respects he is in the most intimate relation with the Council—he represents Her Majesty in this Parliament. I use the word Parliament advisedly, because I think this Council is justly entitled to such an appellation; indeed the term may be more fitly applied to it than to any other local legislature at present constituted in the colonies. The fact that Her Majesty has given us the power to legislate over a wider area, and on matters which are not permitted to local legislatures, does certainly not detract from the position that Her Majesty's representative occupies in this colony, or in any other colony, where the session of the Council may be held.
Mr. Griffith: It rather exalts the position.
Mr. "Finally, inasmuch as all local Parliaments or provincial Legislatures in the Empire are, within their assigned jurisdiction, absolute and supreme, save only as respects the constitutional powers of the Crown, it follows that the Governor in every colony or province is, within the limits of his commission and delegation, entitled to be accredited with similar rights, privileges and responsibilities, to those which appertain to the Sovereign in the present state."Dodds: Certainly it does. It has been said by writers on constitutional practice, such as Merivale, Lord Elgin, Sir William Fox, and others, that he is the only political link which connects the colonies with the. Mother Country. Shall we sever that link by departing from a well-recognised practice? Is it not desirable that we should, so far as we can, strengthen the relations which at present exist between these Colonies and the Mother Country? Do not the proceedings we adopted at the opening of the session tend to show that we cherish that feeling and desire that it should be maintained? Have
And the words which follow seem to me to be applicable to the present condition of things:—
"Moreover, the necessary and lawful functions of a Governor, who is the representative and personal embodiment of the monarchical principle in a British colony under Parliamentary Government, and who administers the authority of the Crown within the same, are neither diminished nor restrained by reason of the gradual emancipation of the colony from Imperial control in the management of its internal affairs."
Can it be argued tor a moment that, because Her Majesty has been pleased to confer upon us extended powers and extended jurisdiction, we should therefore detract or take away from the proper functions which the Governor of any colony exercises as Her Majesty's representative? An extension of power to us does not necessarily mean any detraction from the functions which are exercised by that official. It would be unwise on our part to set up such an argument. We have to look far beyond the mere local considerations of the moment We hope to make the influence of this Council felt not only in the participating but in the non-participating colonies, and to obtain that moral support so necessary to us as a Council, and our proceedings should be characterised by foresight, wisdom, and moderation to command the respect of those who are watching us so keenly. We do not exalt our dignity, extend our influence, or increase our power by departing from recognised forms of constitutional procedure and practice and initiating new ones; it is from that point of view that I would urge hon. members to accept the motion in the form proposed. I regret exceedingly not having had an opportunity of speaking generally on the question of federation on the occasion of our opening proceedings. By a slight misunderstanding I was deprived of that opportunity, and the limits of this discussion do not permit me to do so now. But I feel constrained to remark that I have no sympathy whatever with the views that are supposed to be held by my hon. colleague. I say supposed to be held, because I do not think the interpretation that has been put on his remarks is at all warranted. At all events it was not what was intended by him. I suppose that if any one were to say seriously to my colleague, Mr. Douglas, that the tone of his remarks meant separation from the Mother Country, he would be the first to repudiate such a notion. You, yourself, sir, are an illustration of how the utterances of a public man may be misunderstood on this very question. I think my colleague has been misunderstood in this matter. It is possible that those who contemplate the advancement and the resources of the Australian colonies and their past history, and consider the expressions of opinion of such men as Sir Hercules Robinson, who estimated that the future population of Australasia would be something like thirty millions at the end of the first half of the next century, that when Australia shall be a nation of itself, and the members of this Federal Council are Australian born—none of us can claim that honour now—may think that such a nation will desire to be independent, and cast off the Imperial control. But I do not think that the creating of this Council must of necessity bring about such a result I desire, and my colleague desires to bring into closer union the various colonies, and to enact wise legislation of general application that will be beneficial to the colonies. I do not desire separation, and I am not aware how it can be argued with any reason that, because we are desirous of uniting ourselves that that means separation from the Mother Country. We are strongly allied by the tics of kindred and interest, and it is the desire on our part to draw closer those tics that actuate us in proposing and carrying out such a movement as this. I believe in the catholic spirit that characterised the remarks of the hon. member for Queensland when he said that we are not representatives of single colonies, but are the representatives of a United Australia, and if we recognise our responsibility—our personal and collective responsibility to the federated colonies of Australasia—let that responsibility be ever present to our minds in carrying out the functions for which we are elected. There need be no cry of separation, and I should at once disclaim anything of the sort on behalf of the Premier, myself, or the people of this colony, who are as loyal and
Mr. Berry: Mr. President. With the leave of the Council I would like to make a few remarks in reply to the honourable and learned member who has just resumed his seat. The hon. member was quite right in saying, as he did at the commencement of his speech, that he acquits those members of the Council who differ from him as to the mode which the Council should adopt for communicating with the Secretary of State of any intention to be discourteous to the Governor of this colony. That goes without saying. I am sure that no intention of being discourteous to the Governor ever entered the mind of any hon. member. But I think it is very desirable that, in a matter of this land, when we are going to exercise for the first time important functions that are bestowed upon us by the Imperial Parliament, we should have a clear idea of our position, the objects which we have in view, and the best mode of attaining those objects. I would have no objection—not the slightest—to the form of the motion proposed by the hon, member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith), if it was recognised in the Act under which we are constituted, or by instructions from the Secretary of State, that the most convenient mode for the Council to approach Her Majesty is through the Governor of the colony in which the sittings of the Council are held for the time being; but honourable members will see that the functions of the Governor of the colony in which the Council holds its sittings are not wholly the same in regard to the Council as they are in relation to the local Legislature. Certain functions are conferred by the Enabling Act on the Governor of the colony in which the session of the Federal Council is held; and I take it that the Governor might, if he thought fit, decline to do anything outside the particular functions which are specified in the Act. Supposing that the Council agreed to the motion now under consideration, and asked the Governor to communicate to Her Majesty the Queen the resolution which we have already adopted, His Excellency—being under no obligation to carry out the wishes of the Council in any other matters than those specified in the Enabling Act—might decline to comply with our request. To have our request refused would hardly be a dignified position for this Council to be placed in; and therefore, I think, there are sufficient grounds why we should at least carefully consider the step which we are now asked to take, and realise what may possibly be the effect of it. I would point out that no other Legislature in this part of the world has had conferred upon it powers similar to those conferred upon the Federal Council by the 29th section of the Imperial Act. The Legislatures of the different colonies have power, by the respective Acts under which they are constituted, to make laws for their own people; but the 29th section of the Federal Enabling Act gives to the Federal Council the right and power to make representations to Her Majesty "with respect to any matters of general Australasian interest, or to the relations of Her Majesty's possessions in Australasia with the possessions of foreign powers." It is very desirable, as I am sure hon. members will admit, that there shall be some settled and recognised mode in which the Council, in the exercise of these functions, shall approach Her Majesty. I said yesterday, and I am prepared to repeat to-day that I think perhaps the most convenient course on the present occasion will be to adopt the motion of the hon. member for Queensland. It is important that we should communicate with the Secretary of State—it is important that we should have the information we seek as early as possible—and therefore I am disposed to think that, without regarding the question of procedure as absolutely and finally settled, the Council would do well to pass the motion now before it. That the adoption of the motion should preclude us, or our successors, from th future consideration of the question of the proper mode for the Council to approach Her Majesty would certainly not be desirable. It is, I believe, within the knowledge of the hon. member who has just spoken that a difference of opinion has arisen in high quarters with respect to the position which the Governor of this colony holds in relation to this Council. Surely that position will require to be more accurately defined before we can agree that the course proposed by the motion shall be permanently adopted. It will be within the knowledge of hon. members that there was a difference—a very marked difference—in the proceedings at the opening of this Council from what takes place at the commencement of a session in any of the local Legislatures, and I think I shall be borne out when I say that there was a strong disposition in certain quarters to keep within the four corners of the Enabling Act—not to assume any function, or any authority or power, that is not expressly laid down in that Act. I say that, if only in order that there may be no mistake as to it being obligatory on the Governor of the colony in which the session of the Federal Council is being held to carry out the wishes of the Council even in this direction, something more definite than we have at present is necessary. I refer to this matter now chiefly in order that it may be dealt with hereafter. I admit that the course now proposed appears to be convenient for the present occasion, and that it has all the advantages which the hon. and learned member for Tasmania (Mr. Dodds says that it has. It is the recognised mode, and the only mode, which the local Legislatures have of approaching Her Majesty. The obligation upon the Governor of a colony to comply with a request of the
en rapport with the power that could redress grievances, or could attend to the representations which we may make—I think that we would be justified in securing, if possible, that prompter and more effective method of communication. However, I do not press the matter now; but after the speech of the honourable and learned member who preceded me, and who seemed to assume that there cannot be two sides to this question, I have felt it desirable to point out that there are two sides to it.
Mr. Douglas: Not a bit of it.
Mr. Berry: There must be two sides to the question when there is a difference of opinion upon it. There may be said to be two objections to the course now proposed being permanently adopted as the mode in which the Federal Council should communicate with Her Majesty the Queen. One, perhaps, is formal, and the other is practical. The formal objection is that the function of being the medium of communication has not, by the Enabling Act, devolved upon the Governor of the colony in which the session of the Council is held. That may be regarded as merely formal, because it could be overcome by instructions from the Secretary of State making it obligatory upon the Governor, instead of it being left optional, to communicate with the Secretary of State when requested to do so by the Council. The other objection, which is the practical objection, to the permanent adoption of the course now proposed is, that the Council has the right, in the interests of its constituents, to secure the most effective and prompt mode of having its representations forwarded to the proper quarter and replied to. I rose simply to indicate the views that I entertain on this question, and which I know are held by some other members of the Council, and not to offer any opposition to the motion now before us, which I think proposes the proper course, and the only course, that we ought to take on this occasion.
Mr. Douglas: I scarcely can understand the reason why the hon. member for Victoria has on this occasion made such a speech, because he had made it more clear just now that the Governor is the only medium of communication between this Council and Her Majesty the Queen. It is very evident that His Excellency the Governor is the beginning and end of this Council, because he called it together and he has to prorogue it. Why the Governor should not be the means of communication between the Council and Her Majesty during the progress of this session I cannot understand, and the matter can only be brought into question when the Governor takes upon himself to refuse to send a message. The words of the 29th section are "The Council may make such representations or recommendations to Her Majesty as it may think fit with respect to any matters of general Australasian interest, or to the relations of Her Majesty's possessions in Australasia with the possessions of other Powers." I take it that this Council is just in the same position as any local Legislature, and that all matters must be remitted to Her Majesty through the recognised authority, and I am of opinion that if the advice of the Secretary of State was taken upon the point, he would decide that the ordinary procedure should be adopted. The Question was easy enough of solution, because if: a Governor does not send a message it will be quite time enough to take this matter into consideration, and look to approaching Her Majesty in some other way. I think the hon. member is quite right to accept this resolution that the messages be sent through Her Majesty's recognised representative, and in my opinion it would be one of the most extraordinary proceedings I ever heard of if it were proposed otherwise, and while my views have been very well commented on, this would be the beginning of the end of federation, and would be treating Her Majesty's representative with a great amount of discourtesy. As regards anything like a proceeding of separation from the Mother Country, it was far distant from my thoughts, and I fear it would first emanate from some representative from the other side. They have been in a revolutionary state at times, which this colony has never been—(laughter)—and I have always been, and always will be, a loyal subject-When I made the statement I did, I was looking at the far distant future, and I have no hesitation in saying that it is not alone my own opinions that I was expressing. The opinion has been expressed over and over again.
The President: I hope the hon. gentleman will confine himself to the terms of the motion. We now seem to be going a little beyond it.
Mr. Douglas: I am dealing with the question of loyalty and endeavouring to show that it would be unloyal to ignore Her Majesty's representative, but I also desire to say there is no man in Her Majesty's
Dr. Macgregor: The matter that has occupied the attention of the Council appears to me to be a very simple one, and I would not say a word at all on the question were it not that expressions have been used by one or two gentlemen to show that there is a difference of opinion on this question among the members of the Council. My own opinion is so clear on the point, that I should not like to allow the occasion to pass without making a short statement. I look on the Governor of a colony, no matter what the colony is, as the representative of the Crown, and it appears to be thoroughly established by long practice and custom that all official communications, no matter whence emanating, if meant for the Crown, should proceed direct to the Governor of the colony. The reasons, as far as I have been able to gather, that have been raised to justify a departure from the ordinary method, are that the dignity of this Council require it, and that there is no obligation on His Excellency the Governor to act for this Council in presenting to Her Majesty any address or petition emanating from the Council. It has also been suggested that the despatch of business might be facilitated by the President of the Council having direct communication with the Secretary of State. So far as the dignity of the Council is concerned, it appears to me it will better consult its own dignity by setting an example in obeying the laws of the country in which it may happen to be, whether it is the law of legislative enactment or common usage, and although this Council has powers conferred upon it which, in some respects, are very much greater than the powers of any local legislature, I consider that the Council will best consult its own dignity by taking the usual course in regard to the subject under discussion. The question of obligation is not one for us, it will be a matter entirely for the Governor himself to decide upon. Should he say that it is not compatible with his instructions or position to act for the Council in that capacity, the course of the Council will be clear, and no further question or difference of opinion could arise on the subject. The suggestion as to the prompter despatch of business by direct communication, is not quite so clear. I am inclined to think that in many instances it would be necessary for the Council to make application to the Governor of the colony where the session might be held for papers or state documents required, that could only be obtained through the Governor, and it would therefore appear that communications of this nature must be made to him. Very little time, so far as I can see, would be lost in making communications through the Governor to the Secretary of State, and any gain that would be secured by communicating direct with the Secretary of State would be more than counterbalanced were the Council not to procure from the Governor state and official papers it will constantly require. I am quite unable to express any sympathy with the opinion that the President of the Council should communicate with Her Majesty otherwise than through the Governor of the colony in which the Council may happen to be sitting.
Mr. Griffith: As mover of the motion I should like to reply upon the question of practice that has been raised. For my own part, I entertain no doubt that the only proper mode of addressing Her Majesty is through the Governor of the colony in which the Council may happen to be sitting, whether the address is in terms addressed to Her Majesty or to him; That we have the right to address Her Majesty directly there can be no doubt, under the 29th section of the Act under which we have met, by which we are expressly empowered to make representations to Her Majesty. But it would be in the form of an address to herself, transmitted through the Governor. With respect to other matters upon which it may be necessary to address the Crown, as to matters of information which the Governor has in his possession, and which the Crown only can constitutionally give, I think the Governor of the colony should be personally addressed. Some hon. members have used the argument that we are confined within the four corners of the Act under which we meet. It is within the four corners of the Act that I find it clearly laid down, reading the Act by the light of constitutional practice, that we should communicate with Her Majesty through the Governor. A distinction has been taken between the Federal Council and other legislatures, and it has been urged that as the Governor of the colony in which we meet is not the Governor of all the colonies represented here, the constitutional rules do not apply. But there is nothing in the written constitutions of the various colonies requiring a written communication to be made to Her Majesty through the Governor. All that the written constitution says is that there shall be a legislature for each colony, and that Her Majesty, with the consent of those Legislatures, shall have power to make laws, and that there shall be a Governor, who shall be Her Majesty's representative, and who shall convene, prorogue, and dissolve Parliament. That is the whole of the written constitution. As to his making a speech at the opening of Parliament, or sending messages to the House, or the transmitting of messages to the Crown, there is nothing at all. So the Act under which we are met declares that the Crown, with the consent of this Council, may make laws, and that the Crown's representative in the colony where we meet shall be the person who convenes and prorogues the Council, and whose duty it shall be to assent in Her Majesty's name to any laws made. That covers the whole ground to be found in any written constitution of the colonies. The only difference is that this Council consists of one House instead of two. However, so does the present Legislature of Western Australia, and so at one time did the Legislatures of New South
Mr. Lee Steere: I must also take the opportunity of addressing a few words to the Council upon this subject, as I find that what I said yesterday has been wrongly reported in this morning's paper. I stated yesterday that I thought the President should be the means of communication between this Council and the Secretary of State at Home, and I have since heard nothing which would in any way induce me to alter my opinion. I consider that the President of the Federal Council occupies a different position to the Presidents or Speakers of other Legislatures. In all other Councils or Assemblies the President or Speaker is either appointed by the Governor, or elected by the Legislature itself, and his name submitted for the approval of the Governor as the representative of Her Majesty. In our Council nothing of the kind occurs. The President is appointed by the members without any reference to the approval of the Governor, and that is where I think the President of our Council occupies a different position and one that is more independent than the presidents of other councils. Neither can I see that there is any analogy between the position of the President of this Council, and the position of the Governor-General of Canada, the illustration which was given yesterday by Mr. Griffith, the hon. member for Queensland, because the Governor-General of Canada occupies a greater integral portion of the Government of Canada than the Governor of this colony does with respect to the Federal Council. Upon looking at the whole of the circumstances of the question I agree with the suggestion made by the hon. member for Victoria, Mr. Berry, that on this occasion we should adopt the motion proposed by the hon. member for Tasmania, Mr. Dodds. So far as I am concerned, it should not be taken as a consent on my part, or as an expression of consent, to that being the form of procedure which may continue to be followed, if some other manner should in the future be considered expedient.
The resolution was then put by the President, and agreed to.
Mr. Berry: In rising to move the second reading of the Federal Council Interpretation Bill, I wish to point out that it is more a formal enactment than anything else, the clauses of which will be fully explained in committee. It is not necessary for me to offer any further remarks, beyond moving that the bill be now read a second time.
Dr. Macgregor seconded the motion.
Mr. Griffith: I regret that the hon. member from Victoria (Mr. Berry) has not thought it worth while to give us any information in reference to the bill of which he has just moved the second reading. It is important in all bills introduced at the present time for those who introduce them to remember that there can be no very long time for deliberation when we once begin to deal with a bill, and that the subjects brought before the Federal Council this session should be only such as have not only have been fully considered, but are clearly right and free from objection. This is the more important because our functions are limited by this statute, although within those limits we have a large jurisdiction. This bill, as I understand it, is intended to be a sort of dictionary or glossary for the future legislation of the Council. It is necessary, I think, or convenient, at any rate, that some such Act of this kind should be passed. This is an Act which enables shorter language to be used in Acts of the Federal Council. Those who are familiar with the old Acts of Parliament are aware that in order to prevent any loopholes of escape being found the language used was, to say the least of it, of a very redundant nature. "He" was never used without "she" being also added, and the singular was never used without the plural being thrown in also. For many years past it has been the practice of legislatures to use shorter language in their enactments, and it is not by any means desirable we should go back to the old form. That in order to avoid questions as to construction it may be necessary that an Act of this kind should be passed. I have nothing to say with regard to the particular definitions in this bill, as I saw it before it was introduced, and I believe it supplies all necessary definitions. I am disposed, however, to take exception to the last clause, which is more a matter for standing orders than statutory for law. The clause states that all Acts shall be numbered arithmetically without any reference to the year of the reign in which they are passed. There are numerous advantages in the system of calling an Act by the year of the reign in in which it was passed, but that is not a matter which need be considered now. I also entertain some doubt as to the necessity for the 7th clause, which provides for the citing of acts of great antiquity before the seventh year of the reign of King Henry the Seventh. I know of nothing in our functions in which these acts are likely to be required to be mentioned, but the latter part of the section may be very useful. I confess that my familarity with the legislation of the reign of King Henry the Seventh is not sufficient to
Mr. Berry, None whatever (renewed laughter).
Mr. Griffith: But that I presume the hon. gentleman can do in committee. (Hear hear.)
The bill was then read a second time.
The President: Does the hon. gentleman propose to take the committee now?
Mr. Berry: Yes, pro forma.
Mr. Griffith: I suggest that it would be better to defer the committee until Monday next. It is not desirable to have even the appearance of haste in any of our proceedings.
Mr. Berry: I do not wish to give the appearance of haste to any of our proceedings, but at the same time it is necessary for us to make haste—with judgment. I thought a bill of this kind could have been considered at once. It has been under consideration for two days between the motions for introduction and second reading, but if the hon. member for Queensland desires a postponement until Monday, I have no objection. It only means our sittings being longer.
Mr. Griffith: Oh, no; it won't make any difference at all.
The President: The usual way is to commit bills pro forma.
Mr. Dodds: Better to move that the committee stand an order of the day for Monday next.
Mr. Berry: We always commit pro forma, and postpone the preamble.
Mr. Dodds: As I understand there is a doubt as to the practice on this point, I will say that it is the practice in this colony to move that the committee stand an order of the day for some future day. I suggest that the practice, being a convenient one, should be adopted in this case.
Mr. Griffith: Hear, hear.
Mr Berry: That will do. I will move that the committee stand an order of the day for Monday.
Mr. Dodds: I will second that.
Question put and passed.
Mr. Griffith said: In rising, Mr. President, to move the second reading of a bill to authorise the service of a civil process outside of the jurisdiction of the colony in which it is issued, I would point out that this is one of the subjects expressly referred by the Imperial Act to this Council in the words—"The service of civil process of the Courts of any colony within Her Majesty's possessions in Australasia out of the jurisdiction of the colony in which it was issued." I took the opportunity two or three days ago to say a few words in explanation of the nature of the difficulty that arises with respect to civil process. Each Legislature of the Australasian colonies has jurisdiction within its own territory only, and it can only give authority to its Courts to exercise a jurisdiction within that territory. Any person beyond the territory of a colony owes no allegiance to that colony, or to its Courts, or any process of those Courts. Consequently, a writ issued by any of our Courts is, beyond the limits of the colony in which the Court sits, so much waste paper. It may have a pretty seal, or be exceedingly formal in its language, but it is actually waste paper so far as its having any legal effect beyond the colony in which it is issued is concerned. I think none of the colonial legislatures can alter that, although perhaps it may be within the province of a colony to say that the writs of some other colony may be recognised within its limits. But no legislature is likely to do that. It is, of course, absurd for a man who has incurred debts or other liabilities, either by himself or in respect to property in which he is interested, to be exempt from justice in so far as his own obligation is concerned, simply because he has crossed the border. The subject is one which requires grave consideration, because if wise provisions are not made, a great deal of serious mischief might be done. There are a great many reasons why the process of the Courts of one country should not have effect outside its borders; and it is quite manifest that any such power, if given, must be limited to cases in which the subject matter of the action really arose within the colony which issued the process—where, in fact, in common sense, the Court of that colony is the proper Court to exercise the jurisdiction. Take, for instance, a case of divorce, where the man is living in Victoria and the wife goes away to Queensland with an adulterer; it is clear that in such a case the Supreme Court of Victoria is the proper Court to exercise the jurisdiction. Whether the decree of the Victorian Court would be recognised in New South Wales or Queensland, in which the defendant or her paramour might be found, involves an interesting question of international law. Personally the wife and corespondent would owe no allegiance to the Court of Victoria, but nevertheless that is the Court which ought to exercise the jurisdiction. So, too, with regard to land in Victoria. The Supreme Court of Victoria would be the proper Court to exercise jurisdiction in regard to it, although the person affected might be living outside its boundaries and owe it no allegiance, and a judgment obtained against him might be held outside of Victoria to be invalid. It has been held by the Supreme Court of New South Wales—and as I conceive rightly—that a judgment obtained in another colony against a person resident in New South Wales who does not appear or submit to the jurisdiction of the Court is of no effect. That is the difficulty which has been felt for some time, and this bill endeavours to deal with the subject; and in this way—by allowing a writ issued from the Court of one colony to be served in another—giving this right absolutely, but then limiting the effect of the service to cases in which the cause of the issue of the writ originated in the colony which seeks to exercise jurisdiction. Of course the Courts have in the past issued writs for service out of the jurisdiction, and there are two ways in which it has been done. In Great Britain the practice is that the Court gives in each case special leave to do so upon facts being shown to it to the effect that the cause of action arose within the country. In some of the colonies the
a) Land or other property situate or lying within the colony in which the writ of summons was issued; or (b) Shares or stock of a corporation or joint stock company having its principal place of business within that colony; or (c) Any deed, will, document, or thing effecting any such land, shares, stock, or property. That is the first condition. Something that is physically situated in the colony over which the Court would very properly have jurisdiction apart from any technical rules of international or municipal law. The second caseis—(2.) That any contract in respect of which relief is sought in the action against such defendant by way of enforcing, rescinding, dissolving, annulling, or otherwise affecting such contract, or by way of recovering damages or other remedy against such defendant for a breach thereof, was made or entered into within that colony. That is to say that if a man enters into a contract within a colony he must be prepared to acknowledge that the Courts of the colony have jurisdiction over him in connection with that contract, and that is, also, I think, in accordance with the fitness of things. (3.) That the relief sought against the defendant is in respect of a breach which took place within that colony of a contract wherever made. That is, if a man does an act, in the colony which is a breach of contract he is liable to the courts of the colony wherever the contract was made, and whether the breach be by himself or his agent; and that, too, is I think a correct case where the jurisdiction should be exercised. (4.) That any act or thing sought to be restrained or removed, or for which damages are sought to be recovered was done, or is to be done, or is situate within that colony. That would cover cases of what we call actions for wrong; where a wrongful act is done or proposed to be done, the court of the colony ought to have jurisdiction, even if the man has gone away, or having always been away, the action is done by his agent. (5.) That at the time when the liability sought to be enforced against the defendant arose, he was within that colony. That, of course, is right, or else a defendant could evade his responsibility by simply going across the border. (6.) That the domicile of the person against whom any relief is sought in a matrimonial cause is within that colony. That also is, I believe, in accordance with international law, but there may be some difficulty in saying exactly how far international law is applicable to the Colonies in connection with matrimonial causes. I believe these definitions are in accordance with the principles established by the Courts of Great Britain and most of the colonies, though they are rather wider than those recognised in some of them. I shall be glad if any improvement can be made in them, although I believe they will bear criticism. It is very important that they should be accurate; neither too wide nor too narrow. I believe them to define, as far as possible, the conditions under which the Court should have control over an absent defendant. The 11th section provides for the enforcing of any judgment recovered under the Act. Section 10 is a saving clause, which is necessary, because the proceedings will invariably be ex parte in the first instance. Information may be given to the Court in support of the order, which may have no foundation in fact, and in reality, the defendant may not be properly amenable to the jurisdiction of the Court. By section 10, if that is made to appear in any part of the proceedings, no further steps are to be taken in the action against the defendant. That is, I think, sufficient safeguard, with which this Act may be passed with safety. I have hesitated about bringing forward a bill on such an important matter as this. It will establish a principle which has never yet been formally recognised anywhere, and which therefore deserves every consideration. I have hesitated because our numbers are but limited, and because there is not that element of permanency about the constitution of the Council that I think most desirable. Unless, therefore, this bill is likely to commend itself to all the legislatures represented here, it would not be wise to proceed with it at present. After great consideration I have come to the conclusion that we may proceed with it safely, and unless reasons are urged against it, I propose to proceed with it and pass it into law.
Mr. Dodds said: I have great pleasure in seconding the motion for the second reading of the bill, inasmuch as its provisions commend themselves to my judgment in regard to matters that require legislation. It was with me for some time a matter of considerable doubt whether we should proceed with any legislation during the present session, for similar reasons to those referred to by Mr. Griffith, and I confess I was in-
Mr. Dickson said: Mr. President, this is a measure which laymen must, to a great extent, take upon trust—the trust that it has been duly framed and digested by the legal members of the Council. I do not rise to offer any opposition to the bill, but simply to say that in dealing with it we are binding our respective colonies; it should, therefore, not be disposed of without a great deal of deliberation. Even as a layman I can see clearly that the bill is one of very great importance indeed, and one which should be well considered before we pass it. I should have preferred that the bill had been circulated throughout the different colonies represented in this union, so that the question might have been fully ventilated, and any weak parts of it detected. I have, however, great confidence in the legal gentlemen who have spoken on the subject, and if, upon full reflection, they are convinced that it would be beneficial to the colonies of the union I shall not offer any objections to the measure. At the same time I express my opinion that it would have been preferable had the various colonies had an opportunity of considering it, and especially the legal gentlemen of the various colonies, whose opinions as to its necessity would have been of great importance. I recognise the necessity for such a measure. The only difficulty that occurs to my mind is, whether the form in which it is to be presented to us is likely to be most effectual in its purpose, while being least injurious in its effects. My own belief is that the measure will be a very useful one, but it is one on which the lay members of the Council will have to trust greatly to the ability of the legal members.
Mr. Douglas: A bill of this kind, sir, is very greatly needed. Anyone who knows the facts must be aware of the inconvenience that results from not having such a law as this. The people of these colonies speak the same language, and, in reality, if a person leave one colony for another, it is just the same as if he went from one part of a colony to another part of the same colony.
Ease of communication between the colonies renders it absolutely necessary that an Act of this kind should be passed, the chief thing being to see that we have the proper power, and that we do not abuse the power vested in us. That we have the power is perfectly certain. The question with which the bill is concerned is one that was strongly advocated at the convention, and is one that will commend itself to the common sense of all persons. It would be extremely useful in cases of contracts entered into between persons in this colony and in Victoria, and there is no doubt that the other colonies will be brought to believe that the passing of such an Act is a desirable thing. As to the power of this Council to bind the colonies represented upon it we may safely leave the legal part of it to them, only satisfying ourselves that we are going in the right direction by carrying out a measure of this kind. A knowledge of the ordinary concerns of life shows us that something of this sort is necessary, and I believe that if we pass the bill it will give satisfaction to the entire Federation.
Question put and passed, and committal of the bill made an order of the day for Monday.
Mr. Berry postponed the order of the day standing in his name, for the second reading of the Federal Evidence Bill, until Monday.
On the motion of Mr. Douglas, the Council, at half-past 12 o'clock, adjourned till Monday next.
Monday, February 1, 1886.
Messages from the Governor—Standing Orders Committee's Report Notices of Motion—Postponement—The Recidivate Question—Federal Judgment Bill—Federal Council Interpretation Bill—Service of Civil Process Bill—Federal Evidence Bill—Adjournment.
The President took the chair at 11 o'clock.
The President: I have to inform the Council that I have received the following message from His Excellency the Governor:—
"The Governor transmits herewith, to the President of the Federal Council, a copy of a telegram which he has received this morning from the Secretary of State for the Colonic:—
"Referring to your telegram of the 26th January, the Queen begs me to express her acknowledgments of loyal address of Federal Council.
Geo. C. Strahan.Government House, Hobart, 30th January, 1886 .
I think it right to mention that a copy of this telegram, almost verbatim, with the exception of one word which is in the singular instead of the plural, and makes some difference in the meaning, appears in one of the papers this morning; and I think it my
The President: I have also received the following message from His Excellency the Governor:—
"The Governor desires to inform the Federal Council that in compliance with the request contained in their address of the 29th ultimo, he forwarded on the 30th ult., the following telegraphic message to the Secretary of State forth Colonies:—I have been requested by Federal Council to forward to Her Majesty by telegraph following resolution:—" That, in the opinion of this Council, it is desirable that further information be obtained from official sources with respect to the present position of affairs in the islands of Raiatea and Samoa.'"
Mr. Griffith brought up the report of the Select Committee appointed to prepare Standing Rules and Orders for the conduct of the business of the Council, and moved that it be printed.
Question put and passed.
The following notices of motion were given:—
Mr. Griffith to move,—That the Standing Rules and Orders prepared by the Standing Orders Committee, appointed on the 26th of January, be adopted by this Council. (Wednesday).
Mr. Dodds to move,—That in the opinion of this Council it is desirable that an Australian Court of Appeal be established, and that it be an instruction to the Standing Committee during the recess to ascertain by what means the establishment of such a court can be best promoted. (Thursday.)
Mr. Griffith,—To lay on the table certain correspondence with respect to the proposed separation of a portion of Northern Queensland from that colony, and to move that the papers be printed. (Tuesday.)
The following notice of motion, standing in the name of Mr. Dickson, was postponed till to-morrow,—"That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid upon the table of this Council all despatches and other papers relating to the establishment and administration of Her Majesty's Protectorate in New Guinea."
Mr. "That the Convention protests in the strangest manner against the declared intention of the Government of France to transport large numbers of relapsed criminals to the French possessions in the Pacific, and urges Her Majesty's Government to use every means in its power to prevent the adoption of a course so disastrous to the interests of Australasia." "That the Convention expresses a confident hope that no penal settlement for the reception of European criminals will long continue to exist in the Pacific; and invites Her Majesty's Government to make to the Government of France such serious representations on this subject as may be deemed expedient"Griffith said: Mr. President, I rise to move,—"That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid before this Council such information as he may consider expedient with respect to the action that has been taken by Her Majesty's Imperial Government as to the proposed deportation of relapsed criminals to the French possessions in the Pacific." I do not propose to say very much on this subject, but I may briefly call attention to the present position of the question. Two resolutions on the subject were adopted by the Convention in
Hon. members of the Council are aware that at that time a measure was before the French Parliament providing for the deportation of relapsed criminals, and it was anticipated that New Caledonia, or the neighbouring islands, would very probably be adopted as the place for deportation. I do not think we have to complain that the Imperial Government did not receive our remonstrance in the same spirit in which we made it. A great deal of correspondence has taken place on the subject since, some of which, of course, cannot be made public and laid on the table of the Council, but I think it will be interesting and valuable if a record of what has been done in the matter between the meeting of the convention and the assembling of the Federal Council, and which can be published, is made to form a part of the records of the present session. Amongst other things that took place, as you, sir, and all other non. members are aware, was the preparation of a measure by which in the event of common action not being taken by the Federal Council action might be taken by the separate colonies individually, which, at the request of the other colonies, I undertook to frame. That was treated as confidential, although I believe the general nature of its provisions was pretty well known both in the colonies and in England. On referring to the correspondence that has taken place, which is contained in the Blue Books laid before the Imperial Parliament, we may be tolerably well satisfied that at the present time there will be no very largo number of recidivistes transported to New Caledonia. After the principal Act was passed, a bill was brought into the French Parliament, and, I think, carried, although I have no official information on the subject, providing for an appropriation of money to give effect to the Act that we are accustomed to call the Recidiviste Act—the law of the
Mr. Dickson seconded the motion.
Mr. Berry said: Mr. President—In rising to support the motion I will take the opportunity of referring to a mode in which this Council may obtain information with regard to important matters. The short session which we are likely to hold would scarcely be utilised to its fullest extent if the Council had no other way of obtaining information than by an address to the Governor. Although i t is highly desirable that any information that the Governor can communicate to the Council should be so communicated, and that we should be in possession of all information from that source, still it is very frequently the case that information of a very important character may not be officially in the possession of the Governor, and yet may be substantially in possession of one or other of the Premiers of the various colonial Governments, I think it would facilitate our general knowledge on these important questions, and consequently enable us to deal more promptly with them, even if only in the shape of discussion, were one to apply to them, than to avail ourselves solely of the source of information in the motion now before the Council. I am under the impression that recent information which has not, in all probability been communicated to the Governor, indicating something more than a probability that the French Government still contemplate the sending of criminals to New Caledonia under the new Act; and I think it would be important that not only the information which the Governor of Tasmania can communicate to this Council, but also information of any character of a later date that is in the possession of the Premiers of the various colonies represented here, should also be communicated at the earliest date to the Council, in order that we may know the exact state of affairs with regard to any contemplated deportation of criminals in a neighbouring community. The first notice of motion on the paper was postponed by Mr. Dickson rather suddenly, and I am rather inclined to regret it. Considering the brief period we still have at our disposal before the session terminates, as little time as possible should be lost in bringing these important questions forward. I presume the hon. member has some reason for postponing the motion, but I hope and trust that at the next sitting of the Council he will be prepared to go on with his motion, which I regard as a very important one. But my chief object in rising to support this motion was to suggest that if there are any other sources from whence important intelligence can be made available to this Council we should not hesitate to obtain it, so as to enable us to consider in what way, if any, we can deal with a question of this importance. With these remarks I beg to support the motion of the hon. member from Queensland.
Dr. Macgregor: Mr. President, I fully agree with the opinion of the hon. member who has moved this address, that it is highly desirable that all papers connected with this important question should be laid before this Council. I do not think, sir, that the great interest that existed with regard to this matter two or three years ago can be considered to have much abated. The question certainly has lost as yet none of its original importance. One cannot help thinking, judging from the English and Continental Press, that the great importance of this question is under estimated in Europe. I have noticed very frequently, especially in the Continental Press, that we are considered to be a little too irritable on this point, but it is impossible for people living in this part of the world to forget the very important consideration that the French convicts sent out here, are not sent out as settlers or colonists, but are deported here because it is felt that they constitute a moral and social danger in their own country. That being so it is impossible for us to forget the fact that they may very likely prove a moral and social danger to us living in the neighbouring colonies. When in New Caledonia recently I had the opportunity of seeing a large number of convicts that had just arrived. They numbered 359, and were brought out in a transport, and landed about a month ago. As far as I could ascertain these were not relapsed criminals, but ordinary convicts, but, after all, that appears to be very much a question of degree, and I am not at all sure that ordinary convicts, associated for a number of years with a larger number of relapsed convicts, are not in the end just as likely to be as bad men as the relapsed convicts themselves. As far as one could see very great care is exercised in trying to prevent those convicts from escaping. I believe that five ships of war are constantly retained about New Caledonia, and one can notice that there is a very large force of armed guards, and as far as the performance of their duty goes, I believe that those ships and guards do it as well as it is possible for it to be done, but experience shows that in spite of all these precautions those men do sometimes escape. While visiting the colony of New Caledonia, what appeared to me to be, perhaps, the most important question in regard to the whole subject is the future of the convicts sent there. What is to become of them? It must be manifest to anyone who sees New Caledonia that it will be impossible for these men to settle there permanently after expiration of their sentences, and it, therefore, appears to me to be just as important for us to watch what is to be done with these men—whether or not they are to be taken away to some other place—as it is important for us to observe the fact of their being brought there. The one question seems to me to be just as important as the other. I believe that the question of the future of the convicts has occupied the consideration of the authorities of New Caledonia, and that being so, for the present perhaps it is unnecessary to say more on that point than simply draw attention to it, as one that appears to be of the greatest importance in the consideration of this question. In dealing with this subject, I am not looking at it from a purely theoretical point of view. In the colony of Fiji we have already experienced a certain amount of inconvenience from some of these convicts. Several of them have reached that colony. Whether they are relapsed convicts, or escaped con-
Mr. Dickson: I cordially agree with the hon. member for Victoria in saying that all possible sources of information, at the disposal of the different colonies who are represented at this conference, should be placed before hon. members, so that the fullest light may be thrown on the subject under consideration; and it is not altogether apart from that view that I postponed the notice of motion standing in my name to a future day. I consider this question of the deportation of French criminals to the Pacific of very great importance indeed to the whole of Australasia, and having witnessed the disastrous effects felt in the colony of which I have the honour to be representative by the landing of these escapees from New Caledonia, I feel that it is only my duty to add my voice to the general and considerate remonstrance which these colonies, I trust, will continuously offer to the deportation of French criminals into any part of Australasia. This, as I have said, I consider one of the most important questions, concerning not only the present, but the future of Australasia, and it is a question which is, perhaps, too apt to be lost sight of by English statesmen in connection with the growing importance of these colonies. We have no definite or distinct assurance that the deportation of these criminals will cease, but I believe, sir, that if a continued remonstrance is presented by these colonies, and continuously couched in the moderate and respectful language in which it has been conducted on this and previous occasions, that even the French Republic will not be inaccessible to the united voice of the Federal Council of Australasia represented through the Colonial Office. We have had considerable difficulty in dealing with this question in Queensland. I believe I am justified in saying that Queensland has had a constant influx of these escapees from Now Caledonia, and the most disastrous effects have been felt. Not only has it tended largely to give additional work to the police of the colony, but it has been a constant menace and source of disquietude to the inhabitants of the different towns in the seaboard of Queensland, and what we have felt in the first place on account of our proximity to New Caledonia will undoubtedly be felt if the evil be continued to a still larger extent in the more populous cities and towns in the South. I, therefore, consider, sir, that it is the duty of this Council, not only at the present time, but in all future occasions, unless this system is terminated to raise a general remonstrance against any attempt on the part of the French Republic to deport more criminals to Now Caledonia. I think that this is not so much a matter as to the character of the criminals—although we know from sad experience in Queensland that the criminals so deported are of the most expert class in burglary and other crimes—as to the danger if the system be continued that it will in time largely infiltrate the criminal class of Australasia. I am, therefore, very glad this motion has been brought on, and that the opinion of the Council has been expressed, and I trust that that opinion will continually be insisted upon, and that by all legitimate and moderate means representations will continue to be made to the French authorities of the in-advisability of deporting to the islands of the Pacific those criminals who have and will, no doubt, very largely tend, when they escape to our shores, to increase the criminal classes in Australia.
The President: I think I may be permitted to say a word or two on this question. I have in my possession certain papers containing information which, though not officially in the hands of the Council, has been in the hands of the Premiers of the various colonies for some time, and, if not made public, it is desirable that it should be. Probably the motion now before the House will elicit the information in the official form in which it has already come before me. Up to quite recently, within the last week or fortnight, I was under the impression that the danger arising from the influx into New Caledonia of French criminals, under the écidiviste legislation, had been reduced to a minimum, and that the French Government had pretty well given up the idea of sending convicts to that colony, but within the last few days a despatch has come to these colonies, and I believe to each separate Government, which shows that the danger is not over yet, through a letter which has arrived from our ambassador in Paris, Lord Lyons, to whom I may refer as having given his most earnest attention to this subject. (Hear, hear.) I think the
Règlements d' Administration Publiqne,' and that the first of these règlements shall be promulgated within six months of the promulgation of the law itself, and that the law shall become operative on the promulgation of this first règiement. The transported convicts are to be divided into two categories, those in the first to be treated 'individually,' and those in the second, 'collectively.' The first category is to consist of those who show that they have honourable means of subsistence, by the exercise of professions, trades, or handicrafts; those who are considered fit to receive grants of land; and those who are authorised to contract engagements for work or service with the State, the colonies, or with private persons. It would seem that criminals belonging to this category are to be sent to any French colony or possession, and that they are to live there separately, and in a state of liberty, and are to be subject to the ordinary law and jurisdiction. The second category, or those subjected to what is called 'La relegation collective" are to be placed in establishments in which their subsistence is provided for by the authorities, and they are to be obliged to work. They are to be sent to Guiana, or, if necessary, New Caledonia or its dependencies." It will be seen one of the rules is this, that transported convicts are to be divided into two categories. In one of these the convicts are to be treated individually. This category consists of those who are able to show that they can gain an honest living, or by some trade, profession, or handicraft have an honourable means of subsistence. The others are to consist of what they call "collectively relegated," those who are sent abroad as they have been hitherto, to New Caledonia in large numbers on board ships, to be provided for by the authorities and dealt with by them directly. The difficulty is, that the second category, which would seem to imply the worst class, as they comprise those who have no means of living and no trade or handicraft to fall back upon, and who, if not provided for by the Government, must necessarily prey on the community at large. The second category, the "collectively relegated," are to be placed in establishments in which their subsistence is provided by the authorities, and they are obliged to work. They are to be sent to Guiana or New Caledonia and its dependencies. That brings the question fresh before our minds. I must allude to the interest taken by the hon. member for Queensland, Mr. Griffith, who went to a great deal of trouble since the convention met, and brought up a bill at the request of the various colonies to deal with the matter. We all feel the necessity of watching very carefully, but in dealing with a high spirited and proud nation, whilst using every courtesy, civility, and delicacy in our treatment of the subject, I think it behoves us to deal in a firm and resolute manner, such as becomes the importance of the matter to these colonies. It is perfectly manifest that if we are to be subjected to a continual influx of criminals into New Caledonia, it must sooner or later overflow into these colonies, and the very fountains of our social morality will be infiltrated with the moral filth, which must of necessity produce disastrous consequences to future generations. I presume the hon. member who has given notice of this motion expects to receive this information at a sufficiently early date to enable the Council to pass some resolution on the subject, if it is considered desirable. I presume the information is such as is now in the possession of the Governor of Tasmania, and it is not necessary it should be wired home for as the other information, the reply in respect of which I read this morning. I must express my pleasure that this matter should have been brought up so prominently, and I do trust the session will not end until we have given distinct and deliberate, but respectful expression to our views upon this matter. (Hear, hear.)
Mr. Griffith: I wish to point out that the information upon this subject is in possesion of His Excellency the Governor of this colony. All the information which we desire to have formally placed on record, has been forwarded to the Governors of the various colonies. I have seen it, and I think the series of Blue Books up to the Blue Book of
Mr. Lee Steere: On behalf of the colony I represent, I heartily sympathise with the resolution. It may be considered that we are so remote from New Caledonia that we cannot have any particular interest as to the deportation of French criminals. We, however, do sympathise with the other colonics in their endeavours to prevent the criminals landing on the coasts of Australia nearer to themselves than we are. We sympathise with those colonies who are endeavouring to prevent these criminals landing, and I fully agree with the hon. member from Fiji, that we must not be lulled into a false sense of security. The evil is not yet abated. I believe that France will not be able to continue to deport her criminals to French Guiana, for from what I know of the climate, and I have been in Guiana, it is so deadly that I am certain no European can live there, in convict establishments at any rate. If France continues to carry out her wishes in the deportation of criminals she must send them to New Caledonia, or some other islands in the Pacific. It is necessary we should keep ourselves alive to the fact that these criminals will continue to be liable to escape and land on some portion of the main land. I was in hopes the hon. member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith) would have brought before us the bill, that I believe is drawn up, to prevent the influx of criminals. Probably, how-
The motion was agreed to.
Mr. Berry: In rising to move the second reading of the Federal Judgment Bill, I desire to state that I will not ask the Council to go into committee upon it this morning, but when we do go into committee upon it l propose to ask the Council to make certain amendments in the bill as circulated. The bill, as circulated, deals with judgments of the Imperial Court, as well as the Supreme Courts of the various colonies. In committee, I shall ask the Council to agree to our amendment which will confine the operations of the bill to judgments of the Supreme Courts alone. I may mention that this subject was discussed pretty fully at the conference of delegates from the various colonies, held in
Mr. Dodds said:—I am glad to hear from the hon. gentleman who introduced the bill, that he intends in committee to submit certain alterations, and I trust he will see his way clear to make other amendments than those he has intimated to us. The hon. gentleman is quite right in saying that the Parliament of Tasmania passed an Act in the year
Mr. Lee Steere said: It appeal's to me that in dealing with this and other purely legal matters the lay members of the Council must rely in a great measure on the opinion of the legal representatives, although I am able to understand the general scope of this
Mr. Griffith said: I feel a great deal of difficulty in regard to this bill. I believe that what has given rise to the introduction of a bill of this kind has been principally the matter referred to by the hon. member from Western Australia—the case of local courts, the judgments of which there is at present no means of enforcing beyond the colony. That difficulty has long been complained of as between South Australia and Victoria, and though I was not aware of it before now, in Western Australia. With respect to the judgments of the Supreme Courts, they are already enforced in all the Australasian colonies except those of Fiji. Only in the case of Fiji is there any exception, and the reason of that is that the Acts were passed before Fiji became a colony. I am not aware whether the Tasmanian law recognises the judgments of Fiji or not. So that so far as the judgments of the Supreme Courts are concerned, there seems to be no necessity for action. As to local courts, it is easy to give reasons why under similar circumstances the judgments should be enforced, but the matter requires grave consideration. For instance, in Queensland there are courts called Small Debts Courts or Courts of Petty Sessions, and they have jurisdiction in matters up to £30. These Courts may be held before any two justices of the peace, but that does not necessarily indicate a highly competent tribunal. It might happen that a judgment might be obtained improperly, and if it is asked that the Courts of another colony shall enforce a judgment of that sort without further scrutiny or notice to the defendant, the action is not one to be taken without grave consideration. There are courts in the other colonies of the same character as these. They are good for what they have to do, and what they do in their own colony is subject to review, and if they make mistakes the mistakes can be corrected. But if we allow the judgments to be transferred greater difficulties may arise. I mention this, not to say that I am opposed to the principle, but because it requires grave consideration before we can actually see the effect of it. It has lately been the practice of the Imperial Government, when proposing to introduce into the Imperial Parliament any measure affecting the colonies, to cause copies of the draft bill to be sent to the Governments of the colonies which are to be affected by it. When by this means they have obtained a consensus of opinion, and ascertained what are the alterations desired, a bill is introduced which is found to be agreeable to everybody. I have pointed out two difficulties with respect to the inferior courts and to the Supreme Court of Fiji, but another question comes in, whether judgments ought to be allowed to be enforced in any case without notice being given to the defendants, and there is a good deal to be said on both sides on this point. We all know that judgment is often obtained against a man without personal service. The Court in which such judgment is recovered takes such steps as it thinks necessary to see that the defendant had notice of the proceedings before judgment was obtained against him. But the Court might be deceived, and if we are going to allow service of process beyond the jurisdiction of the Court in which it is issued, this is all the more necessary. Suppose a writ were issued in Tasmania to be served in Western Australia, and it is served there, or evidence is brought to the Court in Tasmania that satisfies it that the defendant was served with the writ, or that he knows all about it. Yet the man might not be in Western Australia at all, but in Queensland, and the first intimation that he might have of the judgment would be the notice that his property in Queensland was for sale by the sheriff. That would not be pleasant to him, nor would it be creditable to the legislation under which it could take place. I remember a case of this sort, where a person in the public service was absent from the capital of the colony for a long time, some months, and when he came back and applied for his salary, he was informed that it had all been paid over to a creditor under an execution, and when he made further enquiry, found that the plaintiff who had obtained his salary was a man he did not know, and with whom he had had no transactions at all.
Mr. Berry: Did that all take place in one colony?
Mr. Griffith: Yes. It all took place in Queensland. Of course there was little or no difficulty in getting the judgment set aside, but he could not get the money back again. That was not in the power of that court, or any court in the world, as the plaintiff had not got it This was another point which required careful consideration. The hon. member who introduced the bill said he proposed to make some amendments in committee, but it would be very convenient to see them in print before hon. members went on with the bill, and having regard to the difficulties which had been pointed out I doubt whether it would not be better to have a deliberate opinion from each of the colonies before taking any final action. I throw this out for the consideration of the Council. It is much more important that we
Dr. Macgregor said: Mr. President,—It will have been gathered, from what has already been said by hon. members, that this bill is a very important matter for the colony of Fiji. It is a fact, I believe, that none of the other colonies have provided for the execution of judgments, within their jurisdiction, of the Supreme Court of Fiji. On the other hand, Fiji has made provision for the execution of the judgments of the Supreme Court of the other colonies within Fiji. In ex officio Commissioners of the Supreme Court, and have a jurisdiction extending up to a maximum of £50. But all cases in which judgment is given for any sum between £10 and £50 are sent to the Supreme Court for revision, when the Chief Justice may order any part of the case or the whole case to be reheard, or, if he deems it necessary, may order the case to be heard in the Supreme. No execution can issue until the case has been revised in the Supreme Court. Probably, therefore, there would be less difficulty in dealing with judgments from the inferior courts of Fiji than there would be in the other colonies. But it is a matter requiring very great care, and I should hardly be prepared to include at first the decisions of the lower courts. At the same time I hope and trust that, as far as the decisions of the Supreme Courts are concerned we shall now make a provision that will be universally applicable to all the colonics in the federation. I am sure that the colonists of Fiji would be very much disappointed indeed if an Act were not passed dealing at all events with the judgments of the Supreme Court.
Mr. Dickson said: Mr. President,—From the discussion that has taken place it would appear that the bill as it now stands would be a questionable benefit to three of the colonies, and will only benefit Fiji. There is no doubt it is a very large question, but the key-note seems to have been struck by the hon. member from Western Australia as to whether the bill should not apply to the judgments of the lower courts. That seems to me the chief reason why such a bill as this should pass, if it passes at all, so far as the federated colonies on the mainland are concerned. The dangers or evils that may ensue from such a system have been very clearly pointed out by the Premier of Queensland, and I am of opinion that our wisest course would be to affirm the principle of the bill by allowing it to pass its second reading, and then refer it to a committee, their amendments to be taken into consideration at a future session. I do not think it would be wise to go into a large amount of legislation of this character in the present session. It is not demanded of us. The colonies which have sent representatives to this Federal Council desired to sec the Council established upon a firm basis with a view to future proceedings. Certainly, I do not think they expect us to commit them to a measure such as this till they have had an opportunity of ventilating it for themselves and expressing their own opinions upon it. I have no wish to prevent public business being proceeded with, but I desire it to be proceeded with in a manner which will be satisfactory to the federated colonies and creditable to ourselves. I deprecate hasty legislation, which is not demanded from us at the present time. I trust my remarks will not lead hon. members to infer that I consider this an unnecessary measure. I think that in an amended form it will be a very great benefit, but that form is a matter for serious consideration, and that consideration we cannot give in the limited time at our disposal this session. I will, therefore, suggest that the bill be allowed to pass its second reading, and that the legal members especially should be invited to consider it and formulate their amendments to it, and their report may very well be taken as the groundwork of legislation on the subject in a future session.
Mr. Douglas: I think the better way of dealing with a bill of this description would be to remit it to a committee of the legal members of the Council, in conjunction with the Council, in order to compare the existing law of the various colonies on the subject, to see how far this measure can be improved upon. In some respects this bill would not be an improvement on the existing law, but rather the reverse; and I think it better that the mover, and the member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith) and the representative of Tasmania (Mr. Dodds), should form a committee to report on the bill, so that we
Mr. Lee Steere: This bill only deals with courts of record.
Mr. Douglas: The Courts of Petty Sessions are presided over by the magistrates who may happen to be there, and it certainly would not do to extend their jurisdiction under this bill. As, therefore, according to the mover, this bill will have to be completely altered before it is presented to the Council again, it would be very much better to refer it at once to a select committee such as I have suggested. A bill of this sort must be framed in a most careful manner, especially as our present law is in some respects much better than that which is now proposed to be substituted for it. If the hon. member does not do so, I shall, after the second reading is passed, move that the bill be referred to a select committee to bring up a report on it and an amended bill.
The President: I should like to say a word or two on this subject, as I think it was understood at the opening of the session that the President should not be altogether precluded from taking part in the debates. That this subject requires legislation must, I think, be evident from the fact that the convention unanimously agreed that it should be one of the subjects introduced into the bill submitted by the convention to the Imperial Government. Not only so, but it is one of the subjects which the convention decided should be dealt with by the Federal Council. It is one of the six subjects-now seven, I think—which were remitted by the Adopting Bill itself, without any special reference to the local Parliament, to this Council. Therefore, it appears to me, that the subject was considered not only ripe for discussion, but ripe for legislation. It is one of those subjects which, the Convention thought, might not only be safely remitted to the Federal Council, but might be so safely remitted without having previously filtered through the local legislatures—being one of the "a b c" clauses. That being the case it appears to me, it must be admitted, in the first place, that it was found by the convention that there was a necessity for legislation on this subject. Some remarks have fallen from hon. members which seem to indicate that the bill is surplus, at all events so far as Supreme Court judgments are concerned, as that they can be already enforced in the various colonies, except Fiji. I agree very much with the remarks of Mr. Le Steere that all the value of this bill will be lost if it does not enforce the judgments of inferior courts. In consultation with my colleague, and in discussion outside which has taken place on this subject, there has been a general feeling that the bill would not be complete unless it did embrace what it does embrace, viz., the judgments of all Courts of Record throughout the colonies. I think that the feeling which Mr. Dickson has expressed is uppermost in the minds of all of us, viz., that we must not proceed to legislate unless we think we can carry the public feeling of the federated colonies along with us. That feeling, I think, is very strong. To make a mistake in regard to it would be a very sad mistake indeed, and, therefore, I thoroughly hold with those gentlemen who desire to walk warily and cautiously, and would rather that the Council should be blamed for having done little, than blamed for doing something wrong. At the same time we must not be too timid in acting, where we can see our way to do so. The effect of a law of this sort in reference to small debt cases would be felt more in the immediate neighbourhood of the boundaries of the various colonies. Take, for example, Echuca and Moama, the two border towns over the Murray, one in New South Wales and the other in Victoria. Supposing New South Wales was in the union, we all know the good result that would follow, and it would be the same between South Australia and Victoria. We know that small debtors are in the habit of crossing the border line to evade, it may be, their grocer's bill or other small amount, an amount which, although trifling in itself, is of importance to the creditor, and those people are exasperated by those men, who have merely to cross an imaginary line to get out of jurisdiction and free from the judgments of the courts. I am quite sure that if a bill of this sort was in operation we would have a larger number of the people residing on the border-lands of each of the colonies, supporting the action of the Federal Council, and feeling that this Council was good for Australia. On the other hand, I cannot help feeling that if there be difficulties, as has been mentioned, that the legal members of the Council must be relied upon. If there be difficulties, I would rather proceed slowly and by degrees, and go on in the meantime with the judgments of the Supremo Court, leaving the other matter to a future session but then, again, Mr. Griffith or Mr. Dickson seems to indicate that at the present time this law would be surplusage, or almost so, if confined to the Supreme Court Now, I understood in conversation with several members of this Council in private, and also from conversation with several legal gentlemen, that it would not be so, because I understood that whilst at the present time process now existed by which judgments could be enforced, it was by a roundabout process, not at all satisfactory, and that in point of fact when a judgment was registered, and its execution followed thereupon, if you had to take the judgment to another colony, you had to apply for an issue upon a new action. (No.) I was under that impression, and I have taken every care to get full information on this subject. I was under the impression that so far as the Supreme Court judgments were concerned that this bill would be of great value.
Mr. Dodds: It would secure uniformity of practice.
The President: That would be a very great point. Mr. Griffith has illustrated his argument by a case in his own colony which tells against present law as much as against the new federal law. If he shows that such would result I would desire to point out that in the 8th clause of this bill it is proposed to give the court authority and full power to stay execution in the event of good cause being shown. In reference to giving notice to the debtor before proceeding to register the judgment. I do not know whether that is provided for, but it would be a simple thing to do so in committee, and care must be taken that the interests of all persons, debtors included, must be carefully protected. It would never do to leave anyone open to have an execution or judgment proceeded with in his absence. I think care has been taken in that other bill—the service of Civil Process Bill—to provide a good deal of security in regard to this matter. I think that the suggestion made by Mr. Douglas is a most excellent one, and if the hon. member who moved the second reading of the bill can see his way to adopt that course I think it will be exceedingly satisfactory. The bill need not be shelved. There is time during the intervals of sitting here to do that which was done most effectively at the convention in regard to the Enabling Bill. That bill was the result of the labours of a Select Committee of the convention, and a more excellent bill I do not think ever was prepared so hastily or speedily. I do not use these words in their obnoxious meaning—no such thing; it was done quickly and well, and nothing astonished me so much in going through that bill from time to time, and as various circumstances arose to direct special attention to special features in it, to find that there was not a hitch in it, and that the bill substantially carried out almost everything that was proposed and expected, and that although it was not altered in any material sense by the Imperial Government and Parliament, it has come here to us perfect, so far as its application to our needs is required. Therefore, I suggest on the second reading being passed that the course suggested by Mr. Douglas be adopted.
Mr. Berry: I quite concur in the suggestion of the hon. member for Tasmania, Mr. Douglas, that it will be as well in the circumstances that the bill now read a second time should be referred to a Select Committee, and I propose to ask the Council to pass a resolution of that character. I may mention, sir, that I quite agree with you that there should be no shelving of the bill Fortunately I have in type a well considered alternative proposal in which the inferior courts are left out, and the bill drafted to meet the case of the Supreme Court alone. It will facilitate the work of the Select Committee very materially, and I would suggest that it might meet this afternoon, in order that we may have no delay, and be enabled to proceed with the bill to-morrow. I move—"That the bill be remitted to a Select Committee, consisting of Mr. Griffith, Mr. Dodds, and myself to consider the matter, and bring up a bill in the form in which it can pass from this Council."
Mr. Douglas seconded.
The motion was passed, and the committee appointed accordingly.
On the motion of Mr. Berry, the President left the chair, and the Council resolved itself into committee on the Federal Council Interpretation Bill.
Clause 1 was read and passed.
On clause 2, "Interpretation of Terms."
Mr. Griffith would like to see the term "Australasian Colonies" more clearly defined. Instead of saying that the term should include any British colonies which might be hereafter created out of the territories now forming the colonies, or elsewhere in Australasia, it would be better to adopt the words of the Imperial Act, and say that the term should include any colonies formed within Her Majesty's possessions in Australasia."
The amendment was agreed to.
In reference to the definition of the word justice, Mr Griffith proposed that the term should mean a justice of the peace of the colony in respect of which the term is used.
The President thought the context in the case would show what meaning the term would have, without the necessity of making the amendment. It would save the words "justice of the peace" being put into the body of every bill.
Mr. Griffith pointed out that the question would be what colony was it intended the justice should belong to.
Mr. Berry: Of all.
Mr. Griffith said there were few of those justices, and he did not know any of them. By adopting his amendment they would be able to shorten the language used in Acts a great deal more.
Mr. Berry: Supposing it is to be done in all the other colonies?
Mr. Griffith thought it was a question what was meant. Was it meant that a justice of the peace of Tasmania might act for Fiji, or vice versa. There were two interpretations that could be put upon the words, but his amendment would set the matter at rest.
Mr. Berry thought if they were so full in their interpretations of this clause they would have to do the same to all the others. "Land" might mean land referred to in any particular colony, instead of the general terms throughout the entire statute, It was intended that anything done by a justice in any one of the federal colonies could be done by a justice in another. It would scarcely be meditated that a justice of the peace in one colony could do something that a justice in another could not do. If anything can be done by a justice in Victoria, it can also be done in Tasmania by a justice within his own jurisdiction.
Mr. Griffith: That's exactly what I want to say.
Mr. Berry: It goes without saying. You did not wish to confer powers on one justice without conferring them upon another.
Mr. Griffith: My amendment will provide for that.
Mr. Berry said that the functions imposed on a justice in one jurisdiction would be imposed on a justice in another. The object of the interpretation was simply to make the meaning clear.
Mr. Dodds thought there would be some advantages in Mr. Berry's suggestion, but Mr. Griffith's amendment would make it clearer in the case of the law having an application to half a dozen colonies. It was clear the term "justice" would be used in application to the whole, and it appeared to him to make clear what was intended the word would be used in respect of the colony in which the law would have application. If the law had application to more than one, the words would have equal application. There was no harm in the introduction of the words, as they would put the meaning of the clause beyond doubt, and that was the advantage contended for by the hon. member for Queensland. It would also do away with the introduction of words in many places where they were not necessary.
Mr. Griffith pointed out that, supposing for the purposes of an Act, it said that an affidavit could be sworn before any justice, what justice did that mean? Would it mean any justice of any of the colonies in which the Act was in force, or a justice of the peace of the colony in which the affidavit to be sworn would be used?
The President: In the colony of which he was a justice of the peace.
Mr. Griffith said to one man the expression might appear to mean one thing, while to the Supreme Court it might appear to moan something altogether different. He proposed by his amendment to define what it did mean.
Mr. Griffith moved the addition of the words "of the colony with respect to which the term is used."
Question put and passed.
Mr. Dodds suggested that instead of the interpretations given in the bill of the terms land and property, they should follow recent English legislation, and adopt the language of the Conveyancing Law Property Act. Such definition might not be in accord with that given in some of the local Acts, but as any law passed by the Federal Council would supersede the laws of the local legislatures it would be just as well to accept it.
Mr. Griffith took the same view. The Act referred to was introduced lately into the English Parliament by Lord Cairns, and it was very carefully drawn. The definition was, therefore, the best they were likely to get.
Mr. Service suggested that there would be a difficulty in adopting language which would only apply to Acts of the Federal Council, and could not apply to Acts of the local legislatures in which the old language was used. In instances where cases might be brought before the same Court in one day, under the different Acts, a considerable element of confusion would be introduced.
Mr. Dodds said he took it that the hon. member's argument could not prevail, and for this reason. The definition of land and property was not in force throughout the colonies at the present moment, so that by having a general definition like this introduced, they would gain something.
Mr. Service withdrew his objection. It there were uniformity throughout the colony, he could see that it would be different.
Mr. Dodds moved the substitution of the following definitions for those in the bill:—
In this Act—
Property, unless a contrary intention appears, includes real and personal property, and any estate and interest in any property real or personal, and any debt and anything in action, and any other right and interest.
Land, unless a contrary intention appears, includes the land of any tenure, and tenements and hereditaments corporeal or incorporeal, and houses and buildings, also an undivided share in land.
Question put and passed.
Clauses 3, 4, and 5 passed as printed.
On clause 6—"Time of commencement of "—
Mr. Griffith said the subject was already provided for by the 20th section of the Act under which they were met. As to the latter part of the clause, which dealt with a matter of evidence, the bill had nothing to do with it. It would be better to omit the clause, the subject being sufficiently provided for already.
Clause put and negatived.
Clause 7—"Mode of citing Acts"—was amended, on the motion of Mr. Griffith, by the omission of the following words r—"If such former Act was made before the seventh year of the reign of King Henry the Seventh to cite the year of the King's reign in which it was made, and where there are more statutes than one in the same year the statute, and where there are more chapters than one the chapter, and if such former Act was made after the fourth year of the reign of King Henry the Seventh," and other verbal alterations.
Mr. Service said he was very glad to see that the hon. member from Queensland had seen his way to strike out those words. To a layman they seemed not only absurd, but something almost impossible to comprehend. That was the opinion in his mind on first reading them over, and the reason why he did not ask his hon. colleague to strike them out was because he understood they were identical with the words of a similar Act brought by Lord Brougham into the Imperial Parliament. Even lawyers themselves did not seem quite able to reconcile the apparent peculiarity of describing certain Acts made before the seventh year of Henry the Seventh, and those made after the fourth year of the same King's reign. That was a peculiarity which, he was informed, lawyers themselves did not understand. He was glad to find that the words had been struck out.
Clause, as amended, put and passed.
Clauses 8 to 12 inclusive passed as printed.
On clause 13—"Acts to be numbered consecutively,"
Mr. Griffith pointed out that to number the Acts consecutively would only lead to confusion, and said it would be far better to adhere to the general system of mentioning the year of the reign in which the Act was passed.
Clause put and negatived.
Title read and agreed to.
The Council resumed; the bill was reported with amendments, and it was ordered that the report be taken into consideration tomorrow.
On the motion of Mr. Griffiths, the President left the chair, and the Council resolved into committee to consider the Service of Civil Process Bill.
On clause 1,—
Mr. Griffith said that unless some argument was adduced to the contrary, he was disposed to go on with this bill. He had carefully explained its provisions the other day, and although it involved matters of considerable importance, he thought that they might safely proceed with it, unless any hon. member could show reasons why it should be postponed for further consideration.
Mr. Dodds said that in reference to the remarks which had fallen from Mr. Griffith, as to the desirability or otherwise of proceeding with this bill, it would be remembered that he had expressed some doubts as to whether they should proceed to legislate upon this and other subjects, and especially on this subject, inasmuch as they were by this bill purporting to deal with the practice of the Supreme Courts of other colonies before such Courts had had an opportunity of expressing an opinion on the proposals made. He confessed, however, that he was very much struck with the argument of the hon. the President when he cited section 15 of the Federal Council Act, and said that by it they were in a position almost to assume that the Legislatures and the people of the different colonies affected by the Federal Council had agreed to relegate to the Council the consideration of such matters as were there mentioned. It would be remembered that in subsection 9 the service of civil process of the Courts of any colony within Her Majesty's possessions in Australia was one of the subjects specially referred to the Council by the Federal Act, which had received the assent of the colonies, as was evidenced by the adopting Acts of the different Legislatures. In that view of the case he thought that they might very fairly proceed to legislate upon this subject. It was one of great importance to the commercial interests of all the colonies affected; but the proposals in the bill, as he had had occasion to remark, seemed to be framed in such a way as to provide all the necessary safeguards that could possibly be asked for in legislation of that kind. Being impressed with that view, he thought that they might fairly proceed to pass the bill into law.
Clause 1 was then read, and passed as printed.
On clause 2—"Interpretation,"
Mr. Lee Steere suggested that they might strike out the words referring to the Supreme Court which already found a place in the Interpretation Act.
Mr. Griffith: That is not passed yet.
Mr. Berry asked if it was necessary to keep in the definition of Supreme Court. They had the same words in another bill which they had gone through, and he could see no reason for having it in two Acts. He moved that the sub-section be struck out.
Mr. Griffith said the other was a bill by itself, and was not passed yet. Suppose it were disallowed as being beyond the functions of the Council, this Act would not be clear by itself. The ordinary wording, Supreme Court would not be sufficient by itself. The words used in the other bill were "the Court." Here it was "any Court," and might include the Admiralty Court. He was not prepared to say exhaustively what was the exact constitution of the Supreme Court of New Zealand.
Mr. Berry said there would not be two Supreme Courts in the same colony.
Mr. Griffith: There might be two Courts having complete civil jurisdiction in the colony in question. Had not the Land Court or the Bankruptcy Court of Victoria a separate jurisdiction?
Mr. Service: No.
Mr. Berry suggested that if the argument of the on member for Queensland held good there would be two separate definitions of the same point in two Acts passed during the same session.
Mr. Griffith: What would that matter? If this bill were passed after the other one became law they would probably have the same phraseology, but the other Act was not yet passed.
Mr. Berry: Neither is this.
Mr. Griffith: No; but this is a bill which must be clear in itself, without the necessity for the other bill at all. It seems to me that in a preliminary session like this every bill should be complete in itself.
Mr. Service: The definitions were the same except for the word "any." It would be better to have this bill complete in itself, so long as there was no conflict between the definition in the two bills. At the very worst this was only a work of supererogation. It was to provide for an evil which was not likely to arise, but which was a possibility.
Mr. Dodds thought the argument seemed to indicate that an alteration was wanted in the interpretation clause of the other bill.
Mr. Griffith: No. That is complete in itself-After some further conversational discussion at the table,
The clause was put and passed.
Clause 3—"Writ of summons may be served in any colony"—was agreed to as printed.
On clause 4—"Indorsement on writ for service beyond colony"—as follows:—
4. Every writ of summons issued under the provisions of this Act for service out of the colony in which it is issued shall, in addition to any other indorsement or notice required by the law of the colony in which it is issued, have indorsed thereon or annexed thereto a memorandum or notice in the form or to the effect following; that is to say:—
"This summons [or petition, "Your appearance to this summons [or petition, or as the case may be] is to be served out of the colony of, and in the colony of."or as the case may be] must give an address at some place within five miles of the office of the Supreme Court of at which address proceedings and notices for you can be left:"
and shall also have indorsed there on a short statement of the claim made or the relief sought by the plaintiff in the action, and, if the plaintiff sues in a representative character, shall also state the capacity in which he so sues.
Mr. Dodds said he desired to ask the hon. member in charge of the bill whether h
Mr. Griffith said he thought that a matter to leave to the Courts themselves. The Courts might think it desirable to issue concurrent writs in some instances, but not in others. They had the power, and it was a matter for local consideration.
Mr. Dodds said he saw that the same idea seemed to run through section 6 of the bill, which seemed to indicate the intention that concurrent writs were not to be issued. However, they could take the matter into further consideration before the bill finally passed.
Clause put and passed.
Clause 5, "Effect where writ of summons not properly indorsed," was agreed to.
On clause 6, "time limited for appearance,"
Mr. Griffith said: It had been hard to know what time to fix for appearance. It could not be left to the Courts altogether. The Act must deal with it itself. He had taken the rules of the Supreme Court of Queensland as his basis in fixing the times, which though only 30 days in regard to some colonies had to be considerably increased in others. He had avoided using the names of colonies not in the union, but at the same time the definitions were so framed as to cover them when they did come in, and the times could easily be altered if they were thought to be too short or too long in such cases. Sub-section 6 was drawn so as to include New Zealand. He thought the language of the clause and the table of times would bear inspection.
Mr. Dodds said there was one point which seemed to him to be doubtful. He could not see any provision for the case where a writ was issued in Tasmania for service in any other colony except Victoria.
Mr. Lee Steere thought that 60 days would be in some cases too short a time between Fiji and Western Australia.
The President thought that that raised another question, as to whether it was 60 days from the date of issue or the date of service.
Mr. Griffith: From the date of service.
The Mr. Service: I think it should be made from the date of issue.
Mr. Dodds: The days are counted from the date of service.
The following new sub-section was drafted by Mr. Griffith, and inserted as subsection 6 of the clause:—"If a writ is issued in Tasmania, and is to be served in a colony on the mainland of Australia, other than Victoria or Western Australia, 45 days."
The clause, as amended, was agreed to.
Clause 7 was agreed to. On clause 8,
In reply to the Chairman, Mr. Griffith stated that domicil was a technical term; for instance, a woman's domicil was that of her husband.
The remainder of the bill was agreed to without discussion.
The bill was reported to the Council with an amendment.
The report was received, and ordered to be taken into consideration next day.
Mr. Berry said: I presume there will be no objection to the second reading of this bill, and I will not go into committee upon it to-day, as I mentioned on a previous occasion the title of the bill, "A bill to facilitate throughout the federation, the proof of Acts of the Federal Council, and of Acts of the Parliaments of the various Australian colonies, and of judicial and official documents and of signatures of certain public officers in matters relating to the service of Civil Process of and to the enforcement of judgments of the Courts of the Australasian colonies, and to the enforcement of Criminal Process, seems so fully to declare the purposes of the bill, that it is scarcely necessary to dilate upon it. It is a bill more for debate in committee than upon the second reading. It is necessary that a bill of this sort should be brought in, as one we have just passed, and another one on the notice-paper, necessitate a provision of this sort to make them effective, to have it stated what shall be evidence, and to facilitate in every possible way legal proof in the various matters. That is what the present bill proposes to do, and I am at a loss to see what possible objection could be taken to it. I labour under the inconvenience of not being a barrister, but as we have two present, if there are any objections to the bill, I doubt not we shall hear them. I move the second reading of the bill.
Mr. Griffith: This bill is like the other one passed through committee this afternoon, and it may be taken as a sort of preface or supplement to every Act of the Council we may pass. Only in that sense can it be said to be within our province at all. This bill as framed is limited to the three subjects of Civil Process, enforcement of judgments, and the enforcement of Criminal Process. I conceive that the limitation is unnecessary, for if we have power at all to pass an Act relating to the mode of proof for the purposes of our own Acts, we have the power with respect to all Acts we pass, and the functions of this bill should not be limited to these three subjects. Take the case of the patent law. There clearly judicial notice would have to be taken of someone's signature, so in Acts for the prevention of the influx of criminals, naturalization of aliens, and numerous other matters which may be referred to the Council. Every clause of the bill contains a limitation of its scope to these three subjects, but in committee I shall suggest that instead of the limitations it now contains, there should be a general clause at the commencement, declaring that the Act relates to all cases in which it may be necessary for the purposes of any Act of the Federal Council to make proof of the things referred to. (Hear, hear.) Probably that will be agreed to, and so much greater scope will be given the operation of the bill. There are some other matters to which I should like to call attention. I do not like the title, "Federal Evidence Act," but to "Federal Council Evidence Act" I should have less objection. I want to prevent the name "Federal" from becoming common or profane. (Laughter.) I think "Australasian Evidence Act" would look better. In the second clause, I think that an
Mr. Dodds It appears to me extremely doubtful whether the Council has the power to pass this bill. The functions of the Council are clearly defined by the Federal Council Act, and the subjects over which it has authority are there set out. It is quite clear, so far as regards sub-sections A, B, C, G and H of clause 15 are concerned, we should have no power to pass a bill of this kind. As regards sub-sections D, E, and F, the nature of this bill is closely allied to the subjects there mentioned, and no doubt it would be of extreme importance if we could pass such a bill as this, and have a law of general application. But it appears to me to be a straining of the language of those three sub-sections to affirm that this bill is within their provisions. Then, referring to sub-section I, it will be remembered that the wording is that the Council may deal with any "other matter of general Australasian interest, with respect to which the Legislatures of the several colonies can legislate within their own limits, and as to which it is deemed desirable that there should be a law of general application." That refers to matters which must be referred to the Council by the Legislatures of two or more colonies before we can deal with them. The subject dealt with in this bill is just one of those matters that are contemplated in the language of the sub-section. It is a matter "of general Australasian interest with respect to which the Legislatures of the several colonies can legislate within their own limits, and as to which it is deemed desirable that there should be a law of general application." But, inasmuch as no Legislatures have yet referred this matter to the Council, it appears to me extremely doubtful whether the Council is in a position to deal with it. I trust the hon. member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith) will give us his opinion on this subject. If my view of the case is right, the bill should be referred to the Standing Committee that we propose to create, with an instruction that it deal with the question, and bring up a report during the recess, in order that the Council may go into the matter next session. It is exceedingly desirable that a law of this kind should be passed, but I am unable to convince myself that the Council at present have the power to pass it. The hon. member who brought it forward is entitled to the thanks of the Council for laying it before us for consideration, and if it should be the will of the Council to discuss it, I trust that due consideration will be given to the suggestion I have made, so that we may not attempt to do anything that may be held to be ultra vires. It is exceedingly important that we should not proceed to legislate on any subject that is not clearly within our definite functions.
The President: I think there is no doubt as to the desirability of making a law of this kind, and I understood that it was for the express purpose of bringing the matter fully within the grasp of the Council that the limitation referred to in the title of the bill was inserted, namely, that we should be able to take judicial notice of certain matters referred to in section 15 of the Enabling Act. I was gratified, I have no hesitation in saying, to hear the hon. member, Mr. Griffith, propose to enlarge the title of the bill so as to take in other matters; and if there be any doubt as to the power of the Council to deal with those other matters under sub-section I, it will be necessary that we should fairly consider it, as Mr. Dodds has said, before we proceed further. In the meantime I presume there will be no objection to the second reading of the bill.
Mr. Douglas: It seems to me that this bill is within our jurisdiction. Sub-sections D, E, and F give us power to deal, without any reference whatever to service of Civil Process, enforcement of judgments courts of laws, and enforcements of Criminal Process. The Act simply says that in dealing with these matters we are to be guided by certain rules of evidence that are stated in this bill. Having, therefore, to a certain extent, dealt with some of those things, and having power to deal with others, I do not see how this bill, which does not go beyond them, is outside of our jurisdiction. Certainly, it is not more beyond the jurisdiction of the Council than the first bill we passed through committee to-day. This bill is simply to facilitate proof on those matters with which we have to deal. Therefore, I cannot see the objection, especially as they might both have been embodied in the measure. It appears to me that if we have power to deal with those matters we have power to deal with the mode in which they should be inducted; and that is what this bill does. It simply says that such and such things shall be taken as evidence. Whether the clauses may be altered, that will be for the committee to determine, but I can see no reason why the bill should not be read a second time, and that we should go into committee upon it. I therefore support the second reading of the bill. If there should be any doubt as to the extent of our jurisdiction in the matter, it might be as well to adjourn the second reading until tomorrow, when the subject can be debated de novo.
Mr. Berry: I think it will be advisable to pass the second reading now, and we can go into the other question in committee.
Question put and passed, and committal of the bill made an order of the day for tomorrow.
On the motion of Mr. Douglas, the Council adjourned at 10 minutes to 4 o'clock until next day.
Tuesday, February 2, 1886.
Finance Committee—Queensland Separation Movement—Federal Council Interpretation Bill—Civil Process Bill—Federal Evidence Bill—Recidiviste Blue Books—Australasian Corporation Bill—Australasian Defences—Federal Adopting Bill—Adjournment.
The President took the chair at 11 o'clock.
The following notice of motion was given:—
Mr. Dickson to move,—That a Finance Committee be appointed to ascertain and certify to the necessary expenditure in connection with the business of the Council during the session; and that such committee consist of the following members:—Mr. Berry, Mr. Dodds, Mr. Leo Steere, Dr. Macgregor, and the mover. (Wednesday.)
Mr. Griffith said: Mr. President,—I gave notice that I would to-day lay on the table certain correspondence with respect to the proposed separation of a portion of Northern Queensland from that colony. I do so because I believe that the matter is of general Australasian interest. Several important questions are involved in the proposed separation amongst them, the labour question, which affects Queensland especially, but it also affects in a minor degree some of the other colonics. That is a question upon which it is desirable that there should be a general public opinion throughout Australasia. And as this correspondence throws some light on the matter, I beg to lay it on the table, and move that it be printed.
Mr. Dickson seconded the motion.
Question put and passed.
On the motion of Mr. Berry, the amendments made in this bill were read a first and second time.
Mr. Dodds said: I have just been talking to my hon. friend Mr. Griffith, with reference to the definition of property contained in the bill, which is taken from the Conveyancing and Property Act. In that Act "property" is defined as "real and personal property, and any debt, and anything in action, and any other right or interest." This is a very good definition as far as the law of England is concerned, although not so good for the colony of Tasmania, where the Judicature Act is not in force. Choses in action are in just the same position with regard to their assignment here as they were before the Judicature Act was passed. That Act removed all difficulty as far as England was concerned, but the old law still remains in Tasmania. The point I was conferring with my hon. friend upon was this, whether as regards Tasmania, we do not alter the law by implication, because if we include in the definition of property choses in action, we make them assignable in the ordinary way from one person to another. By the old law choses in action are not so assignable. They are, as I said, so assignable under the Judicature Act: but in regard to the colony of Tasmania there appeared to me to be just this question about it, that we should by implication be altering the state of the law. However, my friend seems to think that, we could in legislating on any question in which we use the word property in this sense, so limit the language, or rather use language so limited, as to prevent any difficulty arising. The same question is involved in the Conveyancing and Real Property Act, in existence in this colony; and, inasmuch as difficulties may arise in future on the point, I thought it right to mention it, not only in the interests of the colony I represent, but also in that of those colonies where the Judicature Act is not in force.
Mr. Griffith: I think my hon. friend is unnecessarily alarmed. The bill simply provides this, that in any Act the word property will be used in the sense assigned to it here, unless it is expressed that it shall have a more limited meaning. If anything causes it to be inconvenient to use the word in that sense, then we shall have to express that it is used in a more limited sense.
The amendments were then agreed to, and the third reading of the bill fixed for next day.
The Council proceeded to consider the amendments made on this bill.
Mr. Griffith: I should like to propose a verbal amendment, and probably the most convenient way would be to have the bill re-committed now. I beg to move that the bill be recommitted for the purpose of reconsidering clause 2.
Question put and carried.
In committee,
Mr. Griffith moved an amendment on clause 2, relating to definition of Supremo Court. he proposed the addition of the words, "and includes Vice Admiralty Court."
The amendment was agreed to, and the bill, as amended, reported to the Council.
This amendment, as also the amendment in clause 6 were read a first and second time, and agreed to, and the third reading of the bill was fixed for next day.
On the motion of Mr. Berry the President left the chair, and the Council resolved into committee on this bill.
On clause 1—" Short Titled—
Mr. Griffith moved the insertion of the word "Council," after the word "Federal."
Mr. Dickson said that this bill was now presented for the first time; it was not the bill read a second time yesterday.
Mr. Berry: Yes it is. You are thinking of the Judgments Bill. This is the Evidence Bill.
Mr. Dickson: Oh, I beg pardon. (Laughter.)
Clause 1 was then passed as printed.
On clause 2—
Mr. Griffith said that before this clause was proposed he desired to bring up a new clause, of which he had given notice, and the reasons for which he had pointed out yesterday. They had only a limited jurisdiction, but the Act should apply to all such matters as they had jurisdiction over. In the bill three subjects only were mentioned, but there was no reason why it should not apply to all such subjects. He moved the insertion of the following as clause 2:—"This Act relates to all cases in which it may be necessary for the purposes of any Act of the Federal Council to make proof of such things as are in this Act referred to."
Mr. Dodds: The proposal of my hon. friend will remove, I think, to some extent, the objections I had to this bill yesterday, because the object of this amendment is to confine the proof to documents and proceedings necessary to the purposes that are clearly defined in the Act itself. It will be remembered that yesterday I had some doubt as to whether we were not unwise in asking the Council to pass this into law, but the language of the amendment is such as will to some extent remove that doubt. Since the discussion yesterday took place, it has occurred to me that this bill is unnecessary, inasmuch as the process of the different Courts of each colony are under the present law of England, admissible in the other Courts of each colony. On this point Taylor on Evidence says:—"The modes of authenticating the records and judicial proceedings of foreign and colonial Courts, including those of the Channel Islands, India, and all other possessions of the British Crown, except Scotland, are now regulated by Lord Brougham's Evidence Act, which enacts that all judgments, decrees, orders, and other judicial proceedings of any Court of justice in any foreign state, or in any British colony, and all affidavits, pleadings, and other legal documents, filed or deposited in any such Court, may be proved either by examined copies, or by copies authenticated as follows: that is to say, they must purport either to be sealed with the seal of the Court to which the originals belong; or if there be no seal, to be signed by one of the Judges of such Court, who must also certify to the fact of there being no seal. When these provisions are complied with, no evidence is required either to authenticate the seal, signature, or certificate attached to the copy, or to prove the official character of the Judge." It will thus be seen that examined or authenticated copies of such proceedings, judgments, orders, and documents can be received in evidence in the manner prescribed by the statute. That would make all proceedings in the Courts in the British colonies admissible in evidence in England in the manner indicated by the Act. By a later section of the same statute it is enacted:—"That every document which, by any law now in force or hereafter to be in force, is, or shall be, admissible in evidence of any particular in any Court of justice in England or Wales or Ireland, without proof of the seal, or stamp, or signature authenticating the same, or of the judicial or official character of the person appearing to have signed the same, snail be admitted in evidence to the same extent and for the same purposes in any Court of justice of any of the British colonies, or before any person having in any of such colonies, by law or by consent of parties, authority to hear, receive, and examine evidence, without proof of the seal, or stamp, or signature authenticating the same, or of the judicial or official character of the person appearing to have signed the same." If, by force of this statute, the proceedings of colonial Courts are admissible in evidence in England, and by the later section any evidence admissible in the Courts of England, including the process of colonial Courts, is admissible in all the Courts of the colonies, it follows that the bill we are proposing to legislate upon is unnecessary. I think the Supreme Court in this colony on certain occasions has put this interpretation upon the statute, and if that be the true construction the Act we are now passing is to a large extent superfluous. On this point I should be glad to have the opinions of the other hon. members of the Council.
Mr. Berry: I think it would be better to go on and pass this bill through committee, and consider the clauses with the amendments that have been proposed. I will, however, call attention to the seventh section of the bill, by which it will be seen that even if the contention of the hon. member for Tasmania is correct, the provisions of this Act shall be in addition to, and not in derogation of any powers of proving documents existing at common law or given by any law now in force in any colony of the federation. We thus take away by this Act no present powers, and it is quite possible that in the plurality of the proceedings of the Federal Council that such an Act may be decidedly useful. As we have passed two important Acts, one relating to the service of Civil process, and one to the enforcement of judgments, it will be that this Act may facilitate proof of proceedings taken under them. We should try and make our proceedings as perfect as possible, by making clear the evidence that may be given on these subjects. Considering the short time we have at our disposal we had better go on and pass the bill through committee.
Mr. Griffith said his opinion had fluctuated a good deal about the bill. There could be no doubt that provisions of this kind would have to be made, as there could be scarcely any legislation that they could pass that would not require that the proceedings of one colony should be proved in another. He was not prepared to say without much more consideration how far the provisions of Imperial and local Acts already sufficiently provided for these matters. His own impression was that they did provide for them, but not in so simple a method as was provided by this bill. On the whole he thought it desirable to proceed with the bill, and to put it in the shape they might think it ought to take, and if on consideration of the report it was not thought desirable to go further they need not do so.
Mr. Dodds saw no harm in taking that course. They would have another opportunity of considering the bill before it finally became law. If the provisions were found to be unnecessary the bill could either be withdrawn, or they could amend it to meet the case.
New clause put and passed.
On clause 2, as follows:—All Courts and persons acting judicially within the federation, shall in matters relating to the service of Civil Process of and to the enforcement of judgments of the Courts of the Australasian colonies, and to the enforcement of Criminal Process, take judicial notice of—
All Acts of the Federal Council and of all Acts of Parliament of any Australasian colony:
All unwritten laws, rules, and principles having the force of law administered by any Court sitting under the authority of Her Majesty in any Australasian colony, whatever may be the nature of the jurisdiction thereof:
The course of proceeding and all rules of practice in force in the Supreme Court of any Australasian colony:
The colonies forming the Federation, and of the extent of their territories.
Any paper purporting to be a copy of any Act of the Federal Council and purporting to be printed by the Government Printer of any Colony of the Federation, and any paper purporting to be a copy of any Act of Parliament of any Australasian Colony and purporting to be printed by the Government Printer of such Colony, shall, in matters relating to the service of Civil process of and to the enforcement of judgments of the Courts of the Australasian Colonies and to the enforcement of criminal process, prima facie be deemed to be a correct copy of the same respectively without any proof being given that such copy was so printed.
Mr. Griffith moved the insertion of the words "For the purposes of this Act" at the commencement of the clause.
Motion put and passed.
Mr. Griffith moved the omission of the words "in matters relating to the service of Civil Process of and to the enforcement of judgments of the Courts of the Australasian Colonies, and to the enforcement of Criminal Process."
Motion put and passed.
Mr. Griffith called attention to the second paragraph in the clause, which he thought a large demand to make on any Judge, who could not know what the unwritten rules and laws of any other colony were. He was not himself likely to be a Judge, but if he were he would not like to have to discharge such functions as those.
Mr. Berry: Suppose they were brought before him?
Mr. Griffith: He would have to take judicial notice of them, and that too without proof. They would not even be in writing, and how could a Judge sitting in Melbourne know what unwritten laws were recognised in Fiji. If a man told the Judge that anything was an unwritten law he would have to take judicial notice of it, though it might be right or it might be wrong. It would be requiring the Judge to take judicial notice of what he did not know, and could not find out.
Mr. Berry said they did not know if there were any unwritten laws in any colony.
Mr. Griffith: There must be in Fiji in connection with the native race.
Mr. Berry said if there were any it would be only right for them to have the same force in any other colony of the federation as in Fiji itself, because it ought to have to all intents and purposes the same validity as any other law. He did not understand the position taken up by the hon. member for Queensland that the Judge would have to take judicial notice of unwritten laws without the need of proof being given.
Mr. Griffith: That is what the clause says.
Mr. Berry: The Judge could not take notice of a fiction. The idea was that he took notice of an unwritten law or custom that could not be taken notice of in some other Court. It seemed to him to be common sense that no judge would take notice of anything unless it were proved to him by evidence that it had the force of law in some other Australasian colony.
Mr. Griffith: The clause makes him take judicial notice without evidence.
Mr. Berry said the only reason lie insisted on the clause was because he thought it desirable to place all the colonics on the same footing. He would feel loath to exclude even Fiji on such an important matter, and he would like to hear the opinions of the hon. member for that colony on the subject.
Mr. Dodds said the hon. member in charge of the bill was placed at a disadvantage by reason of the fact that he had not the assistance of a legal colleague, and having regard to that fact hon. members should certainly not endeavour to throw any difficulty in his way; but it appeared to him that when the hon. gentleman said he desired to place the whole of the colonies on the same footing the clause in question was designed to do the very opposite. The arguments of the hon. member for Queensland were unanswerable. To require a Judge to take notice—judicial notice—that is, notice without proof of all unwritten laws, was to require that he must be almost superhuman. It would be impossible for a Judge to know what such laws were, and the consequence of such a provision as this would be that instead of having the colonies placed on an equal footing, each colony would be bound by rules which it believed to be in force elsewhere. There would be no uniformity of procedure, and they might just as well say that the Council was to be guided by the unwritten rules of all the other colonial legislatures, in which case the President would be left to his own resources. He would be unable to adopt any particular practice, and if he tried to assimilate the whole he would find it impracticable, and the position one he could not extricate himself from. His hon. friend would see that the paragraph was quite unworkable, and certainly should not find a place in the bill. That showed the necessity for the careful consideration of the point to which he had previously alluded, namely, that such a bill as that was unnecessary when they had legislation already in force as regards the written law. With regard to the unwritten law, it seemed to him to be a question that was not within the limits of practical legislation.
Dr. Macgregor said that as far as the colony of Fiji was concerned, it would not be very much affected by the bill in one way or the other. There was a duly constituted body called the Native Regulations Board, and whenever occasion arose, enactments having exclusive application to natives were prepared by that body and submitted to the Legislative Council; and when
Gazette, and carefully translated into the native language and copies supplied to the European and native magistrates. The judicial system of that colony was such that he could hardly conceive of any case likely to come before the Supreme Court of any other colony affecting a native of Fiji. Fiji that would not be regulated by the written law. In fact, the case of Fiji may be omitted from the discussion on the point raised.
Mr. "All unwritten laws, rules, and principles having the force of law administered by any Court sitting under the authority of Her Majesty in any Australasian colony, whatever may be the nature of the jurisdiction thereof."Griffith moved,—" That the following paragraph be omitted from the clause:—
Amendment put and agreed to.
Mr. "The course of proceeding, and all rules of practice in force in the Supreme Court of any Australasian colony."Griffith said that with regard to the next paragraph of the clause, as follows:—
It was doubtful whether one court should be required to take notice of the course of proceeding and rules of practice of another Supreme Court. They were sometimes uncertain, and had often to be the subject of argument. To require another court to take judicial notice of them might be very inconvenient, and he could not conceive of any case in which it would be necessary. He moved the omission of the words.
Amendment put and agreed to.
Mr. "The date which appears on any such copy, purporting to be the day on which such Act received the Royal Assent, shall be received for all purposes as evidence of the date of such assent."Griffith moved that the following words be added to the clause:—
Amendment put and agreed to, and clause, as amended, passed.
Consequential amendments were made on clauses 3 and 4.
Clause 5 was passed as printed.
On clause 6,
Mr. Dodds said that the phrase "Local Court" in this clause, might mean anything; but he understood that in South Australia there were certain Courts there so designated, so that the word had a special signification. he thought that; on the whole, the clause might stand as printed.
The clause as printed was passed.
Clause 7 was passed.
The bill was reported with amendments, and the amendments ordered to be taken into consideration next day.
The President: I have received a message from His Excellency the Governor as follows:—"The Governor transmits hereby to the Federal Council, in compliance with the request contained in their address on the 1st inst., the blue books noted in the margin having reference to the action taken by Her Majesty's Government as to the deportation of relapsed criminals to the French possessions in the Pacific."
Mr. Griffith: I beg to move that so much of the blue books as relates to this question be printed.
Question put and carried.
Mr. Griffith, in moving the second reading of this bill, said:—This bill is entitled "a bill to declare the status of joint stock companies and corporations in colonies other than the colony in which they have been constituted, and for other purposes." In the Federal Council Act of Australasia, it is provided that amongst the subjects over which the Federal Council may have jurisdiction, is that of the status of joint stock companies. But the Council has that jurisdiction only when the matter is referred to it by the legislatures of two or more of the colonies of the federation, and the law passed is only to have effect in the colonies by whose legislatures the matter is referred to the Council, or in any other colony that may subsequently adopt the law. The Legislatures of Queensland and Tasmania are the only ones that have referred this matter to the Federal Council, by clause 9 of the Queensland Act, and clause 7 of the Tasmanian Act. The clauses are identical, and are as follows:—"In pursuance of the provisions of the said recited Act, the following matters are hereby referred to the Federal Council, with the intent that so soon as the Legislature or Legislatures of any colony or colonies shall have referred the same matters respectively to the Council the said Council may exercise legislative authority in respect of such matters, and that the Acts of the Council relating to them respectively shall be in force in Queensland (Tasmania in the Tasmanian Act); that is to say, the status of joint stock companies in colonies other than those in which they have been constituted, etc." No other colony has referred the matter to the Federal Council, and, therefore, Mr. President, although we are legally competent to deal with the subject, it may not be expedient for us to do so just yet. As far as Queensland and Tasmania are concerned, they have no large commercial relationship with each other as regards companies incorporated in one colony and carrying on trade in the other, though I have no doubt this relationship will be brought about soon. The difficulties that have arisen with respect to the status of joint stock companies and corporations have arisen, under the existing state of circumstances, more in Queensland than elsewhere, because that is a country that is being rapidly developed, and capital is being introduced, often in the form of joint stock companies formed in the other colonies, In respect to these a serious question has arisen as to their right to hold land, and their status generally in the colony of Queensland. The question is one which arises not only in the colony of Queensland but is a general international or intercolonial question, what is the status in one colony of a corporation incorporated according to the laws of another. Some persons imagine it is the simplest question imaginable, and that the status of a company in one colony must necessarily be its status in another. It may be so decided some day, but there is no decision of that kind up to the present, nor, in my humble
Mr. Douglas seconded the motion.
Mr. Dodds, in view of the importance of the subject, and that there was so much difference of opinion upon it, moved the adjournment of the debate until next day.
Dr. Macgregor seconded the amendment.
Amendment put and passed, and debate adjourned.
Mr. Berry: I beg to present the report of the Select Committee to whom was referred the bill to make provision for the enforcement within the federation of judgments of courts of law of any colony of the federation. The committee report that they have considered the bill, and amended the same, and now beg to submit the bill, as amended, to the consideration of the Council. I move that the report be received.
Mr. Griffith seconded the motion.
Question put and passed, and it was ordered that the bill as reported by the committee be taken into consideration in committee of the whole to-morrow.
Mr. Lee Steere in moving—
"That this Council, considering that the undefended position of the important strategical point of King George's Sound would be a source of great weakness in the general defence of Australasia in time of war, and that the protection of the Sound and Princess Royal Harbour is of vital importance for the general security of the Australasian colonies, is of opinion that some united action should be taken by the Imperial Government, and the various colonies, with a view to their arriving at a decision which will enable the question to be dealt with at the next session of the Federal Council; and that the advisability of the erection and maintenance of a lighthouse and signalling station at Cape Leuwin, to be united by telegraph with the Sound, should be considered in conjunction with the fortification of that place,"—
"The protection of the Sound and Princess Royal Harbour is of vital importance to the security of the Australian colonies in time of war. If left undefended the Sound becomes the weak point in the Australian system of defence."
Those are very strong words, and they show the very great importance of now taking some measures to protect such an important position as King George's Sound. In consequence of this report of Major-General Scratchley, the commission or committee, I forget which it was, which was appointed by the Imperial Government to consider the question of the defences of the principal coaling stations in the Imperial dominions, in which, of course, Australia is included, took the question into consideration. No doubt King George's Sound was considered by that committee as one of those important coaling stations which the Imperial Government deemed it their duty to place in a state of proper defence; but I cannot help thinking that the committee in the report which it made was influenced by the opinion expressed at a conference of members representing all the Australian colonies held in Sydney in "The members of this conference pledge themselves to use all legitimate endeavours to procure the efficient fortifications and land defence of the several parts of the Australian colonies at the cost of the several colonies interested."
There is very little doubt in my mind that the Imperial Government clutched at that resolution because it enabled them to evade the cost of placing any Australian port in a fair state of defence, the colonies having themselves engaged, by that resolution, to place there own ports in an efficient state of defence at their own cost. It was with great regret we learned that the Imperial Government, when considering this question, had determined that King George's Sound was not one of those ports which they considered that the Imperial Government should be put to the cost of placing in a state of defence.
The President: What was the date of that conference?
Mr. "You have recently drawn the attention of Her Majesty's Government to the defenceless condition of King George's Sound. "This question has already, on more than one occasion, been brought into notice, and it was alluded to at the Intercolonial Conference held at Sydney in "At that conference a resolution giving expression to the colonial view was adopted in the following terms—"Lee Steere:
The resolution I have already read. The despatch continues:—
"Although this resolution would apparently contemplate that each colony should bear the cost of fortifying its own ports, yet there are some ports the cost of defending which it is hardly reasonable to expect that a single colony should bear, and with regard to which the Australian Governments might well, in the opinion of Her Majesty's Government, consider the expediency of providing her defence in common. King George's Sound is a strong case in point, for as Colonel Scratchley, after a most careful investigation on the spot, reported:—'The protection of the Sound and of Princess Royal Harbour is of vital importance for the general security
"It is, however, obviously unreasonable to expect the colony of Western Australia to provide and maintain the defences of this port at her sole expense, even if her means permitted her undertaking such a charge." The cost of the defences recommended by Major-General Scratchley amounted to £70,000. The Secretary of State goes on to say that it was impossible to erect those defences in sufficient time while the war scare was existing, and he recommended a minor scheme of defence, which might be made at a shorter notice, and at a cost to the colonies not exceeding £6,000, the Imperial Government stating that they would supply, at their own cost, landed at King George's Sound, guns and submarine mines that were required for that improvised fortification. The despatch concludes as follows:—
"Her Majesty's Government would be glad if the Government of Western Australia would consider the above proposals in conjunction with the Governments of the other Australian colonies, to which similar despatches have been addressed, and would communicate to me their views on the subject. "It would give Her Majesty's Government much satisfaction if the Governments concerned should be able to arrive at a common understanding."
It appears to me, from reading this despatch, that Her Majesty's Government are waiting to ascertain from the various Australian Governments what their opinions and wishes are with reference to this matter of the fortification of King George's Sound, and I cannot help thinking that Her Majesty's Government would be prepared to unite with the Australian colonies in any scheme for the fortification of such a very important position. As an illustration of its importance I will quote a few sentences from a report from Admiral Tryon, and also from a letter addressed by the Colonial Secretary of Western Australia to the Colonial Secretary of New South Wales, dated "Perth, "As you may be aware, Albany has become of late a somewhat large coaling station for steamers, and has been found a great convenience to those passing to and from the ports of the Eastern colonies. "King George's Sound, being absolutely undefended, the coal stored there afloat and on shore would in time of war be likely to fall an easy prey to an enemy, and if once seized it would enable him to strike a very heavy blow at the commerce of all the Eastern colonies."
Some confusion may have arisen in the minds of hon. members who are unacquainted with the locality of the different places named, as to their relative positions so I will briefly state the position they occupy. Albany, King George's Sound, and Princess Royal Harbour all refer in reality to one place. King George's Sound is a large open bay at the entrance of Princess Royal Harbour, which is entirely landlocked, while Albany is an important town situated on the shores of Princess Royal Harbour. The letter of the Colonial Secretary of Western Australia was forwarded by the Governor of New South Wales to Admiral Tryon for his opinion, and Admiral Tryon, in a letter dated, "Sydney,
"Your Excellency has been good enough to refer to me a letter from the Colonial Secretary, Western Australia, to the hon. the Colonial Secretary of New South Wales, in which co-operation is sought for creating a defence for Albany.
"This opens out the very important question of the protection of the outlying ports, especially when they are coaling ports, and inseparably connected with the question, are Albany on the west and Thursday Island at the north.
"At the early part of this year I was at Albaev, and was much struck with the importance of the harbour. It is not large, yet it is convenient, and capable of extension and improvement. It is situated near the extreme west point of the south coast of Australia.
"The bulk of the external steam trade of the colony pass it. The port cannot fail to become of great importance, both in a military and commercial sense; and these remarks apply with force also to Thursday Island in the extreme northorn territory of this country.
"At the time to which I refer the coal stowed in those ports, for the convenience of vessels that would otherwise pass them, was in a condition that simply invited an enemy to come and help himself, and that at our very threshold in both directions, so that he would arrive at our doors with full bunkers, and therefore with a full capacity for mischief.
"If occupied by an enemy, such places are so defensible that it would cost much to expel him.
"There are no other positions of equal importance, from the above points of view, as well as from a general point of view, in the whole of the Australian littoral." From the expression of opinion of those two experienced officers, Major-General Scratchley and Admiral Tryon—one an officer of engineers, and the other the admiral commanding the Australian station—we may safely take it that they regard King George's Sound as a point of extreme strategical importance to the whole of the colonies, and that is of itself sufficient to justify me in bringing this great question before the notice of the Council. I have no doubt that the hon. members for Queensland will think it their duty also to state that, in their opinion, this is the case. Now, sir, I wish to draw the attention of the Council to the fact that the other colonies of Australia are, I think, in an equal degree, if not more, interested in this question of the defence of King George's Sound as Western Australia, because the commerce of the other Australian colonies are far more extensive than Western Australia. I think the majority of the colonies have recognised this fact by having expressed their willingness to unite with the Imperial Government in the defence of King George's Sound. I wish especially to say how very disinterested Queensland has been in this matter, because, in a despatch from the Colonial Secretary of Queensland, the hon. member who is now sitting here, he states that he has received a letter from the Colonial Secretary of New South Wales with reference to it, and that his Government is quite willing to share in the expense of the
Mr. Douglas: In what direction.
Mr. Lee Steere: North-east from the Leeuwin about 300yds. The Leeuwin is a very low point, almost level with the sea, and the position where the hydrographer recommended the lighthouse to be set is on the rise of the hill in the vicinity of the low point of land called Cape Leuwin.
The President: What about Cape Hamelin?
Mr. Lee Steere: Cape Hamelin had been reported upon by some persons as the most suitable place, but after all the circumstances and all the reports had been presented to the hydrographer of the Admiralty, he came to the conclusion that the place now indicated would be the best place. Of course I am aware that this question is one which this Council is unable to deal with now because it has not been referred to it, but I am extremely anxious that this resolution should be passed so that when the Federal Council meets next session it may be in a position to deal with the defence of King George's Sound. I hope before this Council meets next session that those colonies which at present have not joined the Federation will have thought better of their position, and will have determined to join. I think that if there is a United Federation of the Australian colonies, as I hope there will be before next session of this Council, that from the consideration in the meantime given by the Imperial Government, and by the various Australasian colonies, this Council will find itself in a position to deal with this question finally, and devise such measures as may be deemed advisable, not only in respect to the general defences of Australasia, which I think is somewhat apart from the defences of these two places mentioned—but more especially as regards Thursday Island and King George's Sound.
Mr. Griffith: How far would the telegraph extend from the Leeuwin to King George's Sound?
Mr. Lee Steere: About 150 miles direct if there was a special telegraph laid between the two, but it could be connected by a much shorter line. We have already telegraph communication to a town called the Vasse. It is about 60 miles from Cape Leeuwin to the Vasse, and all that would be necessary would be to erect a telegraph wire of 60 miles, and there would be this advantage, that the telegraph wire would be inland, and not subject to be interrupted.
Mr. Douglas said: The colony of Tasmania has been referred to, Mr. President, in reference to this subject, and I may say that when the subject was brought before the Government of Tasmania the Government addressed a memorandum to the Governor to the following effect:—
"Your Excellency's advisers have given careful attention to this subject, and whilst fully recognising the great importance attached to the fortification of a coaling station so advantageously situated as Albany, they are unable to recommend that, under the existing circumstances, the colony of Tasmania should be burdened with a heavy disbursement of public funds for this purpose." I may say that at the time that communication was made this colony had undertaken a very considerable expense in its own defence works, and it could not see at that time why it should be called upon to disburse other moneys for the defence of Albany, considering how small an interest it had in that particular colony, and how groat an interest Great Britain had in comparison. The communication to the Governor went on to this effect:—
"The contribution proposed to be made by Her Majesty's Government towards the expense of the projected works and their maintenance appears to Ministers to be quite inadequate in comparison with the large Imperial interests involved.
"The principal value of Albany as a coaling station consists in the facilities it affords to vessels of Her Majesty's navy and to vessels belonging to companies of purely British constitution, and therefore under these circumstances, as the colonial stake at issue in its existence as a coaling station is comparatively so unimportant, this Government consider that the larger proportion of the estimated cost of the proposed defence works should be defrayed by the Mother Country."
The hon. member who broached this subject evidently looked upon Albany as a coaling station which should be defended in the same manner as was pointed out in the report on coaling stations in other parts of the territory, and the advantage which was taken by Earl Derby of the decision come to at the conference held in Sydney in "The Premier, however, is of the opinion that a subject of this importance, involving the expenditure of large sums of public money, should be postponed for the consideration of a Federal Council, when the representation of most of the colonies interested will have an opportunity of fully discussing the merits of the scheme."
And I am very glad indeed that the matter has come before the Council, in order that it may be properly discussed by hon. members. Two schemes were pointed out in the despatch by Earl Derby one by General Scratchley, which involved an expenditure at starting of £70,000, and the other by the Inspector-General of Fortifications. The latter included:—
Submarine mines for the entrance to Princess Royal Harbour. The hon. member for Western Australia has so described these as to make the position quite clear to us, and as I have fortunately been able to visit the place myself, I could follow him clearly and distinctly. There are to be three 16-pounder muzzle loading guns on travelling carriages, to be mounted on wooden platforms in a small earthwork, either to the west of King Point or to the west of the Semaphore station for the defence of the mine field. Three 7-in. rifled muzzle loading guns above Semaphore Point to command the entrance to the harbour. Two 40-pounders in travelling or siege carriages on the hill above King Point to fire on Middleton Beach and on the offing. An infantry post would be needed on this hill, which would be the key of the defence. A garrison of 50 artillery and 100 in-fantry, with 15 engineers to work the mines, would suffice as a minimum.
If the English Government, therefore, called upon the colonies to erect these fortifications, and to put them in a proper state of defence by keeping up a garrison of 50 artillery, 100 infantry, and 15 engineers, with officers and equipment, it was absurd to set it down as likely to cost £6,000. What was that £6,000 intended to cover?
Mr. Griffith: It is exclusive of maintenance.
Mr. Douglas: Oh, no! The despatch says:—
"The scheme of defence here proposed would suffice for this limited purpose, and Her Majesty's Government are prepared to assist the colonies by at once sending out the armament and the submarine mines referred to above, delivering them free of cost"—
Mark that, sir, free of cost; there is a concession.
"If the colonies are willing to defray all other expenses (roughly estimated at £6,000, exclusive of barracks), and to maintain the necessary garrison."
I say, sir, that is not a fair proposition for the Mother Country to make to the colonies. This colony, when the proper time has arrived and the subject has matured, and when we know what is intended as a general system of defence will, as it has always done, join with the other colonies in doing what is desirable for the defence of Australasia; but when we consider that Tasmania is just as open if not more so than King George's Sound to the depredations of an enemy, and that we are called upon to pay all our own expenses, it seems almost absurd, although the amount may not be large, to call upon us to join in the other defences also. Over and over again it has been asserted by General Scratchley, and by a number of Naval Commanders who have been here, that this port is the most vulnerable of any in the colonies. The vessels of an enemy could come in here at anytime, and should the enemy secure a position at Hobart, in the Derwent, it would be far more difficult to get him out of it than it would be to dislodge him from King George's Sound. In Western Australia they would have very little to rely upon in the way of supplies, especially if the residents followed up the Russian system of starving them out, whereas in Hobart they would be able to get anything they wanted, and therefore the position of Hobart was as important to the south of Australasia as King George's Sound and Thursday Island were to the north of it. Tasmania was willing to take its own share of the burden, and if they compared her expenditure on defences with the amount of her population they would find that she was the leading colony in the matter of expenditure on fortifications. The two principal batteries in Hobart will show you that Tasmania has done all in her power with the means at her disposal for the proper defence of the port of Hobart, and of the colony generally. I agree that it is a good thing that the subject has been brought before us, and I hope it will result in a good measure, whether by the committee, which is to be appointed to carry on the busi-
Mr. Griffith said: The subject of the defences of the Australasian colonies, Mr. President, has attracted a good deal of attention of late. We have been in the habit of talking about it for some years, but last year's events combined to bring home to us the necessity of doing something more than talk. We had every reason to believe that Great Britain would be embroiled in war with one of the great European Powers, and this would have affected us very much in Australasia, and have placed many of our seaports in imminent danger of being attacked by sea. During the period of danger the Governments of the various colonies were stirred up and induced to take a more active interest in the subject of defence, but when the immediate prospect of war came to an end a feeling of apathy seemed to a great extent to pervade them. But this sense of security is a great mistake. So far from the danger of war being averted, the present state of political affairs may be fitly described as an unstable equilibrium, and we should never be surprised to hear that affairs had taken such a turn that there is even more imminent danger of war and invasion than there was last year. I regret very much that more has not been done in the way of colonial defence, but there are possibly many reasons which have contributed to this result. We, in this Council, cannot do anything in respect to the cost of defences. It is not the function of this Council to pass war estimates for the Australasian colonies, or to say what number of troops shall be raised and maintained, or what money shall be expended for the defence of the colonies. What we can do is, when the colonies have agreed what forces shall be maintained by them for their joint protection, to pass laws which shall see those agreements properly carried out. This could not, before this Council was constituted, have been carried out without the intervention of the Imperial Legislature. That assistance it would be inconvenient to ask; it would be a cause of great delay; and it would be inconsistent with the claim which we have made for ourselves for so many years of being able to manage our own affairs. Some people seem to think that it is not our function to defend ourselves, and in this respect I do not agree fully with the hon. member from Tasmania (Mr. Douglas). We ought, in my opinion, to take up to a great extent the position that it is our duty to defend ourselves. I do not know a community in any part of the world which is so free from expenditure for self-defence as the Australasian colonies. What do we spend on defences? I cannot give an exact estimate; but it is a mere trifle to what is cheerfully borne by other nations of the world, which, however, still consider themselves to be lightly taxed for war purposes. We ought to recognise as a nation that, just as the first duty of every man is to defend himself and his home, so the nation should be prepared to protect itself from invasion by an enemy. I wish that sentiment more widely and distinctly pervaded the Australasian colonies. (Hear, hear.) I have had experience in connection with the passing into law of a measure providing for the defence of the colony which I represent here. That measure, though much commended since it was passed, was not received with favour, and it was difficult to arouse sufficient enthusiasm to carry it through. That was before we were threatened with war, but it is as much our duty—and we ought to recognise it—to defend ourselves from any possible invasion as to perform the other ordinary functions of government, such as the maintenance of police. Things being as they are, and other nations acting as they do, the duty of defence must be performed for us by somebody, unless we are to lie down and to be trodden under foot by any stronger invader. The duty to be performed ought in my opinion to be performed by ourselves to a very great extent. I do not mean that we ought to maintain the whole naval squadron which must be kept in these seas in defence of British interests. There are, of course, many things which can be done by us afloat in addition to those to be done ashore, but that is very different from the maintenance of the whole British squadron. I maintain that not only with regard to land defences, but also with respect to naval defences, it is our duty to assist. We ought to assist in the maintenance of a squadron which belongs to Australasia, the ships of it belong-
Mr.Lee Steere: I said I could not say.
Mr. Griffith: Perhaps hon. members will be surprised when I tell them the number of vessels that annually pass through Torres Straits. In
Mr. Lee Steere: I have not the least objection. I thought the hon. member for Queensland would like to move it himself. However, I will move it if he likes.
Mr. Griffith: All that would be necessary would be to insert "points" for "point" in the second line, and after "King George's Sound and Princess Royal Harbour," to add "and Thursday Island," and after "Sound" "Torres Straits." There is just one matter of minor consequence to which I will refer, and that is the erection of a lighthouse and signalling station at Cape Leuwin. That it is desirable there should be one no one can have any doubt. But I am not quite so sure that it is fair that all the colonies should be asked to contribute towards the expense attending its erection. With regard to the two points I have mentioned, although they are geographically situated in Western Australia and Queensland, they really belong to Australasia, and their defences should, I think, be maintained by Australasia just as much as Gibraltar ought to be maintained at the expense not of its inhabitants, but of Great Britain. They are not centres of trade of the Colonies in which they are situated, but they are strategical points of the greatest value to the Colonies. The same argument does not apply to Hobart. That it is an important position there can be no doubt, but it is only important in the same sense as any of the other capitals.
Mr. Dodds: No.
Mr. Griffith: It is only important in the same sense. It is the seat of the capital and Government. If the colony of Tasmania would not defend its own capital, I do not know whether the inhabitants of any other colony should be any more called upon to defend their own capital. Of course, the extent to which the inhabitants of a colony are interested in the defence of their capital varies, and it is a question of degree in each case. The inhabitants of Queensland are not, as a whole, so much interested in the de-fence of Brisbane, as the inhabitants of New South Wales are in the defence of Sydney. Nor are they so much interested in the important town of Townsville, but I expect no one in the colony would think of asking any of the other colonies to defend Brisbane and Townsville. The defence of such places must remain a charge on the colony in which they are situated, unless indeed we are prepared to take a further step, and one which I hope will be taken before long, when the defence of the Australasian colonies will be recognised as a matter of common Australasian concern. Then we shall let the whole matter of defence be a common burden, and ask Australasia to defend Australasia. I trust that steps will be taken within a moderate period to bring about that result. In reference to the lighthouse and signalling station, I must say that it is comparatively a small matter. It is not on the same footing as the others to which I have referred, although it may be useful in connection with the fortifications, and in connection with other matters. It has been sometimes said that the whole of Australasia should combine to light the whole coast. Queensland must, however, in any case, I think, be excepted from contributing to the cost of the maintenance of this lighthouse, for at present we do twice as much in lighting our coast, as regards our population, as any other colony. We have lighthouses all the way from Brisbane to Cape York, and 30 or 40 miles away to the westward, in the open sea, we have a lightship. Much of this work is not alone for the benefit Of Queensland, but for the benefit of Australasian commerce generally, just as much as a lighthouse on Capo Leuwin would be for the benefit of all the colonies. Whilst we bear the cost we do we could hardly be called upon to contribute to maintain lighthouses in the other colonies, although they are a benefit to the whole of Australasia. Some years ago, when the matter was suggested to the Queensland Government, they did not accede to the request for the reasons I have now given. I see, however, no objection to affirming that the question of the lighthouse may be considered in connection with the fortification of King George's Sound. I hope the resolution as amended will be carried unanimously.
Mr. Berry: I had the view of moving the adjournment of the debate, but as it has gone so far, it is scarcely necessary that I should do so, and I have risen chiefly to express my opinion on a matter brought before the Council. It has been said that a discussion of this sort will be without effect at the present time. There is no doubt of that, for the Council has no power to pass any enactments, or give effect to any opinions which it may hold at the present time. Nevertheless, I believe it was a wise decision on the part of the hon. member for Western Australia which induced him to bring this matter under the consideration of the Council. What may be regarded as a decided advance on the parts of the colonies, is the matter being considerably a representative gathering of Australasia. I think there has been a growing conviction that the colonies, whilst they are asking from the Imperial Government larger measures of self-government, and which, if it continues, will give them greater influence in the peaceful development of matters in the Pacific, not only with regard to individual colonies, but with respect to Australasian interests; but whilst they are doing that on the one hand they must fully realise and recognise the corresponding responsibility of the position with regard to defences. In a community that desires fuller self-government, and which desires to exer-
It cannot be necessary, I think, to go further, and to discuss the question raised by the hon. member from Queensland, as to whether it should be by contributions to Imperial fleets, or whether it should be by the building and maintenance of a separate fleet in these waters, to be strictly under Australasian control. That question will, no doubt, arise wherever matters have progressed further, and will be dealt with by those who may be responsible, in that spirit of patriotism which has hitherto distinguished nearly all the public proceedings of Australasian communities. I may say I sympathise largely with the sentiment which the hon. member from Queensland uttered, that we should do with regard to naval defences hereafter what we have felt compelled to do with regard to our military defences; that is to say, that while spending large sums of public money in organising defences, either military or naval, we should be able to give to the people of these communities the assurance that our armaments, whether military or naval, would not be in some other part of the world at the critical moment. To give some such assurance as that would be absolutely necessary to satisfy the legislatures of the various colonies; they would require that assurance before they would vote the necessary sums of money for the purposes that have been alluded to. However, with that we are not now called upon to deal. What we have to deal with is a resolution based upon a federal system of defence, and with that I thoroughly agree. I do not think it is perfect in itself, and the subject would no doubt have been taken up by the Council had it been remitted to it. With regard to the latter part of the resolution, this is not the first time that the question of erecting a lighthouse at Cape Leuwin has been alluded to by the representatives of the various colonies. I remember, at a Conference that was held in Sydney in
Mr. Dickson said: The motion introduced by the hon. member for Western Australia, as amended by my hon. colleague, is one which has my full approval in so far as it refers to the defences of the most important strategical points on the coast of Australia. I do not consider that there is any demerit in the resolution simply because it is of a limited character, and not more comprehensive than to embrace two of the principal points of defence in Australia. These points have not been selected simply by the representatives of the colonies in which they happen to be situated. They have been referred to by the highest naval and military authorities of the present day, and specially recommended as the points most vulnerable, and from whence the greatest amount of danger and depredation might ensue to the commerce of Australia, and as points which should specially beyond all other points be early and immediately defended. Doubtless in the early future other points along our extensive seaboard will need equal consideration, but we cannot undertake everything at once, and I think that instead of directing our attention to a large number of points, it is better to deal with those two which have received the special attention and recommendation of military and naval experts. I think the hon. member has done good service in introducing this matter for our consideration, more especially as we are now living in a time which we may consider a time of peace. Although the maintenance and endurance of that peace no one can foretell. We have been warned by very recent events of the uncertainties of peace, and I do not think, sir, that any thinking or intelligent man in the community will venture to say that there is a greater appearance at the present time of the maintenance and stability of peace than there has existed previously. Although the breaking up of that peace may not apparently be so imminent, still no one can say that the stability of peace is more assured now than it was at the time when we were all in daily alarm of war being declared. I think, therefore, it is right that we should at the present time regard this question fully and deliberately, and by the ratification of this Council obtain the consent of our respective Legislatures to proceed with that amount of expenditure without which no practical effect can be given to this resolution. Indeed we are met at the outset by the fact that this resolution is one which has not been relegated by the Legislatures of any two of the colonies, and it is also of a character that until it is so dealt with it is wholly inoperative, as
per capita of the population throughout the colonies. It has been said by the member for Tasmania, Mr. Douglas, that he considered the Imperial Government did not furnish a fair share or proportion of the expenditure in connection with this scheme of defence. I understand that the ordnance is to be provided by the Imperial authorities, and that the expenditure of placing same in position and constructing the fortifications is to be provided by the contributing colonies, and that this sum would amount to about £6,000, in addition to which there would be the annual maintenance. The hon. gentleman seems apprehensive that this expenditure would be too heavy a burden upon the federated colonies. Well, sir, I do not think that the burden would be too heavy, and I am afraid that if the hon. gentleman intends to wait until a fairer distribution is suggested by the Imperial authorities, he will have to wait for a long period. I would ask the hon. members was there a fair proportion of expenditure in connection with the recent protectorate of New Guinea, and to consider what would have been the position of matters had action been deferred simply on account of its being an unfair proportion. There is no hon. member present who will contradict the statement that the proportion of expenditure assigned to Australia and that provided by the Imperial authority was altogether unfair, and I say that if the colonies had waited until a fairer proportion was made, no progress would have been made whatever in establishing that protectorate, or shadow of a protectorate, over New Guinea which at present exists. I say, therefore, in regard to this question of the fortification of the important strategical points of our great and extensive seaboard, that we must chiefly rely on our own exertions, and I am convinced from past experience it will come to that in the early future. History repeats itself in those matters. It will be remembered that Commodore Goodenough visited Torres Straits some years ago with a view of making an equitable adjustment of the contributions to be paid by the Imperial Government and the various colonies towards the establishment of government in that region by Queensland. The proportions which were assigned by Commodore Goodenough represented an annual contribution of £3,000, and was based upon the tonnage of shipping which passed through the Straits. Queensland had to contribute £1,000; New South Wales, £1,283; Imperial Government, £600; and South Australia. £117. The Imperial Government ceased to pay in ultra vires of the question now under consideration.
Mr. Dodds said: Mr. President? I have no objection to the Council affirming this resolution, because I conceive that it will be admitted on all sides that King George's Sound is a position of great strategical importance, and if anything were wanting to convince us of it the light thrown upon the subject during this discussion would supply it King George's Sound is a good harbour, and would afford most complete accommodation and protection to a large fleet It is also one of the most important coaling stations in the southern hemisphere, although I believe the port of Albany is only used at present for coaling purposes by the vessels of the P. and O. Co., but in the event of a threatened attack upon Australasia the British admiral would no doubt use it as a coaling station also for his vessels. If so, that would add considerably to its importance, and render it very likely to be an object of acquisition to any enemy present in these waters. If it fell into the hands of an enemy, it would furnish him with the means of preying on the mercantile marine of Australasia. The geographical position of the Sound makes it the first point of call for ships from the Canal. India, and the Cape, and also from the China seas, by way of the Straits of Sunda, and an enemy located there would occupy a position close to the track of all British vessels coming from the places mentioned to Australia. It therefore seems desirable in the general interest that some means should be taken to defend it. If we consider the use to which the port might be put by an enemy, we at once see that it is the first point he would make for in any attempted attack upon Australasia. If he seized and took possession of the
Mr. Griffith: Oh!
Mr. Dodds: I hear murmurs of dissent from the hon. member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith), but the statistics produced by that gentleman would not warrant us in assuming that it looms so largely as the other position does. The hon. member has expressed a national sentiment, one that must commend itself to the whole of the colonies, and one that would enable us all to combine for defence purposes, if we could only give effect to it. But we are not ripe for that yet. We cannot see our way to it at present: had we done so no doubt the Governments who were represented at the Sydney Conference would have included defence in the subjects which it remitted for the consideration of the Federal Council. But it was left to be dealt with by the local legislatures, and defence matters are excluded from the subjects upon which we may legislate, until they are referred to us by the various colonies. The hon. member has indicated that we are somewhat selfish, or that the remarks of my Premier, Mr. Douglas, are somewhat selfish in calling attention to the fact that Tasmania has done something in the way of defence for herself. I was unable to agree with the view he took, that Hobart was in the same position, or that the expenditure might be regarded in the same sense, as that made in reference to the capital of the other Australasian colonies, for instance Melbourne or Sydnoy. I think it will be seen that Hobart occupies a different position to either Melbourne or Sydney, and I think that if Tasmania were possessed by a hostile power, it would form a base of operations which might seriously hamper or embarrass the colonies of the mainland in their defence against an enemy. The people of Tasmania have realised that fact, and have been willing to take upon themselves an expenditure, which is large considering the circumstances of the colony and the smallness of the population. It will be, perhaps, news to my hon. friend if I tell him the amount we have spent, or authorised to be spent, in this little colony up to the present time. We have spent a sum amounting to about £103,000, and are spending annually from £14,000 to £15,000 on defence, and the interest on the money we have thus spent, and the money we have to spend annually, involves a cost to this colony of £20,000 a year. I think it will be admitted, if you compare the condition of the colony of Tasmania with that of any other colony, that Tasmania has done her part in arming herself and providing the means of defence against the common enemy of Australia. It is because the people of Tasmania have recognised their duty to their neighbours as well as to themselves, that they are willing to take upon themselves the burdens of the necessary expenditure. I expected my friend would have based his argument on the importance of the position of Thursday Island, instead of on the amount of tonnage that annually passed it.
Mr. Dickson: So I did.
Mr. Dodds: If the hon. member did, I misunderstood him. Well then, Mr. President, if you compare the area and population and revenue of the colonies of the mainland to this little colony, you will see how necessary it is for us to be guarded in binding ourselves to any agreement which may involve us in a larger expenditure than we incur at present. In the colony which the hon. gentleman represents a revenue of £633,000 is derived from the sale and rental of Crown lands alone, and that is much larger than the total revenue of Tasmania from all sources. We are not in a position to contribute largely, or to pledge ourselves to a large expenditure, though we are desirous of bearing our fair share. We are willing to defend our own shores, and have shown it by carrying out practical defence works. With regard to entering into a general defence scheme, to that extent the Premier has already stated the colony would be quite prepared to go, but not beyond that. The estimates put forward by Mr. Lee Steere are not such as we should take as a guide to the probable amount of expense in connection with this
Dr. Macgregor: I desire to express general concurrence with the terms or the resolution, that the undefended positions of Thursday Island and King George's Sound would be a general source of weakness, and that energetic action ought to be taken in dealing with the question. It has been pointed out by several members that have spoken on this question what is the true position of this Council with regard to this matter, and that aspect has been dealt with so fully that I have nothing to add to it. It appears to me that we shall be expected to bring these questions before our respective Governments for consideration? and that I assume will raise the whole question of Australasian defence in each of the colonies. Now, situated as we are in a place like Fiji, the first thing we look to is, naturally, the line of defence the first line of defence that is common to the colonies—the Imperial navy. Opinions have been expressed, however, that this resolution does not raise in this Council, that subject for discussion, and therefore I will not detain the Council by dealing with it, but I would express the hope that, it the additional cruisers proposed by the hon. member for Queensland should at any future time be added to the squadron now in these waters, sight will not be lost of the advantages of having them under the direct and solo command of the admiral on the station. (Hear, hear.) The advantages of having an undivided command must be apparent and obvious to everyone, as the principal officer commanding on the station will always have in his possession information that probably would not be communicated to any other officer. The Imperial navy will always be equipped in the most perfect form, and have the best weapons obtainable, and those can be supplied only from the Imperial arsenals. These armaments would be evidently useless unless they were provided with men properly trained to the working of them. Having the undivided command of the ships on the station, the admiral would be able to concentrate the whole of his force at any given point, whenever he found it advisable to meet or attack an enemy in force, a matter with respect to which he would be better able to judge than any one else. Without going into this aspect of the question I must simply express the hope that when the time comes when this matter will be dealt with, that the great importance of having these snips fully and completely at the disposal of the principal naval officer on the station will not be forgotten. Passing now to the question of local defences it appears to me that the colonies of Victoria, Tasmania, and Queensland deserve very great credit indeed for the steps they have taken towards providing for their local defence, and I have no doubt whatever that if ever the time should unfortunately come when it should be necessary for them to raise their arms in their own defence, that these colonies will show courage and pluck that will do credit to them and the whole of Australasia. It appears now, however, that a new system of providing local defence is to be created—that of erecting them at the common expense of the Australasian colonies. I believe that is a new departure, for so far as I know the thing has not been attempted hitherto. That brings me to the question of the contribution to the defence by the several colonies. I am very sure that there is not a single colonist in Fiji who would not heartily sympathise with the object in view, and that the Government of that colony would, if it could, willingly participate in the scheme. At the same time, I regret very much to be under the necessity of stating now, what I think should be said openly and frankly, that I do not think the colony of Fiji would be in a position to contribute any money whatever towards this object, no matter how laudable it may be. The revenue of the colony of Fiji for
The "That, in the opinion of this conference, considering the large Imperial interests involved, the naval defence of these colonies should continue to be the exclusive charge of the Imperial Government, and that the strength of the Australian squadron should be increased. "That the members of this conference pledge themselves to use all legitimate endeavours to procure the efficient fortifications and land defence of the several ports of the Australian colonies at the cost of the several colonies interested."President: I desire to say a few words on this question, and I will deal with the minor portion of the resolution first. I think it would be desirable to eliminate altogether that part of it with reference to the erection and maintenance of a lighthouse and signalling station at Cape Leuwin, to be united by telegraph to the Sound. The reason for that is that it has a very slight connection indeed with the question of defence. It has more to do with the mercantile marine which is passing that particular point, and it has been dealt with by the Western Australian people themselves separately from the question of defence. Communications have passed between the Western Australian Government and several other governments of the Australian colonies in connection with this matter. I am aware that Victoria, New South Wales, and Queensland have all been communicated with in respect of this lighthouse. New South Wales and Victoria have already recognised their responsibility, or at all events expressed their willingness to contribute their proportion towards the erection of a lighthouse at Cape Leuwin, and they do so because they look upon Cape Leuwin as the nearest point on the north-west coast of Australia at which vessels coming from the old country by whatever route must sight. From that point of view it is almost essential that the lighthouse should be built, because it is the point that is first made by vessels coming to Australia so far as the southern and eastornports of the colony are concerned. Now the latest communication that the Government of Victoria have had from Western Australia, after all the communications that have passed
Then the despatch goes on to say:—
"Although this resolution would apparently contemplate that each colony should
After quoting from Sir Peter Scratchley, it goes on further to say:—
"It is, however, obviously unreasonable to expect the colony of Western Australia to provide and maintain the defences of this port at her sole expense, even if her means permitted her undertaking such a charge."
Now, I think there is a concensus of opinion in respect to that sentiment that first it would be of advantage to the more eastern colonies if certain fortifications were placed at the entrance to King George's Sound, and secondly it would not be reasonable, if that was recognised to be the case, that Western Australia should be asked to complete those fortifications. Then the despatch goes on to make certain statements with respect to the cost of those fortifications which are of such an indefinite character, as has been already referred to by various speakers, but it is impossible to deal with it. I took some trouble when this despatch came to hand to endeavour to find out what the total annual cost would be, and that is really, after all, the important subject to consider, because the sum voted for the construction of a fort, once voted is done with, but if a colony takes upon itself an annual expenditure it comes to be a very serious matter. (Hear, hear.) In Lord Derby's despatch it is stated—"The scheme of defence here proposed would suffice for this limited purpose, and Her Majesty's Government are prepared to assist the colonies by at once sending out the armament and the submarine mines referred to, delivering them free of cost, if the colonies are willing to defray all other expenses, roughly estimated at £6,000, exclusive of barracks, and to maintain the necessary garrison." The despatch goes on to say that the garrison of 50 artillery, 100 infantry, and 15 engineers. I sent this to our Minister of Defence, and asked him to estimate the expense of such a force. His reply was that he estimated as follows:—The garrison, as stated in despatch, viz., 50 artillery, 100 infantry, and 15 torpedo men, £16,500; cost of works, £6,000; cost of huts for garrison, £3,500. That £16,500 of expenditure presumed that there was a certain number of military permanently engaged, but it was quite possible by an arrangement, a local arrangement, to take up this work in the sense of volunteering, according to which the garrison would be paid a certain small amount per annum. On the hypothesis of this economical scheme, the estimate was as follows:—Pay for 115 men, £1,380; ammunition, £60; drill instructor, £180;4 officers, £130; total, £1,750.
Then for 12 permanent artillery men the cost will be £1,200, making a total amount of £2,950 per annum. What we really want to get now is a distinct scheme laid before the colonics as to what are the best steps for them to take. Is it necessary for us to spend £16,000, or only £2,950? It is quite clear that though we spend some of us considerable sums on defence works, they are not of such marked magnitude as to have special attention called to them until quite recently. The general idea is to grudge the expenditure of large sums of money for a purpose by which it is utterly thrown into the sea. We see no results from it, and the tendency amongst our legislators is to scrutinise very carefully any expenses for defence purposes, and very properly so to. Not that we actually grudge the expenditure, but the tendency is to think that there is not much necessity for it when there is no enemy on our coast. That is where I fear the great blunder lies in connection with our Australasian system of defences. Instead of putting our house in order so thoroughly, so that we need have no anxiety whatever happens, the tendency is to be scared by any exceptional news telegraphed to us from Europe or Asia, and then when the scare has died away to grumble at money which has been reasonably expended. We must set before ourselves some distinct plan which we must carry out from year to year, so that we can feel perfectly secure whatever happens, and that, I hope? is one of the things which this Council will help to bring about. In connection with this report of General Scratchley's, which has been alluded to, that deceased officer spoke about the total cost of carrying out his scheme being about £70,000. All these things show that a lay body of this sort has really nothing before it to enable it to judge what is the best course to adopt, and so we can only go on general principles, and announce that we are prepared to do what is necessary when the proper course is pointed out by those who are able to do it. We are prepared to do our part in the defence of these colonies. One point to be considered in connection with it is the question of money, and it is one of the greatest importance. Money, you know, makes the mare to go; and I think it is of considerable importance that I should bring under the notice of the Council a suggestion which was made to me some time ago, and which has since been the subject of correspondence between my Government and that of Western Australia. The suggestion was made to me by a gentleman who was formerly a Minister of Lands in Queensland, but who is now a resident of Sydney—Mr. E. W. Lamb.
Mr. Griffith: Oh!
The President: The suggestion of this gentleman has been to a certain extent approved of by the Government of Western Australia. It is that a large area of land should be set apart within the boundaries of Western Australia, and that such area should be held for defence purposes and to defray the cost of necessary works throughout the colonies. I do not know Mr. Lamb personally, but I have indicated his views to the Government of Western Australia. I suppose that fifty millions of acres of land, which it is proposed to set apart, would be a mere drop
—Mr. E. W. Lamb, of Sydney, at one time Minister of Lands in the Government of Queensland, has communicated to this Government a proposition for establishing what may be termed an Australian Federal Fund for defence and other objects, by means of the setting apart for that purpose by the Imperial Government of a portion, say 50,000,000 acres of the waste lands of Western Australia, the lands so reserved to be administered by and for the joint benefit of the several colonies concerned. Mr. Lamb expresses the opinion that the proposition which he advances would probably not be distasteful to Western Australia, having regard to the enormous extent of her territory, also to the comparatively small value at present of the lands proposed to be set apart, and to the fact that she would largely participate in the advantages to be derived from their appropriation for defence and other purposes. I deem it to be necessary, preliminary to any consideration of the matter, to bring the project under your notice in order that the views of the Government of Western Australia in relation thereto may be ascertained. I enclose copies of letters by Mr. Lamb on the subject, also an excerpt from the Sydney Morning Herald of
I had a reply from the Western Australian Government which went the length of recognising the possibility of this area being granted, but which annexed a condition, which is not a condition necessarily connected at all with the proposition which was made. It suggests a condition which may be regarded as a sort of quid pro quo to the Western Australian Government for their granting the 50 millions of acres of land, but it does not bear on the cession or concession of the land itself, nor does it affect the principle which underlies the suggested concession. And I think we might in regard to this fairly bear in mind that Western Australia is still a Crown colony, and in point of fact the Imperial authority—of course influenced by an expression of opinion from the legislature or people of the colony—but still having the paramount authority over these lands might be induced, seeing that Western Australia would not itself object, or would raise no great difficulty in securing the concession of the land, and if that could be done it would be an immense step in the way of rendering the defences of the Australasian colonies so perfect and complete that it would hardly be looked upon as a necessity to all in the future to apply to the local budgets to contribute towards fortifications, submarine mines, and torpedoes for the different seaports. The following was the answer from Western Australia:—
Western Australia, Colonial Secretary's Office, Perth, 17th December, 1885 .Sir, —In reply to your letter of the 7th September last, requesting the opinion of this Government upon a proposal to set aside 50.000,000 acres of the waste lands of this colony, to be administered for defence and other federal purposes, I am directed by Governor Sir Frederick Broome to inform you that this government would probably support such a proposal on condition that a federal loan of, say, £5,000,000 were raised for the purpose of constructing a railway connecting Perth with Adelaide,
viaEnda.2. Some federal organisation is clearly required before any steps can be taken either as regards the land or the loan, but Sir Frederick Broome is decidedly of opinion that Mr. Lamb's suggestion is valuable, and that if the scheme indicated in the letter could be carried out it would be of great benefit to the continent.
I have the honour to be, sir, your obedient servant, , Acting Colonial Secretary. The Hon. the Premier, Victoria. M. A. Smith
The Government of Western Australia would very probably support the proposal on condition of a federal loan of £5,000,000 being raised for the construction of a railway from Perth to Adelaide, via Enda, but I see no connection between the two things. I do not complain of the enterprising character of the condition. (Laughter.) It is one which strikes me with pleasure, but also with awe that we, the Federal Council of Australasia, who have no power to expend a penny, should raise a federal loan of £5,000,000 for this railway. This railway will, no doubt, have to be constructed someday. There can be no question about it. There will be no difficulty about it as the population of Western Australia increases, either by land grants, or in some other way. I know that some of the colonies do not believe in the land system being adopted for such a purpose.
Mr. Dickson: Hear, hear.
The President; But there are a variety of ways in which it can be constructed, and therefore the principle being conceded we shall not object to the plan, but consider it as one of those points which are well worth careful watching and following home. It is quite evident that to make the watch at Thursday Island and King George's Sound thoroughly effective would need a very large expenditure indeed, and it would be almost impossible to carry it out with the means at our disposal. The next question is what is to be done with this resolution if we pass it? Is it simply to be put on record in our proceedings, and left there?
Mr. Lee Steere: I have a further resolution to propose.
The President: Very well. I believe a movement has been set on foot for the holding of a conference at which the Imperial Government will be represented (as well as the colonies) by competent naval and military authorities who will be able to bring matters to a focus, so that they may be dealt with
Mr. Lee Steere: As there seems to be a general consensus of opinion that the question of the lighthouse at Cape Leuwin should not be connected with the question of the defence of King George's Sound, but should be taken up separately by the Australian colonies, which have an interest in this question, I think it would be advisable to withdraw the latter part of the resolution in deference to the opinion of this Council. I cannot understand the letter that was quoted from the Colonial Secretary of Western Australia, stating that the Government of that colony were prepared in June last to proceed with the erection of the lighthouse. As a matter of fact, the Government are not prepared to proceed with it, and I have authority to state that they do not intend to proceed with it, unless assisted by the colonies who have a greater interest, as Western Australia is not in a position to do it at her own expense. I would also like to make a few words of reference to the proposal of Mr. Lamb, which, it was stated, had been received with a certain amount of approbation in Western Australia. As a fact, no one in Western Australia, with the exception of the Government, knows anything about it. It had never been heard of by the colonists when I left, so it cannot be said the colony approves of it, and I have a very strong opinion that, if consulted, the Legislature would not approve of it. Mr. Lamb proposed to draw the line from Point Lambert to Vancouver Point, and leave Western Australia a strip of coast averaging not more than 100 miles in width, and it is not likely such a suggestion would meet the approval of the colonists of Western Australia. The Government would not be likely to consent to the alienation of 50 million acres, unless the other colonies agreed to contribute towards the cost of the intercolonial railway. As the resolution would be incomplete unless it was followed up, I have another one to propose suggesting that this resolution be forwarded to the Governors of the other colonies and to Her Majesty.
The President asked the hon. member whether it was necessary to insert the words "Princess Royal Harbour" more than once.
Mr. Lee Steere intimated that he had taken the wording from a despatch of Major-General Scratchley.
The resolution was agreed to.
Mr. "That the resolution be communicated by the President to the Governor of Tasmania, with the request that His Excellency will be pleased to transmit the same to Her Majesty and the governors of the other Australian colonies."Lee Steere said: In order to ensure our resolution being transmitted to England, I will move—
The motion was agreed to.
Mr. Dickson: I desire to point out that on the first day of meeting of the Council a copy of the Imperial Federal Bill, with the Adopting Bills attached, was laid on the table of the House. I find that it has not yet been printed, and an inconvenience is thus caused to several members in not possessing it. Probably a word from you Mr. President will get over the difficulty.
Mr. Griffith: It is necessary the whole of the bills should be printed in order that they may appear on the records of the Council.
At 5.45 p.m. the Council adjourned until 11 a.m. next day.
Wednesday, February 3, 1886.
Notices of Motion—Consideration of Report Standing Orders Committee—Appointment of Finance Committee—Federal Council Interpretation Bill—Service of Civil Process Bill—Federal Council Evidence Bill—Australasian Corporations Bill—Australasian Judgments Bill—The New Guinea Question—Adjournment.
The President (Hon. James Service) took the chair at 11 o'clock.
The following notices of motion were given:—
Mr. Lee Steere to draw attention to the communications which have passed between the various Australasian colonies with reference to the indemnification for losses in time of war, and to move,—That this Council is of opinion that it is desirable that the Governments of the Australasian colonies should come to a formal agreement to submit to their respective Legislatures some measure for giving notification to the proposed communication for the indemnification of persons who in case of war make a sacrifice of their property for the purpose of preventing aid to an enemy's force. (Thursday.)
Dr. Macgregor to move,—That the next session of this Council be held in Hobart, in the colony of Tasmania. (Friday).
Mr. "That the standing rules and orders prepared by the Standing Orders Committee, appointed on the 26th of January, be adopted by this Council,"Griffith, in moving—
said: Mr. President,—The standing orders are framed under the provisions of the 23rd section of the Imperial Act, which provides that "the Council may from time to time adopt such standing rules and orders as may be necessary for the conduct of its business, and that such rules and orders shall be binding on the members of the Council." For the most part the rules that have been framed by the select committee do not differ materially from the standing orders ordinarily adopted by the various Australian legislatures. I need not call attention to those standing orders which fellow the common form, but there are one or two matters in which they differ from those of other Legislatures, and it may be convenient to briefly call attention to them. The first section of the standing orders relates to the opening of the Council; and having regard to the fact that many of the members of the Council are appointed during pleasure, and that there may, and probably will, be changes in every session, provision are made for the verification of the commissions of the various members before the Council proceeds to business. It is clear that there must be some officer to act on that occasion, for the purpose of reading and recording those documents, and it is proposed by the standing orders that the Cleric of the Legislative Council of the colony in which the session is held shall act, unless some other officer is appointed by the Governor for that purpose, to perform those formal functions necessary before the President can be elected. It is proposed then that the commissions shall be handed in, together with the oath of allegiance or a certificate from the Governor before whom it was taken, and that a roll shall be kept on the table to be signed by each member in each session. Then it is provided that the President shall be elected, and that the Council shall proceed to appoint its officers. Nothing is said in these standing orders about a speech from the Throne, nor anything relating to the Queen or her representative. It is not the practice in the standing orders of Legislatures to provide for matters of that sort. Standing orders are for the conduct of ourselves in this House, and do not regulate our communications with Her Majesty. The next matter to which I will call attention—a minor one—is a rule recognising that the President shall be entitled to take part in the debates. The 75th Standing Order is that—
"When the President takes part in a debate, he shall speak on the floor of the House."
That is the practice in some of the Legislative Councils of the colonies, and of course the term "floor of the House" means beside the chair. The Imperial Act provides that questions shall be decided by a majority, including the President, and Standing Orders provide accordingly that in case of a division the President shall declare whether he votes with the "ayes" or the "noes," and that in case of an equality of votes the President shall declare the question to have passed in the negative. These are merely giving effect to the provisions of the Act. Under this heading of "Bills" there are two provisions to which I would call attention, as they are peculiar to the proceedings of this Council. Standing Order No. 171 relates to bills dealing with subjects specially referred to the Council by the Legislatures of two or more colonies, and it provides that "The Acts or ordinances by which such reference is made shall be ordered to be read before leave to bring in such bill is given." The 172nd Standing Order provides that the form of statement of the enacting authority shall be as follows:—
"Be it enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty by and with the advice and consent of the Federal Council of Australasia assembled at, in the colony of, and by the authority of the same, as follows."
Then, with respect to what is to be done with the bills when they are passed, it is proposed that there shall be as many fair prints of the bill on vellum as there are colonies represented in the Council, and one print in addition. It is then proposed that the bill shall be presented for the Royal assent by the President, and that afterwards one of each of those prints shall be forwarded to the Governor of each of the colonies re-presented in the Council, the other copy being forwarded to the Governor for transmission to one of Her Majesty's principal Secretaries of State. By that means each colony will possess an authentic record of the bills passed by the Council affecting it The most important, however, of the standing orders are those contained in the 17th chapter, relating to the formation of a Standing Committee. It is proposed, in pursuance of the powers conferred by the 24th section of the Imperial Act, which provides that "the Council may appoint temporary or permanent committees of its members, to perform such duties, whether during the session of the Council or when the Council is not in session, as may be referred to them by the Council "—it is proposed that a Standing Committee shall be appointed, whose duties and functions are defined in sections 213 to 218, which are of sufficient importance to justify me in reading them at length to the Council. Standing Order 213 provides that:—
"The Council shall in each session appoint a Permanent Committee, to be called the Standing Committee, whose duty it shall be—
"(1) To consider and prepare for the consideration of the Council in its next session such bills and other business as they may deem desirable, and to consider and report upon any bills which any member proposes to bring in in that session;
"(2) To receive returns to addresses presented by the Council to which no return has been made during the session, and to cause such returns to be printed and distributed to members of the Council;
"(3) To take such action while the Council is not in session as may appear to the committee desirable with respect to matters of general Australasian interest;
"(4) To advise the Governor of the colony in which the next session of the Council is to be held as to the time at which the Council is to be summoned to meet;
"(5) To perform such other duties as may be referred to it by the Council."
This, it will be seen, is a matter of very considerable importance. It is quite clear that if the Federal Council is to be of use, if it is to do its work satisfactorily, there must be some preparation for that work, just as there is for the work of every other Legislature. It must be somebody's business to make that preparation—to get the work ready. I do not see any reason why the speech with which future sessions of the Federal Council may be opened should not indicate the nature of the business to be brought forward, and the nature of the business that has been transacted during the recess, just as is done in the speech from the throne in the case of any other Parliament. But when there is no one specially charged with that duty of preparing the work, it would be very difficult for the Governor who, by the Act, is simply charged with the formal duty of convening the session to make any speech of that kind. The functions of such a committee in that respect, would, I conceive, be extremely useful, and indeed essential to the satisfactory working of the Council under its present constitution. Whether a committee of this kind will always remain a part of the unwritten constitution of the Council is another matter altogether. Perhaps we may devise some better scheme after we have had a little more experience. Another duty of the Standing Committee will be to receive returns to addresses not laid on the table during the session. It may very often happen that returns for which we have asked may not be ready until after the session is over, and in that case it should be somebody's duty to receive them, and see that they are bound up with the "Votes and Proceedings," and distributed to members. It is, of course, extremely desirable that any committee appointed should use great discretion in taking any action, and not to take any important step until all the colonies in the union have been consulted. The committee will, in effect, be the centre of communication during the recess as to matters of general interest. If the committee acts with discretion in these matters it may, I think, perform very useful functions, but the need for discretion will be very great. The duty of advising the Governor when the next session is to be held is a very important function. It is difficult to see, unless somebody is charged with that duty, how the Governor would know when the Council should be called together. Of course this will have to be a matter of arrangement for the convenience of the colonies represented, and if it was nobody's duty in particular to make those arrangements, it is difficult to see how they could be carried out satisfactorily. Rule 214 is as follows:—
The Standing Committee may perform its duties when the Council is not in session, and it shall not be necessary for the members there of actually to meet together for the transaction of business, but such business may be transacted by written or telegraphic communication between the members.
That, of course, is essential, considering the present circumstances of the colonies. Otherwise it would be quite impossible for the committee to do anything unless the members were in personal communication, and their usefulness would be very much diminished. Rule 215 provides—
The Chairman of the Standing Committee shall be appointed by the Council. If a vacancy occurs in the office of chairman the members of the committee shall elect one of their own number to be chairman.
These are, of course, unusual provisions, but considering the constitution of the Council I think they are necessary. I think the chairman should be appointed by the Council in the first instance, but it may easily happen that during the recess that person may cease to be a member of the Council, and then another appointment would have to be made. Then is proposed in respect to bills by Rule 216
Any member who proposes to bring in a bill must, one month at least before the commencement of the session in which he proposes to bring it in, send 10 copies of a fair draft thereof to the chairman of the Standing Committee, otherwise such bill shall not be allowed to be brought in without the special leave of the Council.
The object of this rule, of course, is that such bills shall be circulated, so that every member of the Council may have an opportunity of forming a mature judgment upon them before they are brought in, and, having regard to the important nature of the functions we have to perform, and the short time ordinarily at our disposal, I think it is extremely necessary that the greatest care be taken beforehand in preparing those matters.
Rule 217 provides:—
When the Standing Committee have agreed to a bill which they propose to recommend to the Council, the chairman shall send a copy thereof to every member of the Council, with such report or explanation as the committee may think fit.
That will ensure full deliberation before acting, then it is proposed by rule 218.
The proceedings of the Standing Committee shall be reported to the Council at the opening of the next session thereof.
These rules were considered very carefully by the committee, and I hope they will be adopted. The Standing Committee will, as I pointed out the other day, in some respects, stand in the same relation to the Federal Council that the Executive Council stands to the Parliaments of the colonies. In some respects, of course, as far as Executive Government and expenditure of money is concerned, they have not analogous functions, but as far as some of the other functions are concerned they will stand in a very analogous position—it will be in effect a committee of the Council to act for the Council in matters in which they cannot act for themselves. A practical question will arise as to the appointment of the Standing Committee. Probably having regard to the fact that members appointed on the committee may cease to be members of
Mr. Dodds: I second the motion.
Mr. Lee Steere: On looking over the standing orders, especially with reference to two of them, to which attention has been called by the hon. member for Queensland, it strikes me that two slight amendments might be made. Thus, in rule 171 it is provided "When a bill is proposed to be brought in in pursuance of a reference made by the Legislatures of two or more colonies under the provisions of the fifteenth section of 'The Federal Council of Australasia Act,
Now, I ask, is it necessary that the reference should be made either by "the Acts or Ordinances "—the Imperial Act indicates that this may be done by an address. (No.) But I say, yes. Section 16 of the Imperial Act says:—
"The Governors of any two or more of the colonies may, upon an address of the Legislatures of such colonies, refer for the consideration and determination of the Council any questions relating to those colonies or their relations with one another, and the Council shall thereupon have authority to consider and determine by Act of Council the matters so referred to it."
I think, therefore, that very frequently that this could be done merely by an address, and not merely by Acts and Ordinances. He moved that the words "or address" be inserted in clause 171.
Mr. Griffith suggested that the objection might be met by the addition of a reference to the 16th section, which would read "under the provisions of the 15th and 16th sections."
The President: Perhaps I may be permitted to call attention to the fact that under the 16th section of the Act, which is remitted, is supposed to be some matter of difference between two Legislatures, which is submitted, as it were, to the arbitration of the Council, and not bills for legislation in a general sense. It is quite true that even in that view of the question the matter must be dealt with by an Act of this Council, and a bill must be brought in; but, nevertheless, a subject might be discussed at considerable length, and a decision come to that would only require to be a resolution in the first instance.
Mr. Griffith: Mr. President, I do not think that any amendment is, after all, necessary. The object of the standing order is this, that the Council may be reminded before a bill of this kind is brought in of the provisions of the Acts under which it is brought in. They are bound to take official notice of them, but it may be convenient that they should be reminded. But the reference under the 16th section of the Act really provides for this itself. The references under that section will be made by messages from the Governors of two or more colonies to the Council, and those messages will be read before the bill is brought in, and it docs not require a standing order to say that it must be so. The reference provided for by the standing order is a general reference to Acts of Parliament. The other reference referred to is a special one made by the Governors to the Council, referring a matter for decision, and on the message being received the Council would proceed to act. That would be a special reference in each case, but this standing order deals with a general reference from the Legislatures, in which case it may be years before it is acted upon, so that the reminder provided for is necessary. If the matter brought forward is to be dealt with at all, it must be by a special standing order, but for the reasons I have given I do not think that it is necessary.
Mr. Berry: I do not intend, sir, to deal with these standing orders generally. I may say that I think the explanation of the hon. member who brought up this report is highly satisfactory in regard to most of the rules, but I wish to call attention to the powers proposed to be conferred on the Standing Committee.
The President: Allow me to point out that there is an amendment before the Council.
Mr. Berry: I understood that it was withdrawn.
Mr. Douglas: I think you had better dispose of the amendment made by the hon. member for Western Australia before proceeding further.
The President: Perhaps hon. members will permit me to direct attention to a point of order. I am afraid that the procedure is rather awkward. The motion before the Council is that the standing orders be adopted, and there is no amendment on that question. An amendment, however, has been made in one of the standing orders itself. It would almost seem to me that, in order to get into the matter properly, we must go into committee, that is if we are going to deal with the rules in debate; be-
Mr Lee Steere: I am quite willing to withdraw my amendment if it is considered that the explanation of the hon. member for Queensland is the proper interpretation of the order. But there is another amendment I wish to propose in the succeeding order, and if you say it would be out of order to move an amendment with you in the chair, I will move that the Council go into committee.
Mr. Griffith: Not to reconsider the whole lot.
Mr. Lee Steere: The only one I wish to have reconsidered is No. 216, but if any member wishes to move an amendment in any one, he will have the opportunity of doing so.
Mr. Douglas: It will be to reconsider those clauses which any member may wish to call attention to, and unless we do something in the matter we shall never get on.
Mr. Dodds: I do not think that is the right course, or at any rate the course contemplated by the rules. Hon. members are all aware that although those rules are not in force, yet they are framed with a view to guide our future deliberations, and we cannot do better than follow them out. Now rule 58 says:—" A question having been proposed, may be amended by leaving out certain words only; by leaving out certain words in order to insert or add other words; or by inserting or adding words." That seems to say that the proper mode is to move, as the hon. member for Western Australia has done now, and the question should be put from the chair that certain words be left out or added. Rule 59 again says:—" An amendment proposed but not seconded shall not be entertained by the Council, nor entered in the votes and proceedings." Rules 60, 61, and 62 show the method in which an amendment may be made, either by leaving out, substituting, or adding words to a clause. The subsequent rules all go to show that in case of an amendment, full power is given to the Council to deal with the amendment in the manner I have stated.
The President: The hon. member forgets that the amendment proposed in the section is not an amendment on the question before the Council. That is where the difficulty comes in. The motion I have before the chair is that the standing orders be adopted, and there is no proposal to leave out or add words in any shape or form. The only proposal is that certain words be added to rule 171, which is not an amendment on the question before the chair. The difficulty of procedure is that we cannot proceed in this case, because there is no objection made to the motion before the chair at all. I expect that in one or two matters of detail it is desirable these standing orders should be amended, and therefore the necessity for going into detail entails the necessity for going into committee.
Mr. Dodds: I am unwilling, Mr. President, to take any course which appears to differ from your ruling, but as I presume the expressions of opinion we are giving now are given with a desire to ascertain what should be the practice. I hope you will consider if I make any remarks which appear to differ from your ruling, that I do not do so in the sense of disputing it. The difficulty suggested seems to shew that the form of motion is wrong. If we are to submit a motion by which the mouth of the Council is to be shut, it will be a most embarrassing mode of procedure. If the motion implies that we should adopt the report of the committee or not, that it must be either accepted or negatived as a whole, it would be a most inconvenient mode of procedure. The proper course to be followed would be for some member to move that the rules and standing orders as submitted be the rules and standing orders, and to this such an amendment as that proposed could be very properly submitted. If the motion of the hon. member for Queensland is that these rules should be the rules of the Council, it is quite competent for the hon. member for Western Australia (Mr. Lee Steere) to say, "I desire to omit certain words, and substitute other words." In point of fact, it is quite within the rules laid down by the standing orders quoted. That appears to me, if only on the ground of convenience, to be the proper mode of proceeding; but it is just as well, if there is any doubt in the minds of hon. members upon the question, that we should have it settled at once.
The President: That was not my dictum. You can move an amendment on any motion, but to submit an amendment in this form is to deal substantively with a particular motion whilst another is before the Council. It is quite right for the hon. member to say, "I support the motion of Mr. Griffith," but if you were to add another motion to this motion it would be a very clumsy way of doing it. The hon. member will see that if half-a-dozen members were to get at the same thing it would finally become of the most conglomerated form. The motion, as originally put, may be formally amended in respect to its original proposition, but for everyone to select any particular amendment he wished to make in the bill, and move it as a substantive amendment in the Council, would be a violation of all the standing rules and orders.
Mr. Douglas: We will never get on unless we go into committee, when what is required can be dealt with. The only way we can come to any finality is by going into committee, and each member moving what amendments he may think desirable.
Mr. Dickson: It is undesirable for this Council to perform the functions of a committee. I support your view entirely, Mr. President, that there is nothing to prevent the hon. member for Western Australia, Mr. Lee Steere, in moving any amendment he wishes when the House has resolved itself into a committee upon the bill. The hon. gentleman referred to clause 171, which I presume he intends to go into committee upon, and I trust he will extend his motion to include clause 215, dealing with the question of the position of the chairman or the standing committee. It is a matter worthy of consideration.
Mr. Berry: Do not discuss that subject now.
Mr. Dickson: I am only asking the hon. member for Western Australia to extend his amendment, so as to deal with clause 215.
Mr. Berry: As the hon. member for Tasmania has told us, the terms of the motion are scarcely correct. Instead of the motion that the rules and standing orders be adopted, it should be, "That the rules and standing orders be now considered." That would have the effect of placing the orders seriatim before the Council, and it would have been perfectly competent to make alterations either by striking out or adding to any one of the orders. The course would be the same with any other report. The whole of the standing orders would be placed before the Council, and if one hon. member wished to deal with standing order No. 24, and no other member desired to deal with the previous ones, those previous ones would be considered as passed up to No. 24. Then we might go on to 48 and 96, and the intermediate ones might be considered as passed. If any amendment was made in the standing orders, the motion would be that they be adopted as amended, or printed, as the case may be. I suggest this mode, that the motion of the hon. member for Queensland be altered from the adoption of the standing orders to the consideration of the standing orders, thus leaving an opening for any amendments that may be desired to be made.
Mr. Griffith: The matter must clearly be referred to a committee if the discussion is to be brought to a result. Whether the amendments can be moved in any particular form, seems to me to be beside the question. It is a matter more of convenience than form that we should go into committee to consider amendments upon this report. If it meets the approval of hon. members, I will move, instead of the motion I have moved, that the House now resolve itself into a committee of the whole to consider the rules and standing orders brought up by the Standing Orders Committee, and they can then all be considered seriatim.
The President: The course suggested by Mr. Berry is a perfectly legitimate one. The only difference between that course and going into committee, is that in one case the members can only speak once, whilst in the other they can speak as often as they like. The hon. gentleman has withdrawn his first motion, and submitted another, I understand, for the purpose of considering the rules and standing orders in committee.
Mr. Griffith: Yes formally.
Mr. Dodds: What opportunity will the Council have for expressing its opinion upon these new rules?
Mr. Berry: It will have to agree with the committee.
Mr. Dodds: That ought not to be a case which should be allowed to obtain. If the Council had to adopt or reject as a whole, it would be extremely inconvenient, and the Council ought therefore to have an opportunity of expressing its opinion on each one of these rules.
The President: The course suggested by Mr. Berry will admit of that.
Mr. Dodds: The course suggested by Mr. Berry will, of course, admit of that, but not the course proposed by the hon. member for Queensland. It will be seen that if the Council goes into committee to consider certain rules, it must come back in the same position in which it went in. The Council wants to express its opinion upon an individual rule. In this particular instance a majority of members constitute the select committee, and there is not likely to be a difference of opinion; but if we had a larger chamber, and were discussing the provisions of a bill, is the Council to be precluded from expressing its opinion upon each clause or rule, and have to go into committee and come back in the same position? The most convenient course, is certainly that suggested by Mr. Berry.
The amendment was carried, and the Council went into committee.
Rules 1 to 17 were passed as printed.
On Rule 171,
Mr. Lee Steere renewed his contention that reference of matters to the Council was not necessarily, under the Imperial Act, to be done by resolution, but might be done by address.
Mr. Berry asked if that was in the Western Australian Adopting Bill? The Victorian bill made reference by Act compulsory, but if the Act of any colony allowed reference by address, it should appear here.
Mr. Lee Steere said that reference to his Act showed him that there was no allusion to it. He thought they might refer by resolution.
Mr. Griffith: No Legislature has done so yet. It will be time enough to make the standing order when they do.
Mr. Lee Steere: Such a step would be rendered unnecessary by making the provision now, and there could be no harm in it. He believed that a resolution would be the form of reference preferred in Western Australia, and he moved that the words, "or resolution" be added.
Mr. Berry thought there could be no objection to this. Their standing orders ought to be sufficiently elastic to take in the mode of action of any colony in which the Act was in force. If any colony thought the resolution sufficient to refer any subject to the Federal Council, why should they refuse it? In that case the colony would be compelled to pass an Act which the Imperial Act did not command. Any two Legislatures could refer by joint resolution.
Mr. Griffith: I am quite clear it cannot.
Mr. Berry: Addresses to the Queen are frequently adopted by joint resolution.
Mr. Griffith: Yes, addresses. That is done.
Mr. Berry thought a joint resolution of the two Houses of the Legislature, or of one House where there was only one chamber, would be a compliance with the Act. If the hon. and learned member for Queensland said it could not be done, probably the hon. member for Western Australia would not persevere with his amendment.
Mr. Douglas: Look at clause 16 of the Imperial Act.
Mr. Berry said by that matters might be referred by address to the Federal Council, and the Council might act upon it. The address was a resolution of "the House. The matter referred by Queensland and Tasmania to the Council, was that done by resolution?
Mr. Griffith: No; by Act.
Mr. Dodds: So did we.
Mr. Douglas said this standing order
Mr. Service said if there were any doubt at all as to the meaning of the term legislature the Council should take care to do nothing which would have the effect of rendering nugatory any of its acts hereafter. For example, suppose the Legislature of Western Australia and the Legislature of Queensland had referred the question of the status of corporations to the Council, and it was done in Western Australia by resolution, and in Queensland by Act, and the Council proceeded to pass an Act upon the subject, it might be contended afterwards that the reference was not complete on that account. If it were therefore possible to raise such a question in one of the higher Courts by any uncertainty he thought it should be avoided, and he would therefore ask the hon. member for Western Australia whether there would be any difficulty in the way of his Legislature passing an ordinance instead of a resolution. If there were any such difficulty there might be some reason for the amendment, but it appeared to him that an ordinance could be carried through just as easily as a resolution, and if that were so there could be no reason for raising this question at all or of discussing it, and perhaps eventually making it a bone of contention in some of the Supreme Courts hereafter. Therefore, unless the hon. member could point out to the committee that disadvantages and serious inconvenience would be caused to the Legislature of Western Australia by having to make their reference by ordinance instead of by resolution, he should feel inclined to vote against the proposed amendment.
Mr. Griffith said the Legislatures of the colonies had powers conferred upon them by the 6th and 15th sections of the Act. The 6th section authorised the Legislature of any colony to make such provisions as it thought fit for the appointment of representatives of that colony, and for determining the tenure of their office, and the 15th section enabled them to refer certain matters to the Council. He could not conceive anybody contending that the terms used in the 6th section meant that representatives could be appointed by resolution—it must be done by an Act of the Legislature—by a bill passed into law; so the delegation of legislative powers to the Council, under the 15th section, could only be done by Act of Parliament. By inserting the words proposed by the hon. member they would be expressing an opinion in their standing orders that it might be done by resolution, which, to his mind, it was perfectly clear it would not be. If the Legislature of Western Australia should enact some day that it would do by resolution what at present it can only do by Act of Parliament, they might then add to the standing order the words, "or in the case of Western Australia by resolution." He hoped the hon. member would not press his amendment, for, if carried, it would be a very serious blot on the standing orders indicating that they thought it possible that a thing could be done which lawyers, at any rate, would clearly say could not be done.
Mr. Lee Steere said that as in Western Australia the same number of members who could pass a resolution could also pass an Act of Parliament, he would, in deference to the opinions of hon. members, withdraw his amendment.
Amendment withdrawn accordingly, and question put and passed.
On the section dealing with the Standing Committee of the Council being put from the chair,
Mr. "Any member who proposes to bring in a bill must, one month at least before the commencement of the session in which he proposes to bring it in, send 10 copies of a fair draft thereof to the Chairman of the Standing Committee, otherwise such bill shall not be allowed to be brought in without the special leave of the Council."Berry said the first objection he took to that portion of the standing order was with regard to the power proposed to be given to the committee in regulating the bills to be brought before the Council. By standing order No. 216 it was provided that—
He had grave doubts whether such a power ought to be conferred upon the Standing Committee, especially as the Council would, in all probability, be constituted from the leading members of the various colonial Legislatures. To give to a small committee the power to say what bills should, and what should not, be introduced would, he thought, be frequently objected to by members who wished to judge for themselves what bills they should submit to the Council. It was no doubt desirable that copies of bills to be brought forward should be sent to the committee, so that it might be known what business was likely to be brought on at the next session of the Council. Such a course would tend to facilitate business, and to shorten the prodeedings of the Council. But to say that any bill should be assisted or retarded in its progress by the report of the Standing Committee would certainly be objected to by individual members of the Council, who, it seemed to him, had a perfect right to introduce any bill they thought proper unprejudiced by any report of a committee of the Council. A member bringing forward a bill that had been reported against by the committee would be unfavourably handicapped by the report of what would be really the Executive Committee of the Council. He therefore thought they should not take away by their standing orders, any of the inherent powers which the members of the Federal Council did, and should enjoy. They might be trusted, he thought, being what they were, to bring forward only such measures as were deserving of the consideration of the Council, and it would be unfortunate if any obstacle—in the shape of a standing order—were placed in the way of their doing so. There was certainly a proviso that a bill rejected by the committee could be introduced by special leave of the Council; that a member asking for such leave would be met by a committee who had already expressed an opinion that the bill should not be introduced. In fact an overwhelming reason for its introduction would have to be made out. Such a course was adopted in no legislative body that he was aware of, and it would be highly objectionable to introduce it there, especially as the members of the Council would always be experienced public men either holding or having held high office in the State. The granting of such a power to the committee, having regard for the shortness of the session,
Mr. Griffith: Of course it is.
Mr. Berry: In my opinion such a course is less required by a body constituted as the Federal Council is than it would be by ordinary legislatures where new men, unused to public life, are constantly being introduced, and who might fairly be put under some control. He hoped that what he had said would induce the Council to amend this portion of the standing orders in such a way as to leave every member of any future Council at full liberty to bring in any measure that he might consider desirable, leaving the Council to deal with it under their ordinary rules, rejecting it on the second reading, or giving such reasons as may induce the member to withdraw it, and that liberty be granted to bring in any measure up to the last day of the session.
Mr. Griffith said that there was a great deal of force in what the hon. member had just said. He was not aware that similar rules were in force for any other Legislature, but he was not aware that any other Legislature was constituted like the Federal Council. They must remember also that they did not yet represent the whole of the Australian colonies, and that they were anxious that they should represent them all. One of the arguments adduced against federation was, "Why should we entrust a small legislative body with such powers? They will meet, and before we have time to hear what is proposed they will bring in and pass hurriedly into law Acts which will bind us irrevocably." And so they said, "We will not entrust you with such powers." The one great danger that stood in the way was undue hurry and haste in their legislation. If they were to hope to get the other colonies in, they must satisfy them that there was no danger of that being done without the colonies knowing what the Council were about. Otherwise it might happen that one of the colonies would be bound by legislation brought in and passed in three or four days before even they had ever heard of it. He could not say that he would like to see an Act brought in and passed in three or four days, that would bind Queensland before he heard of it. He would object and oppose such a thing in every possible way unless there had been some opportunity of considering it before. It was expressly to avert that danger, and show the outside colonies that they were determined not to do things without mature consideration, that that standing order was proposed. He did not think that a month was too long. What had been the practice of the Imperial Parliament of late? They had now delegated to this Council powers previously exercised by themselves alone, But as a matter of practise for some years past a bill affecting the colonies was not introduced without first sending a copy of it to every Australasian Government, and waiting for a report from that Government giving their opinion on the subject. That had been the practice for many years of the Imperial Government. To make a complete analogy a bill should not be passed into law by the Council unless it had been laid on the table in the previous session. That would, however, cause undue delay, but he thought they should incorporate some such provisions to guard against undue haste. He hoped, therefore, that section 216 would not be interfered with. Exception had been taken to the phrase "by special leave," but that provision was required to meet cases of emergency. A bill would not be considered unless the month's notice was given, but in cases of emergency, if a bill commended itself to the Council, it would no doubt be allowed to be brought in. There was no matter more carefully considered by the committee, and he hoped that the Council would not reverse the decision of the committee in that respect. With respect to rule 213, making it a part of the function of the committee to consider and report on any bill which a member intended to bring in, that was not of so much importance, and he thought it might be left out without affecting very seriously the functions of the Standing Committee. Considering that he was likely to be a member of that committee, he would be glad to see it omitted as far as his personal convenience was concerned.
Mr. Service said that he had had no conversation with his colleague in reference to the standing orders, and as a member of the committee that considered the rules, he, of course, was a party to them, but nevertheless he thought that his colleague had made out a good case as to the first section of rule 213, and he was glad to hear that Mr. Griffith did not object. He certainly thought that his colleague had made out a strong case, because any bill reported against by the Standing Committee would come down with a taint upon it before ever the member who proposed it had had an opportunity of stating his reasons. He thought, however, that clause 216 might be allowed to stand. The reasons for it given by Mr. Griffith were very strong, viz., to meet the objections taken by some of the other colonies that undue haste might occur in connection with the legislation of this Council. He thought that far too much had been made—he desired to say this emphatically—by some of the other colonies of this possibility, because they were restricted in every legislative act which they performed, with the exception of the clauses A to H in the 15th section of the Imperial Act. Upon these they could legislate of course, as they thought proper, but on every other subject there must be a reference of two or more colonies, and that reference in itself would suffice to give ample notice to all the Legislatures of the colonies. He wished to make that remark because, whilst he agreed with Mr. Griffith that it was desirable to do away as far as they could with any objection raised by the other colonies on this ground, yet he thought it well to point out that the objection was, after all, a small one. One
Clause 213 was passed as amended, and clause 216 passed as printed.
Mr. Dickson said that he thought they were justified in going into committee on these rules, and he had no doubt that the debate in connection with the important section just passed would be read with interest. He agreed with the hon. members who had spoken that it was very desirable to guard against surprise motions, and he thought that the section just considered furnished ample safeguards against any hasty legislation. He rose to call attention to clause 215 dealing with the Chairman of the Standing Committee. That was a most important position, and he thought that it was worthy of consideration whether the Chairman of the Standing Committee should not also be President. He thought that the President of the Council should be the mouthpiece of the Executive during the recess.
Mr. Service said that there was one difficulty suggested itself to him in connection with this matter, and that was that it would tie the hands of the Council in the election of President. For instance, they might have a Chairman of the Standing Committee in whoso capacity and experience they all had confidence, and whoso services it would be desirable to secure for a length of time, but it might not be thought equally desirable that the presidency should go in from one session to another. On these grounds he would recommend that the two functionaries be separate and distinct.
Mr. Dickson said he had no desire to move the amendment, as he simply wished to elicit an expression of opinion as to the amendment. He was not prepared to press any objection to the resolution, as he was in favour of the chief executive officer being the President of the Council. All communications he had to make from the committee would be given with more authority, and would be more satisfactory. If the offices were separated, and there were two chief officers, differences of opinion might arise between them during the recess, and a variety of opinion in the Council would be different from two chief magistrates not being in unison during the recess.
Mr. Lee Steere said that as the hon. member for Queensland would not move an amendment, he would like to make a few remarks in reference to No. 216. He thought some difficulty might arise in consequence of a member representing a colony not having been appointed a sufficient time to enable him to transmit to the Standing Orders Committee any bills his government wished to propose. The rules said that all bills should be so forwarded one month before the commencement of the session. The hon. members representing Queensland were, he believed, appointed for the term of three years, while he did not think that any of the others were appointed for longer than one session, or during pleasure. The danger arose of a member not being appointed in time to forward his acts to the Standing Committee, and the Government he represented, would thus be precluded from passing any legislation they wished to.
Mr. Griffith: Let them appoint their members.
Mr. Lee Steere: There might be some cause which prevented it.
Mr. Griffith: Oh!
Mr. Lee Steere said he would like to see the clause altered so that the notice would have to be given by the Government.
The clause was agreed to.
On the motion of Mr. Griffith clause 217 was amended, consequentially upon the amendments in clause 213, to read as follows:—When the Standing Committee have agreed to a bill which they propose to recommend to the Council, or have received from a member a draft of the bill proposed to be brought in by him, the chairman shall send a copy thereof to every member of the Council.
The remainder of the rules were agreed to.
The "standing orders and rules" were then reported to the House, with amendments, and adopted.
Mr. Dickson moved,-"That a Finance Committee be appointed to ascertain and certify to the necessary expenditure in connection with the business of the Council during the session, and that such committee consist of the following members:—Messrs. Berry, Dodds, Lee Steere, Macgregor, and the mover." This motion was so self-explanatory that he would not detain the Council in speaking upon it.
Mr. Lee Steere seconded.
The motion was agreed to.
Mr. Berry moved the third reading of the Federal Council Interpretation Bill.
The bill having been read by the clerk a third time,
Mr. Berry proposed to amend the first portion of clause 6, to make it read as follows:—When in any Act of the Federal Council any Act of the Parliament of England, or of Great Britain, or of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, or any Act of the Federal Council or Act of Parliament of any Australasian Colony is referred to, it shall be sufficient to name the country, federation, or colony by whose Legislature such Act was passed.
The amendment was agreed to, and the bill passed.
On the motion of Mr. Griffith the Service of Civil Process Bill was read a third time and passed.
The orders of the day—Federal Council
The amendments were read a first time.
On the motion that they be read a second time,
Mr. Dodds said: I do not think the Council ought to pass this bill. I have already taken occasion to point out the objections to it, and further consideration has not removed those objections, although it is perfectly true that it is now in a less objectionable form than it was at first. The amendment of my hon friend the member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith) is very ingenious; it attempts to get over the difficulty, and has, to some extent, met my objections, but whether it does so sufficiently to bring it within the powers of our charter is exceedingly doubtful to my mind. The principal point upon which I cannot satisfy myself is, whether, having certain functions bestowed upon us as a Council, we are not exceeding them in this bill. We have not the power to deal with the law of evidence in any colony, but can anyone satisfy himself that we are not doing so under this bill. It may be true that it will be necessary to take evidence in relation to subjects which are provided for within the charter, but we cannot say that this bill will not alter the law of evidence, and if it do so by a side wind, we are enacting something which is not included in the Federal Council Enabling Act. Let us test it in this way. Section 7 says:—" The provisions of this Act as to proving documents shall be in addition to, and not in derogation of, any powers of proving documents existing at common law or given by any law now in force in any colony of the federation." The Imperial Act says that in any instance in which the Acts of the Council differ from those of the local Legislatures, the Acts of the Council shall prevail. I could give instances where the law of evidence differs in the colonies we are legislating for, and the consequence would be if we pass this bill that under its provisions the law we are making is to supersede everything in the law of the colonies in respect to which the Act is passed. We are creating an inconsistency by it of a very grave character, and that is one of the difficulties in regard to the measure. The rule of evidence is that foreign law must be proved as a fact before the Courts adjudicating will recognise it. How far the law of Victoria would in Tasmania, or any other colony, be considered foreign law is a question on which there might be a considerable difference of opinion. It might be treated as foreign law in any of the other colonies, or it might be treated as not coming within that category. In the latter case there would be no necessity at all for the provisions of this Act, and I am now directing my remarks to the Act as it appears in its amended form. There is no present necessity for dealing with this question during the present session, for none of the measures which we are likely to pass would call this bill into operation. We have struck out of section 3 the reference to the unwritten law, rules, and principles of any colony, and also the following sub-section.—The course of proceeding, and all rules of justice in force in the Supreme Court of any Australasian colony,"—and what is left is not needed. Clause 4 is the most useful clause in the bill, making the Government Gazette of any colony "evidence of the publication thereof on the day on which the same bears date; and any such paper, if it purports to contain any proclamation, order, regulation, rule, by-law, matter, or thing allowed, confirmed, cancelled, approved of, assented to, or certified shall also in such matters be primâ facie evidence of the purport and clue making of such proclamation, order, regulation, rule, by-law, matter, or thing."—but I know of no act of this session which would call it into operation. Section 6 was so clearly outside our functions, that the Council found no difficulty in striking it out, because it proposed to make us create a new criminal offence, and affected the liberty of the subject, and so nothing is left but the new section 6, and the other portions I have referred to. In the light of this I ask, is it desirable for the Council, there being a doubt which has not been satisfactorily and completely disposed of—although the objections have been met to a great extent—and there being no absolute necessity for it, to persist in passing the bill. Would it not be wiser to defer it? We have done good by discussing its provisions. We have thrown a good deal of light on the question, and now I suggest that we should refer it to the Standing Committee which is about to be appointed, and of which I have no doubt my hon. friend, Mr. Griffith, will be the chairman, to amend the scheme further, and bring it on in a form in which there could be no doubt as to its validity. I would suggest to the hon. gentleman in charge of the bill whether it would not be wise—especially as he is not supported by any legal adviser—not to proceed further with it during the present session.
The President: There are one or two of the arguments of the hon. member in respect to this bill, which I think hardly express the object with which it was originally intended to promote the passing of this and other bills during the present session. This is, in point of fact, preliminary legislation, and the same remark will apply to the other two bills we have passed this morning, one of which was the interpretation of terms used in Acts of Parliament. It was certainly considered that if there were any functions which this Council could properly perform during its first session, it would be the dealing with such preliminary measures as recommended themselves to the judgment of the Council at large. Of course if is possible to do it this session it will obviate the necessity of doing it at any future time, but still if there is any doubt we should be careful not to press the matter forward. The hon. member admits that there is some good in the bill.
Mr. Dodds: If we have the power to pass it
The President: The hon. member has not expressed any very decided opinion upon the subject, but if the hon. member for Queensland expresses himself in similar terms of doubt as those used by the hon. member for Tasmania, I, as a layman, shall not press the point further, as every layman must necessarily be guided by the professional men in the Assembly on such a matter as this. In reference to our having no legal adviser for the colony of Victoria I would say that this bill was submitted to the gentleman who has
Mr. Dodds: Surely he never consented to section 6 being put there.
The President: I am not prepared to say that; but the main principles of the bill had his approval, and the Government of Victoria, who have been guided by him in legal matters for the last three years, have not fallen into any error or mistake under his guidance, and his voice has gone a long way with the representatives of Victoria in their desire to see the bill passed. The provisions of this bill, as we all of course know, are substantially restricted to any law process that may be brought before any Court under the provisions of Acts of this Council only. That being so, each individual colony represented in this Council certainly consents, at all events, to the principle involved in this bill; and the colonies which have agreed to pass this bill cannot possibly object to the increased powers which this bill gives them, and which are referred to in clause 7. As the other colonies of Australia cannot be affected in any shape or form by the bill, it is impossible for them to raise objections to it. I confess I should like to hear what Mr. Griffith has to say on the question, and I shall be guided to a large extent by what he says. This Council should take care to do nothing that is even doubtful, it should be careful in every step it takes, so as to impress upon all the colonies, or those outside, as well as those within the Federation, that the Council is a body which intends to deal very warily and charily with the legislative functions which have been committed to it. It is of far more importance that we should impress that conviction strongly upon the minds of the colonies at large than that we should pass an extra bill or two this session. Of course, hon. members desire to do and to show some work for the time they have been engaged, but I do not think that feeling should be allowed to go too far, and induce us in the slightest degree to enter upon hasty legislation which is in any respect detrimental. I for one, therefore, should be glad to hear the opinion of the hon member from Queensland on the question.
Mr. Griffith said: Mr. President, I have considered on several occasions the questions that have been raised with respect to this bill being within the jurisdiction of the Federal Council. The conclusion that I have come to is, that it is within our powers to pass such an Act; and that for this reason: almost any Act that we may pass here of general application, will of necessity involve that things done in one colony shall be recognised in another. That is involved in the principle of a law of general application. I do not think that the laws of the several colonies are at present convenient, if they are sufficient, for the purpose, and it would therefore be necessary for us in each instance, after passing a law, to provide how the proceedings to be taken under that law should be proved in a colony other than that in which they are taken. It may be that the general law would be sufficient, but I very much doubt it. I think, therefore, it would be within our province in each case to provide how the proceedings shall be proved. This bill aims to effect that object. It will be a sort of addendum or appendix to every Act of the Federal Council, providing that whenever for the purpose of any Act it is necessary to make formal proof of certain things, this Act shall apply. I think we can do that. Take, for instance, the case of a judgment. If we are passing a law that a judgment of one colony shall be recognised in another, it would be within our province to say that the certificate of the proper officer of the Court in which the judgment is made should be recognised in the Court of the colony in which it is proposed to be enforced. All the provisions in this bill are other instances of the same principle. I think, therefore, from that point of view that it is within our province to pass it, so far as relates to matters over which we have original jurisdiction. With respect to other matters over which we may have a delegated jurisdiction, but which have not yet been referred to us, I apprehend that it will be necessary that this bill should be referred to and incorporated in any Act of that kind, because probably our power to legislate in respect of any such matters must be exercised subsequently in point of date to the Acts by which the matters are referred to us—I mention this for future consideration when we pass any Act to whose provisions it is desired that the provisions of this bill should be applied. I think we may safely proceed to pass this bill into law.
Mr. Berry: I am glad to hear the opinion just expressed by the hon. member from Queensland, because there is no question but that we should be very careful indeed, in passing measures, to be quite clear that they are within the jurisdiction conferred upon this Council. I was aware that the hon. member for Tasmania, Mr. Dodds, had raised objections at an earlier stage to this measure on the ground that it was beyond the powers of the Council to pass a measure of this kind; but I understood that by the alterations made in committee the objections he entertained had been to a very large extent removed.
Mr. Dodds: By the insertion of clause 2.
Mr. Berry: And by the striking out of clause 6. I was pleased to hear, when he spoke this morning, that he did not speak with any confidence with regard to the doubts that he had originally raised. It is true he said they were not wholly removed from his mind, but I think he conveyed the impression that a very little of them still remained. I feel, as no doubt do other hon. members, that to raise the question at this last stage of the bill is a surprise, and is somewhat to be deplored. However, if it could have been shown that the bill was outside our powers, or that it was altogether unnecessary, it would have been the duty of the Council, even at the last stage, to have abandoned the measure. Although I was not convinced by anything the hon. member said, cither that the bill was outside our powers, or that it was unnecessary, I am glad to see that the hon. member from Queensland, after very mature consideration, has given us the assurance that in his opinion the bill is not outside the powers of this Council. As you very well pointed out, sir, in your remarks, this bill is one of the preliminary bills to initiate, as it were, the legislation which, in course of time will be completed in this chamber, That it will be a useful measure, I am convinced. It will facilitate evidence of
Question put and passed, and the third reading of the bill made an order of the day for to-morrow.
On the order of the day being called for the resumption of the debate on the question, that this bill be now read a second time,
Mr. Dodds said: Mr. President, the hon. member who introduced this bill very justly observed that the state of the law in regard to the status of corporations, and their right to hold land in colonics other than that in which they were established, is certainly very crude. I suppose that if you put the question to half-a-dozen lawyers you would have half-a-dozen different opinions, or, at all events, their opinion would be pretty equally divided, as to the status of corporations and their rights in regard to their holding of land. I suppose, speaking generally, we may say that the laws respecting corporations are practically the same in all the colonies, and that accordingly, by intercolonial courtesy, what a corporation can do in one colony it can do in another. So far as I understand the bill, what it proposes to do is to deal with the question of their holding land under the common law. We, in Tasmania, have done very little, if anything, to determine by legislative enactment what is the status of a corporation established in another colony. By the provisions of an Act of Parliament of Tasmania passed in
Upon such registration and publication being made, the corporation named in the certificate shall, within the colony of registration, have and be entitled to the same rights, powers, capacities, and privileges, and be subject to the same obligations, liabilities, and disabilities, as if it had been incorporated under the laws of the colony of registration.
Provided that no such corporation shall be entitled to take, hold, convey, or transfer land in the colony of registration, if by the laws of the colony of incorporation it is not entitled so to do in that colony, or to any greater extent than it is entitled so to do in that colony, or except under and subject to such conditions (if any) as are imposed by the laws of the colony of incorporation and by the constitution of the corporation.
a fortiori it could not hold land in any other colony to which it stood in the relation of a foreign company. If it means on the other hand that a corporation not expressly authorised to acquire and hold land, by the laws of the colony in which it is established a much broader question is raised. We have then to consider whether there is anything in the statute law of the country, or the common law, to prevent a foreign corporation holding land. Now so far as I am aware the common law of England would not prohibit any corporation from holding land—it is only by the statutes of Mortmain that the present disability in England was created as regards corporations holding land. It has been decided that the statutes of Mortmain are not applicable to this colony, so that if we have not expressly forbidden foreign corporations to hold land, and they are governed by the common law of England, or such portions of it as are applicable to a young colony; the question arises whether there is anything to prevent a foreign corporation holding land here, or in any colony where a similar state of things exists. I am taking this view of the question simply for the purpose of discussion. I am not giving this as my deliberate opinion on the state of the law, but it is a view that should be carefully considered. Perhaps after thrashing the subject out we shall come to the conclusion that my hon. friend has arrived at, but he has asked us to discuss this measure from different points of view, and it is therefore desirable we should take as far as we can a comprehensive view of the subject. The subject will require a great deal more time to consider it than is now available, before we can with safety pass a remedial measure. Then as regards section 9 of this bill it is provided—
Within any colony in which this Act is in force, a Corporation constituted under the laws of another Australasian colony, whether this Act is in force therein or not, is not competent to take, hold, convey, or transfer land, unless such corporation has been registered in the first-mentioned colony in accordance with the provisions of this Act, or unless some Act or ordinance has been passed by the Legislature of that colony empowering such corporation to take, hold, convey, or transfer land in that colony.
I apprehend that there are cases where a foreign company, capable of holding lands in the colony of domicile, holds or purports to hold land in other colonies, without being registered in any of those colonies. If that be so, and such land is rightly held, the provisions of section 9 would interfere with existing rights, and might cause much trouble. The provisions of this section would deprive them of those rights, and interfere to a considerable extent with existing things, unless they were registered under the provisions of the local statute of the colony. In regard to this question of registration there would be considerable difficulty. There would be no difficulty about registration in the colony in which the company is formed; that would be simple enough, but the difficulty would arise when the attempt was made to register in another colony. To illustrate, supposing a company in Tasmania desired to carry on operations in Victoria, the effect of section 9 would be that that corporation could not hold land in Victoria unless registered in Victoria. Now how would the registration be brought about. It was decided in "Applying that decision to the present case it is an authority that this company, being duly registered under the ordinance of the colony of Victoria and incorporated there, could not be again registered as a company in Western Australia. It was mentioned in the course of the argument that it would not be possible so to register it without, as it were, first disintegrating the company and making it cease to be, as far as Western Australia is concerned, a corporation at all."
It will be thus seen that on the question of registration raised by the 9th section of this bill, there was a very substantial doubt present to the minds of their lordships in the consideration of that case, as to whether practically any such provision as this could be applied, and it behoves us to consider very well indeed, the nature of the proposal made in this section, and how far we can practically give effect to it. I have no doubt that those and other considerations of a similar kind were present to the mind of the hon. member who drafted the bill, and therefore he very properly asked us only to discuss its provisions, and not to proceed to legislate upon them. In another case before the House of Lords, where the question of the rights of foreign corporations to hold land in Canada was raised, their lordships not finding it necessary to decide it for the purposes of the case, declined to do so. The Civil Code of Lower Canada I think permits a foreign corporation to acquire and hold land the provision being probably founded on the law of France, which prevailed in the early days of Canada. It will thus be seen that on this point there is ground for a difference of opinion, and as I have said there are many men of eminence in their profession who differ in regard to it. Therefore we should take great care before we attempt to legislate on the subject. Then as to the provisions in clause 11:—
"In the event of the winding-up of a corporation registered in any colony under the provisions of this Act, the liquidators or other persons duly appointed according to the laws of the colony of incorporation to wind up its affairs and distribute its assets, shall have full power and authority to convey, transfer, or otherwise deal with any land held by such corporation in the colony of registration."
Does this add to existing laws? I apprehend my hon. friend will say it does not. Under the Companies Act the Court can wind up an
Mr. Griffith: That's a vexed point.
Mr. Dodds: I don't think it is a vexed point. It was decided some few years ago in cases reported in the Law Report 27 Chancery Division, and also 29 Chancery Division.
Mr. Griffith: English Courts have always assumed it to be so and so have colonial Courts. It is a question whether they have the right to so assume.
Mr. Dodds: Well these cases are supposed to have decided that very point, that a corporation carrying on business in one country and holding land and having branch offices in another, that the Courts have the power, as matter of fact, to order the liquidators to sell the land, notwithstanding the pendency of liquidation in another colony. I do not know that I can usefully add anything to what I have already said. I hope when the question comes to be thrashed out by the Standing Committee, and its provisions come more under review, that we shall find a way to overcome these difficulties, and see our way to practical legislation. There is no point upon which useful legislation is required more than this, and if my hon. friend can only see his way clear to bring in a bill to settle the question without interfering too much with the existing state of things, even if the session in which that work is done, is otherwise unproductive it will have been productive of a very great deal of good to the commercial interest of Australasia generally. There is no question which should command our more undivided attention, and none which ought to be dealt with at an earlier period. I hope during the recess that the Standing Committee, presided over as I hope it will be by my hon. friend the member for Queensland, will take this subject into its serious consideration, with a view of seeing whether the difficulties cannot be overcome, and whether we cannot show to the Australasian world at large something which will be beneficial to them as a result of the establishment of this Council.
The President: I would like to say a few words on this important measure before putting the question. The colony which I have the honour to represent has taken a very great interest in this question, and has moved me on more than one occasion to deal with it, especially in connection with the Federal Council. I am sure that the idea of not passing into law a measure to deal with this question during the present session is somewhat of a disappointment to myself, and will be felt as a disappointment to Victoria. At the same time I admit very freely the cogency of the arguments passed by the hon. member for Queensland; first that there are difficulties surrounding the whole question, of that there can be no doubt; and in the second place, owing to the fact that the interests of some of the colonies not yet in the union are involved. From that point of view we are justified in walking with very great caution. The objection from the very beginning has been not to touch the other colonies not with us upon any feeling; but on the contrary to endeavour to draw them together, by not only the consideration that the important interests connected with their own colonies would be advanced by the action of the Federal Council, in respect of this and other measures of a similar character, but by that kindly feeling which, as I have said, we have always endeavoured to bring into play in dealing with this subject. There is no doubt, as has been distinctly shown, that suppose this bill came into operation in and was adopted in Victoria at the next meeting of the local Legislature, it would give a great advantage to the people of Victoria over the people of New South Wales, and, to a lesser extent, over the people of South Australia. I say to a lesser extent, inasmuch as the people of that colony are not so much interested, and there are not so many companies, I believe, registered in South Australia of which branches are in existence in the other colonies. But in Victoria and New South Wales there are a large number of companies which have registered originally in these two colonics, or one or other of them, which, for example, have branches in Queensland; and there is no doubt that supposing Victoria were to adopt this law, it would give her an advantage in respect of this over New South Wales. Victoria is not one of the colonies that remitted the question to the Federal Council for decision. One reason was that it was at a very late stage in the progress of this movement that the matter was first brought under notice of the Victorian Government. The Queensland Government took the initiative in inserting a clause in their Adopting Bill, remitting this question to the Federal Council for decision (under sub-section i., section 15, of the Imperial Act). They were followed by Tasmania, and so the subject is fairly, properly, and legally before the Council. The reason Victoria did not follow suit was not because there was any difference of opinion as to the advisability of referring to the Council, or any difference of opinion as to the desirability of passing an enactment on the subject, but it arose entirely from what I may call "Parliamentary reasons." The subject came on at the close of the session, and if it had been introduced at that time it would probably have created a debate, and probably led to the loss of a night, which, at that period of the session, could not well be spared, and I was, personally, under the impression that the two colonies of Queensland and Tasmania, having remitted the question to the Federal Council, the thing could be dealt with and the bill could be adopted, as it would be certain to be, by the Victorian Parliament at the next session. Several remarks made by the hon. member for Queensland, Mr. Griffith, have shown me that it is not desirable to pass this bill which is before us on the present occasion. To begin with, we do not wish Victoria or any of the colonics in the federation to steal a march on the colonies yet outside. At all events, before we do so, those colonics ought to have fair notice, and that notice, I presume, will be given them by the mere fact of this Council reading this bill a second time, without going on with it; the meaning simply being that the Council affirms the principle of the bill, and will be prepared to go on with it another session. It is quite in-
The bill was read a second time, and the committal made an order of the day for Friday.
The President left the chair, and the House resolved itself into a committee upon the Australasian Judgments Bill.
On clause 1: "Short Title."
Mr. Griffith drew attention to the fact that the bill had been much changed since its second reading, and it would be right that attention were drawn to the changes that had been made in it. The bill, as read a second time, provided for the enforcement of judgments of various courts besides the Supreme Courts. Objections were pointed out to that course, and the matter was referred to a select committee. The scheme in the bill as now submitted might be described very briefly as this. The provisions were to be extended to all kinds of judicial orders made by the Courts, so that they could be enforced in any colony beyond that in which they were made, but this was only to apply to the Supreme Courts for reasons previously urged. No doubt means would be devised hereafter to extend the provisions of the bill to inferior Courts, with proper safeguards, the nature of which he was not prepared just then to suggest. As to the difficulty pointed out on the second reading, that it would be dangerous to allow judgments to be enforced without further notice to the defendant that difficulty was proposed to be got over in this way. The provisions of the Act were only to apply in cases where one of three conditions existed—either the writ of summons must have been served upon the defendant in the colony in which the judgment was made and served in such a way as required by the rules of the Supreme Court of that colony; or secondly the judgment must have been made after an order for liberty to proceed against the defendant, made under the provisions of the Act just passed. The Australian Civil Process Act, after the service of the writ of summons upon him out of the colony in which it was issued; or thirdly, the person against whom the judgment was made must have submitted himself to the jurisdiction of the court by which it was made. In any of these three cases, the defendant or the person against whom the judgment was made, would have already had notice, and under these circumstances he thought it would be safe to allow the judgment to be enforced against him without any further notice. If further notice was required, there would be this difficulty always, that a man to be served—say in Victoria, and owning property in Queensland, might go to Tasmania, and a judgment obtained against him in Victoria could not be executed in Queensland, until he was again served in Tasmania, and in the meantime his property might have been disposed of. With the limitations he had read he thought it was safe to dispense with further notice. Then it was provided that as soon as the judgment was registered it might be enforced as if it were a judgment of the Supreme Court of the colony in which the registration was effected. The form of certificate of judgment had been framed so that the certificate would serve also as a memorial of the judgment under the Acts at present in force in all the colonies, so that a person if he could not get the judgment enforced under one Act might do so under the other. In addition to that, it was provided by clause 10 that the provisions of the Act should be in addition to and not in derogation of the provisions of the Acts of the several Australasian colonies relating to the enforcement of the judgments of other colonies. He believed this bill would be found to contain a better, more certain, and more convenient way of enforcing judgments of the Supreme Courts of the various colonies than that now in existence.
Question put, and passed.
Clauses 2 to 7 passed as printed.
On clause 8,—"Court where certificate registered may direct stay of proceedings pending application to set judgment aside,"—
Mr. Dodds said the law at present in force in Tasmania would conflict with the provisions of the bill now under consideration. He could quite understand there being cases in which they would not conflict with the law of the local Legislature, but be an addition to it, but in this instance there was a direct conflict. He could not see the object of the Council in passing the bill in such a form. What was wanted was laws of universal application. Surely, what was intended by the meeting of the Council was that it should pass laws of general application, and not to have also the local Acts in force in conflict with it. That was not what was intended by the meeting of the Federal Council.
Mr. Service: Do we repeal the land laws?
Mr. Dodds: No, but the law which this Council made must prevail. He was at a loss to understand why they should provide in this Act a clause which was in direct conflict with the Intercolonial Judgments Act of Tasmania. This law must prevail under the terms of the Imperial Act. What was the object of federation if they were to continue the differences in their laws? What they wanted was laws which would serve for the whole of Australasia alike, and why did they not make a step in that direction?
Mr. Service: If we strike out clause 10 would that make it so?
Mr. Dodds: Yes. It would show also that we have sufficient confidence in what we are doing to say that hero is legislation that is fit for the whole of the colonies, and not merely to say here is something which you can have if you like it, but not unless you do. What they wanted was fuller legislation altogether.
Mr. Griffith failed to see that there was anything in the bill that should make it conflict or be inconsistent with any other Act. There were several other ways of enforcing a judgment now. The only important change proposed was that they were now going to enable a judgment to be enforced under certain circumstances without giving notice to the defendant; but he could see no inconsistency at all, because there would be now two ways of doing it, and a man could take whichever way he liked. The application of the bill—and hon. members should not forget this—was limited. It only applied to judgments obtained in a certain way. The present law prevailed in regard to judgments however obtained. But it was because someone might argue that there was an inconsistency that this clause 10 was inserted to obviate any such argument.
Mr. Dodds asked what was the object of the bill? Every colony of the group had a law by which it could enforce the judgments of the other colonies, but this Act was different, in its provisions, and would create a diversity of practice. It had been for many years decided that it would be better to have a law of general application, and to have one uniform practice for the whole of Australasia. This was the bill to do it, and yet they were instead going to create a diversity of practice by it. From that point of view it would be unwise to have two kinds of laws in operation in regard to the same matter. If we think it useful, comprehensive, and likely to carry out the objects which the Council had in view, it should be made to operate throughout the whole of the Australasian colonies. That was the sentiment which ran through the whole of their proceedings, and which was indeed the idea of federation. In Tasmania they had one mode prescribed of enforcing the judgments of the other colonies. In Queensland and Victoria they had the law which was originally in force in Tasmania in
Mr. Service: What are the points of conflict?
Mr. Dodds: You will find they do not agree in many respects if you compare the Tasmanian Bill with this one.
Mr. Berry: It will have to give way so it
Mr. Dodds: Yes; but yet clause 10 stands as it is, leaving two sets of laws in existence. All, however, I can do is to hold my own views about it, and if hon. members think them erroneous, I can do no more.
Mr. Service said the hon. gentleman had not shown them the points of conflict. There might be a difference, but conflict and difference were not the same thing. In some parts of mountainous countries there might be a narrow bridge of a single plank across a gully, and if one man started from one end at the same moment as another man started from the other, and they met in the middle, there must be a conflict, and one must give way. But supposing there were two planks, there would then be two ways by which the chasm might be spanned. That was not a case of conflict, though it was of difference, and I think the federal idea is better borne out by having two different systems, and by allowing a colony having a different system to this bill to exercise its choice. If it thought the new way a better one, it would drop into it as a matter of course, and so the colonies would gradually attain the process which the hon. member for Tasmania (Mr. Dodds) said they ought to compel. Unless the hon. gentleman could show him a clear and distinct ease where they had overridden the law of any colony, they should very carefully consider the necessity for laying aside the bill.
Mr. Dodds said he could show some in a second. The provisions of the bill would not require notice to be given to the debtor, whereas the provisions of the Victorian Act did require it
Mr. Griffith: That is a diversity.
Mr. Dodds: No. A conflict-
Mr. Service: You can take either method.
Mr. Dodds said that supposing proceedings were taken on a judgment under the bill, in Victoria, without notice being given, a defendant might fairly say that it was against the existing law of the colony to enforce the judgment without giving him notice, and calling upon him to show cause why he should not pay the amount. If hon. members called that a difference, and not a conflict, he did not know what conflict meant.
The Chairman said that the words "in addition to and not in derogation of" meant that the provisions of that Act, and also of the local Act, would both be in force.
Mr. Dodds: The meaning of that is, that you would have to give notice, and that you would not have to give notice.
Mr. Berry said he thought the bill would be better without the 10th section. The bill proposed to enforce judgment without notice in colonies where a local Act was in force which provided that notice should be given, and it was to be "in addition to, and not in derogation of" the local Act. The 10th section, therefore, appeared to be dangerous, inasmuch as it raised a doubt whether it did not conflict with the Act already in force.
Mr. Griffith said that without the clause there would be no certainy on the subject. Out of the five colonies, the Supreme Courts of three might hold that the local Act was still in force, and the remaining two might hold that it was no longer in force. He would give an illustration. A nuisance was an offence at common law, and the man who committed the offence might be proceeded against in various ways. He could either be tried before a jury, or an injunction could be obtained in a Court of Equity restraining him from committing it, or, under the Health Act of some countries, he might be summoned before a magistrate and dealt with in a summary way. But the fact that the last-named process was available did not prevent the man being indicted for a nuisance, or restrained by injunction. It was the same with the two Acts. If there was a law in any of the colonies saying that no judgment of any colony should be enforced without notice to the defendant, then there would be an inconsistency. But there was no such law; therefore, there was no inconsistency. It was frequently seen that one part of an Act of Parliament contained elaborate provisions, while another part of it contained simple ones; but that did not make it inconsistent.
Mr. Berry said that if that was all that the clause meant, he would quite agree with the contention of the hon. member; but to him it seemed to mean something more. It seemed to him to mean that in a case brought under the provisions of that Act, the provisions of another law would be brought in that might be in operation in any colony in which it was attempted to enforce a judgment. By that section they brought in two opposing laws. Indeed, by that section they got rid of the safeguard provided in the Imperial Act. If it meant that while the provisions of the Act might be put in force it would prevent proceedings being taken under any local Act, then there could not be the slightest objection to it. But it seemed to him that it would mix up the provisions of that Act with the provisions of some other Act, and so the simplicity and ease by which the judgments could be enforced under the Act would be taken away and become altogether illusory.
Mr. Griffith said he thought the words of the section were the best words to express the very opposite idea.
Mr. Dodds said he would ask hon. members what would be the practical effect of the clause. It was provided in clause 5 that upon the production of a certificate of judgment to a certain officer of a Supreme Court, it should be entered in a book called the "Register of Australian Judgments," and that from the date of such registration the certificate should become a record of the Supreme Court, and have the some force and effect in all respects as a judgment of such Supreme Court. The creditor could then enforce the judgment without notice to the defendant. That was what the bill proposed to do. But the law of Tasmania provided that notice should be given to the defendant to show cause why certain things should not be done, and why an execution should not issue. Mr. Dodds proceeded to show that the fact of no notice being required under this bill would conflict with the law of the colony in which the debtor resided if he was by it entitled to notice. Supposing a judgment creditor desired to proceed under this law, it required no notice. The creditor might turn round and say, "I have no notice," to which the judgment creditor would reply, "I have proceeded under the Federal Council Bill." "That is not law to me," the debtor might reply, "the provisions of that bill are not in derogation of, but in addition to the law of the colony in which I reside; the law of the colony in which I reside requires notice, and I demand that." What was the object of passing this bill into law unless they were prepared to give the judgment creditor the right of enforcing his judgment without notice?
Mr Dickson thought that it was hard for laymen to decide when lawyers disagreed. While admitting the force of Mr. Dodds' argument, if the whole of the colonies were represented, a uniform law would be desirable, he thought it would be unwise to frame a strong measure, possibly objectionable to the colonies, especially in view of their great desire to induce the other colonies to join.
Mr. Service proposed the following amendment in the clause, as presenting the matter clearer to his mind,—"The provisions of this Act shall not be considered to repeal any Act of any colony in the federation relating to the enforcement of the judgments of the other colonies, or to prevent any person from proceeding under any such Act instead of proceeding under this Act.
Mr. Griffith thought it would be very much better to say what was meant; he could not see that leaving the matter uncertain was advisable. If hon. members did not understand the clause or the bill, it would be better not to pass it.
Mr. Dodds moved that the clause be struck out.
Mr. Griffith said he would rather move that the chairman leave the chair, and leave the matter over for future consideration. Mr. Dodds and himself both agreed that the clause was in proper and usual language; but if hon. members did not like the words, they could express the idea by any other form of words they liked.
Mr. Dodds said that his point was that they should not have laws of a different signification operating in different colonies, and certainly not laws inconsistent with each other.
Mr. Service said it appeared to him that Mr. Dodds wanted them to do what he would do himself, and he was anxious that it should prevail throughout the colonies.
Mr. Dodds: It affects you more than us, as our law more closely assimilates to it than do the laws of some of the other colonies.
Mr. Service said that if they got a law of general application, what more could they want? If they could carry these general laws without meeting together, there would be no necessity for the Council. No harm could arise from the passing of this bill with the clause in. (Hear, hear.) If they did not
The clause was agreed to.
The bill was reported without amendments, and the third reading made an order of the day for next day.
Mr. Dickson: I rise to move,-"That an address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid upon the table of this Council all despatches and other papers relating to the establishment and administration of Her Majesty's Protectorate in New Guinea." The announcement of this motion, Mr. President, may possibly have led to an idea on the part of some hon. members that a motion of a concrete form would be likely to ensue, but I am afraid, at the present time, beyond discussing this very important question, the protectorate of New Guinea, that no motion of the sort to which I have alluded is likely to be the outcome of the present resolution. Notwithstanding, however, that we are precluded from discussing any motion of an active nature, I consider the importance of the question is such that it would be exceedingly undesirable that the first meeting of the Federal Council should be allowed to pass without any motion or reference being made to the present position of New Guinea, and it is specially desirable that the hon. gentlemen here assembled should enter into discussion and express their views with regard to such an important subject. I have, therefore, great pleasure in having tabled this motion, with a view to eliciting from hon. members of this Council their opinions concerning this subject Owing to the time that has been occupied by the business of the Council to-day, I shall be as brief as possible in my remarks, with a view of allowing succeeding speakers an opportunity of more fully discussing this important question. The relations of the Imperial Government and of the colonies towards New Guinea have, at the present time, assumed a position which would appear to have resulted from matters having been allowed to drift into the present situation rather than from any clear, concise, or statesman-like policy having been initiated or adopted by the authorities at home, and, unfortunately, the present change of Government in the Mother Country is of itself a barrier to our dealing conclusively with the subject, or formulating any motion in connection with the early future, or future settlement of this very important territory. I do not think that any hon. member would desire that the deliberations of this Council should assume such a character that they might be regarded as a thorn in the side of Imperial statesmen, or that they should be a source of embarrassment to the administrators of the Mother Country in their dealing with the foreign relations of the Empire; but at the same time we should remember that we have been authoritatively requested by the Imperial Act of Federation to review from time to time the relations of the Islands of the Pacific, and it is in that view of the case that I think we are justified in expressing an opinion on the present position of the settlement of New Guinea. Australasia cannot view with indifference a settlement of this important character. Geographically situated as New Guinea is, it occupies such a commanding position in relation to the mainland of Australia, and indeed to all the islands of the Western Pacific, that its settlement may be regarded as of an analogous character to what would ensue supposing there were any undetermined settlement of the island of Tasmania. Geographically situated as it is in relation to North Australia, were New Guinea to be possessed by a foreign power, as great an element of danger and menace would follow to Australia as would be the case if Tasmania were in possession of a foreign power, and all the dangers which were adverted to by hon. members in discussing the subject of defence yesterday must again present themselves. We cannot ignore the position of New Guinea in connection with the question of the defence of Australasia. Doubtless the settlement of New Guinea by any colonial authority, will be a fertile source of embarrassment to colonial statesmen who may undertake its administration at the present time. Still, I think the statesmen of Australia would not be fulfilling their duty to the future prospects of Australasia if they were not to regard in the early future, or at the present time, the possible contingencies which might result from that island not forming part of the Australasian group. That New Guinea will become part of the Australasian territory is to my mind inevitable, and must, I think, have occurred to former British Statesman, having been foreshadowed by the fact that the islands in Torres Straits to within a few miles of New Guinea, if not within sight of its shores, have by an Order in Council and adopted by a late colonial enactment been placed under the jurisdiction of Queensland. Among these the island of Sabai is within a few miles of the coast line of New Guinea, therefore I conclude that as the jurisdiction of an Australian Colony has been extended almost across the Straits, it foreshadows a probable intention, or desire, on the part of former English statesmen that in the future the island of New Guinea should form part of Australasian territory. I think it must be a matter for regret that the limited protectorate now existing in New Guinea was not dealt with at an earlier period. I think also that it is a matter for extreme regret to the whole of Australasia that when the coast was open and clear the protectorate was not extended over the whole of that portion of New Guinea which was not claimed by the Government of the Netherlands. If action had only been taken by the Imperial Government at an earlier period the whole of the island of New Guinea except that portion under the care of the Government of the Netherlands might have been included in the British protectorate, and I would express a hope at the present time that negotiations might in the early future be so concluded with the German Government that the northern portion, which has been annexed by Germany, might be surrendered to Great Britain and I would even go further and express a hope that negotiations may be opened with the Government of the Netherlands, so that the
Mr. Douglas: There is lots of money there. (Laughter.)
Mr. Dickson: I am not deputed to pledge the colony to anything. We are not empowered to deal with finances in this Council. We must let that subject pass, but I can say this, that sooner than allow the protectorate to lapse, and a foreign power to take possession of that part of New Guinea which is now within the boundaries of the protectorate, Queensland would step forward and readily furnish the whole contribution. I do not regret the pecuniary loss sustained by the withdrawal of South Australia, but it seems to me to be a breach of faith towards the Mother Country after we have expressed our intention to do all that is necessary in order to insure New Guinea being included in the British Empire. I will not enter into the question whether we have been treated liberally or not by the British Government. We accepted the position, and so are honourably bound to fulfil the contract. It may interest hon. members to learn the proportion of contribution made by the various Colonies which was received by Sir Peter Scratchley for the financial year ending
Mr. Douglas: Did not Tasmania pay anything?
Mr. Dickson: Yes, Tasmania £600; (Laughter.) I think this question should receive the attention of this Council at the present time, although we are precluded from dealing with it in any practical form, and I feel assured from the public utterances of the hon. gentlemen who constitute this Council, that their interest in the settlement of New Guinea has in no wise decreased, and I am still of opinion that considerable improvement might be effected in the matter of either the present British protectorate or in some other form, whereby New Guinea might be included within Australasian jurisdiction. I purposedly abstain from entering into the matter more fully, from reasons which I have already stated. Before concluding my remarks I will say that while New Guinea furnishes a large extent of territory, geographically considered to Australasia, it has also been lately a field for very considerable exploration. I wish to introduce this question briefly in connection with the settlement of the island. The Royal Geographical Society of Australasia recently sent an exploring party to New Guinea, the expenses of which were contributed by Victoria, Now South Wales, and Queensland. That expedition was absent for several months, and has recently returned and reported the progress they made in the exploration of the interior of that island. Baron von Mueller, who has taken a very prominent part in the exploration of Australia generally, has expressed a desire to have the position of the society brought before this Council. With regard to Queensland, the benefits accruing from the expedition are deemed very questionable. It has not been considered an unqualified success, and it is considered that a great deal more information has been obtained from the efforts of private traders, and through the missionaries who have been carrying on for many years excellent work in this unknown land. I will read a letter which I have received from Baron Von Mueller, in which he solicits that the matter shall be made public before the Council, and although in this, as in the other matter, no practical outcome can result, being a matter of finance which is beyond
Melbourne, January 22, 1886 ."The Hon. Mr. Dickson, etc. "This evening, honoured sir, I received the bye-following note from Mr. MacDonald, F.R.G.S., the zealous secretary of the Victorian branch of the Australian Geographical Society, and I think I cannot do better than forward this note to you, especially as the Hon James Service and the Hon. Graham Berry are likely to bring the desirability of further united action of the Australian Governments for the promotion of geographic researches before the Federal Council. Had I been able to see you in Melbourne, I would have probably pleaded this cause with you, but as you are so favourable yourself to the furtherance of exploration, you are sure to give it your support in the present Federal deliberations. It would be very important that Captain Everill's talent and experience be further utilised for expeditions in New Guinea, and perhaps some provision might be created for this able seaman under the High Commissioner. Your great colony, in the early exploring of which I took an active share, and whose interests geographically and otherwise scientifically I have always endeavoured to advance since very many years, is so very much interested in the opening up of New Guinea for commerce and culture, that your honoured colleague is certain to support also the extension of colonisation and enterprises connected therewith in that direction. I entered on some discussions bearing on the subject in my annual address last Monday, and hope to be able to present copies to you and your colleagues when waiting on you after your re-arrival in Melbourne. With expressions of high regard,—Yours,
" Feed. Von. Mueller."
I have introduced this subject so that hon. gentlemen might have their attention directed to it, and have an opportunity of expressing their views of how far the exploration of New Guinea will prove of value to the scientific world. I need not say any more than to express my deep and firm belief that this question of the government of New Guinea, which is now exciting such general attention, is not at present satisfactorily settled, but must force itself upon Australasian statesmen at a very early period. That settlement, when made, should be in the true interests of Australasia, and should establish eventually New Guinea as a whole being brought within the scope of Federal territory.
Dr. Macgregor, in seconding the motion, said—Mr. President,—As matters connected with New Guinea are sure to come frequently before this Council, I deem it well that the paper's that have been called for should be placed on the records of the Council. I quite agree with Mr. Dickson as to the very great importance of this question, and I think it very desirable that it should be taken into consideration by the Council during this session. A sort of drifting policy has prevailed for a considerable time with respect to New Guinea, but in all probability something more definite will be decided upon with regard to it before another session of the Council can take place. Consequently, unless the members of the Council are now to express an opinion on the subject, there might not be another opportunity before some definite action is decided upon. The question is sure to come up in the course of a few months on account of the financial position. The withdrawal of South Australia from the arrangement as to contribution will naturally make it obligatory on the other colonies to reconsider the matter and re-adjust the contributions that are to be paid. The amount of contribution will of course be altogether influenced by the course of policy that is to be adopted with regard to New Guinea. We might, perhaps, rest satisfied with simply proclaiming a protectorate over that territory, and take no further action in the establishment or organisation of an administration. If that course were decided upon it would be sufficient to leave a flag with some chief on the coast, who would probably keep it for nothing, and no expenditure would be required. But I do not think the people of Australasia or of Great Britain would consider their duty was being carried out unless something much more than that was done. In my opinion, if anything at all is to be done with regard to New Guinea the first step to take would be the establishment there of a resident staff. I say a resident staff because unless the principal officer charged with the Administration of New Guinea is on the spot, I believe he might just as well be in London or Brisbane, or the moon, for all the good he can possibly do in New Guinea. Experience has shown very clearly that the personal influence that can be exercised by such an officer is invaluable; and that personal influence can only be exercised on the spot. It is necessary, in starting an Administration. amongst such a people and in such a place, that very great care should be taken not to make a false start, for if a false start is made it will be exceedingly difficult to retrace the steps and begin anew. The staff must be resident, and must establish itself in friendly relations with the chiefs and the people. Their ways of thinking, their language, their customs and manners, must all be carefully studied before any laws or regulations dealing with their future government can with safety be put in force. This would imply the selection of a suitable spot for the location of the centre of authority, and from this centre civilisation would radiate gradually amongst the people. We can sec in the Pacific already the effects that have been produced by Governments started on the lines I have hinted at, and by Governments started on different principles. In the colony of Fiji, for example, where due respect has been paid to native customs and manners in so far as they were not inconsistent with our own European ideas, and where laws have been passed providing for the government of the native race through their own chiefs, we have got an effective administration carried on at no expense to the Mother Country. The same thing could, in all probability, be effected in New Guinea if it was set about in a proper way. Mr. Dickson alluded to certain explorations that have been made in New Guinea recently by private scientific bodies. I can only express the strongest disapprobation of expeditions of that kind being sent to New Guinea. We are all very anxious and curious to know what is the
more land capable of cultivation in the tropics than we can possibly make use of. Another point to consider is whether it would be desirable to allow alienation of any native land whatever until the administrator of the protectorate has satisfied himself that the natives of any particular district could without injury to themselves in the future dispose of their land, because it very often happens that the cupidity of a native, or of a tribe of natives, for European production is so great that they would not hesitate a moment to strip themselves of all the land belonging to them. Now that is a state of matters that should not be allowed to arise. Again, it is most undesirable that any sales of land should be recognised or registered until the system of land tenure has been properly studied and thoroughly understood. Among such people land sometimes descends in the maternal line, sometimes in the paternal line, and sometimes in other ways, so that it is quite possible, unless care is taken, for a man to come forward and sell land to which he has no title, and even to sell the same piece of land three or four times over. Very great difficulty has arisen elsewhere from one or two members of a tribe coming forward and selling a certain piece of land belonging to the tribe, but to which the vendors had no exclusive right. In all probability it will be found that although a man may be the nominal owner of a piece of land still he is not able without the consent of his tribe to dispose of it. Although he is the cultivator of the land, yet he may only have the land to make use of it for a generation or two generations, and has no power of alienation. A system has sometimes been practised in other countries which we would regret to see introduced into the protectorate. In some places when a European wishes to obtain possession of a piece of land he makes application to the executive authority, which gives him a grant without trying to find out who the native owners are, or without asking whether they were willing to sell, or without giving them adequate remuneration. That is a mistake that should be guarded against, as nothing more exasperates a coloured race—or, for that matter, any race, and for that part the white race also—than being dispossessed of their hereditary lands. Were that system once introduced the consequence would be a long train of murders, reprisals, and revenge, and finally a war of extermination. That system, I feel assured, will never with the consent of the colonies be introduced into the protectorate, and I simply mention it as a system that should be condemned. It further appeal's to me to be undesirable that the recruiting of labour should be allowed in the protectorate until some form of administration has been established there, and strict rules and regulations enforced. I do not think that any administration would be in a position to frame such rules and regulations until a considerable time had elapsed and the general polity of the people had been fully studied. From personal experience I am very much inclined to think that no recruiting should be allowed in New Guinea of men to proceed beyond that colony to work on sugar plantations. We had a sad experience last season of the effect of the climate of Fiji on labourers recruited
On the motion of Mr. Berry the debate was adjourned until next day.
At 5.45 p.m. the Council adjourned until 11 a.m. next day.
Thursday, February 4, 1886.
Signing the Roll—Notices of Motion—Federal Council Evidence Bill—Australasian Judgments—New Guinea Protectorate—Vice-Regal Message re Defences Resolution—Annexation of the New Hebrides—Indemnification for Losses in time of War—Adjournment.
The President (Hon. James Service) took the chair at 11 o'clock.
Before commencing the proceedings of the day, the members of the Council signed the
"A roll shall be kept on the table of the Council, which shall be signed by each member, in each session, in the alphabetical order of the names of the colonies."
The following notices of motion were given:—
Mr. Dodds to move,—That, in accordance with Standing Order 213, a Standing Committee be appointed, to consist of the senior member, for the time being, of the colonies of Queensland, Tasmania, and Victoria; and that the hon. member for Queensland, Mr. Griffith, be appointed chairman of such committee. (Friday.)
Mr. Dodds to move,—That clause 10 of the Australasian Judgments Bill be struck out. (To-morrow.)
The President: To morrow! The bill stands for third reading to-day.
Mr. Dodds: Yes; but I am obliged to give notice of motion at this stage of the proceedings, because it cannot be given after the Council has proceeded to other business. Under Standing Order No. 196, when the order of the day for the third reading of the bill is called on, I shall move that that order be discharged from the paper for the purpose of re-considering clause 10 of the bill; and in order to enable me to do that, I must have given previous notice of motion.
On the question being put from the chair, this bill was read a third time.
Mr. Griffith: I have a few amendments to propose which are merely verbal. I think that the expression "for the purposes of this Act," in the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th clauses, would read much better "for the purposes aforesaid." A clause in the Judgments Bill refers to the "chief clerk" of the Supreme Court, and I would propose that the words be inserted in the 6th clause "or chief clerk." I also propose that in the 40th line of this clause the words "or seal" be inserted after signature.
The amendments were approved of, the word "various" was omitted from the title, and the bill was finally passed.
Mr. Griffith moved,—"That this bill be read a third time."
Mr. Dodds said: Mr. President, as the amendment I propose to make in this bill is not a verbal amendment, I shall under the provisions of rule 196 be compelled to move that the order of the day for the third reading be discharged, and the bill be recommitted for the purpose of considering clause 10. From the tenor of the discussion which took place yesterday I presume hon. members have made up their minds to pass this bill in the form in which it is now submitted; but, inasmuch as I am quite unable to agree that this is a desirable form, I desire to record publicly my opinion, and to take the decision of the Council by a vote as to whether this clause shall remain part of the bill. I desire to test the professions that have been made in regard to the desirability of the general application of the law in this respect throughout the whole of the Australian colonies. We have been professing a very great deal as to our desire that our laws should be uniform in their character, and that the questions submitted to us for consideration should be so dealt with that difficulties which now exist should be removed, and that the Jaw should be one of general application. I am unable, for the reasons I gave yesterday, to sec that the law we are now passing will be of any benefit whatever; in point of fact it will create difficulties, it will be a thorough sham. We have at the present moment in the different colonies laws relating to the registration of judgments, and the execution of process that may be issued under them. At the present moment such laws exist, but inasmuch as those laws are different in character it was considered some time back, at the Sydney conference, that it would be desirable to have a law of general application, and the delegates at that conference held. I think, in
Mr. Griffith: So far as I can follow my hon. friend, the object he has in view, in striking out this clause, is that the provisions of this bill may be paramount over the laws of the several Australasian colonies.
Mr. Dodds: It will have that effect, no doubt; indeed, it will have that effect in any case, the laws being conflicting.
Mr. Griffith: I do not think the omission of the clause would have that effect, but the fact that my hon. and learned friend thinks so shows the necessity of the clause remaining, if the view, which I contend is the right one as a matter of principle, is adopted. The clause was inserted to settle the question of whether the provisions of this bill are to be paramount to, or concurrent with, the laws of the other colonies. I do not think the omission of the clause would make this bill paramount, and my honourable friend does think so, and so the necessity of settling the question arises. The hon. member says if the provisions of this bill are paramount, there will be a uniform practice in the colonies. That is quite a mistake. At the present time there is a uniform practice in the colonies, with the exception of Tasmania. In Western Australia, South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales, Queensland, and Fiji—I am not sure about New Zealand—there is an Act in identical language.
The only colony that differs, so far as I know, is Tasmania. If the views held by the hon. member are carried out, we shall repeal the laws of five of I he colonies, and leave the laws of three standing, and thus there will be five with one and three with the other. If we wish to repeal the laws of the colonies, it will be better to wait until the whole of the colonies are represented here. It is an extreme step for a Council constituted as we are to undertake to repeal the laws of any colony, unless the Legislature of that colony understands that we are going to do so. I should hesitate before I recommended the Council to repeal any law of the colony I represent, Queensland. I should feel no hesitation in making a law, which they could not make for themselves, and which would be for the general good of the colonies, but as to taking upon ourselves to repeal any law passed by both Houses of Parliament of a colony, that is a matter requiring much more deliberation. As to there being an inconsistency between this bill and the local laws, I do not think there is any. The real position will be that in addition to the law at present in force, there will be another one, more simple and effective in many respects, but not of such universal application as the laws now in existence. The laws which are now in existence require that notice should be given to the defendant, but they apply in the case of any judgment. The law proposed to be passed allows proceedings to be taken without notice to the defendant, but only in cases where he has already had notice of the proceedings. The two laws do not cover quite the same ground, if I may say so, one seems to be broader and the other longer. For these reasons I hope the bill will not be recommitted. As to our repealing the laws of Queensland or any other colony, I should ask the Council to pause before taking such an extreme step.
Dr. Macgregor: As reference has been made in this debate to the laws in force in the colony of Fiji, in reference to the giving execution to the judgments of the Supreme Courts of the other colonies, I think it is incumbent upon me to point out the state of matters there. In
Mr. Griffith: No.
Dr. Macgregor: That is how I read the clause, but I do not pretend to be able to interpret and construe law with the readiness and authority of a professional lawyer, and I merely state how the matter presents itself to my mind, and that is that in the first section of the Fijian ordinance, the literal reading would seem to leave it optional to the Judge, but from the context and from what I have observed of the practice of courts I believe it would be held to be obligatory on the part of the Judge to issue the summons. If that is so, it appears to me it would still be left obligatory on the part of the Judge of the Supreme Court of any colony to issue the summons before he ordered execution to be made if the local law requires that course to be followed. The effect of this bill would, therefore, appear to me—though on this point I see there is difference of opinion—-to be nil, the mode of procedure proposed in the bill being not in contradiction to the pro-
Mr. Griffith: That is not so.
Dr. Macgregor: There is one other point I would draw attention to. The hon. member for Tasmania (Mr. Dodds) has frequently said he could not see any special use in having the bill passed into law, unless it was to introduce an uniformity of law and practice into the various colonies. There is one way in which it would be of considerable advantage, as I have already pointed out to this Council, in respect to the colony of Fiji, whose "memorial of judgment ordinance" gives effect to the judgments of the Supreme Courts of the other colonies, while we have no reciprocity in the matter. I suppose the Acts of the other colonies were passed before Fiji was made a British colony, and unless the bill now before us is passed into law, either with or without the 10th clause, which does not appear to me to contain any principle of sufficient importance to imperil the measure, the result would be that Fiji would still be left out of the advantages accruing from such a Act, and no effect would be given to the judgments of her Supreme Court in the other colonies. I trust that whatever may be done with the 10th clause, the bill will be passed into law. (Hear, hear).
Mr. Berry said: It is proverbially difficult, Mr. President, to decide when lawyers disagree. The hon. member for Tasmania (Mr. Dodds) has said that if there were half a dozen lawyers in the Council we should have half a dozen different opinions, but fortunately we have only two lawyers, and so we have also only two opinions. It is not so difficult to decide between them. When the original objection was raised to the 10th clause I put the same interpretation upon it as the hon member for Fiji does, that is to say, that after abolishing in the bill the necessity for notice to be given after judgment, that section revived it. However, both the legal gentlemen agree that this is not so, and that whether the section is in the bill or out of it, the provisions of the bill must prevail in all proceedings taken under it. That is to say that, in proceedings taken under the bill, in certain cases—for we do not provide for all cases—we do not say that all judgments are to be dealt with under the bill, but only judgments obtained in a certain way—notice to the defendant will not be necessary. We provide good security that the defendant will have good notice at the commencement of the action. No such provision has been observed in the other colonies, but provision has been made that at the termination of the trial, and before the enforcement of judgment, notice shall be given to the defendant. Under this bill, in certain cases, execution will follow judgment without notice, and the most that can be said against the 10th section is that it is surplusage, and that if it can do no good it can do no harm, and, as I wish to see this legislation complete this session, I feel bound to take a course which will not jeopardise the bill.
Mr. Dodds: Striking out the clause won't jeopardise the bill.
Mr. Berry: The bill, under our forms, will come under the 196th Standing Order if we discharge the order of the day—
"But the order of the day for the third reading may be discharged, and the bill, in respect to the whole or any part, recommitted, when any amendments, of which notice has been given, may be made."
And we then come under the 197th Standing Order—
"When amendments have been made in a bill on recommittal"—
For the bill, after the discharge of the order of the day, would have to be recommitted—
"The bill, as amended, shall be taken into consideration on a future day."
And by the 198th Standing Order—
"When all amendments have been agreed to or otherwise disposed of, the bill shall be ordered to be read a third time on a future day "—
So that we should require two further days, under the standing orders, to complete the progress of the measure, if any member insisted on our transacting business in strict accordance with them. As this is practically our last day of sitting for business, though we may conclude some formal matters to-morrow, we ought substantially to finish our legislation to-day. That consideration will, I think, operate very much in the minds of hon. members who desire to see the measure pass into law. We shall have by it an Act of general application, so far as its special provisions are concerned—what, in fact, the hon. member for Tasmania says we shall not have. No local law can interfere with its provisions. That appears to me so clear, and the political value of the measure so great, I must, though I am not at all assured of the value of the 10th section, vote against the re-committal of the bill, because such a course would jeopardise it altogether.
Mr. Dickson said: I have hitherto, Mr. President, spoken on this measure with too great apprehension of the legal opinions which have been given, but I intend now to take a common-sense view of the question. The history of this bill is unique. It was introduced first of all by the hon. member for Victoria (Mr. Berry), when it was received with severe criticism and censure by the legal members of the Council, and was consequently referred to a select committee, composed of such legal members of the Council and the member in charge of it. The bill before us is the outcome of the deliberations of that committee, and I think the lay members of the Council have accepted it as having been approved of by the committee. I am rather surprised, therefore,
The President: I desire to state briefly that the bill which was introduced by the hon. member (Mr. Berry) was not received either with disapproval or censure by the legal members of the Council. That is hardly the correct way to put it.
Mr. Dodds: Hear, hear.
The President: I am personally responsible with my colleague, Mr. Berry, for the introduction of this bill, but instead of the bill being submitted in the objectionable form which the honourable gentleman indicated, the Council will recollect that the members for Victoria had really prepared two bills—one dealing with the judgments of the inferior Courts as well as the Supreme Courts, and the other limiting the new law to the judgments of the Supreme Courts only. The members for Victoria were quite alive to the difference between the two measures, and to the desirability of the bill as originally introduced, but having some doubts as to whether it would be quite safe to pass it into law, we, when we found the general feeling of the Council to be pretty much of the same opinion, that it would be unwise at the present time to legislate in regard to the inferior Courts, thought it would be best to limit the new legislation to the judgments of the Supreme Courts of the colonies. The best course, we then thought, was to refer the original bill to a select committee, who could make such arrangements as would bring it into harmony with our No. 2 Bill. I desire to make these remarks to remove the misunderstanding that the members for Victoria did not introduce a bill which could be fitly and fairly designated as having been received with censure from the other members of the Council. (Hear, hear.)
Mr. Douglas: It is admitted on all sides, Mr, President, that this bill is one which should be passed into law, and the only contention is as to the 10th section, which contains words which are difficult to interpret. It is very difficult to understand what those words mean, and until some judicial decision has been given upon them, it will probably remain so. Inasmuch as the bill contains provisions which are desirable, it will be well to pass it, as it is leaving it to future circumstances to decide the meaning of those particular words. When those judicial decisions have been given, after arguments before the supreme legal tribunals of the various colonies, an alteration can be made, so now we can safely pass the bill. It will be better for us to decide upon this course, and let the bill be read a third time. Therefore, although I have grave doubts on the subject, I am prepared to vote for the third reading of the bill.
Mr. Dodds: I have just one or two words to say in reply—
Mr. Griffith: You cannot speak again.
Mr. Dodds: Having moved a substantive motion, I think I have the right of reply.
The President: Can you refer me to the standing order which confers such a right?
Mr. Dodds: I refer you to a higher authority. I refer to Parliamentary usage.
The President: But the motion of the hon. member was not a substantive motion. It was an amendment.
Mr. Griffith: No doubt, if the hon. member asks permission to speak again, it will be given to him.
Leave to speak again having been given,
Mr. Dodds said: I merely desire to examine the reasons given by hon. members for the course they propose to take; and I may say at the outset that the point to which I attach so much importance, and which I have been endeavouring to get discussed by the Council, has only been touched upon by the hon. member for Queensland—Mr. Griffith—and it is a point of vital importance. That point is, whether we are to make this law paramount, or not; whether the laws passed by this Council shall be paramount throughout the colonies in the federation. I assume that no member of this Council, and no person who has taken an active part in the establishment of this Council, will seriously contend that that is not the intention of the Council. I apprehend that it will be admitted that the object of establishing this Council was to enable laws to be passed that should have general application—that those laws should be paramount to local laws with the view of removing local differences. If the laws of the different colonies are still to prevail, different as they are in their character and in their mode of procedure, what is the object of our passing laws here at all? We desire uni-
The President: I would call the hon. member's attention to the fact that he is introducing new matter, which will lead to further discussion. In a reply, the member is supposed to confine himself to answering the remarks made to which he objects.
Mr. Dodds: That is precisely what I am doing. The argument of Mr. Griffith was on the question of uniformity. I am now answering that argument; and certainly it is not introducing new matter to use an illustration throwing light upon the particular point under discussion. At all events, my remarks will be very short in regard to that point. Supposing Victoria says, "We will act upon our own local laws," as it may do.
Mr. Berry: How can Victoria say that as a colony?
Mr. Dodds: Well, then, supposing the individuals of the colony—if that will suit the hon. member better—choose to say, "We will act upon the law of our own colony;" and supposing the individuals of Tasmania say, "We will act upon the law of our colony," which differs from that of Victoria, and supposing the individuals of Queensland say, "We will act upon the laws created by the Federal Council," then it follows that Tasmania, will be placed in a position of disadvantage, because she will recognise and give effect to the judgments of the Supreme Courts of the other colonies, whilst they will not reciprocate that summary mode of procedure, and will not give the same rights and privileges to Tasmanian judgments which we give to the other colonies. Is that a desirable state of things to accept? At the present moment we have only two laws on this subject in the colonies, and we are now creating a third mode of procedure which, as I have already pointed out, I feel convinced will lead to nothing but confusion. Is it not desirable that the laws we pass here should be paramount, so as to remove existing local differences. Dr. Macgregor, as my hon. colleague pointed out, has put forward a common-sense view of the question, but my hon. and learned friend is not able to agree with the conclusions at which he arrived. No other arguments have been used against my contention. Mr. Berry candidly admits that he does not see any use in the clause, that it may be mere surplusage, and he employs what appears to me to be a very weak argument, namely, that the 197th standing order of the Council would prevent the course I propose being taken. If it is the desire, or to the convenience of hon. members, to bring the proceedings of the Council to a close, in preference to a desire to pass a law that will be useful to the Australasian colonics, then the argument used would be a very good one. If, on the other hand, we desire to do that which is to the best interests of the colonies, it does not matter surely whether we sit a day longer or a day less. If we decide to re-commit the bill to-day, we can to morrow, if we desire to bring our proceedings to a close, move the suspension of the standing orders, and pass the bill through its remaining stages, which, as you are aware, sir, is very often done. The hon. member contends that notice is given at the commencement of the action. How many actions does he know are commenced in any other way? Will the hon. member point out how many actions are commenced in any other way than the one here indicated? He will find none, even in Victoria with its large commercial transactions. If so, his argument is valueless as applied to this particular question. Mr. Dickson has taken me to task for not having objected in the select committee to this part of the bill. Perhaps I may have done so, or perhaps I may not have had the opportunity to do so; but on neither of those points can he have any certain information. Therefore the hon. member has no right to press that as an argument. He adds that it would be unwise to repeal the laws of Australasia. If it would be unwise to do so with a view to securing uniformity and a common action, then it was unwise to establish this Council. We can all agree amongst ourselves what laws shall be passed within our own jurisdiction, without going through the form of passing into law a piece of paper which says, "You can take this, or you can act upon your own laws if you like." We know we can act upon our own laws. It does not require a decision of this Council to tell us that. Having regard to the arguments which have been used by hon. members, as opposed to the view I take, I would ask the Council to consider whether there is anything really substantial in them, anything that will controvert the position I have taken up. The bill ought to be passed into law, but I should certainly like to see the clause struck out. The object I had in view in raising this discussion was to get an expression of opinion on the question from hon. members, so that the people of the Australasian colonies might know the lines upon which we proceed. That object has been gained, and it is unnecessary that I should press the question to a division. It is now known to everyone here, and it will be known to the public generally, what opinions are held on the subject by individual members. No division can alter those opinions, and I shall therefore not call for one. I see the Council is determined to act upon the lines that are laid down, and, to my mind, without sufficient reason, but the time, I have no doubt, will come when the view I am contending for is fully recognised by this Council. He would, with the permission of the Council, withdraw his amendment.
Amendment withdrawn accordingly, and bill read a third time and passed.
Mr. Griffith, in resuming the adjourned debate on the motion proposed yesterday by Mr. Dickson,—"That an Address be presented to the Governor of Tasmania, praying that His Excellency will be pleased to cause to be laid upon the table of this Council all despatches and other papers relating to the establishment and administration of Her Majesty's Protectorate in New Guinea," said: Mr. President, I wish to take the opportunity of saying a few words with respect to the general question of New Guinea. This motion has reference only to despatches and papers, and I think it would be very convenient that the volume containing the proceedings of the first session of this Council should contain the papers relating to the protectorate of New Guinea up to the present time. We are all of us aware of the present position of affairs in New Guinea. It is extremely unsatisfactory. The colonies were extremely disappointed that only a portion, instead of the whole, of the eastern half of New Guinea was taken under the protection of the British Crown. It is not worth while, however, I think, to discuss now the unfortunate causes which led to that result. They are disclosed in the correspondence which is asked for, and we can only deal with things now as we find them. Not only have the proceedings been unfortunate with respect to the extent of New Guinea to be taken under the protection of the British Crown, but the arrangements that have been made for administering the affairs of that protectorate seem to have been equally unfortunate. It was a long time before we received copies of the instructions that were given to General Scratchley, and when we received them they were found to be so meagre that from that time up to the present practically nothing has been done. The Special Commissioner has only two powers conferred upon him by law. One is to appoint officers, provided their salaries are provided for, but not to confer any power upon them. The other is, as Deputy Commissioner for the Western Pacific, to order the deportation of obnoxious persons, but only after obtaining the previous sanction of the High Commissioner in Fiji. A more disappointing state of things cannot be conceived. The result is, as I have said, that nothing whatever has been done. There are ample powers under the Imperial Acts by which Her Majesty might have conferred authority upon the Special Commissioner, but it has not as yet been done, nor, I think, is it likely to be done until something more is done in another direction. What has been the reason for so much delay I am not prepared to say. At the present time, however, it is clear—I know it as a fact—that the Imperial Government do not propose to come to any conclusion until something more has been done by the colonies. Hon. members are aware that Mr. John
Douglas, formerly Prime Minister of Queensland, has been appointed Special Commissioner in succession to Sir Peter Scratchley. He has been appointed, as I know from official communications, under the same conditions as General Scratchley, and as a temporary measure pending the consideration of arrangements with the colonial Governments for the future. I am quoting from a communication from the Secretary of State to the Governor of Queensland. The matter now is entirely in abeyance, and I am under the impression that the Imperial Government will be guided to a great extent by the recommendations made by the colonics in coming to a conclusion. If all the colonies were represented in this Council I think it would have been advisable to have formulated a definite scheme laying down the conditions on which New Guinea should be administered, and I have reason to believe that if that had been done the recommendation would have been adopted. At the present time, however, we know that things are in a transitory state in Great Britain. The matter had been under the consideration of Colonel Stanley, and this morning's paper contains a brief communication of what would probably have been the intentions of the late Government. It appears that Colonel Stanley was of opinion that New Guinea might be attached to one of the Australian colonies for the purposes of administration, the joint responsibilities of administration being taken between the Imperial Government and that colony. Upon that suggestion I should like to say a little. That form of joint administration has been tried in various places, and in various forms. At the Cape at the present time, some of the recent annexations to the British possessions are, I believe, under the control of the Governor of Cape Colony, with an administrator under him. It is said, however, that this arrangement does not work very well. I believe that some similar arrangement exists in some of the West Indian Islands, or has existed there, but although the arrangement has not worked well in one place, it may in another. The position of New Guinea at the present time appears to be this—the Imperial Government are not prepared to take all the financial responsibilities. The Australian Governments undertook to bear a certain share of the financial responsibility but one of them has already drawn out from that agreement. Some others, I am sorry to say, appear to contemplate doing the same thing, but I think that the Imperial Government may fairly expect that we shall keep our word to them as far as that goes. But the colonies naturally ask, what is it we have to pay for? and the Imperial Government say they won't tell what it is for until you pay the money. It is difficult to come to any definite conclusion just now, but under the circumstances, probably it will be necessary for the colonies, or some of them, to submit to the Imperial
Mr. Berry: Mr. President,—It is unfortunate that in a question of the supreme importance of the one we are now discussing, and which forms, undoubtedly, a legitimate subject for discussion, that the condition of
Mr. Douglas: I think the annual expenditure would amount to something like £20,000.
Mr. Berry: Yes. We also know the Imperial Government has called on the colonies to find some additional funds over and above the £15,000, and in consideration of that there is a despatch by which, in the event of their having Government of the nature suggested, the Queen's Sovereignty would be proclaimed over the British portion of New Guinea. That has not yet been done, and no doubt that would be the first step taken towards any kind of Administration that must take place on the British portion of New Guinea. At this juncture, the latest information that the Premier of Victoria received from our Agent-General in England was to the effect that the Imperial Government were anxious that this Council, at its meeting, should have the matter before them from a practical point of view, and with the view of making some suggestions that might commend themselves to the authorities at home for the settlement of the question. And that is the position we are in now. We are the most representative body that could be got together in this part of the world, it is true, and, as has been said on more than one occasion, especially in regard to this question, it is unfortunate the whole of the colonies are not represented here; because I think one of the most practical
Mr. Douglas: If they want to exterminate the poor devils—(laughter)—it is the best plan they could follow.
Mr. Berry: I was not recommending it. (Hear, hear.) I was only showing that there was another plan which could be followed. We have progressed beyond that, and it is more like what Great Britain would have done generations ago. It is a proceeding from which has always arisen dissatisfaction, injustice, and bloodshed. (Hear, hear.) I simply mentioned it to show that that is the way in which Germany has dealt with her territory in New Guinea. The terms of the charter are to the effect that it was granted on condition that the company undertook to introduce and maintain, at its own expense, such political institutions as would serve the promotion of trade, the economical exploitation of the sail and the establishment and maintenance of friendly relations with the natives and their civilisation. They do not solve the question of defence there, but on the terms of the charter they are to provide political institutions, and for all those expenses, which we as a government in this part of the world, have always provided of late years. At all events, there are matters to follow the course Germany has taken. The only advantage is one of economy, but the certainty of so many dangers, injustices, and possible bloodshed, would never permit it at the present time, to be followed. The fact of all these large powers being conferred by Germany on a trading company—and we know how such companies frequently use them—should render it all the more necessary that British interests should be promptly attended to, and that there should be some settled government by which the island could be explored, and friendly relations maintained with the natives, and we should then begin to obtain some tangible and practical knowledge of the value of the country, and the best mode in which to deal with it. There should be some protection and some known law and rule by which colonists from the other colonies would be induced to proceed there, knowing that they would receive protection, and that there would be a settled Government, under whose laws and rules they might live. Nothing of that sort, however, has been done. As it has been properly said, we are in the position of having an important question before us, with no satisfactory information, and not with full powers to formulate a proposal which might afterwards be accepted. The motion moves for production of the papers. The debate from the beginning, from the various standpoints of hon. members, will have thrown some light on the problem, but the main point after all, as to giving some solution to the problem, appears to be as far off as ever. It is impossible by any resolution, or proposal, to indicate what are the wishes of this Council, beyond the enunciation of some general principle. I think we may go so far as to say, I am sure I can speak for Victoria, and it is doubtless the wish of the other colonies, that the Australian sentiment is sufficiently potent, large, and lively to induce the colonies, if they are dealt with in a spirit of equity, to take the responsibility whatever it may be, of the action they require, to protect their interests in this part of the world. (Hear, hear.) The Government ought to state their policy and the course they intend to pursue, and if that were so stated, I do not think that
would also be accepted if the Imperial Government would only say what they want to do, and then do it in a thorough and practical way, so that we might be satisfied that we were receiving value for the money we expended. Those are the prevailing views of the people of the colonies, and if this debate will assist the Imperial Government in coming to a speedy decision, it is to be hoped that action will be taken by a choice of one of the three methods I have indicated. If the plan adopted is kept distinct, and the duties and responsibilities fairly laid down in our Acts, the Australasian colonies will respond in the same spirit that they have shown in regard to similar arrangements when made on former occasions. In the meantime, I shall support the motion for the production of papers, and I only regret that we are not in a position to act more definitely in regard to the future of New Guinea.
Mr. Douglas said: The motion before the Council simply touches papers, and I think it exceedingly inconvenient to be called upon to speak upon the subject generally before the papers are produced. The proper course would evidently have been to have asked for the production of the papers, and for the consideration of the subject to have been postponed until after their production. We have had to brush up our memory to see how far these matters affect the question as regards the Imperial rule. At the present time we know nothing about it, or about the intentions of the Imperial Government in regard to New Guinea. From communications I had with the late General Scratchley, I know he was very much in the same position, and as far as I could gather from him, his mission to New Guinea was in a great measure to ascertain the best mode of dealing with its Government. He did not even know where settlement was to commence. He was of opinion that there would be two positions, but it was not his intention to reside there at all. But what we have to do here is this—to see whether anything can be done to suggest some scheme or other by which New Guinea shall be placed under the protection of England in such a manner that the rights of the natives shall be properly respected against the inroads of those persons who make it their business to go to all new lands such as this is. The position taken up by the hon. member for Fiji is the one we should follow. We ought not to consider the question merely to the extent of the commercial interests of Great Britain, but also with due regard to the natives. Fortunately in Fiji the natives have been protected, but in most of the British possessions we know that as soon as the Englishman appears the unfortunate native has to disappear, and it is to be hoped that the time has arrived when, in any country like New Guinea, where the inhabitants are settled down and are civilised—not savages—they will be treated in a different way to that in which the unfortunate Australians
The President: I will only occupy the attention of the Council for a few minutes. I think that the debate, so far as it has gone, will be exceedingly useful, and I am quite sure it could have been made more useful if it could have gone further. The subject matter of the debate is of such recent date that the facts are pretty well within the knowledge of hon. members, and we know pretty well what the difficulties are in the way of proceeding further. We know how far we have got and where we want to get to, but we hardly sea in what manner we are to get more. The admirable resumé of the whole position of affairs with respect to New Guinea, which was made by the hon. member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith) places the whole thing before us in a simple nutshell, and it comes to one single question—that the money is to be raised amongst the people of Australia, in order to conduct the Government of New Guinea. There may arise another question as to what that form of Government should be, or to what extent we are to introduce the old forms of administration into the island. But really the substantial question is, how is the expense of the Government of New Guinea to be raised? With regard to the people of England, the hon. member, Mr. Berry, alluded to Fiji, and said he thought they should have acted in respect to New Guinea exactly as they did in respect to Fiji, when they did not wait for our constitution. That is true, but they asked for our constitution and did not get it, and I think that very circumstance has acted as a sort of warning to the Imperial Government, and made them chary of accepting the responsibility of New Guinea without having previously arranged with the Australian Governments. I remember very well that the Governments were appealed to to assist in the expenditure necessary for conducting the Government of Fiji, and that they declined to do so. I can speak positively, at all events, with respect to Victoria, because the facts are within my own knowledge. All we can do at the present time is to throw out hints and suggestions. Before we part it ought to be understood, if not expressed by resolution, that this matter should be remitted to the Standing Committee, with instructions that the chairman of that com-
Question put and passed.
The President: I have to inform the Council that I have received the following message from His Excellency the Governor:—
"The Governor has the honour to inform the President of the Federal Council that, in accordance with the request of the Council, copies of the resolution passed on the 2nd instant, with reference to the defence of King George's Sound and Torres Straits, he forwarded, by the first opportunity, to the Secretary of State for the Colonies for submission to Her Majesty, and to the Governors of the Australasian colonics.
The President: I have just received the following telegram from the Agent-General of Victoria, dated yesterday, which is evidently intended to be communicated to this Council:—
"Telegram from Berlin reports agreement Germany France determining respective possessions Africa and South Seas, in which Germany engages do nothing calculated to prevent France occupying New Hebrides. Immediate steps must be taken address Secretary of State for the Colonies. Other agents advised.
The President: This telegram, it is evident to me, was intended by the Agent-General to be communicated to this Council before its rising, evidently with the view that the Council should take action, and I think that the Council will feel that some action of a very decided character is necessary. I would suggest whether it is not advisable to appoint a select committee of this Council to draw up an address to Her Majesty on the subject contained therein—the question of the New Hebrides. I should be glad to hear the views of hon. members.
Mr. Douglas: I beg to suggest that we should, in the first place, finish the formal business of the Council before going into this matter.
The President: There is nothing before us at the present moment, and, of course, it is for the Council to determine the order of business.
Mr. Berry: Mr. President,—By leave of the Council I would ask leave to move a resolution without notice based upon the information conveyed in the telegram you have just read. I think that the importance of the information conveyed in that telegram can scarcely be overrated. For a long time past, before and since the convention met in Sydney, the possibility of France annexing the New Hebrides was present to the minds of public men in this part of the world, but whenever the suggestion of the possibility of that kind has been made public, it has always been met by positive statements that the arrangements and the agreements between England and France precluded the possibility of such an event. We have been satisfied with such assurances from time to time, but I may say that we received similar assurances with regard to the island of Raiatea, and since then the statement made by the public Press has been confirmed that England has conceded for advantages elsewhere the island of Raiatea to France, without any reference to these colonies, notwithstanding the assurances we had by the publication of an agreement between the two countries in regard to that particular island. Only a few days ago, in moving a motion on that subject, I said that if this could be done in regard to Raiatea it might be done in regard to the far more important islands of New Hebrides.
Mr. Griffith: I rise to a point of order. Although I have no objection to the resolution being passed, I think it is highly inconvenient that a general discussion on the question of the New Hebrides and Her Majesty's Government should be made without notice. I must, therefore, object to the matter being discussed.
The President: I may point out that it is impossible to give notice, that the time is now past for giving notices of motion until to-morrow, and if the Council proposes to adjourn to-morrow there will be no possibility of discussing it.
Mr. Griffith: You misunderstand me, Sir. I said that I do not object to the motion being made, but to going into the whole subject now. For my part I have no objection to appoint the committee, or to the suspension of the standing orders for the purposes of the motion, but I think it would be inconvenient to go into a general discussion of the question.
Mr. Berry: I do not intend to go into a discussion of the question, more than to justify the action I have taken in bringing the motion forward without notice, because I do not think that anyone is justified in presenting such a motion unless he can show cause. Having said so much in justification of the course I have taken, and as I understand there is no objection, I shall not add anything further, but simply move as follows,—" That having regard to the telegram received by the President from the Agent-General of Victoria, relating to a reported agreement between Germany and France, this Council do appoint a select committee to draw up an address to the Queen on the subject, viz., Mr. Griffith, Mr. Douglas, and the President."
Mr. Lee Steere seconded.
Motion put and passed.
On the following notice being called:—
Mr. Dodds to move,—That in the opinion of this Council, it is desirable that an Australasian Court of Appeal be established, and that it be an instruction to the Standing Committee during the recess to
Mr. Dodds said: I think it would be most convenient, Mr. President, if I did not move to-day the motion standing in my name. I shall therefore move that it stand adjourned until to-morrow, or rather give notice of it for to morrow, which will be the proper mode of procedure.
On the following notice of motion being called:—
Mr. Lee Steere to draw attention to the communications which have passed between the various Australasian colonies with reference to the indemnification for losses in time of war, and to move—"That this Council is of opinion that it is desirable that the Governments of the Australasian Colonies should come to a formal agreement to submit to their respective Legislatures some measure for giving ratification to the proposed common action for the indemnification of persons who in case of war make a sacrifice of their property for the purpose of pre aid to an enemy's force."
Mr. Lee Steere said: Mr. President, with leave of the Council, I wish to amend the notice of motion standing in my name, as it has been suggested to me that it will be better not to indicate any particular mode by which the Australian Governments should act in reference to the proposal made for indemnification, to be contributed by the several colonies to persons in case of the destruction of their property for the purpose of preventing aid to an enemy's force. Therefore, the resolution with which I shall conclude will be merely a general resolution, stating that it is desirable that common action be taken by the Governments of Australia to effect this purpose, leaving it to them to take such measures as they deem proper.
The President: You had better read the terms of the motion now.
Mr. Lee Steere: It is as follows:—
"That in the opinion of this Council it is desirable that common action should be taken by the Governments of the Australian colonies for the purpose of providing for the indemnification of persons whose property in case of war may be sacrificed for the purpose of preventing aid to an enemy's force." In support of this motion I would draw attention to the various official communications that have passed in reference to this subject. I do not wish to quote in full the letter written by Admiral Tryon to the Premier of New South Wales, which first brought this subject prominently forward. Most hon. members have seen that letter, but I think it would be well that I should read a communication addressed by the Colonial Secretary of New South Wales to the various Governments. That communication is as follows:—
"I have received a letter from the Admiral, commander-in-chief of this station, in which he points out that one of the most effectual means of defence would be an united determination on the part of all the Australian colonies to resist all concessions to an enemy, and refuse under any circumstances all supplies of coal. As demands might, and probably would be made in places comparatively unprotected, he suggests that there should be an united indemnification of such places from loss by injuries inflicted upon them in consequence of their refusal to obey requisitions; that owners and agents of coal-laden vessels should agree to order their destruction rather than permit their falling into the hands of an enemy. All losses to be made good by the united Governments. His letter, my reply, and a minute which I have based upon it, expressing our entire agreement in his suggestion, and our preparedness to bear our proportionate share of any such expenditure, are too long to forward you by telegram. I shall send them by mail. Meanwhile I should like to know how you view the proposal. The very fact of our agreement to stand by each other against any concessions would, it is conceived, be a heavy discouragement to an enemy operating so far from his base under such hopeless circumstances."
This particular letter from which I am now quoting was sent to the Premier of New Zealand, and I believe that a similar communication was addressed to the Premiers of all the other Australian colonies. The Premier of New Zealand replied:—
"We are favourably disposed to your proposal, but we think the condition of resistance should not be included.
"We may be save that whenever resistance is feasible or expedient, it will be displayed in all the colonies, and in every part, to the full extent courage and patriotism would justify.
"We think it would be better the colonies should agree to joint liability for all damages caused by the enemy, on the basis of a population contribution.
"Will you consider this modification, and state also how you would propose the assent of the several Parliaments should be given?
"Ministers have not had as yet any reply to this communication, but they are willing, on the lines mentioned by them in their telegram, to recommend Parliament to enter into an arrangement with the other colonies of Australasia.
"In conclusion, Ministers would add that they feel obliged to the admiral for forwarding his very able memorandum on the subject of defences for their perusal and consideration, and they hope that without delay the further information they require may be communicated to them, so that they may be able to submit some definite proposals to Parliament."
A similar communication, I say, was addressed to the Governments of every one of the Australian colonies, and they all replied that they were in agreement
"I entirely concur in the proposal that in the event of any such loss being sustained by any town or individual in consequence of refusing such aid, the loss should be borne by the colonies collectively in proportion to population."
The reply from all the colonies indicated a concurrence of opinion that this would be a very good object to effect by means of joint action on the part of the colonies. I may say that the colony I have the honour to represent is very much in favour of this proposal, and I think it went further than any other colony, because the matter was brought before he Legislative Council, who agreed to a resolution staring their willingness to join with the other colonies in this matter. It seems to me that we should not allow this matter to remain as it is, it would be unwise for the colonies to allow themselves to remain quiescent until there is an outbreak of war. During the last war scare there were several store ships laden with coal in King George's Sound, and the Government of Western Australia made arrangements that in the event of an enemy entering that port that the owners of these vessels should sink them, so that the coal might not be available to the enemy, but I do not know whether in the event of any further complications arising that the Government of Western Australia would undertake that responsibility unless they find that the other colonies would unite in reimbursing them of that expense. The loss of that coal to Western Australia would be insignificant in comparison with the loss which would take place to the ships of the other colonies in consequence of cruisers receiving coals there. I think it is only fair that all the colonies should unite in making recompense to the persons whose property was destroyed in consequence of these recommendations. It has been said, and I believe it is thought by some persons, that it would be almost impossible to get any combination of the colonies to effect the object desired, until there is a complete federation of the colonies, but it strikes me that if there were a federation of the colonies assembled here now they would not be able to do more than I propose by this resolution. What would a complete federated Council do? They might pass a motion stating that in their opinion all the colonies should combine together to give such recompense, but they could not force those colonies to contribute for that purpose. That would require to be done by each Legislature passing an Appropriation Act providing the necessary funds for this purpose. Therefore, I do not think that if all the colonies were federated here together they could do more than we do now by passing this motion.
Dr. Macgregor seconded.
Mr. Griffith: I quite agree to the resolution in the form in which it is now moved. It is extremely desirable that some action should be taken, but at the same time I cannot shut my eyes to the fact that there would be considerable difficulty in coming to an agreement upon the matter. The difficulty would arise in this way. What would be the circumstances which would justify the sacrifice of private property to avoid assistance being given to an enemy? That must be determined, to my mind, by some person entrusted with discretionary powers. If you were to attempt to frame an Act dealing with this subject, some provision would have to he made for the appointment of some person for whose action the colony would have to be responsible, and in the absence of a law of general application I see very great practical difficulty in defining the person for whose actions we should be responsible. A law of the Federal Council, representing all the colonies, may, perhaps, deal with the question, not by declaring that the Treasuries of the different colonies shall be pecuniarily responsible, for that is beyond the province of the Federal Council, unless it is specially referred to by the different colonies; but by declaring that in cases of emergency certain persons to be designated by the law of the Federal Council, should have authority to take the necessary action. In fact, the more we consider the question of defences, from whatever standpoint, whether as regards the maintenance of defensive works or the discipline of the forces, or action to be taken in the event of war, the more the necessity appears for united action on the part of the colonies—action which would have the force of law. Affirming this resolution, however, is a good thing, though I fear it cannot be until the federation has assumed larger proportions, that we can give it any immediate or practical result.
Dr. Macgregor: I alluded to this subject during the general discussion upon defences, as I did not know then that it was the intention of the hon. member for Western Australia to bring the subject forward in this shape. However, I am very glad he has done so. There is a verbal alteration or two I would suggest in the resolution. I gathered from the remarks he made on the subject that he intended that the executive authority of each colony should be responsible for the destruction of property that it was desirable to destroy, as contemplated under the terms of the resolution. The resolution as framed would lead one to imply that the owner was to destroy his property. The way should be very clear for the executive authority, in whatever colony it might be, to see that the destruction was promptly and certainly carried out in the majority of cases, as the owner would be probably sufficiently patriotic to destroy such things as coal, provisions and other articles as might be required by an enemy. It is just possible, however, that coal and other articles that should be destroyed may be the property of foreigners and aliens resident in the colony,
The President: There is nothing in the resolution which indicates by whom, or by whose authority the property is to be destroyed.
Dr. Macgregor: I propose to add words to make it read, "to persons whose property may be sacrificed."
Mr. Lee Steere: I have no objection to making that amendment.
Dr. Macgregor: The resolution under consideration would in all likelihood in time of war, have special application to such places as the colony of Fiji as has been pointed out in the letter just read by the hon. member, Mr. Lee Steere. The probability is that places which are defenceless would be the places gone to by a hostile power when looking for coal or provisions, and as I stated already to the Council, the colony of Fiji is in a condition that it is quite defenceless. I have already drawn attention to the fact in speaking of the question of defence, that there is sometimes a large quantity of coal to be had there. It is not a coal-producing country, but coal is imported there from Australia for carrying on the industries of the place, and considerable quantities are often stored there in such a way as to be easily accessible by an enemy. From some of the naval stations in the Northern Pacific it would be easy enough for steam vessels to reach Fiji steaming all the way at half-speed, and from some of the southernmost stations to reach Fiji at high speed, but in either case, by the time they reached the colony they would have little coal left, and they might be able to pick up two or three thousand tons there, unless precaution was taken against this, and such a quantity would be sufficient to enable them to reach the other colonies, and put them in the position of inflicting on these very much damage. I consider this question of such very great importance that I sincerely hope that something in practical shape may be done with regard to it at an early date.
The motion was then put and agreed to.
Mr. Lee Steere, in order to give effect to the resolution moved,—"That the resolution be communicated by the President to the Governor of Tasmania, with a request that His Excellency will be pleased to transmit it to the Governors of the other colonies."
Dr. Macgregor seconded, and the motion was agreed to.
At 3.40 p.m. the Council adjourned until 10 a.m. next day.
Friday, February 5, 1886.
The New Hebrides Question—The New Guinea Question—"War Indemnities—Federal Council Documents—Hobart chosen for next Session of Council—Standing Committee, Appointment of-Order Discharged—Proposed Establishment of an Australasian Arsenal—The Recidiviste Question—Royal Assent to Bills—Report of Finance Committee—Australasian Corporations Bill, Discharge of—-Termination of Session, Closing addresses—Adjournment.
The President (Hon. James Service) took the chair at 11 o'clock.
The New Hebrides.Mr.
Griffithbrought up a draft address prepared by the select committee appointed to prepare an address to Her Majesty with reference to the islands of the New Hebrides, and moved that it be read by the Clerk.The draft address was read by the
Clerkas follows:—"To Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen.
"We, your Majesty's loyal and dutiful subjects, the members of the Federal Council of Australasia, assembled at Hobart, in the colony of Tasmania, beg to assure your Majesty of our continued loyalty to your Majesty's Throne and person.
"2. We have heard with alarm that arrangements have been entered into between the Governments of Germany and France, which may seriously affect Australasian interests in relation to the Islands of the New Hebrides.
"3. Your Majesty's loyal subjects in Australasia have always taken an especial interest in these islands, and have regarded it as a matter of grave importance to your Majesty's Australasian colonies that they should not fall under any foreign dominion.
"4. We place full reliance upon the assurance conveyed by Lord Derby, then one of Your Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State, in his despatch of
21st April, 1885 , addressed to the Governor of South Australia, to the effect that any proposal having for its object the annexation of the New Hebrides to France would never be entertained by Your Majesty's Government without consulting the Australian Colonies."5. At the same time we beg respectfully to urge upon Your Majesty the increasing necessity that the understanding arrived at in
1878 , between Your Majesty's Government and the Government of France, recognising the independence of the New Hebrides, should give place to some more definite engagement which shall secure those islands from falling under any foreign dominion.' , President."James, "Service"
Mr. Griffith: I ask permission to move, without notice,—
"That the address brought up by the select committee be adopted, and that His Excellency the Governor be requested to transmit the substance of it by telegraph to Her Majesty."
The address, Mr. President, has been prepared, as of course addresses to Her Majesty usually are, in a strictly formal and respectful form. The colouring to be given to a
"Downing-street, April 21, 1885 ."Sir, —I have had the honour to receive your despatch of the 20th of February, transmitting a memorial addressed to you by the Presbytery of the Presbyterian Church of South Australia respecting the New Hebrides, together with a paper containing the remarks of the Moderator on the occasion of its presentation.
"The memorialists express concern that there should be a probability that the islands of this group will be annexed to France, and a hope that they will be either left as they are, or that Great Britain will assume the protectorate over them
"I request that you will inform the memorialists that Her Majesty's Government will not lose sight of the considerations brought forward in their memorial, and that you will draw their attention, as representing the views of Her Majesty's Government, to the statement made in Parliament by the Under-Secretary of State for this department on the 12th ultimo, of which a report will be found in
The Timesof the 13th, to the effect that any proposal having for its object the annexation of the New Hebrides to France would never be entertained by their office without consulting the Australian colonies, and without securing conditions satisfactory to those colonies; and that no Government of this country would ever think of giving over the New Hebrides to France without taking care that they would never become a penal settlement."I have, etc., "(Signed) Derby."Sir W. C. F. Robinson."
We should, sir, I think be able to place full reliance on an assurance of that kind. There have been changes of Government since then in Great Britain, but I do not think the changes that have taken place are likely to weaken the position to be taken up by the future administrator of the Colonial Office in Great Britain. I think that a formal remonstrance by the Federal Council in pursuance of the powers conferred by the Act may be forcibly backed up by the Agents-General in England. I shall conceive it to be my duty to communicate with the Agent-General for Queensland on the subject. I trust, sir, that there is no real reason for alarm, but at the same time when we see Germany and France making an agreement in reference to islands with which Germany at least can have no concern, there is reason to feel a little disturbed. I hope, in anything we do in this matter, we shall let it be seen that we understand what we are doing, that we are firm, and that we regard the subject as one in which unfavourable action would be a cause for deep regret—I will not say resentment, because I hope it will be a long while before the word resentment enters into our feelings with respect to our relations with the Imperial Government—but I do hope that we may make them understand in moderate language that we are really very much concerned about these matters. It is very unfortunate that all the colonies should not be unanimous on this subject. In the past, as you are aware, there has not been absolute unanimity, but I think it is highly important that what is done should be done unanimously, and that it should be understood we are not vapouring, but expressing our strong, well-considered, and well-matured opinions. I think that, if the Imperial Government do understand this, they will attach so much weight to our opinion that they will not, if they can possibly help it—and I am sure they can help it—allow such things to be done as would cause inconvenience and danger to Australasia, such as which might follow from the action we are now endeavouring to avert. Of course, the fact that Germany has an agreement with France does not necessarily affect the agreement already entered into between France and England. I hope it will not, but it seems to me that this is a fitting opportunity to remind Her Majesty's Government of what has taken place, and to impress again upon them the wishes of these colonies. The last paragraph of the address practically adopts the same language that was adopted by the convention, of Sydney in
Mr. Douglas seconded the motion.
Mr. Berry: I very cordially support the motion. I thoroughly concur in the remarks made by the hon. member for Queensland, that the information that we have received, is sufficiently alarming to justify the course which the Council now propose to take, and that it may also be concurrent in that in the address to Her Majesty, the language used should not be coloured, but should be plain and simple, and should state exactly the matured and earnest feeling of this Council. Looking at it from that aspect, I think that the address that has been prepared, will fairly represent the unanimous sentiments of all the colonies. I am aware of no section of public opinion in any of the colonies that would be opposed to the sentiments embodied in the address to Her Majesty. The gravity of the question must be admitted on all hands because, Mr. President, it is not only a question of the possible annexation of these important islands to a foreign power which the Australian communities and representative gatherings have invariably protested against, but we can scarcely regard it without reference to another subject which is far from satisfactory at the present moment. You, sir, are aware, and members of this Council are aware of the strong feeling that was evinced in all the Australian colonies, and in the various Parliaments at the proposal made some two years ago by the
Mr. Dickson: Mr. President, I desire to say a word or two in reference to this important subject. I am thankful that the news of this intended action on the part of France was received whilst the Federal Council was in session, so that the opinions of hon. members might be directed to this question, with the result that they could adopt the remonstrance which has been drawn up by the committee of the Council. There is no doubt that the information is of a disquieting, I may almost say, alarming nature, and I am glad that the opportunity has been afforded to the federated colonies to give immediate expression to their opinions in the shape of this remonstrance against the actions of a foreign power, which, I think, have not been altogether unforeseen for some time past. I believe, Mr. President, that the extension of French interest, or French possessions, to the New Hebrides, would be a very serious injury to the political and social interests of Australia, and I do hope that the action taken by this Council
Dr. Macgregor: I wish in a few words to express my cordial support of the address that has been prepared. It deals with a subject which clearly comes within the jurisdiction of this Council, and the matter is one of such very great importance that it would be a dereliction of duty were the Council not to take it into immediate consideration. I do not think any exception can reasonably be taken to the language used in the address. It expresses to my mind clearly what are the views and what are the wishes of this Council, and it does so in language which, at the same time, is dignified, respectful, and earnest. I cannot help stating that the annexation by France of the New Hebrides is, to my mind, at least of equal, if not of greater, importance than the question of New Caledonia. The nature of the soil and country of New Caledonia is such that permanent settlement of large numbers of convicts can be effected and maintained only at great expense to France, and in the end, New Caledonia would probably be discontinued as a penal station. But the islands of the New Hebrides are in a different position. They are fertile islands, or islands that can be used as a permanent settlement for colonists, and were they annexed by France, the probability is that convicts would be transhipped from New Caledonia to the New Hebrides, and they then would be able to establish themselves permanently in our vicinity. As pointed out to the Council the other day, in the colony of Fiji we have already experienced much inconvenience from the proximity of New Caledonia, and have unfortunately been visited by several men of the criminal class from that place, who have caused us some trouble. Now, the islands of the New Hebrides are nearer to Fiji than the Island of New Caledonia, and our colony has for a long time been in constant communication with the New Hebrides, and the probability is that the danger to which we are now exposed from these convicts would, in the event of the annexation of the New Hebrides by France be very much increased. Like several other members who have spoken upon this question, I look upon it as a fortunate thing that this event has taken place whilst this Council is in session. Recent events Mould tend to show that certain French subjects settled in New Caledonia have been pushing forward the matter of the annexation of the New Hebrides with some spirit, and the present moment is therefore a favourable one for our taking united action. No opportunity of taking such action should be omitted in order that it may be shown that this Council and the whole of Australasia is in earnest over this question. The hon. member for Queensland (Mr. Griffith) says he will consider it his duty to communicate at once with the Agent-General of that colony. I hope all the other colonies having an Agent-General in London will take the same course. (Hear, hear.) No doubt a strong remonstrance will proceed from the colony I have the honour to represent, and I shall certainly consider it my duty to urge, with all the power I can, that that remonstrance be made as soon as possible, and the whole subject be put into the clearest light. I have therefore very much pleasure in supporting the motion.
The President said: The hon. member, Mr. Berry, before sitting down after addressing the Council, referred to a letter which he had received from the Rev. Mr. Paton, the senior member of the New Hebrides mission, which he proposed to read, but which he found lie had not got with him. The contents of that letter I know something about.
Mr. Berry (producing a letter): Here it is. It was amongst some other papers.
The President: I will not read it now,
"The sympathy of the New Hebrides natives are all with Great Britain, hence they long for British protection; while they fear and hate the French, who appear eager to annex the group, because they have seen the way the French have treated the native races of New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands, and other South Sea Islands.
"Till within the past few months almost all the Europeans on the New Hebrides were British subjects, who long for British protection.
"All the men, and all the money (over £140,000) used in civilising and Christianising the New Hebrides, have been British. Now 14 missionaries, and the "Dayspring" mission ship, and about 150 native evangelists and teachers are employed in the above work on this group, in which over £6,000 yearly of British and British-colonial money is expended, and certainly it would be unwise to let any other power now take possession and reap the fruits of all this British outlay.
"Because the New Hebrides are already a British dependency in this case—all of its imports are from Sydney and Melbourne and British colonies, and all its exports are also to British colonies.
"The islands in this group are generally very rich in soil and in tropical products, so that, if a possession of Great Britain, and the labour traffic stopped, so as to retain what remains of the native population on them, they would soon, and for ages to come, become rich sources of tropical wealth to these colonies, as sugar-cane is extensively cultivated on them by every native of the group in his heathen state. For natives they are an industrious, hard-working race, living in villages and towns, and, like farmers, depending upon the cultivation and products of the ground for their support by their plantations. The islands also grow maize, cotton, coffee, arrowroot, and spices, etc., etc., and all tropical products could be largely produced on them.
"Because if any other nation takes possession of them, their excellent and spacious harbours, as on Efate, so well supplied with the best fresh water, and their near proximity to Great Britain's Australasian colonies, would in time of war make them dangerous to British interests and commerce in the South Seas and to her colonies.
"The thirteen islands of this group, on which life and property are now comparatively safe, the 8,000 professed Christians on the group, and all the churches formed among them, are, by God's blessing, the fruits of the labours of the British missionaries, who, at great toil, expense, and loss of life, have translated, got printed, and taught the natives to read the Bible, in part or in whole, in nine different languages of this group, while 70,000 at least are longing and ready for the Gospel. On this group 21 members of the mission family died or were murdered by the savages in beginning God's work among them, not including good Bishop Patteson. of the Melanesian Mission, and we fear all this good work would be lost if the New Hebrides fall into other than British hands."
The letter referred to by Mr. Berry is one strongly advocating the annexation of the New Hebrides Group. The hands of England have, of course, been tied by the agreement come to in, I think,
The motion was then put in the following amended form,—
"That the address be forwarded by the President to the Governor of Tasmania, with a request that His Excellency will be pleased to transmit the same to Her Majesty, through the Secretary of State for the colonies, and to communicate the substance of it by telegraph,"
—and agreed to.
The New Guinea Question.No. 5.—The
President: I have to inform the Council that I have received the following message from His Excellency the Governor:—"The Governor, in compliance with the request contained in the address of the Federal Council of the 4th inst., transmits herewith to the President the papers relating to the establishment and administration of Her Majesty's Protectorate in New Guinea.
Geo. C. Strahan."Government House, "Hobart, February 5, 1886 ."
Mr. Douglas also tabled the papers referred to, and moved that they be printed.
Question put and passed.
The President said: I have to inform the Council that I have received the following message from His Excellency the Governor:—
No. 6.—The Governor, in compliance with the resolution passed by the Council on the 4th inst., has the honour to inform the Federal Council that copies of the said resolution relating to the indemnification of persons whose property may be sacrificed in case of war, for the purpose of preventing aid to an enemy's force, will be forwarded to the Governors of the other Australasian colonies by first opportunity.
Mr. Douglas tabled, by order of the Governor, in response to an address from the Council adopted on the 5th February, on the motion of Mr. Griffith, despatches, correspondence, and other papers relating to the constitution and the first meeting of the Federal Council of Australasia, and moved that they be printed.
Question put and passed.
Dr. Macgregor, in moving,—
"That the next session of this Council be held at Hobart, in the colony of Tasmania," said: In the Federal Council of Australasia Act of
"The first session of this Council shall be held at Hobart, in the colony of Tasmania. Subsequent sessions shall be held in such colony as the Council shall from time to time determine."
It is therefore necessary before this session is brought to a close that the Council should determine the place at which the next session shall be held. It is, I think, in the present state of development of this Council undesirable that the next meeting should take place in any of the capitals of the larger colonies, and I have no doubt whatever that of the smaller colonies and their capitals Hobart is the most convenient place for the next session of the Council. It is also to be noted that Hobart was the place determined on by the convention, the body that drafted the Imperial Act, and nothing has occurred since that was fixed to justify a change of place of meeting at present. Experience has taught us that Hobart is very suitable for the purpose, and that the work of the Council can be carried on here with advantage, and I therefore move the motion.
Mr. Griffith: I support this motion, sir. I hope that when the next session of this Council is held there will be more colonies represented at it, but whether that be so or not the same reasons exist now for the selection of Hobart for holding the next session of the Council as existed two years ago for the selection of Hobart for holding the first session of the Council. I am afraid there may be many changes in the constitution of the Council before that time. I, however, am able to look forward to continuing a member of it for the present, at all events; and, speaking as one who may probably be a member of the Council at its next session, I think Hobart is the most convenient place at present. I am not prepared to say that it will always be, but that is a matter to be determined by the Council from time to time. I have great pleasure in supporting the motion.
Question put and passed.
Mr. "That, in accordance with Standing Order 213, a Standing Committee be appointed, to consist of the senior member for the time being of the colonies of Queensland, Tasmania, and Victoria; and that the hon. member for Queensland, be appointed chairman of such committee."Douglas said: In the absence of Mr. Dodds, in whose name the notice stands, but who has been sent for to attend the Governor in the Executive Council Chamber on business connected with the close of the session, I beg to move:—
This Standing Committee is most important. The objects of the committee are mentioned in Standing Order No. 213. It will be their duty to prepare for the next session, and their labours will no doubt be great. They will form a sort of Executive Committee, as it were, to prepare the necessary documents for the Council at its next meeting, and I have no doubt that the result of its labours will be to add materially to the best interests of Australasia.
Mr. Lee Steere said: I have much pleasure in supporting the resolution now before the Council. Although the standing orders provide that members of the Standing Committee may communicate by telegram or by letter, still it is possible that occasions may arise when the members of the committee
Mr. Griffith: But one would be signed before the other.
Mr. Lee Steere: That is the only thing over which there might be any difficulty, but if hon. members can see a way out of it, I need only say that I have much pleasure in seconding the resolution.
The President: I also see some difficulty in the employment of the term "senior member." It is not recognised in any way in the Imperial Act.
Mr. Douglas: It is recognised in all Executive Councils.
The President: I fancy it should read that the committee should consist of one member from each of the colonies named, leaving it to the Government of each colony to appoint the member. The point is not very material, but it strikes me as being the more correct course to pursue.
Mr. Berry: I think, sir, that if the term "senior member" is understood to mean the member whose commission was signed first, or whose name appears first on a joint commission, there will be no difficulty in the matter, and practically the appointment will be in the hands of the respective Governments. In that case the names of the member best suited for the appointment would be put first. The plan suggested by you, sir, would be quite open to this objection, that we should be delegating to a power outside the Council the right to appoint members of the Standing Committee, which I do not think is right to do. By the plan proposed the first member on the commission or in the Gazette will be taken to be the name of the senior member, and I fancy that would quite meet the case.
Question put and passed.
Mr. Douglas said that Mr. Dodds did not desire to proceed with the following motion standing in his name,—"That in the opinion of this Council it is desirable that an Australasian Court of Appeal be established, and that it be an instruction to the Standing Committee during the recess to ascertain by what means the establishment of such a Court can be best promoted," and it was, therefore, ordered to be discharged from the paper.
Mr. Douglas, in moving,—"That in the opinion of this Council it is desirable to establish an arsenal on the mainland of Australia for the purpose of manufacturing and supplying munitions of war for Australasia," said: This matter has been formed at the instigation of the War department of this colony, by which it is represented that such an establishment would be one of the greatest convenience and utility. During the recent Russian scare, when applications were made to the Imperial Government for a supply of arms and ammunition, the reply always was that it was impossible to supply, within a given time, all the demands for war material sent in by the different colonies. That difficulty will become still greater as the colonies progress and population increases. This is not by any means a now question, for I find that in India there are three places where works of this kind have been established. Some central position in the colonies might be chosen for the establishment of an arsenal for the manufacture of small arms, gunpowder, and the lighter kind of ordnance; and I believe it has already been recommended that something of the sort should be lone in New South Wales. It must be apparent to all of us that something of the kind is required in the colonies, and without enlarging further on the subject, I beg to move the motion standing in my name.
Mr. Griffith seconded the motion, and said: I second this motion, Mr. President, for the purpose of initiating a discussion upon it. But I have some doubts as to whether it is expedient to pass this resolution at the present time. I fancy the establishment of an arsenal is a matter for which the time is not yet ripe. I mean to say that a great deal will have to be done before an arsenal can be established. We shall have to set the colonies to work together a great deal more than they do at present, and to agree to some general scheme of defence of which that may be made a part. That it is desirable I entirely agree, I pointed it out in a memorandum I wrote myself on the 1st of June last, to which reference has already been made, and I suggested that Sydney would probably be the best place at which to establish it. But it is quite clear that before that can be done the colonies must have come to some much better understanding than at present exists—and they will have had to form a joint purse for these purposes. The whole matter requires a great deal of consideration and negotiation, and I should be glad to think that satisfactory arrangements concerning it might be made within a reasonable time. I, myself, am inclined to think, and I regret to do so, that, during the pro-sent year we shall have very powerfully impressed on us the necessity for joint action. I hope we shall not be involved in any danger of war, but I shall be glad indeed if the colonies can be brought to see the importance of being ready. I do not think it makes much difference whether this motion is carried or not, but, on the whole, I am inclined to think that it is at the present time premature.
Mr. Berry: I do not see, sir, any objection to carrying this resolution. There is no doubt that it is the opinion of this Council, as I believe it is the opinion of every sensible man in the whole of these communities, that the establishment of an arsenal is necessary. It is quite true we have no power to do it, but I think that since the resolution is merely an expression of opinion that it might be passed, and that it is quite possible that an
Mr. Dickson: I hardly see the use of a motion to which no effect could be given, and it seems to me that the discussion opens up a much larger question than is before us in this motion. It is a great question—a question of finance with which we have not power to deal, and which, I think, must be relegated to the different colonies for consideration. I would propose that the resolution, if it is to be passed, should read:—That, in the opinion of this Council, it is desirable that the Legislatures of the different colonies be invited to consider the establishment of an arsenal. I imagine that that would have a more practical effect, and I would recommend the mover of the resolution to put it in this shape. It appears to me that there are many questions involved in the consideration of this question which would require to be discussed in the respective Legislatures, and in fact it opens up a question of possible in tercolonial jealousy as to where the site of this arsenal should be established. All the considerations in connection with this motion cannot be considered in a discussion of half-an-hour's duration, and as I think it is attempting to aim at too much without giving the slightest intimation as to how we can give practical effect to it, I think the hon. gentleman should be satisfied with this short discussion upon it, and either withdraw the motion or amend it. I think it would be better to withdraw it than let it go forth in its present shape, because I conceive that it would be misunderstood, and give rise to some intercolonial jealousies which would tend to mar the conclusion of our labours for this session.
Mr. Lee Steere: I agree with every word just said by Mr. Dickson. I do not think it would be advisable that in this Council we should agree to a resolution to which there is not the slightest chance for many years of giving practical effect. The establishment of an arsenal in Australia would be a work of immense cost, out of all proportion, I believe, to the means of the colonies interested, and it would give rise also, as the hon. member has said, to a good deal of jealousy as to where this arsenal should be placed, and, therefore, instead of uniting all the colonies and inducing them to enter the Federal Council, I think it would have the opposite effect. I hope the hon. member who has introduced the motion will be induced to withdraw it. He has elicited a discussion, and I hope that having heard an expression of opinion he will withdraw the resolution.
The President: I am inclined on the whole to think that it would be better if the motion was not pressed. The establishment of an arsenal meant not only the establishment of a manufactory for powder, but an establishment to turn out guns. (Hear, hear).
Mr. Douglas: Yes.
The President: Well, that being so I agree with the last speaker that the cost would be enormous, and the circumstances in which we could undertake such an undertaking would be disadvantageous. At Homo they are continually experimenting upon new guns of various sorts, having the other nations of Europe to rub their ideas against and compete with in the discovery of invention. I think it will be a good while before these colonies, even if they were wanted, could possibly establish an arsenal in its fullest sense. The establishment of a manufactory of powder, to supply us with ammunition in time of war, is a different thing altogether, and I think it is very desirable that it should be encouraged. As Mr. Berry said, it has been talked of for 20 years or more. I may mention that for the last two years the Minister of Defence for Victoria has given special attention to this matter, and he informed me that he was at the present time in negotiation with a large English firm who contemplated the establishment in one of the colonies of a powder factory which would be able to supply the whole of the colonics. One difficulty in the establishment of a powder factory for military purposes in any of the colonies is that the supply necessary would be turned out in a very short time, and that during the rest of the year there would be nothing to do—that there is not consumption enough in any one
Mr. Douglas: I have no desire, sir, to press the motion on this subject. The opinion of the Council evidently is that something of the sort should be done. The difference is simply the important consideration of the mode in which it should be done. That the colonies require something of this sort is beyond question. No doubt in some of the colonics there would be jealousy in a matter of this sort, but the same thing would occur in regard to the establishment of any other manufactory. I thought that it was desirable that this matter should be discussed in this Council, although it has not the power in this case or in any case to go into any expenditure of money. It has only power to resolve upon such matters, and then it can be discussed by the other Legislatures as to how the money will be expended, but I thought it would be well for this Council to recognise the necessity of an institution of this kind. The excellency of armament is increasing day by clay, and in the event of anything taking place as foreshadowed by Mr. Griffith, we shall find ourselves in the same position as this colony did recently. We were told we could get a supply from England, and would require to wait for two years, and all this delay could have been prevented by local enterprise. It might be argued that powder was being experimented upon as well as armaments, and that the powder made to-day will not be the powder used next day: but that is no reason why we should not go on with this motion. If, as foreshadowed by this Council, there is to be a federation of the colonies as regards armaments, this must be one of the first things taken into consideration. However, the subject will, no doubt, be considered by the respective colonies now that it has to be brought up, and I am quite willing to withdraw my motion.
The motion was accordingly withdrawn.
Mr. Douglas: I ask leave to move, without notice, a motion which I would like to have taken into consideration by the Standing Committee during the recess, and that is to "call attention to the desirability of some action being taken by the Standing Committee, during the recess, with regard to the influx into Australia, from New Caledonia, of French criminals." I was in hopes that the danger which was threatened from the importation of recidivistes would not sake place, but since then it appears that the French are, according to their own statement, sending out men of a very bad description, though not the worst. The matter is one of those that will naturally come under the notice of the Standing Committee during the recess, and it ought to be before them at once, because it involves an international question of great importance, and the Standing Committee will no doubt devise some method by which the influx of these criminals into these colonies will be prevented. As the hon. member for Fiji has already stated they caused a great deal of inconvenience in that colony, whilst in Queensland the same thing has occurred there to a larger extent. In New South Wales also the same thing has occurred, whilst even in Victoria there are a number of these undesirable characters.
Mr. Berry: There are a good many.
Mr. Douglas: Under these circumstances, I will move the suspension of the standing orders, in order that I may move the motion without notice.
The standing orders being suspended, the motion was put and passed.
The President (at 11.30 a m.), intimated that His Excellency would be prepared in a short time, to inform the Council as to what had been done with the bills communicated to him for the Royal assent, and that he (the President), would resume the chair at 12.30 p.m.
The President again took the chair at half-past 12 o'clock.
The President: I have to inform the Council that I have received the following message from His Excellency the Governor:—
A bill for shortening the language used in Acts of the Federal Council of Australasia
A bill to facilitate the proof throughout the federation of Acts of the Federal Council, and of the Acts of the Parliaments of the Australasian colonies, and of judicial and official documents, and of the signatures of certain public officers
A bill to authorise the service of Civil Process out of the jurisdiction of the colony in which it is issued
A bill to make provision for the enforcement within the federation of judgments of the Supreme Courts of the colonies of the federation
Having been presented to the Governor by the President of the Federal Council of Australasia for the Royal assent, he has, in the name and on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen, assented to the said bills.
Mr. Dodds said: I have the honour to bring up the report of the select committee appointed to deal with the finances—the ex-
The report was read by the Clerk as follows:—
The select committee appointed on the 4th February, to ascertain and certify to the necessary expenditure in connection with the business of this Council during the session, have the honour to report that they have examined and certified such accounts for necessary expenses, as were ready to be laid before them. There are other items of expenditure, such as printing and binding, which cannot be ascertained at present. These the committee propose shall be dealt with by the chairman of the committee. The committee recommend that remuneration be granted to the officers and other attendants who have been employed in the service of the Council during the session, according to the scale herewith submitted.
The desirability of providing a Hansard was considered, and the committee being informed that arrangements have already been made in Hobart for such purpose, recommend that such arrangements be confirmed.
Mr. Dodds: I move that the report, as read, be adopted.
Question put and passed.
The order of the day—Australasian Corporations Bill: second reading—having been called on,
Mr. Griffith said: I beg to move that the order be discharged from the paper. I have already intimated to the Council that for reasons given on a previous occasion I had no intention of asking the Council to pass this bill into law during the present session, but I will take this opportunity of again expressing my hope that the matter will receive serious attention during the recess, not only from the Governments, but also from commercial bodies in the various colonies and from the Press. I hope and trust that if it is so discussed and considered for some time before the Council meets again hon. members will be able to approach the subject with full confidence that they will make no mistake in any conclusions they may come to in regard to it.
Question put and passed.
Mr. Douglas: I now move, Mr. President, that the Council at its rising adjourn until Monday, with the intention of proroguing to-morrow by proclamation.
Question put and passed.
Mr. Douglas: I move now that this House do now adjourn.
The resident said: Before I put that question, the Council will, I am sure, permit me to make a few closing remarks, if I may so term them. I think I may fairly congratulate the members of the Council at the close of this its first session. One member of this Council a few days ago referred to this first session as the launching of the federal ship, and I think that is a very happy illustration. I think also with respect to this first session that we may regard it not as the first voyage of that ship—not as a voyage intended for, what would be called in commercial circles, the purposes of profit, for carrying cargo and merchandise—but we should regard this first session rather as a trial trip of the good ship that has been launched. Regarding it then more as a trial trip than as the first voyage of the ship, we have every reason to feel satisfied with what has been done. We find that under the Act under which we are constituted, and under which we have met on this occasion that we are appointed to perform those acts both of legislation and of representation to Her Majesty the Queen, which will hereafter constitute, as they have during the present session constituted the chief functions of this Council. So far as legislation is concerned the Council has intentionally avoided entering into any substantial or substantive legislation. A few Acts have been passed—principally of a preliminary character and with a view to prepare for that more substantial legislation which we hope will be effected in succeeding sessions of the Council. It was quite evident that, meeting as we did, almost without concert, or with that concert only which was brought about by telegrams, letters, and other communications of a necessarily imperfect character, it was not possible that this Council should enter into any very important work during its first session. Our great object has been to create the Council, and to establish in connection with the Council such machinery as we are empowered to establish and such machinery as will conduce to the effective working of the Council in years to come. One of the chief things we have done on the present occasion is the appointment of a Standing Committee, and I have no doubt whatever that the committee will be found to be the greatest aid to the labours and work of any succeeding session. The duty cast upon it by the standing orders is to prepare, to a certain extent at all events, the work of future sessions, and to gather into a focus prior to the ensuing session the general views, desires, wishes, and intentions of the different colonies in the federation This Council can prepare on future occasions to deal with subjects which shall have been through the medium of this Standing Committee submitted to the various federated colonies for discussion. The Council will meet and be able to deal with the subjects submitted to it by this Standing Committee after having had the advantage of all the criticisms and suggested amendments which can be made in connection with them. One or two things have appeared to me as worthy of note in connection with the Council. The first thing is the satisfactory working of the machinery, which has been evidenced by the quiet, peaceable, and effective manner in which subjects have been dealt with—by legislation and by resolution—subjects of high importance, such as the one we dealt with this morning. We may congratulate ourselves that the machinery has worked so satisfactorily. One thing is impressed in my own mind—that is the absolute necessity of com-
Mr. Griffith: I wish, sir, to take the opportunity of the motion to say one or two words. I rise, sir, to express, on my own behalf, and I believe on that of all the other members of the Council, my regret that probably you may not be a member of it at our next meeting. We have to thank you very much, sir, for the labours you have performed during the interval that has occurred between the closing of the convention at Sydney and the assembling of this Council; and those labours, I can assure you, will not be forgotten by the Australasian colonies. With regard to the session itself, I may say, without any suspicion of undue flattery, that you have contributed very much to the successful working of the Council by the manner in which you have occupied the chair. We feel, sir, that we owe you a debt of gratitude for the services you have rendered, and our only regret is that we fear that, at any rate for some time, you may not continue to be a member of the Council. (Hear, hear.)
The President: I have to thank the hon. member for Queensland, and the Council generally, for the very kindly remarks he has made personal to myself. The shadows of departing day usually create a feeling of sadness in the mind, and I must say that in the midst of the pleasure which I have experienced in seeing this Council meet for its first session. I have experienced to a certain extent a feeling of regret that my public life, at all events for a time, may be said now to be at an end. I have great pleasure in thinking, in connection with this matter, that although I am withdrawing from the scene, there are others rising up who will, I have no doubt, more worthily perform the work committed to my care by the Convention at Sydney in
Question of adjournment put and passed, and the Council adjourned at eight minutes to 1 o'clock.
Whereas by the Act of the Imperial Parliament of the 48 & 49 Vict. Oh. 60, intituled "An Act to constitute a Federal Council of Australasia," it is enacted that the Federal Council of Australasia shall be summoned and prorogued by the Governor of the Colony in which the Session shall be held, and shall be so summoned and prorogued by Proclamation published in the Government Gazette of each of the Colonics in the said Act referred to in respect to which the said Act is in operation: And whereas in accordance with the provisions of the said Act the present Session of the said Federal Council (being the First Session thereof) has been held at Hobart, in the Colony of Tasmania: And whereas it is expedient that the said Federal Council shall be prorogued: Now therefore I, Sir George Cumine Strahan, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Governor and Commander-in-Chief as aforesaid, in pursuance of the said Act, and by virtue of the power thereby conferred upon me, do, by this Proclamation, prorogue the said Federal Council.
Given under my hand at Hobart, in Tasmania aforesaid, this sixth day of February, One thousand eight hundred and eighty-six.
Adopting Acts Tabled, 7.
Address-in-Reply—Committee to Prepare, 12; Report of Committee, 12; Debate, 12; Report Adopted, 22; Announcement of Presentation of and Governor's Reply, 22.
Affairs in the Pacific Islands, 24.
Australasian Corporations Bill, see Corporations, etc., Bill.
Australasian Arsenal, Proposed, 123.
Berry, Hon. Graham (Victoria), 5. Commission (joint, with Mr. Service) Presented and Read, 7; Oath of Allegiance, 7; Select Committee on Ad-dress-in-Reply, 12; Debate on Address, 19; Loyal Message to Queen, 22; Appointment of Chairman of Committees, 23; Federal Council Interpretation Bill, 23, 38, 87; Federal Evidence Bill, 24, 53, 56, 89; Judgments Bill, 33, 46, 50, 56, 104; Recidiviste Question, The, 43; New Guinea Question, 108; New Hebrides, 114,118; Pacific Islands, 24, 32, 35; Defences, 68; Proposed Arsenal, 123; Standing Orders, 84; Standing Committee, 123; Finance Committee, 87.
Council, see Federal Council.
Congratulations to Federal Council, 22.
Chairman of Committees, election of Mr. Douglas, 23.
Colonial Defences, see Defences.
Civil Process Service Bill, first reading, 24; second reading, 39; in Committee, 55; third reading, 87.
Corporations (Australasian) and Joint Stock Companies Status Bill, first reading, 33; second reading, 58, 90; withdrawn, 126.
Court of Appeal (Australasian), motion withdrawn, 123.
Close of Session, addresses, 126.
Collier, C. F. J., Clerk Assistant, 10.
Clerk, Robert, Usher, 10.
Dickson, Hon. J. R., (Queensland), 5. Commission and Oath of Allegiance presented and read, 7; Debate on Address-in-Reply, 21: Loyal Message to Queen, 22; Appointment of Chairman of Committees, 23; Defences, 70; New Guinea Question, 96; New Hebrides, 119; Pacific Islands, 31; Civil Process Bill, 41; Recidiviste Question, 44; Judgments Bill, 48, 104; Standing Orders, 83; Proposed Arsenal, 124.
Douglas, Hon. Adye (Tasmania): 5. Tables Copies Enabling and Adopting Acts, 7; Commission and Oath of Allegiance presented and read, 7; Election of President, 8; Appointment of Officers, 10; Notice of Motion Premature, 10; Presentation to Governor, 10; Select Committee, Address-in-Reply, 12; Appointed Chairman of Committees, 23; Hours of Meeting During Session, 24; Pacific Islands, 28, 30, 37; New Guinea Question, 111; Civil Process Bill, 41; Judgments Bill, 48; Federal Evidence Bill, 54; Defences, 64; Proposed Arsenal, 123; Finance Committee, 87; Standing Committee, 121; Recidivistes, 125.
Dodds, Hon. J. S. (Tasmania): 5. Commission and Oath of Allegiance Presented and Read, 7; Standing Orders Committee, Member of, 22; Consideration of Report; Pacific Islands, 32, 33; Interpretation Bill, 39, 51, 52, 55; Civil Process Bill, 40; Judgments Bill, 46, 93, 101, 105; Federal Evidence Bill, 51, 56, 88; Defences, 72; Finance Committee, 87; Corporations Bill, 90; Australasian Court of Appeal, 123.
Defences King George's Sound and Thursday Island, 60.
Enabling Act (Imperial) tabled, 7.
Evidence, see Federal Evidence Bill.
Federal Council Imperial Enabling. Act, Copy Tabled, 7.
Federal Council Adopting Acts; Victoria, Queensland, Tasmania, Western Australia, and Fiji, Copies Tabled, 7.
Fisheries Regulation Bill (See Torres Straits), 11.
Federal Council, Congratulations to, 22.
Federal Council, Production of Documents Relating to First Meeting of, 23.
Federal Council Interpretation Bill, see Interpretation Bill.
Federal Council Evidence Bill, First Reading, 24; Second Reading, 53; In Committee, 55; Amendments Agreed To, 87; Third Reading, 101.
Finance Committee, Appointment of, 87; Report Adopted, 126.
Governor, His Excellency The (Sir Geo. C. Strahan) Visits Federal Council, Congratulates the President on his Election, and Delivers Vice-Regal Speech, 11; Requested to Forward Loyal Address to Queen, 22; Response to Address-in-reply to Vice-Regal Speech, 22; Messages, 41, 42, 58,114, 121; Royal Assent to Bills, 125.
Griffith, Hon. S. W., Q.C. (Queensland), 5; Commission and Oath of Allegiance Presented and Read, 7; Election of President, 8; Pro Forma Bill—Torres Straits Fisheries Regulation Bill, 11; Committee on Address-in-Reply, 12; Debate, Motion to Adopt Report, 12; Appointment Standing Orders Committee, 22; Report of same, 42; Adoption of report of same, 80; Federal Council Documents, 23, 121; Defences, 66; War Indemnities, 116; Proposed Arsenal, 123; Civil Process Service Bill, 24, 55, 87: Federal Council Evidence Bill, 53, 56, 89, 101; New Guinea, 107; New Hebrides, 114, 117; Pacific Islands, 29, 31, 32, 37; Corporations and Joint Stock Companies Bill, 33, 58,126; Recidiviste Question, 33, 42, 45; Interpretation Bill, 39, 51, 55; Judgments Bill, 47, 93, 101; Separation (proposed) of Northern Queensland, 55; Hobart, site of next Session of Council, 121; Closing Address. 127.
Hours of Meeting during Session, 24.
Hobart, Site of next Session of Council, 121.
Interpretation Bill (Federal Council) First Reading, 23; Second Reading, 38; In Committee, 50; Consideration of Amendments, 55; Third Reading, 87.
Indemnification for Losses in Time of War 115.
Judgments Bill (introduced as Federal Judgments Bill, becomes in Select Committee, Australasian Judgments Bill) First Reading, 33; Second Reading, 40; Referred to Select Committee, 50; Consideration of Report, 60; Third Reading, 106.
King George's Sound, Defence of, 60.
Lee Steere, Hon J. G. (Western Australia), 5. Commission and Oath of Allegiance presented and read, 7; Select Committee on Address in reply, 12; Standing Orders Committee, 22; Consideration of Report, 82; Appointment of Chairman of Committees, 23; War Indemnities, 115; Arsenal, 124; Pacific Islands, 30, 38, 42; Recidiviste Question, the, 45; Judgments Bill, 46; Defence of King George's Sound and Thursday Island, 60, 79: Finance Committee, 87; Standing Committee, 121.
Macgregor, Hon. W. (Fiji), 5. Commission and Oath of Allegiance presented and read, 7; Select Committee on Address-in-Reply, 12; Debate, Seconding Motion for Adoption of Report, 18; Standing Orders Committee, 22; New Guinea Question, 98; New Hebrides, 120; Pacific Islands, 28, 37; Recidiviste Question, 43; Judgments Bill, 48, 103; Federal Evidence Bill, 57; Defences, 74; War Indemnities, 116; Finance Committee, 87; Hobart, Site of Next Session of Council, 121.
Members of the Council, 5.
New Guinea, 96,107.
New Hebrides, 114,117.
Notices of Motions, 10, 11, 23, 24, 32, 42, 79, 101.
Nowell, Edwin Cradock:—Reads Proclamation, 7; Reads Commissions and Oaths, 7; Appointed Clerk to Federal Council, 10.
Opening of Session, 7.
Officers, Appointment of, 10.
Proclamation Convening the Council, 3, 7.
Proclamation Proroguing the Council, 128.
President: See Service; Election, 8.
Pro forma Bill, 11.
Pacific Islands, Affairs in the, 24.
Queen, Her Majesty The, Loyal Message to, 22; Reply, 41.
Roll of Members, 5; Signing Roll, 100.
Raiatea, Annexation of, 24.
Recidiviste Question, 42, 58, 125.
Royal Assent to Bills, 125.
Service, Hon. James (Victoria), President, 5; Commission (Joint with Mr. Berry) and Oath of Allegiance Presented and Bead, 7; Elected President, 8; President's Speech, 8; Congratulated by Governor, 11; Address-in-Reply, 12; Congratulatory Addresses to Council Announced, 22; Standing Orders Committee, 22; Presentation of Address-in-Reply, 22; Production of Documents on First Meeting of Council, 23; New Guinea Question, 112; New Hebrides, 114, 120; Pacific Islands, 27; Corporations Bill, 92; Recidiviste Question, 44; Judgments Bill, 49, 95, 105; Interpretation Bill, 51; Federal Evidence Bill, 54, 88; Defences, 75; Proposed Arsenal, 104; Standing Orders, 86; Standing Committee, 123; Closing Address, 127.
Standing Committee, Appointment of, 121.
Select Committees, Address-in-Reply, 12; Standing Orders, 22,42; Judgments Bill, 50, 60; Finance, 87; New Hebrides, 114.
Standing Orders.—Referred to Select Committee, 22; Report of Committee, 42; Consideration of Report, 80; and Adoption with Amendments, 87.
Separation (Proposed) of Northern Queensland, Production of Correspondence, 55.
Samoa, Annexation of, 24.
Torres Straits Fisheries Regulation Bill (Bill pro forma), First Reading, 11.
Thursday Island, Defences of, 60.
Vice-Regal, see Governor.
War Indemnities, 115.
Printed at the Mercury Office, Hobart, Tasmania